^ "te,
^^^^&^^;
i^m
fi
^m
ȴ
I
>v
.#.
f
^^
I
i5^
'^1
111
8
iri
^^
: is^
1 4
^tttAMiUMtM2d!iyilillit^^
r^A?'
West
Chester
University
IIH
Undergraduate Catalog
1999-2000
The West Chester University Mission Statement
West Chester University, a member of the Pennsylvania State System of Higher Education, is a public, regional, comprehensive institution
committed to building cohesive linkages with other public educational institutions in the Commonwealth. Strategically located in the rapidly
growing southeastern region of the state, the University contributes to and benefits from the educational, cultural, and economic climate of the
region, the historical richness of Chester County, and the diversity of the metropolitan center of Philadelphia.
West Chester University offers men and women the opportunity to achieve a higher education and to prepare for careers in an evolving, com-
plex, technological, global society. Toward these ends, the University is advancing in new areas of higher education while maintaining a com-
mitment to excellence in programs of long tradition within the College of Arts and Sciences and the Schools of Education, Music, Business and
Public Affairs, and Health Sciences. As part of this commitment to the future, the University is becoming a green campus designed to demon-
strate that a community can, through inquiry and education, act in a manner consistent with the goal of a sustainable earth.
In an environment that integrates and supports faculty and staff development, instruction, scholarship, and service, the University's prima-
ry focus is on undergraduate education with a strong liberal arts emphasis linking all programs. West Chester University also empha-
sizes high-quality graduate education in a range of programs responsive to students' needs for professional development and educational
enrichment.
An emphasis on participatory learning, thorough advising, and personalized faculty interaction in small classes distinguishes the
University and reflects its commitment to providing opportunity for both the creation and sharing of knowledge.
As a public institution of the Commonwealth, West Chester University is dedicated to providing access to a wide spectrum of students
and values the richness of diversity within the student body, faculty, and staff
Student life programs and activities support and encourage academic goals providing opportunity for students to develop a commit-
ment to intellectual honesty, mutual respect, ethical decision making, and civic and social responsibility.
The University expects to graduate men and women with an enhanced ability to acquire knowledge, to think clearly and critically, to
communicate effectively, to respect and understand diversity, to appreciate the aesthetic value of life, and to possess the skills necessary
for a career and the continuing process of lifelong learning. The best measure of the University's success is that of its alumni and their
continuing pride in their alma mater.
The West Chester University Values Statement
West Chester University is committed to attracting, enrolling, and graduating quality students from a wide variety of educational, cultural,
and economic backgrounds. This endeavor requires the University to attract and retain highly qualified faculty and staff and to provide
each member of the University community with learning and leadership development opportunities. To this end, the University supports
and encourages programs which benefit all people and which seek to eradicate discrimination and injustice. We treasure what we believe
to be the highest principles of American society: the worth and uniqueness of each individual, the belief that success is to be earned by
individual effort put forth in an environment founded on equality of opportunity, and the appreciation of the ideal of an inclusive society.
We believe that it is incumbent upon all members of our community - staff, students, faculty and administrators - to conduct themselves
with civility toward one another at all times. We value the special talents and contributions of each member of our community. We further
affirm the worth and dignity of each member and the shared responsibility of all to treat each other as individuals, with respect and cour-
tesy.
As a university owned by the citizens of Pennsylvania, we value our mission to provide the best educational opportunities possible which
will enable the University community to successfully address the concerns of a global society. To this end. West Chester University seeks
to provide diligent advising for students and to focus on teaching students to think clearly and critically, to make logical and ethical judg-
ments, and to communicate effectively with others.
West Chester University's community strongly supports the principles of academic integrity and academic responsibility, viewing both as the
province of every member of the campus community. We hold the highest esteem for teaching directed toward student learning and affimi that
mastery of content as well as mastery of teaching skills necessary to communicate such content are paramount
This values statement is intended to be a living dpcument which will serve West Chester University as it changes and evolves in the com-
ing years.
Communications Directory
MAILING ADDRESS:
TELEPHONES:
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
Dial 436 plus number in parentheses.
For offices not shown here, call the
University Information Center: 610-436-
1000.
www.wcupa.edu
Director of Academic Advising, Lawrence
Center (3505)
Director of Academic Development
Program, Lawrence Center (3505)
Director of Admissions, Messikomer Hall,
(3411); 877-315-2165 (toll free)
Office of Social Equity, 13/15 University
Ave. (2433)
Office of the Bursar, Elsie O. Bull Center
(2552)
Student Services Inc., Sykes Student Union
(2242)
Director of Career Development Center,
Lawrence Center (2501)
Office of Conference and Rental Services,
205 Sturzebecker Health Sciences Center
(6931)
Director of Adult Studies, Elsie O. Bull
Center (1009)
Counseling Center, Lawrence Center
(2301)
Director of Financial Aid,
Elsie O. Bull Center (2627)
Dean of Graduate Studies and Spon-
sored Research, McKelvie Hall (2943)
Residence Life, Sykes Student Union
(3307)
Public Safety Department, Peoples
Building (3311)
Director of Public Relations and Marketing,
13/15 University Avenue (3383)
Director, Office of Services for
Students with Disabilities, Lawrence Center
(2564)
Student Programming Dept./Student
Activities Council, Sykes Student Union
(2983) or
Student Union Information Desk (2984)
Sykes Student Union (2955)
University Registrar, Elsie O. Bull Center
(3541)
Office of the Registrar,
Elsie O. Bull Center (2230)
Teacher Education Center, Recitation Hall
(3090)
World Wide Web:
Academic Advising
Academic Development
Program
Adm issions/Under-
graduate Catalogs
Affirmative Action
Billing/Payments
Bookstore
Careers/Placement
Conference Services
Continuing Education
Counseling
Financial Aid/
Work Study
Graduate Studies/
Catalogs
Housing
Police
Public Relations
and Marketing
Services for Students
with Disabilities
Student Activities
and University Events
Student Services Inc.
Scheduling/Registration
Summer Sessions
Teacher Certification
Accreditation
West Chester University is accredited by TTie Middle States Association
of Colleges and Secondary Schools, National Council for Accreditation
of Teacher Education, National Athletic Training Association, National
Association of Schools of Music, Council on Social Work Education
(baccalaureate level). National League for Nursing, Society for Public
Health Education, American Chemical Society, Commission on
Accreditation in Clinical Chemistry, Council of Academic Accreditation
in Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology, and Joint Review
Committee for Respiratory Therapy Education. West Chester Universit>'
has been given program approval by the Department of Education of the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania for the certification of teachers.
Nondiscrimination/ Afflrmative Action Policy
West Chester University is committed to providing leadership in extend-
ing equal oppormnities to all individuals. Accordingly, the University will
continue to make every effort to provide these rights to all persons
regardless of race, religion, sex, national origin, ancestry, age, marital sta-
tus, sexual orientation, disability, or veteran status. This policy applies to
all members of the Universit> community, including students, faculty,
staff, and administrators. It also applies to all applicants for admission or
employment and all participants in Universitj-sponsored activities.
This policy is in compliance with federal and state laws, including Titles
VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title IX of the Educational
Amendment of 1972, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,
Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and Executive Order of the
Governor of Pennsylvania. Any individual having suggestions, problems,
complaints, or grievances with regard to equal opportunity or affirmative
action, or to request a translation of this publication into a language other
than English, is encouraged to contact Ms. Luz Gomez, director. Office
of Social Equity, 13/15 University Ave., 610-436-2433.
Sexual Harassment Policy
West Chester University is committed to equalit>' of opportunity and free-
dom from discrimination for all its students and employees. Because sex-
ual harassment is a form of discrimination based on sex, the University
will not tolerate it in any form.
Upon official filing of a complaint, immediate investigation will be made
culminating in appropriate corrective action where warranted, which may
include termination of the relationship with the University.
Sexual harassment is defined as unwelcome sexual advances, requests for
sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature
occurring when:
1. submission to the unwelcome conduct of a sexual nature is made
either explicitly or implicitly a term or condition of an individual's
emplo>Tnent, or of a student's academic status or treatment;
2. submission to or rejection of the unwelcome conduct of a sexual
nature by an individual is used as the basis for academic or employ-
ment decisions affecting such an individual; or
3. the unwelcome conduct of a sexual nature is sufficiently severe, per-
sistent, or pervasive to limit an individual's ability to participate in,
benefit from, or perform at extracurricular activities, work, academic
or educational programs, or to create a hostile or abusive living,
working, or academic environment.
A complete copy of the University's Sexual Harassment Policy docu-
ment, inclusive of the Sexual Harassment Complaint Procedure, may be
obtained from the Office of Social Equitv'.
Individuals who believe themselves to be the victims of sexual harass-
ment or who have questions about the Universit\''s policy on this matter
should contact Ms. Luz Gomez, director. Office of Social Equity, 13/15
Universitv Ave., 610-436-2433.
ADA Policy and Accommodations
In keeping with West Chester Universitj's commitment to equality of
opportunity and compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act of
1990, the Universitv' has established procedures and designated offices to
provide accommodations for all people with disabilities. A complete copy
of the ADA Policy Statement, as well as appropriate offices, appears on
page 49 of this catalog. Individuals needing accommodations should
make their needs known to the responsible office at least a week in
advance. This publication is available on our Web site (www.wcupa.edu).
A disk version for those needing accommodations is available from the
Office of Admissions, 610-436-341 1 .
The provisions of this catalog are not to be regarded as an irrevo-
cable contract between the student and the University. West
Chester University reserves the right to change any provisions or
requirements at any time.
Contents
Communications Directory ii
Introducing West Chester University 3
Campus and Facilities 4
University Policy for Storm Closings 6
Admission to West Chester University 7
Fees and Expenses 9
Financial Aid 12
Student Affairs 21
Academic Affairs 28
Degree Requirements 34
Academic Policies and Procedures 37
Structure of Academic Affairs 50
Undergraduate Programs at West Chester 51
Programs of Study and Course Offerings 52
Department of Accounting 53
Department of Anthropology and Sociology 53
Department of Art 56
Department of Biology 58
Department of Chemistry 61
Department of Communication Studies 64
Department of Communicative Disorders 66
Department of Computer Science 67
Department of Counseling and Educational
Psychology 69
Department of Criminal Justice 69
Department of Early Childhood and Special
Education 71
Department of Economics and Finance 73
Department of Educational Services 75
Military Science Program (Army ROTC) 75
Air Force ROTC Program 76
Department of Elementary Education 77
Department of English 78
Department of Foreign Languages 83
Department of Geography and Planning 87
Department of Geology and Astronomy 89
Department of Health 92
Department of History 96
Honors Program 98
Interdisciplinary Programs 99
American Studies Program 100
Comparative Literature Studies Program 1 00
Ethnic Studies Program 102
Latin- American Studies Program 102
Linguistics Program 103
Peace and Conflict Studies Program 103
Russian Studies Program 104
Department of Kinesiology 104
Liberal Studies Program 108
Department of Literacy 108
Department of Management 1 09
Department of Marketing Ill
Department of Mathematics 112
Music (School of) 114
Department of Music Education 115
Department of Music History and Literature 116
Department of Instrumental Music 117
Department of Keyboard Music 117
Department of Music Theory and Composition . . .119
Department of Vocal and Choral Music 119
Department of Nursing 120
Department of Philosophy 123
Department of Physics and Pre-Engjneering Program . . 124
Department of Political Science 126
Pre-Medical Program 128
Department of Professional and Secondary Education . 1 29
Department of Psychology 131
Social Studies Program 132
Department of Social Work 133
Department of Sports Medicine 135
Teaching Certification Programs 136
Department of Theatre Arts 138
Women's Studies Program 139
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania 141
Administration 142
Faculty 143
Academic Calendar 155
Campus Map 156
Borough Map 157
Chester County Map 158
Index 159
Department Telephone Numbers 1 63
Introducing West Chester University
Quality education at a reasonable price . . .
this is the goal of West Chester
University, the second largest of the 14
institutions of higher learning that com-
pose the State System of Higher
Education of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania. A comprehensive and
multipurpose university, West Chester
serves individuals of all ages with a
variety of programs to fill their educa-
tional needs.
West Chester offers degrees in the arts
and sciences, teacher preparation and
certification, advanced study preparation
in fields such as medicine and law, edu-
cation for specific professions, and con-
tinuing education. See page 51 for a
complete listing of undergraduate degree
programs.
Total enrollment at West Chester
includes approximately 9,800 under-
graduate students and about 2,000 grad-
uate students. While most undergradu-
ates are recent high school graduates
preparing for career objectives, many
others are older individuals, including
veterans and homemakers, who either
never before had the opportunity for a
college education or whose schooling
was interrupted.
Most students are residents of Penn-
sylvania, but students from other states
and foreign countries are welcome.
West Chester's student body represents
a cross section of many ethnic, racial,
and religious groups and includes stu-
dents from all economic levels.
Like the world around it. West Chester
University is constantly changing and
growing. The school continues to broad-
en and modify the nature and number of
its programs to reflect the needs of its
students in their endeavor to prepare
themselves for success and ftilfillment in
life.
History of the University
Although its founding year is 1871, the
University in fact has deeper roots trac-
ing from West Chester Academy, a pri-
vate, state-aided school that existed
from 1 8 1 2 to 1 869. The academy
enjoyed strong support from the highly
intellectual Chester County Cabinet of
the Natural Sciences of the pre-Civil
War decades. It was recognized as one
of Pennsylvania's leading preparatory
schools, and its experience in teacher
training laid the groundwork for the nor-
mal school years that were to follow.
As the state began to take increasing
responsibility for public education, the
academy was transformed into West
Chester Normal School, still privately
owned but state certified. The normal
school admitted its first class, consisting
of 160 students, on September 25, 1871.
In 1913, West Chester became the first
of the normal schools to be owned out-
right by the Commonwealth.
West Chester became West Chester
State Teachers College in 1927 when
Pennsyl-vania initiated a four-year pro-
gram of teacher education. In 1 960, as
the Com-monwealth paved the way for
liberal arts programs in its college sys-
tem. West Chester was renamed West
Chester State College, and two years
later introduced the liberal arts program
that turned the one-time academy into a
comprehensive college.
In recognition of the historic merit of
the campus, in 1981 the West Chester
State College Quadrangle Historic
District was placed on the National
Register of Historic Places. The build-
ings included in this historic district are
Philips Memorial Building, Ruby Jones
Hall, Recitation Hall, and the Old
Library. Except for Philips, these build-
ings are all constructed of native Chester
County serpentine stone.
West Chester State achieved another
major milestone with passage of the
State System of Higher Education bill.
West Chester became one of the 1 4 uni-
versities in the State System of Higher
Education on July 1, 1983. Along with
its new name — West Chester
University of Pennsylvania of the State
System of Higher Education — the
institution acquired a new system of
governance and the opportunity to
expand its degree programs.
The Fredericli Douglass Institute
The Frederick Douglass Institute at
West Chester University is an academic
program for advancing multicultural
studies across the curriculum and for
deepening the intellectual heritage of
Frederick Douglass, the former slave,
distinguished orator, journalist, author,
and statesman. Douglass, who was a fre-
quent visitor to the West Chester area,
gave his last public lecture on West
Chester's campus on February 1, 1895.
Thirty years earlier, at the inauguration
of a Baltimore, Maryland, institute
named for him in October 1865,
Douglass said that the mission was "to
be a dispenser of knowledge, a radiator
of light. In a word, we dedicate this
institution to virtue, temperance, truth,
liberty, and justice."
At West Chester University, the
Douglass Institute is primarily involved
in four academic areas: 1) conducting
research in multiculturalism and on
Frederick Douglass; 2) sponsoring dis-
tinguished exhibits and lectures; 3)
establishing opportunities for advanced
study for public, private, and college-
level teachers; and, finally, collaborating
with historical societies and other educa-
tional and cultural agencies.
The activities of the institute take place
on and off campus. With undergraduate
and graduate students, and West Chester
faculty, the institute sponsors seminars
and forums on selected topics. The
Anna Murray Douglass Circle is the
name for a lecture series offering a plat-
fonn for today's leading intellectuals.
Annually in October, the institute spon-
sors Douglass Days, a festival of educa-
tional activities on Douglass and multi-
culturalism that involves the entire cam-
pus and surrounding communities.
For fiirther information, call Dr. C.
James Trotman, director, Frederick
Douglass Institute at 610-436-2766, or
e-mail FDouglass@wcupa.edu. The fax
number is 610-436-2769.
The Frederick Douglass Society
Drawing its content from our campus
history of social consciousness and its
structure from a variety of models in
public life, the Frederick Douglass
Society of West Chester University is
the organization of African-American
faculty and staff at West Chester.
Named in 1 983 for one of the 1 9th cen-
tury's most distinguished advocates of
human freedom, the organization is ori-
ented toward self-help and improvement
by offering a collective voice in the
affairs of the University. Its programs
also aim to stimulate other groups on
campus to enrich our climate. The soci-
Campus and Facilities
ety annually raises money for scholar-
ship funds, in order to increase the eco-
nomic options available to the student
body generally and to blacks and other
ethnic groups as well. It also seeks, by
the example of Douglass, to promote an
intellectual standard that is not only
grounded in excellence but profoundly
rooted in the public mission of higher
education.
Institute for Women
The Institute for Women was initially
designated to serve as the parent organi-
zation to represent the interests of women
on campus. The institute is an indepen-
dent body headed by a director and board
of directors. Along with the Commission
on the Status of Women, Women's
Center, and Women's Studies Program,
the Institute for Women engages in cam-
pus activities for the benefit of women
students, faculty, and staff.
The institute sponsors a number of
activities to enhance the self-esteem and
career success of women at the
University: the Woman-in-Residence
Program, Grace Cochran Research on
Women Award, Visiting Professor
Program, Graduate Grant and Endowed
Book Funds. The institute prepares peri-
odic reports on the status of women at
the University and has also secured
Charlotte W. Newcombe Scholarship
Grants for mature or second-career
women. The Institute for Women is
located in 21 1 Main Hall. For more
information call 610-436-2464/2122.
Location of tiie University
West Chester University is in West
Chester, a town that has been the seat of
government in Chester County since
1786. With a population of about
20,000, the borough is small enough to
have the pleasant aspects of a tree-shad-
ed American town, large enough to con-
tain essential services and the substance
of a vigorous community, and old
enough to give the student exposure to
America's early history. Students can
walk to West Chester's many churches.
The town has excellent stores and a fine
hospital.
West Chester was settled in the early
18th cenmry, principally by members of
the Society of Friends. In the heart of
town is its courthouse, a classical revival
building designed in the 1840s by
Thomas U. Walter, one of the architects
for the Capitol in Washington, D.C.
West Chester today is part of the rapidly
growing suburban complex surrounding
Philadelphia and offers interesting
opportimities for the study of local,
coimty, and regional government in a
period of change and growth.
Philadelphia is 25 miles to the east and
Wilmington 17 miles to the south,
putting the libraries, museums, and other
cultural and historical resources of both
cities in easy reach. Valley Forge, the
Brandywine Battlefield, Longwood
Gardens, and other historical attractions
are near West Chester. New York and
Washington are easily accessible by car
or train.
Campus and Facilities
Description of the Campus
West Chester University's campus is a
unique mixture of 19th century colle-
giate Gothic and contemporary architec-
tural styles. Sixty-two buildings, com-
prising more than 2.4 million square
feet, are specially landscaped within 400
acres of rolling countryside. The distinc-
tive buildings and magnificent old trees
make the campus one of the aesthetic
treasures of Southeastern Pennsylvania.
Approaching West Chester Borough
from the south, the University stretches
westward from High Street and provides
a gateway to the borough. The
Academic Quadrangle serves as a land-
mark surrounded by the University's
oldest buildings - Philips Memorial,
Recitation Hall, Anderson Hall, Ruby
Jones Hall, and the Old Library. Three
of these buildings are constructed of the
green-hued serpentine stone that has
given West Chester a particular charac-
ter for more than a century. Over the
decades the University has expanded to
the west and south to include eight resi-
dence halls, science and athletic facili-
ties, a dining facility, a drama building,
and a nationally recognized computer
software research center. The focal point
of student leisure life outside the class-
room is the Sykes Smdent Union,
including the latest in aerobics/condi-
tioning facilities, a movie theater, dining
areas, a computer center, meeting
rooms, and lounges.
A dynamic, ongoing building program
in the late 1990s is providing exciting
educational expansion as the University
looks toward its third century. This
expansion includes the addition of the
latest computer technology labs, and
Boucher Science Center, state-of-the-art
renovation of two existing science build-
How to Reach West Chester
The Borough of West Chester can be
accessed from all directions both by car
and public transportation. Route 3, the
West Chester Pike, leads directly into
town from center-city Philadelphia.
From the Pennsylvania Turnpike,
motorists traveling west should take
Route 202 south from the Valley Forge
Interchange while those traveling east
can arrive via Route 1 00 south from the
Downingtown Interchange. From the
south. Route 202 from Wilmington and
Routes 100 and 52 from U.S. Route 1
all lead to West Chester.
Public transportation is available from
Philadelphia and other nearby communi-
ties.
Information on public transportation and
carpooling is available in Sykes Student
Union, 610-436-2984.
ings, and re-opening of the renowned
Philips Memorial Auditorium and
Signature Library.
Traveling south three-fourths of a mile
from the original campus, the visitor
will discover the South Campus area,
located on a 300-acre expanse of gently
rolling Chester County countryside.
South Campus includes an 1 1 -building
housing complex providing apartment-
style living for 500 students, the McCoy
Center for Social Work, and the
Sturzebecker Health Sciences Center, a
nationally acclaimed teaching, perfor-
mance, and research facility.
Surrounding the center are athletic
fields, tennis courts, and Farrell
Stadium, home to the University's
record-setting football program. Also at
South Campus is the 100-acre Gordon
Natural Area, which includes wood-
lands, fields, and a streamside habitat.
Campus and Facilities
This area has been conserved as a
research and teaching resource for the
natural sciences.
From the archway of learning at the
Philips Memorial Building to the hiking
trails of the Gordon Center, the visitor
will find a rich tradition of educational
excellence and a diverse variety of facil-
ities in which to learn, live, and recreate.
Information Services
Information Services provides comput-
ing resources for a wide variety of users,
both academic and administrative. Many
of the University's administrative fiinc-
tions, such as registration, grade
reporting, and billing, depend heavily on
the campus-wide transaction processing
system that provides centralized access
to University data from workstations
located throughout the campus.
More importantly, computing is a vital
instructional and research tool. Infor-
mation Services offers students and fac-
ulty a w ide range of computing
resources, from mainframe to micro-
computers, printers, plotters, graphics
workstations, digitizers, and optical
scanners. Many of these facilities are
available at various campus locations,
but the Academic Computing Center in
Anderson Hall serves as a focal point
for instructional computing activity. A
valid WCU Identification (ID) card is
required to use the Academic
Computing Center. For further informa-
tion contact the Academic Computing
Center at 610-436-3349.
Computing facilities throughout the
campus are joined by the Information
Services Network. This network offers
electronic mail capabilities for all cam-
pus workstations, connection to the
Internet, and access to the University's
main library catalogs. All WCU under-
graduate students are provided computer
accounts.
The Information Services Network pro-
vides high-speed access to software
applications (programming languages,
spreadsheets, word processors, faculty
developed programs, etc.) and electronic
communication capabilities to worksta-
tions. Student laboratory facilities are
available in the Academic Computing
Center and in each of the eight residence
halls. South Campus apartments, and in
Sykes Student Union.
Students interested in acquiring a work-
ing knowledge of several commonly
used software packages are encouraged
to enroll in the introductory computing
course, CSC 101, offered by the
Department of Computer Science.
Major hardware facilities include an IBM
mainframe, numerous NTAS file servers,
PCs, Macintosh, SUN, and DEC work-
stations. Letter-quality laser printers also
are available for student use.
Academic Computing Services is locat-
ed in Anderson Hall, 610-436-3349. The
West Chester University web site
address is http://ww\v. wcupa.edu.
Geology Museum
The West Chester University Geology
Museum in Schmucker Science Center
houses several collections of historic and
scientific importance. Minerals from
around the world, drawn from the collec-
tions of William Yocom and Ruth Bass,
are on display. The collection of the late,
well-known West Chester geologist
Hugh McKinstry contains fine speci-
mens found in Chester County, as well
as specimens from notable localities
world-wide and collections of other sig-
nificant 19th century amateurs. A special
cabinet with ultraviolet light houses
selected specimens from the extensive
collection of fluorescent minerals of
John Stolar, Sr. Other exhibits include
fossils, the geology of Chester County,
labels written by famous collectors and
mineralogists, and a display created by
the mineralogy class each fall. The
museum is free and open to the public
on weekdays. Contact the Department of
Geology and Astronomy at 610-436-
2727 for the specific schedule.
WCU Observatory
The Department of Geology and
Astronomy maintains an astronomical
observatory on the roof of the
Schmucker Science Center. The main
instrument is an 1 1.5 inch reflecting tele-
scope that can be used in either the
Newtonian or Cassagrain format. The
auxiliary telescopes include a pair of
four-inch refractors, one used to project
solar images in white light and the other
equipped with a hydrogen alpha solar fil-
ter. A five-inch Schmidt camera also can
be moimted on the telescope assembly.
The telescope system can be used for
basic observing, astrophotography, pho-
tometry, and spectroscopy. The obser\'a-
tory is equipped with a graphics com-
puter system and a video camera for pic-
ture capturing capabilhies. The observ a-
tory is used as an astronomical laborato-
ry for astronomy courses and as a
research area for independent study for
junior- or senior-level research projects.
The observatory is open one night a
week for all members of the college
community for general viewing. Contact
the department secretary at 610-436-
2727 for day and times, as they change
from semester to semester.
WCU Planetarium
The Department of Geology and
Astronomy operates the University
Planetarium which houses a Spitz A-5
planetarium projector. The planetarium
is used for astronomy class lectures and
labs as well as for school and public
programs. Approximately 70 schools
and other groups attend the free pro-
grams each year, and annual attendance
approaches 5,000. The planetarium
dome is 10 meters in diameter, and the
projector was rebuilt and upgraded by
Spitz Space Systems in 1993. Persons
interested in arranging group visits
should contact the Department of
Geology and Astronomy at 610-436-
2727 for details.
Darlington Herbarium
The Darlington Herbarium, housed in
Schmucker Science Center, is one of the
most highly regarded historical collec-
fions of dried plant specimens in the
East. Among the 20,000 specimens are
plants collected by such famous explor-
ers and botanists as Captain John
Fremont, Thomas Nuttall, Sir William
Hooker, C.S. Rafinesque, and George
Englemann. More than 200 collectors
from America's formative years of 1820
to 1 850 are represented. The herbarium
was the work of Dr. William Darlington
( 1 782- 1 863 ), a member of the West
Chester Cabinet of Science. Dr.
Darlington was eminent in West Chester
as a physician, educator, banker, busi-
nessman, historian, and botanist. His
plants, however, were his first love. A
state park has been established in north-
em California to preserve a rare species
of insectivorous plant named in his
honor — Darlingtonia.
Robert B. Gordon Natural Area
for Environmental Studies
The University has consen'ed 1 00 acres
of natural woodland and field and
stream-side habitat located on South
Campus and uses it for several kinds of
outdoor studies in the natural sciences.
Dedicated in 1973, the area was named
for Robert B. Gordon, faculty member
and chairperson of the University's
Campus and Facilities
Department of Science from 1938 to
1963.
Francis Harvey Green Library
The Francis Harvey Green Library pro-
vides an excellent environment for study
and research. It is furnished with a vari-
ety of seating areas including individual
study carrels, faculty and graduate
loimges, group studies, seminar rooms,
and general reading areas.
The library has an increasingly impor-
tant role in both teaching and research
with its growing collection of more than
one-half million volumes and subscrip-
tions to more than 2,800 journals.
Augmenting this general collection with
more than 350,000 titles is the microme-
dia collection, including books, periodi-
cals, newspapers, and doctoral disserta-
tions along with the facilities to read this
material. The total resources of more
than 883,000 volumes compare favor-
ably with other major public and private
research libraries in West Chester's geo-
graphic area.
Additional noteworthy collections can
be found in the library complex. An
extensive holding of courses of study
and textbooks, and a variety of audiovi-
sual materials and equipment are held in
the instructional materials center. Also
available are separate collections for
children's literature, government docu-
ments, and maps. The library is a selec-
tive depository for government publica-
tions.
The Special Collections Room holds the
Chester County Collection of scientific
and historical books; the Normal
Collection, publications by West
Chester University faculty and alumni;
the Ehinger Collection (historical books
on physical education); the Biographies
of the Signers of the Declaration of
Independence by John Sanderson; and
the Shakespeare Folios. The Philips
Collection of Autographed books is
housed in a specially designed room in
the Philips Memorial Building.
West Chester students may take advan-
tage of the library's many services, such
as reference, computerized on-line litera-
ture searching, CD ROM databases,
interlibrary loan, and photoduplication.
The library's integrated automated sys-
tem provides students and faculty access
to the library's holdings and those of the
other 1 3 universities that make up the
Pennsylvania State System of Higher
Education via computer terminals as
well as full-text databases and reference
resources on the World Wide Web. The
on-line catalog may be searched at termi-
nals located throughout the library and at
remote terminals elsewhere on and off
campus. To add to the cultural enrich-
ment of the college community, the
library schedules informative displays
and art exhibits throughout the year.
Music Library
The Music Library is part of the
University library. Located in Swope
Hall, it houses an extensive collection of
music, one of the largest of its kind in
the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Its
rapidly growing holdings include more
than 31,000 scores (historical editions,
collected works, opera, keyboard, and
vocal and instrumental music) and more
than 25,000 recordings (classical, folk,
nonwestem, and popular). Listening
facilities for 40 persons are available
within the library.
Art Collections
The University's permanent art collec-
tion is made up primarily of gifts from
interested art patrons, senior class pur-
chases, and gifts from alumni. The
Student Services Inc. (SSI) permanent
art collection is on display in buildings
throughout the campus. The SSI collec-
tion consists of a number of important
works, such as the watercolor, Andress
Place, by Andrew Wyeth.
Historical Properties
Among a number of historical properties
that came to the University throu^ the
Chester Coimty Cabinet of Natural
Sciences, a scientific society of the early
1 9th century, are the Anthony Wayne
Letters, which include letters to Wayne
from George Washington, Benedict
Arnold, and others. The University also
owns a grandfather's clock that
belonged to Benjamin Franklin and
Anthony Wayne's telescope, both of
which came from the Chester County
Cabinet. The Chester County Cabinet
and the West Chester Academy merged
to form the nucleus of the present
University.
Speech and Hearing Clinic
The Speech and Hearing Clinic is locat-
ed at 201 Carter Drive (across Matlack
Street from the Bull Center parking lot).
The clinic is operated by the Department
of Communicative Disorders as a teach-
ing and training facility for its imder-
graduate and graduate students. The
clinic provides diagnostic and therapeu-
tic services for persons with speech, lan-
guage, and hearing problems. These ser-
vices are provided free of charge to
West Chester University students, facul-
ty, and staff, and to students enrolled at
Cheyney University. A fee is charged to
others who wish to use the ser\'ices of
the clinic.
University Policy for Storm Closings
When storm conditions affect the operation of the
University, announcements are made over local radio and
TV stations via a system of code numbers keyed to
affected schools. Prefixes indicate whether the school will
be closed or open later than usual. West Chester's num-
bers and applicable prefixes are:
853 — University number; this number with no pre-
fix indicates classes will be cancelled for the
day.
2853 — Evening classes will be cancelled.
On Tuesday or Thursday, either a two-hour delay or
class cancellation will be called. Two-hour delays on
these days will mean that 8 a.m. classes are cancelled,
and the class normally starting at 9:30 a.m. will start at
10 a.m. and continue to 10:50 a.m.
On Monday, Wednesday, or Friday, a one-hour delay
means that the 8 a.m. class is cancelled. A tvvo-hour delay
means that both the 8 a.m. and 9 a.m. classes are can-
celled.
Admission to West Chester University
West Chester Uni\ ersit>' welcomes
applications from qualified residents of
Pennsylvania, other U.S. states, and
international students. The University
evaluates its applicants on the basis of
scholarship, character, and potential for
achie\'ement in the programs to which
they apply. The University operates on a
modified rolling admissions policy,
whereby applicants with the strongest
academic credentials are gi\ en priority
processing and notified as quickly as
possible of their status. Other applicants
are evaluated as their files become com-
plete and may have final decisions
deferred until later in the processing
cycle, depending upon their individual
academic profile. All decisions are com-
municated to applicants in writing.
Qualified students of any age from all
racial, religious, ethnic, and socio-eco-
nomic backgrounds are welcome at
West Chester. Studies may be pursued
on a full- or part-time basis.
General Requirements for
Admission of First- Year Students*
1 . Graduation, w ith satisfactory scholar-
ship, from an approxed secondary
school or approval by the Credentials
Evaluation Division of the
Peimsylvania Department of
Education.
2. Either a satisfactory score on the
Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT 1)
of the College Entrance Examination
Board (CEEB) or safisfactory scores
on the tests given in the American
College Testing Program (ACT).
Applicants who graduated from high
school more than fi\ e years ago do
not need to submit test scores.
How and When First- Year
Students Should Apply
For application materials please write or
call the Office of Admissions, West
Chester University, West Chester, PA
19383, 610-436-341 1 (or toll-free at
877-315-2165), e-mail
ugadmiss@wcupa.edu, visit our Web
site at http://w^\-\v. wcupa.edu or the
State System Web site at
http://www.sshechan.edu.
First-year applicants for the fall semes-
ter are urged to begin the application
process early in their senior year of high
school. Applicants for the spring semes-
ter should complete an application by
December 1. However, if enrollment
limits are met before these dates, admis-
sions will be closed.
Candidates will recei\'e notification
from the director of admissions as soon
as possible after decisions are reached.
First-year applicants who are denied
admission on the basis of academics will
not be permitted to enroll as a nonde-
gree student at the Uni\ ersit>- but will be
encouraged to consider a junior or com-
munity college as an alternative.
Policy on Early Admission
In exceptional circumstances, students
with superior academic qualifications
and unusually mature personal de\ elop-
ment are admitted as first-jear students
upon completing their junior year of
secondary- school. Students who, in the
opinion of their guidance counselors,
warrant consideration for early admis-
sion may obtain more information from
the director of admissions. Early admis-
sion applications should be submitted in
accordance with deadlines recommend-
ed for first-year students.
Arranging for Tests
Information about the SAT 1 and ACT
may be obtained from high school guid-
ance coimselors. It is the student's
responsibility to ensure that all required
test scores are forvsarded to the Office
of Admissions.
The Uni\ ersity awards credit for courses
taken through the Ad\ anced Placement
Program offered by the College
Entrance Examination Board. Test
scores of three or better are required and
credit may be applied toward ad\anced
placement in the Uni\ ersity and/or
requirements for graduation. Students
are encouraged to submit their scores to
the Office of the Registrar as early as
possible to be scheduled appropriately
for their first semester.
Transfer Students
Individuals who ha\e been enrolled in
any postsecondary institution after gradu-
ation from high school and/or ha\ e
attended West Chester Uni\ ersit\ on a
nondegree basis must apply as transfer
students. Applicants whose secondary
school credentials would not warrant
admissions consideration as first-year
students must complete the equi\ alent of
one full academic year prior to attempt-
ing a transfer. A minimum cumulative
Grade Point .Average (GPA) of 2.00 is
required for transfer consideration.
Howe\ er, the Uni\ ersity's modified
rolling admissions policy gi\ es priority to
applicants with the strongest academic
credentials. In addition, some academic
departments ha\'e established prerequisite
course work and specific grade point
a\ erage requirements for admission.
Special consideration is awarded to grad-
uates of Pennsyh ania communit\' col-
leges and to students transferring from
other universities in the Pennsylvania
State System of Higher Education.
Specific information may be obtained
from the Office of Admissions.
Transfer applicants for the fall semester
should begin the application process
early in the preceding spring semester.
Spring semester applications should be
completed by December 1 . If enrollment
limits are met before this time, admis-
sions will be closed.
Application Procedures for
Students Transferring from an
Accredited Institution
1. File an application, available from
the Office of Admissions or through
the Internet at http://www.wcupa.edu.
2. See that the director of admissions
receives:
a. An official transcript from all
instimtions attended. If prelimi-
nary transcripts are submitted, the
student must see that final tran-
scripts are filed at the end of the
semester.
b. Mid-term grades, if the student is
currently enrolled elsewhere and is
applying to West Chester for the
following semester.
3. If a student has completed less than
30 semester hours of credit, he or she
must supply SAT 1 or .4CT scores
and an official high school transcript.
If a student is accepted, admission is
contingent upon successful completion
of current course w ork w ith at least a C
average as documented by transcripts of
all work attempted or completed.
Transfer students should read
"Maintenance of Academic Standards"
in the "Academic Policies and
Procedures" section of this catalog.
• Firsl-year students. formerK called ""freshmen,"
are those admitted directly to West Chester
University without previous college experience.
Admission to West Chester L'niversit>
Transcripts will be evaluated in accor-
dance with the policies of the depart-
ment to which the student seeks admis-
sion. After the student has been admit-
ted, he or she should work out an
acceptable program of sUidy in close
consultation with an adviser in the
major department.
Transfer applicants who are denied
admission on the basis of academics
will not be permitted to enroll as a non-
degree student without the approval of
the Office of Admissions. Such approval
may be rendered in the event of extenu-
ating circumstances and only under cer-
tain agreed-upon conditions in accor-
dance with University policy.
Academic Passport
The Board of Governors of the State
System of Higher Education adopted an
Academic Passport Policy effective
January 1999. The goal of this policy is
to facilitate transfer to State System uni-
versities from Pennsylvania community
colleges and other System imiversities.
Pennsylvania community college stu-
dents who have earned the associate of
arts degree (A.A.) or the associate of
science (A.S.) degree in a transfer pro-
gram containing a minimum of 30 cred-
its of liberal arts courses for the A.S.
and 45 credits of liberal arts courses for
the A.A. degree with a 2.0 GPA or
above are considered to have an
Academic Passport. Students completing
12 credits or more from another State
System university with a minimum 2.0
GPA are said to have an Academic
Passport as well. The transfer-credit pro-
visions described in the Academic
Passport are extended to community
college students without an associate
degree who transfer 1 2 or more credits
to a System institution, in addition.
West Chester University is extending
the transfer-credit provisions to all
transfer students from accredited institu-
tions, effective January 1 999.
The Academic Passport policy states
Up lo a maximum of 45 general educalion
credits and liberal arts course credits shall
be used to meet lower-division university
general education requirements, even if the
receiving university does not offer the spe-
cific course being transferred or has not
designated that course as general educa-
tion. A course-by-course match shall not
be required.
Transfer credit not applied to general
education will be applied to major
requirements and other degree require-
ments.
Please note: Students must meet the
admissions standards for their selected
program of study, and enrollment limita-
tions may restrict the number of stu-
dents who can be accommodated.
Specifics of this policy can be obtained
from the Office of Admissions or the
Office of the Registrar.
Students are urged to apply early and
submit transcripts from transfer institu-
tions as soon as possible so that students
have maximum information on course
equivalency and which requirements
have been met.
University Policies for Students
Transferring from a
Nonaccredited Institution
Applicants from collegiate institutions
(including community colleges and
junior colleges) that are not accredited
by one of the six regional associations
in the United States will be considered
for admission if the applicant's cumula-
tive index is 2.00 (C) or better.
The evaluation of courses listed on tran-
scripts from an institution not accredited
by one of the six regional associations
will be made by the student's major
department in consultation with the fac-
ulty dean and transfer credit analyst. All
evaluations are subject to review by the
provost and academic vice president.
International Students
Students from foreign countries may be
considered for degree admission if, in
addition to satisfying the general
requirements, they also demonstrate pro-
ficiency in English. Standardized test
scores from one of the following must
be submitted with the application: Test
of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL), Scholastic Assessment Test
(SAT 1), or American College Test
(ACT). Non-native English speakers are
encouraged to submit the TOEFL; a
minimum score of 550 is required for
the written exam, and at least 2 1 3 for
the computer-based test.
International students are admitted for
both the fall and spring semesters.
Applications for the fall must be submit-
ted to the Office of Admissions by May
1, while applications for the spring
semester should be submitted by August
1 . All students are required to submit an
application fee. Accepted students must
be able to verify their ability to fully
meet all educational and living expenses
before any immigration documents can
be issued. Because of the amount of time
it takes for a student visa to be secured.
international applicants are encouraged to
complete the admissions process well in
advance of the May 1 and August 1
deadlines.
Insurance Requirements for
International Students
International smdents at West Chester
University' are required to carry ade-
quate health and accident insurance.
Insurance must be effective for all peri-
ods of time the student has been autho-
rized to be in the United States by an
immigration document issued by West
Chester University.
Health and accident insurance policies
must be purchased through a company
that sells insurance in the United States.
West Chester University has set mini-
mum coverage standards which must be
met by all insurance policies. Information
about the minimum standards are avail-
able at the Center for International
Programs Office, 610-436-3515.
To assure compliance with the insurance
requirement, all international students
must come to the Center for
International Programs by September 15
of each academic year. There students
may obtain information as to the amount
of insurance required and the means of
obtaining coverage to meet the insur-
ance requirement.
Physical Examination
Requirements
Applicants are not asked to submit a
report of medical history until they have
been accepted for admission and have
committed to enroll. The form for the
necessary health examination, which
will be mailed to students, must be com-
pleted by a physician and returned to the
University Health Center prior to the
start of classes.
Students with Disabilities
West Chester University will make
every effort to assure smdents with dis-
abilities access to all classes required for
their program of smdy and will endeav-
or to remove all obstacles to a fulfilling,
comprehensive university experience.
Students should contact the Office of
Services for Students with Disabilities
in Room 1 05 Lawrence Center to
arrange suitable accommodations.
Additional information can be obtained
by calling 610-436-2564.
Second Baccalaureate Degree
An individual may pursue a second bac-
calaureate degree at West Chester
University after earning the first bac-
Fees and Expenses
calaureate degree either at West Chester
or another institution. Such an individ-
ual must apply for admission through
the OtTice of Admissions as a transfer
student.
Admission of College Graduates
Seeking Certification
College graduates who wish to obtain
teaching certification should consuh
with the Teacher Education Center, 6 1 0-
436-3090.
Readmission of Former Students
Students who have withdrawn from, or
who for other reasons have not matricu-
lated at. West Chester for tvvo or more
consecutive semesters are classified as
"inactive" and must request an applica-
tion for readmission from the Office of
Admissions. After an absence of only
one semester, students wishing to return
should contact the Office of the
Registrar and their department advisers.
Those who have attended any institu-
tions of higher learning since leaving
West Chester must request those institu-
tions to forward transcripts of their
records to the Office of Admissions,
West Chester University, West Chester,
PA 19383.
Readmitted students who have a disabil-
ity that they previously did not disclose
but wish to do so should contact the
Office of Ser\ ices for Students with
Disabilifies (OSSD) at 610-436-2564.
These students will be informed of the
appropriate documentation to submit as
well as the assistance and support ser-
vices available to them. Students who
believe that their disability had an effect
on their previous course work at the
University and wish to have this fact
considered should include that informa-
tion in their personal statement. They
also may wish to seek the support of the
OSSD in the readmission process.
Readmitted students are bound by the
requirements in the major, minor, and
cognate areas at the time of readmission,
except where pennission is granted by
the respective department.
Students intending to enroll in student
teaching in the first semester of readmis-
sion must file an application for student
teaching with the individual departments
at least four months before their expect-
ed readmission. See also "Student
Teaching" in the section entitled
"Academic Affairs."
All readmission applications, including
all supporting documents, should be
filed by August 1 for the fall semester
and December 1 for the spring semester.
Office of Admissions Staff
Marsha Haug — Director of Admissions
Eileen Merlin — Associate Director
Kathy Hein — Associate Director
Joseph Bradley — Assistant Director/
Coordinator of Transfer Admission
Julani Thomas Ghana — Assistant
Director
Linda Hoffinan — Assistant Director
Edwin Wright — Assistant Director
Joseph McGeever — Assistant Director
of Admissions and Financial Aid
Fees and Expenses
Special Note: The fees listed below
reflect charges at press time. For up-to-
date information on fees at any given
time, contact the Office of the Bursar,
610-436-2552.
Fees and expenses are subject to change
without notice. Fees shown here are in
effect for the academic year 1999-2000,
unless otherwise noted.
IHiition Rates
The following tuition rates are those in
effect for 1 998-99 and are subject to
change for 1999-00.
Unless otherwise specified, fees may be
paid by Visa, MasterCard, American
Express, check, or money order made
payable to West Chester University. The
canceled check, money order record, or
charge card billing serves as a receipt.
Undergraduate Tuition for Legal
Residents of Pennsylvania
Full-time students (between 12-18 credits)
$1,734.00 per semester
Part-time students ( 1 1 credits or less), or
per credit for each credit over 1 8
S144.00 per credit
See the Office of the Registrar for resi-
dency requirements.
Undergraduate Tuition for
Out-of-state Students
Full-time students (betsveen 12-18 credits)
$4,412.00 per semester
Part-time students ( 1 1 credits or less), or
per credit for each credit over 1 8
$368.00 per credit
General Fee
The general fee of $394 per full-time stu-
dent (12 credits or more) or $33 per cred-
it hour for the part-time student ( 1 1 cred-
its or less) is a mandatory charge which
covers the use of the following services:
• Sykes Student Union Fee ($46)
Previously called the community
center fee, this charge is for the
operation and use of Sykes
Student Union.
• Health Center Fee ($50)
This charge is for the use of the
University Health Center.
• Student Services, Inc. (SSI) Fee
($70)
The SSI fee funds student activi-
ties, services, clubs, and sports.
• Sykes Student Union Expansion
Fee ($55)
This fee supports the recent reno-
vation of Sykes Student Union,
which features new and improved
student services.
• Educational Services Fee
( 1 0% of in-state undergraduate
tuition or $173 using 1998-99
tuition schedule)
Students pay this fee in lieu of
specific department charges.
Housing Fee
North Campus Residence Halls - This fee
entitles the student to occupancy of a stan-
dard double room in any North Campus
residence hall with one roommate.
Per student $ 1 ,459.00 per semester
South Campus Apartment Complex -
This fee entitles the student to occupan-
cy of a four- or five-person apartment
with the following bedroom occupancy:
Single occupancy bedroom
(per student) $1 ,867.00 per semester
Double occupancy bedroom
(per student) $1,692.00 per semester
Students in the North Campus residence
halls losing their roommates who do not
have another roommate assigned to
them will be assigned a roommate, relo-
cated, or charged a private room fee of
$30.33 per week for every week that
they occupy the room alone. These
Fees and Expenses
options are available on a limited basis;
however, available spaces will be used
if demand requires.
Meal Fee
The following meal fees are those in
effect for 1998-99 and are subject to
change for 1999-00.
Students in the North Campus residence
halls must choose among Plans 1, 3, and 5.
Plan 1: 14- Variable Program
S800.00 per semester
This convenient program entitles resi-
dent, off-campus, and commuter stu-
dents to any 14 out of the 19 meals
served Monday through Sunday and
includes a flexible fund of SI 00. The
flexible fund aspect of the 14-variable
board plan gi\es students the flexibility
of making up to SI 00 in purchases at
any dining ser\ ice location. Students
may add to their flexible fund account at
any time in $25 increments.
With flexible funds students can:
• Supplement meal entitlements
• Treat friends or family members
to meals
• For a late night snack, have a fresh-
ly made ITZA PIZZA delivered to
the residence hall
• Purchase items from the
Convenience Stores
Plan 2: Flexible Fund Program
This program is designed for the South
Campus apartment complex, off-campus
and commuter students, faculty, and
staff. A minimum of $100 can be placed
in a flexible fund account that can be
accessed by an ID card. The program
can be used in the Lawrence Food
Court, Campus Comer, Convenience
Stores, or in the Sykes Ram's Head
Food Court. Faculty and staff may use
their flex dollars in the University Club
as well. With this program, there is no
need to carry cash for meals. The flexi-
ble fund may be increased by $25 incre-
ments at any time during the semester.
Plan 3: 10- Variable Program
$734.00 per semester
This plan allows resident, off-campus,
and commuter students more flexibility
in scheduling their meals throughout the
week. This plan entitles participants to
10 out of the 19 meals served Monday
through Sunday and includes a flexible
fund of SI 00 that can be used as
described in Plan 1.
Plan 4: 5-Variable Program
$495.00 per semester
This plan is designed for South Campus
apartment complex, off-campus, and
commuter students who wish to have the
convenience of meals on campus. This
plan entitles participants to five out of
the 1 9 meals ser\ ed Monday through
Sunday and includes a flexible fiind of
$50 that can be used as described in
Plan 1.
Plan 5: 19 All-inclusive Program
S809.00 per semester
This plan entitles resident, off-campus,
and commuter students to all of the
meals served during the week and
includes a flexible fund of $50 that can
be used as described in Plan 1 .
For those students in residence halls, the
meal plan cost has already been includ-
ed in the University billing. South
Campus apartment complex, off-cam-
pus, and commuter students can sign up
for one of these meal plans by applying
at the Office of the Bursar in the E.O.
Bull Center.
Any flexible fixnds left at the end of the
first semester will transfer to the second
semester. Any flexible funds remaining
at the end of the second semester will be
forfeited.
How the Meal Plan Works
A West Chester University identification
card will be encoded to access a student's
dining service account.
A meal or flexible fimds will be deduct-
ed from the balance automatically when
the card is presented to the cashier.
This identification card will serve as a
ticket to the offerings at Lawrence Food
Court, Campus Comer, Convenience
Stores, and Sykes Ram's Head Food
Court.
Lost or Stolen ID Cards
Lost or stolen cards should be reported
immediately in person to the
Information Systems Office in order to
prevent someone from misusing the lost
ID. A temporary ID can be purchased at
this time for S5. (This fee is refunded if
it is the first time the student is getting a
temporary card and the temporary card
is retumed before its expiration date.)
Office hours are Monday through
Friday, 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. The Information
Systems Office is located at Lawrence
Center, 610-436-3129.
International Student Services Fee
International students are assessed a fee
of $25 per semester to support the ser-
vices provided to them by the Intema-
tional Program Office.
Payment of Fees
Fall semester bills should be received by
mid- July. Spring semester bills should
be received by the first week of
December. If you do not receive a bill,
contact the Office of the Bursar at 610-
436-2552. It is the responsibility of each
student to pay/submit the semester bill
by the due date. Nonreceipt of a semes-
ter bill does not relieve the student of
the responsibility of paying/ submit-
ting the bill by the due date. Address
changes should be made through the
Office of the Registrar to allow for suf-
ficient time to reflect an accurate billing
address.
Students who are receiving approved
financial aid awards that fiilly cover or
exceed the amount of their bills do not
have to pay, but they must submit to the
Office of the Bursar the appropriate por-
tion of their semester bill to complete
registration. Failure to return the bill,
even if no payment is due, may result
in the cancellation of registration/
schedule and the assessment of late
penalties. Students who cannot pay
their bills in full by the due date may
apply for deferred payment (see
"Deferred Payment Policy" below).
Failure to meet the payment deadline
could result in cancellation of the stu-
dent's schedule. In order to have the
schedule reinstated, the student would
have to pay his or her bill in full as well
as a $35 late registration fee.
Students who owe money to the
University will have a hold placed on
their accounts. If not satisfied, this hold
will cancel registration/scheduling for
fliture semesters, prevent the release of
transcripts, and prohibit graduation
clearance. The University also may, at
its discretion, invoke any other penalty
appropriate for a particular case in
which money is owed to the University.
Deferred Payment Policy
The University extends deferred pay-
ment privileges to all students who are
in good financial standing and have not
defaulted on a previous payment plan.
The norefiindable fee charged for this
service is $35 per semester. Installment
payments recei\ ed late are subject to a
$25 late payment fee. For more informa-
tion about the plan offered, contact the
Office of the Bursar at 610-436-2552.
Uncollectible Check Policy
A fee of $25 is charged for any check
retumed to the University for insuffi-
Fees and Expenses
cient funds, stopped payment, or closed
account. The Uni\ ersit>- may, at its dis-
cretion, charge this fee for any check
returned to it for any other reason.
The check will be returned to the student
upon its replacement through cash,
cashier's check, MasterCard, Visa,
American Express, or money order.
Students who ha\ e r\vo or more checks
returned against their accoimts will no
longer be able to make pa>ment by per-
sonal check; all future payments must be
made by cash, certified check,
MasterCard, Visa, American Express, or
money order.
Refund Policy
All requests for refunds for dropped or
canceled courses, or for withdrawals,
must be made in writing or in person to
the Office of the Registrar. Reftmds are
not automatic; it is the student's respon-
sibility^ to initiate a refiind request.
Appeals concerning the reftmd policy for
tuition and the general fee are made to
the Office of the Registrar. Appeals con-
cerning the Housing or Meal Fee are
made to the Office of Residence Life.
Further appeals, if necessary, may be
made to the Appeals Committee.
Students who are in their first term of
enrollment at WCU and who ha\e
recei\ ed federal financial aid will receive
prorated reftmds based on federally man-
dated requirements. The refund policy
does not affect the time-line for W,
WP, and WF grades as described
under "Withdrawing from a Course"
(see page 39).
Individual fees will be refunded accord-
ing to the policies described below.
Tuition - in full prior to the first day of
the semester or according to the follow-
ing schedule once classes have begun.
(This schedule assumes that the student
account is paid in full and that the per-
centages apply to the total tuition bill,
not to a partial payment of tuition.)
1st or 2nd week(s) of class 90% refund
3rd or 4th week of class 50% refimd
5th through 8th week of class 25% refund
After 8th week of class No refund
No reftmd will be gi^en if the student
drops a course but retains full-time sta-
tus, or if he/she owes the University
money.
General Fee - in ftill prior to the first
day of the semester and prorated on a
credit-hour basis for a change ft-om fiill-
time to part-time status. A change in the
number of credit hours within the full-
time status (12 credit hours or abo\e)
does not result in a refund of the General
Fee; howe\er, a change within the part-
time status (below 12 credit hours) will
result in a per-credit-hour adjustment
according to the refund schedule used for
tuition refunds.
Housing Fee - in full prior to the first
day of the semester; after the first day of
the semester, prorated refiinds are made
on an indi\idual basis through the Office
of Residence Life.
Meal Fee - in full prior to the first day of
the semester; after the first day of the
semester, prorated refunds are made on an
indi\"idual basis through the Office of
Residence Life for resident students, and
through the Office of the Bursar for com-
muter students.
Other Fees
Application Fee. S30 is charged to all
prospective students for the processing of
their applications to the Uni\ ersity. The
fee is nonrefiindable and is not credited
to the student's account.
Nondegree Student Application Fee.
Nondegree students are charged a one-
time SI 5 initial processing fee.
Acceptance Fee. All newly accepted and
readmitted students pay SI 00 as proof of
intention to enroll at the University. It is
credited against the student's tuition and
is nonrefundable if the student decides
not to attend.
Housing Deposit. All new and returning
students who w ish to live in the resi-
dence halls are charged SI 00. It is credit-
ed against the student's housing fee and
is nonreftmdable if the student decides
not to li\e on campus.
Late Registration Fee. .All students who
schedule and pay at late registration or
who pay their bills after the deadline set
for those bills are charged a S3 5 nonre-
fiindable late fee.
Credit by Examination Fee. A charge
is made to all students who register for a
Credit by Examination through the
Office of the Registrar. Each examina-
tion scheduled costs S25.
Portfolio Assessment Fee. Equal to 50
percent of the per credit hour rate, this
fee is charged to ha\e a faculty member
assess a student's prior knowledge in a
particular course.
Course Audit Fee. Students who audit
courses pay the same fees as students
taking the courses for a letter grade.
Damage Fee. Students are charged for
damage or loss of University property.
This fee \ aries, depending on the extent
of the damage.
Identification Card Fees. The
Uni\ ersit},- charges a S2 fee to issue an
identification card to each full- or part-
time student. If this card is lost, stolen,
or damaged, the student will be charged
S5 for a replacement card. This fee is
payable at the Student Ser\'ices, Inc.
Office.
Parking Fees. The University charges a
nonrefundable parking fee to students
who are eligible to purchase a decal to
use Uni\ ersity parking lots. The current
parking fee is S20 per year; how ever, the
fee effective for fall 1998 has not yet
been established.
Registration forms are available at the
Department of Public Safety. A violation
of University' parking regulations is
charged S5 per issued ticket.
Music Instrument Rental Fees. Each
student renting a musical instrument for
a semester is charged S20 per instrument.
Every student using a pipe organ for
practice for one period each weekday is
charged S36 per semester.
Lost Key Replacement. Students who
lose the key to their residence hall room
are charged a nonrefiondable fee of S25
to replace the lock.
Transcript Fee. The fee for transcripts
is S3 per copy. Transcript request forms
are available in the Office of the
Registrar. Immediate transcripts are $5
per request.
Commencement Fee. The University
charges S56 to all students enrolled in a
degree program who will ha\e fulfilled
their degree requirements by the end of
the semester. This fee is paid after the
student completes a Graduation
.Application Form in the Office of the
Registrar and is approved for graduation.
Placement Credentials Fee. This SIO
charge co\ers the cost of registration,
de\elopment, and updating a student's
credentials file in the Career
De\ elopment Center. The fee entitles the
student to five mailings of credentials, as
well as a personal copy.
Fees for Health and Physical
Education Majors. Students in the B.S.
degree programs in health and physical
education must purchase uniforms at the
University Bookstore. All students must
be in proper xmiform for activity classes.
Financial Aid
The financial aid program at West Chester
University provides financial assistance
and counseling to students who can benefit
fi'om fijrther education, but who cannot
obtain it without such assistance. Financial
aid consists of gift aid in the form of
scholarships or grants, and self-help aid in
the form of employment or loans. The
main responsibility for meeting education-
al expenses rests with students and their
families. Financial aid is a supplement to
family contribution and is to be used for
educational expenses.
Eligibility for financial aid, with the
exception of some private scholarships
and the Parent Loan Program, is based
on demonstrated financial need. Family
income, assets, and family size influence
a student's demonstrated financial need.
All documents, correspondence, and con-
versations among the applicants, their fam-
ilies, and the Office of Financial Aid are
confidential and entitled to the protection
ordinarily arising fi^om a counseling rela-
tionship.
In order to receive financial aid, the stu-
dent must:
1 . Be accepted for admission as a degree
student enrolling at West Chester
University, or, in the case of a student
already attending the University, be
enrolled and making satisfactory aca-
demic progress as a degree student.
See the Office of Financial Aid for a
more detailed explanation of this
requirement.
2. Submit a Free Application for Federal
Student Aid before March 1 for prior-
ity consideration. This application
will be used to determine demonstrat-
ed financial need for the student. All
students are encouraged to complete
this application.
3. Apply for the state grant program in
his or her state of legal residence.
4. Submit any other requested documen-
tation concerning financial and family
circumstances that may be requested
by the Office of Financial Aid, or any
agency that administers financial
assistance programs. Financial aid
applicants may be required to submit
copies of their IRS forms, and/or their
parents' forms, or various other
income-related documents.
Submission of the above does not auto-
matically entitle a student to receive finan-
cial aid. The Office of Financial Aid fol-
lows the regulations established by the
federal government in awarding aid. Aid
applicants are ranked according to unmet
need (based on budget, federal and state
grants, and expected family contribution),
and available funds are offered to the
neediest students first. Students must apply
for financial aid each academic year.
Unless otherwise specified, requests for
scholarships, grants, loans, and employ-
ment opportunities described in this catalog
should be made to the Office of Financial
Aid. Application forms for state and feder-
al grants may be obtained Irom the Office
of Financial Aid at West Chester
University and fi^om the offices of most
high school guidance coimselors.
Questions concerning financial aid may be
directed to the Office of Financial Aid, 138
Elsie O. Bull Center, West Chester
University, West Chester, PA 19383, 610-
436-2627. Office hours are from 8 a.m. to
4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday.
Withdrawal/Enrollment Change
and Aid
Students who officially withdraw or
change their enrollment status may be
entitled to a refund of certain fees, accord-
ing to West Chester University's policy.
(See section entitled "Fees and
Expenses.") If that student has been
awarded financial aid for the semester in
which the withdrawal or enrolhnent
change occurs, a portion of the refund will
be returned to financial aid program
fitnds.
Financial aid refunds due to withdrawals
or enrollment changes are processed in
accordance with federal, state, and
awarding agency guidelines and regula-
tions. A student considering withdrawal
or an enrollment status change should
consult with the Office of Financial Aid
to determine the impact of that action on
current and fiiture financial aid.
Student Consumer Rights and
Responsibilities
You have the right to ask a school:
1 . The names of its accrediting organi-
zations.
2. About its programs; its instructional,
laboratory, and other physical facili-
ties; and its faculty.
3. What the cost of attending is and
what its policies are on refunds to
students who drop out.
4. What financial assistance is avail-
able, including information on all
federal, state, local, private, and
institutional financial aid programs.
5. What the procedures and deadlines
are for submitting applications for
each available financial aid program.
6. What criteria it uses to select finan-
cial aid recipients.
7. How it determines your financial
need. This process includes how
costs for tuition and fees, room and
board, travel, books and supplies,
personal and miscellaneous expens-
es, etc. are considered in your bud-
get. It also includes what resources
(such as parental contribution, other
financial aid, your assets, etc.) are
considered in the calculation of your
need.
8. If you have a loan, what the interest
rate is, the total amount that must be
repaid, the length of time you have
to repay the loan, when payments
are to begin, and any cancellation
and deferment provisions that apply.
9. If you are offered a work study job,
what kind of job it is, what hours
you must work, what your duties
will be, what the rate of pay will be,
and how and when you will be paid.
10. To reconsider your aid package, if
you believe a mistake has been made.
1 1 . How the school determines whether
you are making satisfactory academ-
ic progress, and what happens if you
are not.
12. What special facilities and services
are available to the disabled.
You have the responsibility to:
1 . Review and consider all information
about a school's program before you
enroll.
2. Pay special attention to your appli-
cation for student financial aid, com-
plete it accurately, and submit it on
time to the right place. Errors can
delay your receipt of financial aid.
3. Provide all additional documenta-
tion, verification, corrections, and/or
new information requested by either
the Office of Financial Aid or the
agency to which you submitted your
application.
Financial Aid
4. Read and understand all forms that
you are asked to sign and keep
copies of them.
5. Accept responsibility for the
promissory note and all other agree-
ments that you sign.
6. If you have a loan, notify the lender
of changes in your name, address,
or enrollment status.
7. Perform in a satisfactory manner the
work that is agreed upon in accept-
ing a college work study job.
8. Know and comply with the dead-
lines for application for aid.
9. Know and comply with your
school's refund procedures.
THE FOLLOWING IS A BRIEF
DESCRIPTION OF THE FINANCIAL
AID PROGRAMS AVAILABLE AT
WEST CHESTER UNIVERSITY.
Federal Work Study Program
Federal work study is an employment
program that allows students to work
part time on campus. Application is
made through the Free Application for
Federal Student Aid. The priority dead-
line is March 1 .
Federal Perkins Loan Program
The Office of Financial Aid administers
the Federal Perkins Loan Program for
students who demonstrate financial
need. The annual loan limit is $4,000,
with aggregate limits of $20,000 for stu-
dents who have successfully completed
two years of an undergraduate program
leading to a bachelor's degree (but have
not completed that degree) and $8,000
for all other students. The interest rate is
5 percent and begins to accrue when
repayment commences - nine months
after the student leaves school or drops
below half-time status. There are defer-
ment and cancellation privileges for stu-
dents meeting specific criteria.
Application is made through the Free
Application for Federal Student Aid.
The priority deadline is March 1.
Federal Stafford Loan Program
This loan program, formerly the
Guaranteed Student Loan Program,
operates with the cooperation of private
lenders (banks, credit unions, etc.).
Loans for students who demonstrate
need are subsidized (no in-school inter-
est payments); loans for students who do
not demonstrate need are unsubsidized
(in-school interest payments required).
Annual loan limits are $2,625 for first-
year students, $3,500 for second-year stu-
dents, and $5,500 for undergraduate stu-
dents who have completed two years.
Independent students may borrow addi-
tional unsubsidized funds: up to $4,000
per year for their first two years, and up to
$5,000 per year after they have completed
two years. The academic level maximum
amounts are not guaranteed. The loan
amount is influenced by the receipt of
other aid. The interest rate for first-time
borrowers is variable, not to exceed 8.25
percent. It begins to accrue when repay-
ment commences — six months after the
student terminates his or her education or
drops below half-time status. Applications
are secured at the lending institution.
Students should allow 10 weeks for pro-
cessing and apply by May 3 1 . The Federal
Stafford Loan application and the Free
Application for Federal Student Aid must
be filed.
Federal Parent Loan for
Undergraduate Students (PLUS)
The Federal PLUS program operates
through private lenders. Parents may bor-
row up to the cost of education minus
other aid for each dependent student
attending a postsecondary educational
institution for each academic level. The
interest rate is variable, not to exceed nine
percent, and repayment commences 60
days after disbursement of the loan funds.
Applications are secured at lending insti-
tutions.
Short-Term Emergency Loan
Students in need of flinds to cover unusu-
al or emergency education expenses may
contact the Office of the Bursar concern-
ing the Short-Term Emergency Loan
Program. The maximum loan is $200.
Federal Pell Grant
This is the federal grant program. All
students are encouraged to apply for a
Federal Pell Grant. Students receive
notificafion of eligibility in the form of a
Student Aid Report. Interested students
must file the Free Application for
Federal Student Aid. Deadline is May 1
of the current academic year.
Federal Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grant (FSEOG)
The FSEOG program is federally funded
and administered by the Office of
Financial Aid. A student must demon-
strate financial need and be an under-
graduate. Students must file the Free
Application for Federal Student Aid.
The priority deadline is March 1 .
State Grants
PENNSYLVANIA HIGHER EDUCA-
TION ASSISTANCE AGENCY
(PHEAA) GRANT. The Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania, through PHEAA, makes
state grants available to students who
demonstrate financial need and are Penn-
sylvania residents. PHEAA requires that
students successflilly complete at least 24
credits for each full-year grant awarded.
Students must file the Free Application for
Federal Student Aid. Deadline is May 1 .
The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
has entered into reciprocal agreements
with the following adjacent states:
Delaware, West Virginia, Ohio, and
Maryland. Residents of these states who
wish to attend West Chester University
are permitted to use state grants from
their home states for educational
expenses at West Chester. Some other
states not adjacent to Pennsylvania may
permit their residents to use state grants
for attendance at West Chester
University. Students should contact the
agency for higher education in their
states for more information.
Scholarships and Awards
♦ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENT
AWARDS. Awards of $4,000 each (non-
renewable) are given to first-year students.
ACME MARKETS, INC. SCHOLAR-
SHIPS. Acme Markets, Inc. sponsors
four-year scholarships for six entering
first-year students. Students are to be
enrolled in a degree program in busi-
ness, management, or marketing and
have a career interest in retail manage-
ment or related area. Recipients will also
participate in an Acme internship or co-
op program. The scholarships are renew-
able provided all scholarship require-
ments are maintained. Applications will
only be accepted every four years begin-
ning with the 1996-97 academic year.
THE J.PETER ADLER PRIZE FOR
EXCELLENCE IN THEATRE. The
J.Peter Adler Prize for Excellence in
Theatre has been funded through indi-
vidual, family, and group gifts to honor
the memory of J.Peter Adler, son of
WCU President Madeleine Wing Adler.
The prize is awarded annually to West
Chester University seniors who have
exhibited strong talent in theatre, and
who will be continuing their education
in a graduate degree program.
LENORE ALT EXCELLENCE IN
LEADERSHIP AWARD. This $500
award, which was established by Lois
Financial Aid
Alt, associate professor of vocal and
choral music, in memory of her mother,
will be presented to a junior woman
music major with a 3.25 GPA, who has
completed all theory and history of
music 200-level courses.
WEST CHESTER UNIVERSITY
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION SCHOLAR-
SHIP FUND. A scholarship fund was
established by the Alumni Association
of West Chester University in 1974 to
benefit the students of West Chester
University. The criteria for selection are
scholarship, leadership, character, and
need. Scholarships may be awarded to
sophomores, juniors, and seniors.
Applications are available from the
Office of Financial Aid or the Office of
Alumni Relations. The awards are gen-
erally made on Alumni Day each year
and are applied to the students' course
fees for the next academic year.
Scholarship amounts vary.
GERALDINE RUTH DALEY ANDER-
SON SCHOLARSHIP. This fiind was
established to honor Mrs. Geraldine
Daley Anderson '34 by a gift fi'om her
husband, Robert S. Anderson, M.D. The
awards fi^om the ftind are restricted to
physical education majors who are grad-
uates of high schools in Lackawanna,
Luzerne, and Wyoming counties in
Pennsylvania. Students also must have
financial need and demonstrate academ-
ic achievement. Preference will be given
to women students. The value of the
award varies but will be no less than
$300. Applications may be obtained
from the Office of Financial Aid.
SANDRA ALESIA ATKINS MEMOR-
IAL SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship
is awarded annually as a memorial to
Sandra Alesia Atkins, a member of the
class of 1 98 1 , to an outstanding music
student from Overbrook High School in
Philadelphia who enrolls at West
Chester University as a candidate for the
B.S. degree in music education. The
recipient will be selected by the School
of Music upon recommendation of the
Overbrook High School Music
Department.
ELIZABETH O' BYRNE BORZ '41
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship pro-
vides $500 annually to an entering first-
year student with a B average and is
renewable providing a 3.0 GPA is main-
tained as an undergraduate at the
University.
CAROL BRANCA SCHOLARSHIP.
This scholarship, established by the
Branca family in honor of Carol Branca,
is awarded to a B.A. communications
studies major who has an overal GPA of
3.5 or better at the end of the first
semester of the sophomore year. To
qualify, students must have completed
three semesters at the University, and a
minimum of 1 5 credits per semester.
The scholarship is renewable provided
the recipient continues as a communica-
tions studies major and maintains a GPA
of 3.5 or better. Transfer students with
more than six credits are not eligible for
the scholarship. The minimum award is
currently $500.
JUSTO B. BRAVO SCHOLARSHIP IN
CHEMISTRY. This award is available
to a full-time student majoring in chem-
istry. Applications are made to the
Department of Chemistry.
LAURY SAMUEL BROKENSHIRE
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship is
presented annually as a memorial to
Laury Brokenshire '59 by his parents,
Mr. and Mrs. James R. Brokenshire of
Reading. It is awarded to an outstanding
junior class music student selected by
the School of Music faculty.
ROBERT M. BROWN ENDOWED
SCHOLARSHIP FOR PHYSICS. This
scholarship was established by alumnus
Robert M. Brown '38 for a worthy full-
time sophomore, junior, or senior under-
graduate physics major. The scholarship
is renewable if the recipient maintains
the required 3.0 GPA.
CAVALCADE OF BANDS SCHOL-
ARSHIP. This award is sponsored joint-
ly by the Cavalcade of Bands
Association and the School of Music.
The recipient(s) must be admitted in
good standing to the music program at
West Chester University and selected by
the director of the winning band(s) in
each category of the American and
Yankee Conferences. The awards are
determined annually. Normally, one stu-
dent fi-om each of the four winning
bands will be selected to receive a
$1,000 tuitional scholarship.
ROBERT L. CARL MEMORIAL KEY-
BOARD SCHOLARSHIP. Two scholar-
ships are awarded to first-year keyboard
majors, in honor of the late Robert L.
Carl, former chairperson of the Depart-
ment of Keyboard Music, who taught
piano at the University from 1 946 until
1 97 1 . Applications are made to the dean
of the School of Music.
PAUL E. CARSON BAND SCHOLAR-
SHIP. This award has been made possible
by the generosity of Paul E. Carson, for-
mer chair of the Instrumental Department
and a member of the University faculty
for 28 years. Scholarships are awarded to
incoming first-year students majoring in
band instruments.
VINCENT D. CELENTANO MEMORI-
AL SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship is
awarded as a memorial to Dr. Vincent D.
Celentano, musician, scientist, and
Explorer Committee member. Eligible
first-year students in the School of Music
must be affiliated with Exploring or the
Senior Branch of Scouting.
ELVA L. BOYER CHAMBERLIN '31
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship is
awarded to an academically qualified
student who demonstrates financial
need, with preference given to a student
studying in the field of education.
Awards are made by the University
Scholarship Committee based on recom-
mendations from the director of finan-
cial aid.
CHESTER COUNTY ALUMNI CHAP-
TER SCHOLARSHIP. The West
Chester University Chester Coimty
Alumni Chapter sponsors a scholarship
for a Chester County high school gradu-
ate and first-year student. The $500
award is ftmded through contributions
from chapter members. Applications
may be obtained through the Office of
Financial Aid and the Office of Alumni
Relations.
CLASS OF 1920 SCHOLARSHIP. This
flmd was established by the Class of 1920
through a gift on the occasion of the
class's 65th reunion. The award is made
to a student who has completed one year
of study at the University or to an out-
standing first-year student. Documented
financial need and demonstrated leader-
ship qualities are essential. The amount
will be no less than $500. Application
forms are available through the Office of
Financial Aid.
CLASS OF 1937 SCHOLARSHIP. This
scholarship flmd was established by the
Class of 1937 as a golden anniversary
gift to West Chester University on the
50th reunion of the class. The scholar-
ships are awarded to entering first-year
students based on scholarship, leader-
ship, character, and financial need. The
awards are generally made on Alumni
Day each year and are applied to tuition
fees for the academic year.
Applications are available from the
Office of Development and Alumni
Relations or the Office of Financial Aid.
Financial Aid
Selection of recipients will be made by
the Scholarship Committee of the
Alumni Board of Directors.
CLASS OF 1938 SCHOLARSHIP. This
fund was established by the Class of 1938
as a Golden Anniversary Gift to the
University at the 50th reunion of the class.
The award is to be made to a student who
has successfially completed one academic
year at West Chester and is based on lead-
ership, scholarship, character, and finan-
cial need. Application forms are available
through the Office of Financial Aid.
CLASS OF 1943 MATH SCHOLAR-
SHIP. This scholarship was initiated by
two Class of 1943 members to improve
the teaching of math on the middle
school and secondary levels. It is award-
ed annually to an undergraduate who
intends to teach mathematics, exhibits
excellence in that discipline, and will
help foster the job of problem solving in
others. Applications are made through
the Department of Mathematics.
CLASS OF 1948 SCHOLARSHIP. The
Class of 1 948 initiated this scholarship
as a gift in celebration of its 50th
reunion. Recipients must be a junior,
have a minimum GPA of 3.0, major in
an area of teacher education, and be
active in at least one school-sponsored
extracurricular activity. The scholarship
is renewable provided the minimum 3.0
GPA is maintained. The minimum award
is currently $750.
CLASS OF 1957 SCHOLARSHIP. This
fund was established by the Class of
1957 to assist entering first-year students
with demonstrated exemplary achieve-
ment in mathematics or science and
English. Application forms are available
through the Office of Financial Aid.
CLASS OF 1970 SCHOLARSHIP. This
fimd was made available through the
Class of 1970 on its 15th reunion in
1985. The award is to be made to a stu-
dent who has demonstrated academic
achievement and good University citi-
zenship. The amount is no less than
SI 00. Application forms are available
through the Office of Financial Aid.
JOHN T. COATES HORN SCHOLAR-
SHIP. This scholarship was established in
1987 as a memorial to John T. Coates by
his wife and daughters. It is awarded to a
talented incoming first-year student whose
major performing area is the French horn.
GRACE COCHRAN RESEARCH ON
WOMEN AWARD. An annual $100
award in each division, graduate and
undergraduate, for the best research on
women. The award, sponsored by the
Institute for Women, is given on
Research on Women Day held in April
of each year. Dr. Cochran, an eminent
teacher and scholar, graduated from the
West Chester Normal School in 1906.
♦CONNELLY FOUNDATION SCHOL-
ARSHIP. The Connelly Foundation,
established in 1955 by Mr. and Mrs.
John F. Connelly (deceased), provided
the funds for this endowed scholarship.
Awards will be made to deserving grad-
uates of Catholic high schools in the
five-county Philadelphia area including
Chester, Delaware, Montgomery, Bucks,
and Philadelphia counties.
PAT CROCE SPORTS MEDICINE
ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP. The
scholarship was established through a
personal gift from Pat Croce to recog-
nize and reward outstanding students in
the sports medicine program.
CLIFFORD DeBAPTISTE SCHOLAR-
SHIP. Named in honor of Clifford
DeBaptiste, mayor of the Borough of
West Chester, community leader, and
local businessman, this scholarship will
assist qualified traditional and nontradi-
tional social work students from both the
B.S.W. and M.S.W. programs. Require-
ments include excellence in academic
achievement, demonstrated community
leadership initiatives, and a demonstrated
commitment to bicultural and bilingual
social work practice. Initial assistance in
the range of $500 will be provided for
book fiinds and/or travel assistance to
and from practicum assignments.
ERIC S. DELLECKER '84 SCHOLAR-
SHIP. This scholarship for pre-medical
students was established in memory of
Eric S. Dellecker by his parents.
Recipients are chosen by the University
Pre-Medical Committee based on acade-
mic achievement and the completion of
one academic year in the Pre-Medical
Program.
PHILLIP B. DONLEY AWARD. This
scholarship was established by the ath-
letic training alumni and is awarded to a
junior majoring in athlefic training. The
recipient will be chosen based on GPA,
clinical evaluations, and service (profes-
sional, University, and community).
♦RALPH H. DeRUBBO ENDOWED
SCHOLARSHIP FUND. This scholar-
ship was created by Ralph H. DeRubbo
'47 to assist a student in financial need.
FREDERICK DOUGLASS SOCIETY
SCHOLARSHIP. Scholarships are avail-
able to minority students who are
enrolled ftill time. Applicants must
demonstrate their ability to make a posi-
tive contribution to the University and/or
community through active involvement.
Applications and guidelines are available
during the spring semester in the Office
of Financial Aid.
DR. ROBERT E. DRAYER MEMORIAL
AWARD. An annual award for the senior
who graduates with the most distinguished
record in history, in memory of Dr. Robert
E. Drayer, assistant professor of history,
who died in 1968. The Department of
History selects the recipient.
♦ROBERT EDWARD DRAYER
SCHOLARSHIP. Given to a first-year
student with strong academic achievement
who is majoring in history or social stud-
ies. This renewable award covers in-state
tuition, fees, room, and board. Two other
one-time awards of $1,500 also are avail-
able for first-year students majoring in his-
tory or social studies.
FACULTY AWARD. A certificate pre-
sented annually to a graduating senior in
the Department of Nursing who, in the
opinion of the department faculty, demon-
strates "outstanding ability and exception-
al commitment to professional nursing."
FACULTY SCHOLARSHIP FUND.
Aimual awards of $200 each are made in
May to undergraduate students on the
basis of academic ability and financial
need. Applications are made to the
Faculty Scholarship Fund.
♦BONNIE EVANS FEINBERG
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was
established by Bonnie Evans Feinberg, a
member of the class of 1963, and is
awarded by the University Scholarship
Committee to an incoming, first-year
student from a middle-class, multiple-
sibling family who is a solid "B" or bet-
ter student. The scholarship is renewable
as long as the student maintains a 3.0
GPA.
DEBRA POLLARD FORD '76 MAR-
KETING SCHOLARSHIP. Inter-Media
Marketing and American Telecast
Corporation established this scholarship
in memory of Debra Pollard Ford '76, an
educator who later served as the director
or training and development at Inter-
Media Marketing. The scholarship is
awarded annually to a marketing major
who is selected by the Deparment of
Marketing faculty.
WEST CHESTER UNIVERSITY
FOUNDATION GRANT. The West
Chester University Foundation has mod-
est fiands available for grants to needy
Financial Aid
Students. Any student who is about to
complete, or has completed, his/her first
year may apply. In evaluating applica-
tions, the foundation will give special
attention to those who are active in all
facets of University life. Each year,
applications for the fall semester should
be submitted by May 1 , and for the
spring semester by December 1 .
♦NfELVIN L. FREE SCHOLARSHIP.
This scholarship was established by
Melvin L. Free, a member of the class of
1932. It is offered to an incoming first-
year student with a strong academic
record.
H. RAYMOND SR. AND MAY
GRAYSON FRIDAY MEMORIAL
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was
established by Dr. Raymond Friday, pro-
fessor of \ocal and choral music, in mem-
ory of his parents. It is awarded annually
to a first-year voice major who is selected
in the spring semester on the basis of
scholarship and \ ocal achievement.
MIRLAM GOTTLIEB PLANO SCHOL-
ARSHIP. This award has been made pos-
sible through the generosity of Mrs.
Miriam Gottlieb, who was a member of
the University's Department of Keyboard
Music faculty from 1946 until her retire-
ment in 1975.
MICHAEL C. GREY AWARD. This
award was established in memory of
Michael C. Grey '89 by Barbara J.
Brown, an alumnus and former
faculty/staff member.
THE JOHN GUTSCHER MEMORLAL
SCHOLARSHIP FN MUSIC EDUCA-
TION. This av\ard, presented for the first
time in 1988, is based on music student
teaching excellence, academic excel-
lence, and financial need. The award was
established by the family of John
Gutscher, a former School of Music fac-
ulty member. The student or students are
selected by the music student teaching
superv isors with the approval of the
Department of Music Education.
♦EVELYN H. HALDEMAN SCHOL-
ARSHIP. This scholarship was estab-
lished by Evelyn H. Haldeman, a member
of the class of 1944. Awards are made by
the University Scholarship Committee to
students based on need, above-average
scholarship, and citizenship.
MAZIE B. HALL SCHOLARSHIP.
This scholarship was established in
honor of Mazie B. Hall '24 who worked
all of her adult life to establish better
relations among individuals.
*DR. CLIFFORD H. ILAJIDING ARTS
AND SCIENCES SCHOLARSHIP. This
scholarship was established by a bequest
from Dr. Clifford H. Harding, former
professor of history and chair of the
Political Science Department. Awards of
SI, 500 each will be made to qualified
entering first-year students. Applicants to
majors in the College of Arts and
Sciences will be invited to apply based
on a review of their high school rank,
high school GPA. and total SAT scores.
Selection will be made by a faculty com-
mittee from the College of Arts and
Sciences.
*DR. CLIFFORD H. HARDING BUSI-
NESS AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was
established by a bequest fi^om Dr.
Clifford H. Harding, former professor of
history and chair of the Political Science
Department. Awards of SI, 000 each will
be made to qualified entering first-year
students. Applicants to majors in the
School of Business and Public Affairs
will be invited to apply based on a
review of their high school rank, high
school GPA, and total SAT scores.
Selection will be made by a faculty com-
mittee fi-om the School of Business and
Public Affairs.
MARY LOUISE TURNER HOPKINS
'43 AWARD. This award was estab-
lished by John Feelye Hopkins '43 in
memory of his wife Mary Louise Turner
Hopkins and has been permanently
endowed through his recent bequest. It is
presented annually to a senior majoring
in special education.
HELEN TAPPER FVTNS '35 EN-
DOWED SCHOLARSHIP. The Helen
Tapper Ivins '35 Endowed Scholarship
was established by Mrs. Ivins's sister,
Marie Tapper Lewis '32, and her son, C.
Stephen Lewis, in memor>' of Helen
Tapper Ivins, a member of the West
Chester University History/Social
Studies Department who also served on
one of the school's first scholarship
committees. The Ivins Scholarship is
awarded to an undergraduate student
with a minimum grade point average of
3.0 who is studying to become a histo-
ry/social studies teacher. Applications
can be made through the Department of
History.
MARION PETERS IRVIN ENDOWED
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was
established by family members to assist an
upperclass education major, committed to
teaching, who has financial need.
ANN JOHNS SCHOLARSHIP. This
scholarship is awarded by the Faculty
Dames of West Chester University to
undergraduate women who are at least 25
years old and enrolled in degree programs.
Contact the OflBce of Financial Aid for
additional information and application
forms.
ARTHUR E. JONES MEMORLVL
SCHOLARSHIP. Talent in the choral
conducting area is the consideration for
this annual award to a music student in
remembrance of Dr. Arthur E. Jones,
former chair of choral music. To be eli-
gible, a student must be a junior who has
completed a course in choral conducting.
A 2.0 overall GPA and a 2.5 music GPA
are required. The Department of Vocal
and Choral Music selects the recipient.
CAROLYN KEEFE SCHOLARSHIP.
The Carolyn Keefe Scholarship was
established to honor Dr. Carolyn Keefe,
professor emerita of communiations
studies, former long-time professor of
speech communication, and a director of
forensics at WCU. To qualify for the
scholarship, a student must have com-
pleted at least two years on the Forensics
Team, return to the University and par-
ticipate in active competition the follow-
ing year, have a minimum GPA of 3.0,
and be a member of Pi Kappa Delta,
national forensics honorary.
CHARLES KING '32 AND DOROTHY
ECKMAN KING '32 SCHOLARSHIP.
An annual S600 award was established
by family members to honor Charles and
Dorothy King. No limitations are set for
recipients who will be determined
through the Office of Financial Aid.
CHARLOTTE E. KING SCHOLAR-
SHIP. This endowed scholarship was
established by N. Ruth Reed in memory
of Dr. Charlotte E. King, former Univer-
sity professor and first chair of the
Elementary Education Department. The
committee from the department will
select an elementary education recipient.
DAVID S. KONITZER ENDOWED
MEMORL\L SCHOLARSHIP. This
scholarship honors the memory of Da\ id
S. Konitzer, a West Chester University
senior who was tragically killed in an
automobile accident. The scholarship is
awarded to a sophomore, junior, or
senior Chester County resident who
plans to teach physical education and
who meets other scholarship require-
ments.
FRITZ K. KRUEGER MEMOIUAL
VOICE SCHOLARSHIP. Two scholar-
Financial Aid
ships, endowed by the Krueger family,
for first-year students who are vocalists
are aw arded in honor of the late Fritz K.
Krueger, who taught in the Department
of Vocal and Choral Music from 1961
until 1971. Applications are made to the
dean of the School of Music.
STANLEY H. AND FLEURETTE
LANG/NORTHEAST HIGH SCHOOL
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was
established by the Northeast High School
Alumni Association and is awarded to a
Northeast High School graduate based on
high scholastic standing, class rank, SAT
scores, service to Northeast High School,
good character, school and community cit-
izenship, and financial need. The scholar-
ship is renewable through four years.
LEONARD LAUBACH MUSIC
SCHOLARSHIP. Alumnus Leonard
Laubach '40 established this scholarship
to fiind scholarships for music students.
Awards are determined by the School of
Music Scholarship Committee.
MEL LORBACK ENDOWED SCHOL-
ARSHIP FUND. Established by Jerad L.
Yeagley '62, this scholarship honors Mel
Lorback, former WCU soccer coach and
professor. The scholarship will assist a
male soccer player with outstanding acad-
emic and leadership qualities, with prefer-
ence given to physical education majors.
*MARTHA FORD McILVAIN
SCHOLARSHIP. Established by Martha
Ford '52 and Donald Mcllvain, this
scholarship provides annual assistance to
entering first-year students of high acad-
emic promise, and is renewable through
graduation provided a minimum 3.0
GPA is maintained.
LEWIS H. MARSHALL AWARD. An
annual award is made to a senior in the
social and behavioral sciences whose
leadership, professional promise, and
academic achievement are outstanding. It
is made available by the Chester County
Association of Township Officials, and
the awardee is selected by a committee
of faculty selected from appropriate dis-
ciplines.
CHARLES MAYO SCHOLARSHIP.
This award of approximately S250 is
made annually in memory of Dr. Charles
Mayo, a political scientist, who was
president of West Chester University
from 1974 until 1982. It is made by vote
of the political science faculty to an out-
standing junior or senior in the disci-
pline. Details are available through the
Department of Political Science.
JAMES E. McERLANE SCHOLAR-
SHIP FOR INTERNATIONAL STUDY.
This award is presented to a student with
academic ability and financial need for
study abroad. The scholarship was estab-
lished in honor of James E. McErlane,
Esq. by his friends in the Chester Coimty
community.
DR. ALAN P. MEWHA ENDOWED
SCHOLARSHIP. Established by Dr.
Pricilla Alden Mewha in memory of Dr.
Alan P. Mewha and his instructors Miss
Harriet Elliot and Miss Leone Broadhead,
this scholarship is awarded to an out-
standing upperclass geography major.
S. POWELL MIDDLETON MEMORI-
AL SCHOLARSHIP. This is an annual
award to a first-year music student for
talent and achievement on an orchestral
instrument. The award honors the former
conductor of the University Symphony
Orchestra who died in 1970.
DOROTHY GIVEN MILLER AND
FRANK WILLIAM MILLER SCHOL-
ARSHIP. This scholarship was estab-
lished by Dorothy Given Miller '19 and
Frank William Miller "20. Recipients
must have successftilly completed one
year at the University and demonstrate
academic achievement, leadership,
strength of character, and financial need.
Application forms are available from the
Office of Financial Aid.
♦BOARD OF GOVERNORS SCHOL-
ARSHIPS. Merit-based renewable schol-
arships available to incoming first-year
students who are residents of
Pennsylvania. Awards are based on the
successful completion of an academic
high school program, satisfactory
SAT/ ACT scores, high school rank, and
academic record. The Free Application
for Federal Student Aid also must be
completed.
LLOYD C. MITCHELL PIANO
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was
established in honor of Dr. Lloyd C.
Mitchell upon his retirement in 1971
after 35 years' service at the University,
including 20 years as chair of the
Department of Music and dean of the
School of Music. It is awarded annually
to a first-year music student selected by
a piano faculty jury. Applications are
made to the dean of the School of Music.
MICHAEL MOROCHOKO MEMORI-
AL PIANO AWARD. The Department
of Keyboard Music presents a scholar-
ship annually to an outstanding junior
music student majoring in piano. This
award is a memorial to Michael
Morochoko, father of a former student.
CONNIE MURRAY SCHOLARSHIP
FOR PIANO. The Main Line Music
Teachers established this $300 award in
memory of Connie Murray, one of their
members, who championed the cause of
private music teachers. The scholarship
is presented each year to a piano peda-
gogy major and selected by the
Keyboard Department of the School of
Music.
SOPHOMORE MUSIC SCHOLAR-
SHIP. Three scholarships are given
annually to music education sophomores.
University citizenship and musical per-
formance as well as a 2.0 overall GPA
and a 2.5 music GPA are required.
Applications are made to the dean of the
School of Music.
EDITH HARMON PARKER BLACK
CAUCUS ALUMNI CHAPTER
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was
established through the estate of Edith
Harmon Parker '33 and is awarded to a
student with good academic standing
studying a discipline related to human
relations, with preference given to black
students.
NATIONAL GUARD OFFICERS
SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM. Upon cer-
tification by the appropriate National
Guard official as being eligible, students
may register for a given semester by
paying 25 percent of tuition costs plus all
other fees. The University will bill the
National Guard directly for the remain-
ing 75 percent of the tuition charges.
NEW JERSEY ALUMNI SCHOLAR-
SHIP. The New Jersey Chapter of the
West Chester University Alumni
Association sponsors tvvo annual $500
scholarship awards. These awards are
available to students who are New Jersey
residents and are ftmded by the contribu-
tions of New Jersey alumni. Applications
may be obtained through the Office of
Financial Aid and the Office of Alumni
Relations.
CHARLOTTE W. NEWCOMBE
FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP. This
scholarship is awarded to undergraduate
women who are at least 25 years old and
enrolled in their junior or senior years.
Selection is based on scholastic ability,
financial need, and special life circum-
stances. Contact the Office of Financial
Aid for addifional information and appli-
cation forms.
DOROTHY NOWACK SCHOLAR-
SHIP. This award was established in
Financial Aid
memory' of Dorothy Nelson Nowack, a
professor of public health at West
Chester until her retirement in 1991.
Recipients will be seniors with 96 credits
who are studying public health/health
promotion, have a 3.3 or higher cumula-
ti\ e GPA, and exhibit a commitment to
professional activities and senice to the
University, a department, or outside
community.
OFF-CAMPUS STUDENT ASSOCIA-
TION SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship
is awarded armually by the Off- Campus
Student Association to undergraduate
commuters who are involved with off-
campus activities.
RICHARD PACIARONI '55 SCHOLAR-
SHIP. This endowed memorial scholar-
ship for geography, established by the
Paciaroni family, is awarded annually to
an undergraduate geography major or
graduate smdent for enrichment activities
or career/professional development.
Recipients are required to have a 3.0 GPA
in geography major and are chosen by the
Department of Geography faculty.
THEODORA PANDEL MEMORIAL
PL\NO SCHOLARSHIP. This award is
presented through the generosity of
Praxiteles Pandel, associate professor of
piano.
HILLARY H. PARRY MEMORL\L
SCHOLARSHIP. An annual award to a
junior music student, granted for scholar-
ship, citizenship, and achievement in vocal
study. The scholarship is in remembrance
of a former teacher of voice. A 2.0 o\erall
GPA and a 2.5 music GPA are required.
ROZ PATTON SCHOLARSHIPS.
Three scholarships were established by
the spouse of Roz Patton, a regional and
nationally known vocalist.
1 . The Roz Patton Theatre Scholarship is
for an incoming first-year student
intending to major in theatre.
Preference is given to a female gradu-
ate of the Philadelphia School for the
Performing Arts or Saint Maria Goretti
High School. The SI, 000 scholarship is
renewable, providing the student main-
tains an overall GPA of 2.5 each year.
2. The Roz Patton Music Scholarship was
established for an incoming first-year
student majoring in music education-
general track, voice or vocal/choral
concentration, or vocal performance.
Recipients must quality for admission
and be recommended by the chairper-
son of the Vocal and Choral Music
Department. The scholarship is renew-
able provided the recipients maintain a
2.5 GPA cumulative average and a 3.0
music av erage each year. The award is
currently SI, 000.
3. The Roz Patton Most-Impro\ ed Voice
Major Scholarship is awarded annually
to a female voice major entering her
junior year who has made the most
improvement during her first two years
at West Chester, based on the recom-
mendation of the Vocal and Choral
Music Department chairperson.
PHI MU ALPHA, SINFONL^ POWELL
MIDDLETON AWARD. An annual
award in memory of S. Powell
Middleton is presented by the Rho
Sigma chapter of Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia
men's music fi-atemity. It is based on
outstanding musicianship, scholarship,
and character. Applications are made to
the dean of the School of Music.
DEPARTMENT OF KINESIOLOGY
SCHOLARSHIP. Three scholarships are
awarded to any sophomore, junior, or
senior student in health and physical
education. Applications are made to the
chairperson. Department of Kinesiology.
PRESSER SCHOLARSHIP. This is a
grant of SI, 000, consisting of S500 from
the Theodore Presser Foundation and
S500 from the School of Music, to be
applied toward tuition in a student's
senior year. It is awarded by the presi-
dent of the University to the student
majoring in music who achieved the
highest cumulative GPA at the end of the
junior year, having completed no less
than 95 credits at West Chester
University. During the recipient's senior
year, the student will be known as the
Presser Scholar, denoting a reward for
excellence with the hope that the award
will help the student not only financially,
but also in his/her fiature career.
WILLL\M PYLE PHILIPS SCHOLAR-
SHIPS. Awarded armually to juniors and
seniors who are natives of Chester
County on the basis of demonstrated
scholasric ability. Funds are available for
approximately 20 scholarships to cover
the basic tuition. Application forms may
be secured in the Office of Financial Aid.
♦PRESIDENTIAL SCHOLARSHIP.
These merit-based, renewable scholar-
ships are awarded to incoming first-year
students based on the successful comple-
tion of an academic high school pro-
gram, SAT or ACT scores, high school
rank, and academic record. For addition-
al information and application forms,
contact the Office of Admissions.
N. RUTH REED HEALTH DEPART-
MENT SCHOLARSHIP. This scholar-
ship is sponsored by the West Chester
University Department of Health.
Applicants must be students at West
Chester University (specifically, under-
graduate health majors with sophomore
academic status or better), possess a
cumulative GPA of at least 3.0, and
demonstrate high moral character, posi-
tive personality traits, and evidence of
genuine interest and aptitude in working
in the health field. For information con-
tact the Department of Health.
WINIFRED PIERSOL REESER '43
ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP. This
scholarship supports an upperclass stu-
dent who is committed to the field of
kinesiology and maintains a GPA of at
least 3.0.
REISS FOREIGN STUDIES
ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP. Retired
faculty member Mary Ann Reiss created
this scholarship for students majoring in
French, German, Russian, or Spanish
who plan to study abroad.
FRANCIS J. REYNOLDS SCHOLAR-
SHIP. This scholarship is awarded by the
Department of Chemistiy to a chemistry
major who has successfully completed
one year at the University. Applications
are available through the Department of
Chemistry.
LEAH GALLAGHER RIDDLE '41
ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP. This
scholarship was established as a memori-
al to alumna Leah Gallagher Riddle '4 1
by her family and finends. It will be
awarded annually to an exemplary
upperclass student whose major is in
early childhood and/or elementary edu-
cafion.
SARTOMER COMPANY ENVIRON-
MENTAL SCHOLARSHIP. A Sl,500
annual environmental award is presented
to a sophomore or junior who is a
Peimsylvania resident and has fiilfilled a
number of chemistry courses including
the Chemistry of the Environment
course. Recipients must have a minimum
overall GPA of 3.0 and a 3.2 GPA in the
sciences as well as write an essay judged
by a company representative.
ANNE M. SCHAUB MEMORL\L
SCHOLARSHIP. The Anne M. Schaub
Memorial Scholarship is awarded annually
to a kinesiology major who is entering the
second semester of the sophomore year. A
minimum 3.0 GPA is required.
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION ENDOW-
MENT. The School of Education
Financial Aid
Endowment was created by John F.
Kenny '32 in memory of his wife, Vera
A. Kenny, and in recognition of
Clarence L. McKelvie '24, professor of
education. Awards or loans will be
made to academically deserving students
under the guidance of the dean of the
School of Education.
SCHOOL OF MUSIC STRING
SCHOLARSHIP. Two scholarships are
awarded to incoming first-year students
who are string majors.
EVERETT E. SHAFFER MEMORIAL
ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP.
Established by R. Elizabeth Wyers
Shaefer '44 in memory of her husband,
this scholarship assists a performing
musician enrolled in any music degree
program with a minimum 2.0 cumula-
tive grade point average with a mini-
mum 2.5 grade point average in music.
DR. AHMAD H. SHAMSEDDINE
MEMOIUAL AWARD. An annual award
is given to an outstanding student in the
field of business/economics, in memory of
Dr. Ahmad H. Shamseddine, associate
professor of economics, who died in 1971.
JANE ELIZABETH SHEPPARD
VOCAL/CHORAL SCHOLARSHIP.
This award was established in honor of
Jane E. Sheppard upon her retirement in
May 1987 after 34 years of service in the
Department of Vocal and Choral Music.
The recipient of this monetary award will
be selected on the basis of outstanding
participation in vocal and choral activi-
ties, which must include four semesters of
Chamber Choir, scholarship, and personal
qualifications.
SICO FOUNDATION SCHOLAR-
SHIPS. The SICO Company provides a
limited number of scholarships for four
years of study at West Chester
University at a rate of $1,000 per year
($4,000 total value). High school stu-
dents qualified for college admission or
high school graduates who have not
attended college on a full-time basis
may compete for a SICO Foundation
Scholarship when their legal residences
are located in the state of Delaware; in
Cecil County, Maryland; or in the fol-
lowing Pennsylvania counties: Adams,
Berks, Chester, Cumberland, Dauphin,
Delaware, Lancaster, Lebanon, and
York. A student attending the
Shippensburg, Boyertown, Spring-Ford,
or Williams Valley High Schools in
Pennsylvania, or the Del-Mar High
School in Delaware whose residence is
outside the aforementioned area is con-
sidered in the SICO Company service
area and may apply for a scholarship.
No distinction is made on the basis of
sex, race, or religious belief.
Information may be secured ft'om high
school guidance offices in the above-ref-
erenced areas.
JESSE V. SILVANO SCHOLARSHIP.
This scholarship was established in
memory of Jesse V. Silvano, a West
Chester University student. To qualify,
recipients must be a sophomore, junior,
or first-semester senior, have a mini-
mum GPA of 2.5, be committed to com-
pleting an undergraduate degree in crim-
inal justice, have an interest in attending
law school, be active in campus or com-
munity activities, and have financial
need.
ROB SIMON MEMORIAL AWARD.
This award has been established by
Joseph and Janice Simon, alumni of the
School of Music, and the late Dr. Irving
H. Cohen, a member of the School of
Music faculty for many years, in memo-
ry of Rob Simon, who was a double
bass major at the University. The com-
petition is open to double bass majors
during their junior or senior year.
VINCENT D. AND MARY R. SKA-
HAN SCHOLARSHIP. The scholarship,
in honor of Vincent D. and Mary R.
Skahan, benefits graduating seniors
fi-om West Catholic High School who
have been accepted for admission to
West Chester University. Recipients
must have a cumulative B average upon
graduation fi^om West Catholic. The
scholarship is renewable provided the
recipient maintains a 3.0 GPA. The min-
imum award is currently $500.
GREG SMITH MEMORIAL SCHOL-
ARSHIP. An annual scholarship of $100
is presented by the baseball club in
memory of a former baseball captain
and president of the baseball club.
W. W. SMITH CFL\RITABLE TRUST.
The W.W. Smith Charitable Trust was
established in 1977 under the will of
William Wikoff Smith, an important
supporter of educational opportunity in
the Delaware Valley. Established
through his will, the W. W. Smith
Charitable Trust has carried on Smith's
work. Funds from this program are used
to support students from middle-income
families who might not qualify for other
aid. The funds also support students
enrolled in the Academic Development
Program at West Chester University.
For additional information, contact the
director of the Academic Development
Program or the Office of Financial Aid.
SOPHOMORE MUSIC SCHOLAR-
SHIPS. These awards are presented
annually to three sophomore music stu-
dents, one each in the areas of instru-
mental, vocal, and keyboard. Recipients
must exhibit good citizenship and per-
formance skills, as well as have an over-
all 2.0 GPA and a 2.5 GPA in music.
Auditions for the scholarships are held
in the fall semester.
CHARLES A. SPRENKLE ENDOWED
SCHOLARSHIP. Created by family and
friends, this scholarship honors Dr.
Charles A. Sprenkle, who joined the fac-
ulty in 1955 and was appointed dean of
the School of Music in 1971. The schol-
arship is awarded annually, at the begin-
ning of the fall semester, for tuition
assistance to the sophomore who
achieved the highest grade point average
during the previous year as a flill-time
first-year student enrolled in the School
of Music.
JANE B. SWAN SCHOLARSHIP.
Sponsored by the Women's Institute of
West Chester University, a scholarship
of approximately $500 is awarded annu-
ally to a woman student who is complet-
ing an interrupted education.
Application forms are available at the
Women's Center and the Office of
Financial Aid.
DR. CHARLES S. SWOPE SCHOLAR-
SHIP FOUNDATION. A Memorial
Scholarship Trust Foundation estab-
lished by Charles E. Swope and Richard
M. Swope in memory of Dr. and Mrs.
Charles S. Swope. Dr. Swope served as
president of West Chester University for
a quarter of a century. Applicants must
be fiill-time students enrolled in their
junior year. Scholarships are $1,000
each; up to 15 may be awarded annually.
Applications must be filed on or before
April 1. Selection is made during May
with scholarships commencing in
September.
WILLL\M A. AND BARBARA V.
TAYLOR SCHOLARSHIPS. Mrs.
Barbara Taylor Toland established this
endowed scholarship in memory of her
first husband of 35 years, William A.
Taylor. Two renewable, flill-tuition
scholarships are awarded to incoming
first-year students, one to a Chichester
High School graduate and one to a Sun
Valley High School graduate. The recip-
ients are to be deserving students who
Financial Aid
have not qualified for any other scholar-
ships or financial aid at the University.
ROBERT M. VALYO SCHOLARSHIP.
The scholarship honors Chief Robert M.
Valyo, who served as chief of police in
Whiteland Township, Chester County.
To qualify, recipients must be criminal
justice majors entering their junior or
senior year and have an overall mini-
mum GPA of 3.0. The minimum award
is currently $500.
JOY VANDEVER E>fDOWED
SCHOLARSHIP. Established by the
fiiends of Joy Vandever upon her retire-
ment fi'om the West Chester University
faculty, this scholarship is awarded to a
music major who finishes among the top
50 percent in the Parry Junior Year
Voice Competition.
EARLE C. WATERS ENDOWED
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was
established in memory of Earle C.
Waters, former professor of health and
physical education and coach of nation-
ally renowned soccer, track, and gym-
nastics teams. Awards will be made to
students demonstrating financial need
who have completed their first year with
a GPA of no less than 2.8 in the
Department of Kinesiology with a con-
centration in the teaching of health and
physical education, and who have
demonstrated qualities of a well-rounded
citizen by participating in and contribut-
ing to the success of University or com-
munity-sponsored activities. Awards will
be made by a committee from the School
of Health Sciences.
WEST CHESTER UNIVERSITY
MERIT SCHOLARSHIPS. These one-
time scholarships are awarded to incom-
ing first-year students who demonstrate
high academic achievement.
MYNN DIEFENDERFER WHITE '27
HONORS SCHOLARSHIP. This schol-
arship has been endowed in honor of
Mynn Diefenderfer White by her hus-
band, Paul, her two children, Cynthia and
Jim, and three of her grandchildren. The
scholarship is awarded to an incoming
first-year student who is accepted in the
Honors Program; it is renewable for all
four years provided the recipient main-
tains an established academic standard.
HARRY WILKINSON MUSIC THEO-
RY SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship is
awarded to a sophomore music student
during the spring semester on the basis
of talent and achievement in the areas of
music theory, ear-training, and sight
singing. The scholarship fund has been
established by Dr. Harry Wilkinson,
retired professor in the Department of
Music Theory and Composition.
LOIS WILLIAMS ENDOWED
SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was
established by Lois Williams, the former
choral conductor and vocal professor
who retired in 1991 after 36 years of ser-
vice to the University. It is awarded to a
student in any music degree program
within the School of Music who has
earned a minimum cumulative GPA of
3.0 in all music subjects. The student
must be at least in his or her third semes-
ter of Concert Choir. The candidate for
this scholarship will be selected by the
conductor of the Concert Choir and will
be presented to a student whose leader-
ship and responsibility as a member of
the Concert Choir is an obvious indica-
tion of this person's potential as a musi-
cian/educator.
DR. CARLOS ZIEGLER SCHOLAR-
SHIP. This $500 award is presented annu-
ally to a junior student majoring in early
childhood or elementary education. The
recipient must have a 3.0 GPA or higher,
and show leadership and potential as an
early childhood or elementary teacher.
RUTH WALDMAN ZOLL SCHOLAR-
SHIP. This fiind was established through
the generosity of the late Mrs. Ruth
Waldman ZoU '28. These scholarships
are especially for students who have sig-
nificant need. One scholarship each year
is reserved for a student entering the
University from a high school in Berks
County where Mrs. Zoll resided. Award
amounts vary and application forms may
be obtained fi^om the Office of Financial
Aid.
•Students accepted to the University prior to
Januar>' 1 5 who have demonstrated outstanding
achievement will be invited to apply for these merit
scholarships. Candidate selection is based on acad-
emic performance, involvement, and accomplish-
ment, and is determined by the University
Scholarship Committee.
Student Affairs
The administration of West Chester
University is committed to providing a
comprehensive educational experience
for students. To accompHsh this mis-
sion, the Division of Student Affairs
provides a variety of services and pro-
grams to augment the classroom experi-
ence. The goal of the division is to assist
students in their intellectual, social, and
psychological growth and to contribute
to developing a campus community
where knowledge, acceptance, and
social concerns are basic values.
Offices within the Student Affairs
Division include Athletics, Career Devel-
opment, Children's Center, Counseling
and Psychological Services, Greek Life
and Student Organizations, Health
Services, Judicial Affairs and Community
Development, Multicultural Affairs, New
Student Programs, Recreation and Leisure
Programs, Residence Life and Housing,
Service Learning and Volunteer Programs,
Sykes Student Union, Welhiess Center,
and the Women's Center. The Division of
Student Affairs also offers services for
commuter and off-campus students and
for lesbian, gay, and bisexual students.
The administration believes that students
should share the responsibility for gov-
erning their community and should have
a voice in shaping the objectives of the
University. Through a democratically
constructed student government and
committee structure, the administration,
faculty, and student body seek to work
together on behalf of the general welfare
of the University.
Classification of Students
Students who attend West Chester
University are classified for administra-
tive purposes into two categories.
(1) RESIDENT STUDENTS
These students live in housing
facilities operated by the Univer-
sity. Residents of North Campus
residence halls are required to
choose from three University meal
plans. (See "Meal Fee" on page
9.) Those residents living in the
South Campus apartment complex
are not required to be on a meal
plan; however, they may choose
any meal plan option if they are
interested.
(2) OFF-CAMPUS STUDENTS
This classification covers students
who travel or commute to and
from their legal residences, as well
as students who live away from
the homes of their parents or legal
guardians in a dwelling that is not
supervised or approved by the
University.
Services
Residence Life and Housing
The Office of Residence Life and
Housing is responsible for creating and
maintaining an environment in each
housing facility that encourages academ-
ic, social, and emotional growth. Each
facility is staffed with trained personnel
who are available 24 hours a day to pro-
vide services, assistance, and a variety
of information. All resident students are
given and encouraged to read the resi-
dential handbook, A Guide to
Residence Hall and Apartment
Living, which contains valuable infor-
mation on all services, policies, and
responsibilities pertaining to all housing
facilities. The Office of Residence Life
and Housing is located in 238 Sykes
Student Union, 610-436-3307.
On-Campus Housing
The residence halls on the North
Campus provide accommodations for
approximately 3,100 resident students in
double occupancy accommodations. In
addition, the South Campus apartment
complex houses almost 500 residents in
four- or five-person, fiilly furnished
units with each bedroom having either
single or double occupancy. All students
may be guaranteed housing for their fiill
four years.
Housing Assignments. The Office of
Residence Life and Housing makes the
housing assignments for all students liv-
ing in all housing facilities. These
assignments are made without discrimi-
nation. Only individuals of the same
gender will be assigned as roommates or
in the same apartment imit. Each room
or apartment has basic fiimishings for
comfortable living, and the students may
make them more homelike with their
own accessory additions. During orien-
tation, students are informed about the
services and equipment ftimished by the
University and those necessities that
they must supply for themselves.
Lounge and recreation areas, television,
and a variety of other facilities and con-
veniences provide a pleasant setting for
student life in each residence hall.
Services are also available in a central
location in the apartment complex.
Transfer Students. Transfer students are
admitted both as resident students and as
commuting students. Those fransfer stu-
dents who desire on-campus housing
should indicate this at the time they
apply for admission to the University.
Married Students. The University has no
housing facilities for married students
with their spouses or for students with
children or dependents. Prior to registra-
tion, they will need to secure their own
accommodations in the community.
Readmitted Students. Students readmit-
ted to the University are eligible for on-
campus housing unless a specific disci-
plinary sanction would prohibit such
occupancy. Interested students should
contact the Office of Residence Life and
Housing for specific information about
the application process.
Policy for Withdrawals. Resident stu-
dents must vacate their residence hall or
apartment within 24 hours of completing
the withdrawal form in the Office of the
Registrar. Resident students must secure
the signature of the assistant director of
housing prior to vacating their residence
hall or apartment.
Students with Disabilities. Accommoda-
tions are available for students with var-
ious disabilities. Those students needing
special accommodations should contact
the Office of Residence Life and
Housing about the options available.
Dining Accommodations
All students residing in the North
Campus residence halls must be on the
University meal plan as a condition of
occupancy. Students with medical prob-
lems who cannot meet this requirement
may request a meal waiver. Residents of
the South Campus Apartment Complex,
as well as off-campus and commuting
students, may purchase the University
meal plan, choose one of the options
listed below, or obtain meals at the tran-
sient rates.
The University's meal plan provides a
number of choices for students. North
Student Affairs
Campus resident students must select
one of the following meal plan options:
• Variable 1 0 guaranteed meal plan
(any 10 meals of the 19 meals
served) plus SI 00 of flex money;
• Variable 14 guaranteed meal plan
(any 14 meals of the 19 meals
served) plus Si 00 of flex money or
• Variable 1 9 guaranteed meal plan
plus $50 flex money.
The meal week runs from Saturday to
Friday and any unused meals at the end
of the week will be forfeited.
In addition to the above meal plans, the
following meal plans are also available
to South Campus Apartment residents,
off-campus, and commuter students:
• Variable 5 guaranteed meal plan (any
5 meals of the 19 meals ser\'ed) plus
$50 flex money, or
• Flex dollars only - must begin with a
$100 minimum balance and may be
increased in $25 increments.
The flex dollar portion of every meal plan
may be increased in $25 increments at
any time during the semester. Flex dollars
not used at the end of the fall semester
will be transferred to the spring semester.
The student forfeits any flex dollars
remaining at the end of the spring semes-
ter which will not be refbnded. All meal
plans may be used in the following loca-
tions: Lawrence Dining Hall, Lawrence
Convenience Store and Campus Comer,
the 12th and South Convenience Store at
the South Campus Apartments, and the
Ram's Head Food Court in Sykes Union.
(Please note that the University is in the
process of seeking bids for the food ser-
vice contract. Some of this information
may change when a new contract is
awarded.)
Students in North Campus residence
halls will have their meal plan cost
included in their University billing. Off-
campus, commuter, and South Campus
apartment students can sign up for a
meal plan by applying at the Office of
the Bursar in the Elsie O. Bull Center.
Off-Campus and Commuter
Services
Services to Off-Campus and Commuter
Students, which are coordinated by the
assistant director of Sykes Student
Union, include the Off-Campus Housing
Service, advising the Council of
Commuter and Off-Campus Students,
and serving as a community resource
agent in areas related to off-campus and
commuting students.
Additional services provided to off-cam-
pus students include landlord/tenant
legal aid information and development
of long-range plans and research on the
profile and needs of off-campus stu-
dents.
The assistant director of Sykes Student
Union and Off-Campus and Commuter
Services is located in 116 Sykes Student
Union, 610-436-2984.
Off-Campus Housing
Students who choose to live in the com-
munity must secure their own living
accommodations. Off-Campus and
Commuter Services will assist students
in finding housing by providing up-to-
date listings of available housing and
landlord evaluations completed by stu-
dents. These listings and evaluations are
available in 238 Sykes Student Union.
The off-campus housing listings may
also be accessed on the Internet at
http://mainvm.wcupa.eduypublic/
qryoch.proc.
Bookstore
The Student Services, Inc. Bookstore,
located in Sykes Student Union, pro-
vides the WCU campus with textbooks,
supplies, and other course material for
academic programs. In addition, the
bookstore offers a wide range of general
reading and reference materials, com-
puter software, Ramswear, gifts, cards,
snacks, health and beauty products, and
other items.
Qualifying students may apply for an
SSI Bookstore Charge in the SSI
Business Office in 259 Sykes Student
Union. The store also accepts all major
credit cards and personal checks accom-
panied by a valid ID.
The Bookstore's hours are Monday -
Thursday from 8 a.m. - 6 p.m., Friday 8
a.m. - 4 p.m., and Saturday, 10 a.m. - 2
p.m. Extended hours are offered at the
beginning of each semester, and special
events also are planned. For information
call610-432-BOOK.
Bus Transportation on Campus
The University provides bus ser\ ice from
North to South Campus (and return) dur-
ing the spring and fall semesters. The
buses run from 7:40 a.m. to 1 a.m. on
weekdays and from 5 p.m. to 1 a.m. on
weekends. On North Campus, the buses
stop at University Avenue and Church
Street, and also in front of Wayne Hall.
On South Campus the buses slop at the
Russell L. Sturzebecker Health Sciences
Center, McCoy Center, the South Campus
Apartment Complex, and 0 Lot. Bus
schedules are available at residence hall
desks or the Student Union Information
Center.
Students using the bus service should be
advised that it is impossible to provide
timely transportation between the North
and South Campus within the standard
10-minute class break. Therefore, stu-
dents should plan and develop class
schedules that allow time to be trans-
ported between the tvvo campuses
through the use of open class periods.
Career Planning and Placement
Services
The professional staff of the Career
Development Center assists students in
defining career goals, relating academic
preparation to these goals, and eventually
helping in the search for internships and
part-time/full-time career opportunities.
These services are available throughout
the entire calendar year in Lawrence
Center, second floor. A career information
library is available for browsing and
research. Graduate school reference mater-
ial is maintained for students considering
graduate school. An interactive computer
career guidance program (SIGI+) also is
available. Other activities of the Career
Development Center include seminars, on-
campus interviews and job fairs with
potential employers, resume referral, elec-
tronic resume databases, and a job posting
system.
Visit our homepage for additional infor-
mation at http://www.wcupa.edu/_ser-
vices/stu.car/.
The Career Development Center is
located in 106 Lawrence Center, 610-
436-2501, or e-mail cdc@wcupa.edu.
Ciiildren's Center
The Children's Center provides afford-
able, quality child care on campus for
children of students and employees of the
University. The center offers a develop-
mentally based educational program for
children ages three to six years with a
summer program for ages three to twelve.
A multiple-child discount of 20 percent is
available. Snacks are provided by the cen-
ter, with parents providing a bag lunch.
Located on the ground floor of McCarthy
Hall, the Children's Center is licensed by
the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, and
all required registration material must be
completed prior to enrollment. Enrollment
for each semester begins when the sched-
ule of courses is available from the Office
of the Registrar.
Student Affairs
The Children's Center also offers a wide
range of opportunities for involvement
by students such as:
• Practicum experiences in the fields of
early childhood education, social
work, and nursing;
• Volunteer programs with the Depart-
ment of Social Work, community
service programs, Greek organiza-
• tions, and individual students;
• Paid part-time aide positions through
the Work Study program and Student
Services, Inc. funding;
• Classroom participation through the
departments of Music Education,
Kinesiology, and Foreign Languages.
For more information contact the
Children's Center at 610-436-2388.
Counseling and Psychological
Services Department
The Counseling Center, a part of the
Department of Counseling and Psycho-
logical Services, is located on the sec-
ond floor of Lawrence Center. The
Counseling Center provides counseling
services without charge to all under-
graduate and graduate students at West
Chester. The faculty in the Counseling
Center are licensed psychologists who
are experienced in working with college
students. Students may discuss their
concerns, feelings, hopes, and interests
freely and in strict confidence.
COUNSELFNG SERVICES: Since the
Counseling Center provides services for
a wide range of concerns, each student's
experience will be tailored to his or her
request. Students may want to clarify
their vocational or educational choices,
improve their interpersonal skills, or
resolve personal conflicts. Their choice
of approach could include one or more
of the following counseling center ser-
vices.
1 . Individual vocational counseling con-
sists of a one-to-one counseling expe-
rience that focuses on the student's
choice of major and vocation.
Vocational choice is most solid when
it is the outgrowth of understanding
one's self Such understanding
requires time and thought, and
involves the student in identifying his
or her own style, values, interests,
and abilities. Psychological testing as
well as discussion often enhances
self-understanding.
2. Individual counseling for personal
problem solving consists of a one-to-
one counseling experience where the
focus is on resolving personal con-
flicts, conflicts with others, and on
improving the student's expertise at
making personally meaningful choic-
es. It may also help some people
avoid decisions that restrict their per-
sonal growth and undermine their
well-being.
3. Group counseling consists of a small
group of peers with one or more
counselors. Such groups meet usually
once weekly to provide group mem-
bers with constructive learning about
themselves. Groups often have a spe-
cific focus. Past groups have focused
upon:
Assertiveness training
Anxiety management
Test anxiety reduction
Eating disorders
Career exploration
Procrastination and how to avoid it
4. Testing can be useful in increasing
self-imderstanding and can often
assist in the process of vocational
and educational decision making.
The Counseling Center faculty are
trained in the administration and
interpretation of psychological tests,
and the student and his or her coun-
selor can decide if testing might be
helpful. Arrangements also can be
made at the Counseling Center for
taking the Graduate Record Exam
and the Miller Analogies Test — two
graduate school admissions tests.
5. Consultation Senices also are avail-
able for staff and faculty members of
the University community. Counsel-
ing Center faculty can assist with
crises, program planning, and group
and interpersonal communications, as
well as referrals to other agencies.
For more information call 610-436-2301.
Greek Life and Student
Organizations
The Office of Greek Life and Student
Organizations coordinates the Greek
Life program at West Chester
University, which includes the activities
of the four Greek Governing Councils,
three honoranes, Adopt-A-School pro-
gram, and GAMMA organization. The
Greek Life and Student Organizations
Office also advises West Chester's
national fraternities and sororities on
their service projects, community activi-
ties, rush, scholarship, and new member
programs. The office registers all stu-
dent organizations at the University and
provides leadership development pro-
grams for student leaders. The Office of
Greek Life and Student Organizations is
located in 238 Sykes Student Union,
610-436-2117.
Health Services
The University Health Center is staffed
by a medical and health education team
of physicians and nurses who are avail-
able to meet first-aid needs and to treat
acute minor illnesses and surgical condi-
tions. Gynecological services, including
testing for pregnancy and sexually trans-
mitted diseases, contraceptive counsel-
ing, and routine examinations, are also
available. The University is not respon-
sible for any additional medical or sur-
gical services or hospitalization.
All students are required to pay a health
service fee at the beginning of each
semester. The fee covers office visits
and certain diagnostic tests. Many med-
icafions are available at a nominal fee.
Allergy injections also are given at the
Health Center.
The University Health Center is located
on the second floor of Wayne Hall, 610-
436-2509. Services are available to cur-
rently enrolled students only. When
school is in session, the Health Center is
open Monday through Friday from 8
a.m. to 8 p.m. and Saturdays from 10
a.m. to 6 p.m. during fall and spring
semesters. Summer hours are provided
weekdays only from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. All
visits are by appointment.
Insurance Programs
Because of the unpredictable nature of
medical and surgical emergencies, all
students are encouraged to be covered
by a health insurance program. Student
insurance plans are offered through the
Health Center. Information on the insur-
ance program is mailed to students prior
to registration or may be obtained from
the University Health Center.
Insurance requirements may be mandat-
ed by specific departments and/or athlet-
ic programs. Refer to the appropriate
section in the catalog for further infor-
mation on these requirements.
Liability Insurance Requirement for
Students in Nursing. See the section
describing the Department of Nursing.
Student Physical Examinations
A physical examination is required for
all entering and transfer students. The
University Health Center reserves the
right to request an armual physical exam-
ination by the family physician for any
student suffering from a chronic illness.
Student Affairs
No student will be permitted to register
for classes until a history and physical
examination report is completed and
filed. These forms are available at the
University Health Center and are mailed
to students prior to registration.
Communicable Diseases
A current report of a negative tuberculin
test or chest X-ray showing no active
tuberculosis (TB) is mandated by the
Pennsylvania Department of Education
for all senior student teachers and all
junior or sophomore students participat-
ing in a field experience in the public
schools. The TB test can be given at the
Health Center for a nominal charge.
All students bom after 1957 must show
evidence of immunization involving
other communicable diseases and boost-
er shots against measles. Highly recom-
mended vaccines include a series of
three Hepatitis B injections, and a single
injection of meningococcal vaccine. The
American College Health Association
recommends that all college students
under the age of 30 consider getting
vaccinated against meningococcal dis-
ease. Guidelines published by the
Centers for Disease Control will be
adhered to and re\'ised as appropriate to
protect the health of those in the
University commimity.
Because of the potential for transmission
of several infectious diseases, all stu-
dents utilizing injectable medicines will
be required to show evidence of satis-
factory disposal of needles and syringes.
The Health Center will provide fi^ee dis-
posal of medical waste.
Judicial Affairs and Community
Development
West Chester University's judicial sys-
tem is the responsibility of the Office of
the Dean of Students and is overseen by
the assistant dean of students for
Judicial Affairs and Community
Development. In accordance with the
University's Mission and Values
Statements, the University is committed
to providing a sound educational envi-
ronment for intellectual pursuits.
Accordingly, a set of behavioral stan-
dards has been created to maintain a
safe and secure campus environment.
The West Chester University Student
Code of Conduct, found in Section III of
the Ram 's Eye View, translates those
acts that constitute unacceptable behav-
ior for the University's students and stu-
dent organizations. Students and student
organizations accept the responsibility to
abide by all University rules and regula-
tions. In addition to these rules and reg-
ulations, students are expected to obey
federal, state, and local laws. The
University, for educational purposes, has
the right to review any action taken by
local law enforcement agencies regard-
ing students. If off-campus behavior
affects the University in any way, a stu-
dent may be charged with a violation of
the West Chester University Student
Code of Conduct. Proven failure to meet
this obligation will justify appropriate
disciplinary action.
As members of the University commu-
nity, students have the right:
• To participate in all activities of the
University, free fi-om any form of
harassment or discrimination;
• To personal privacy except otherwise
provided by the law; and
• To procedural due process in all
action arising from violations of
University regulations.
Along with those rights, students have
the responsibility:
• To respect the rights and property of
others
• To become fully acquainted with the
published University regulations and
to comply with them; and
• To recognize that their actions reflect
on the entire University community.
The Office for Judicial Affairs and
Community Development also works
collaboratively with administrators, fac-
ulty, staff, and student leaders to devel-
op educational programs designed to
promote community building activities,
consistent with the West Chester
University Values Statement. Such
efforts have a special emphasis on civili-
ty, respect for individuals, teamwork,
conflict resolution, and academic
integrity. The Office for Judicial Affairs
and Commimity Development is located
in 238 Sykes Union, 610-436-3511.
Mail Service
The University has an on-campus post
office located on the second floor of
Lawrence Center. Commuting students
requesting a mail box must show a need
for the box by applying to Off-Campus
and Commuter Services, located in 1 16
Sykes Student Union, 610-436-2984,
which will approve or disapprove the
request depending on the availability of
a limited number of mail boxes and the
demonstrated lack of alternative mail
receipt options for the student. Resident
students receive their mail at their resi-
dence halls. To ensure prompt delivery,
mail sent to North Campus resident stu-
dents should show the student's name,
room number, the name of the residence
hall, and the University's name and
address (West Chester University, West
Chester, PA 19383). Mail sent to South
Campus residence students should show
the student's name, 839 South Campus
Drive, Box #, West Chester, PA 19382
(do not include WCU in the South
Campus address).
Multicultural Affairs
The Office of Multicultural Affairs is
dedicated to the development of multi-
cultural sensitivity, imderstanding, and
appreciation of di\'ersity among stu-
dents. The office develops and imple-
ments comprehensive programs aimed at
addressing the needs and concerns of the
multicultural student. The staff of the
Office of Multicultural Affairs also
serve as consultants to other University
offices regarding multicultural students
and aids in projects focused on improv-
ing the general campus climate. The
office is located in 238 Sykes Student
Union, 610-436-3273.
New Student Programs
The Office of New Student Programs
coordinates orientation and outreach
programs for first-year and transfer stu-
dents. Orientation programs include
summer, fall, and January sessions as
well as sessions for transfer and adult
students.
West Chester's orientation programs are
designed to introduce new students to
the University and acquaint them with
the academic, student services, and
social aspects of college life. Attendance
at orientation is required.
Outreach efforts include participation in
Fall Welcome Back and coordination of
Family Day. A variety of social and
educational programs are offered during
the first year to aid new students in
making a successfiil transition to West
Chester University.
The Office of New Student Programs is
located in 238 Sykes Student Union,
610-436-3305.
Public Safety
West Chester University is concerned
about the safety and welfare of all cam-
pus members and is committed to pro-
viding a safe and secure environment.
Campus security is the responsibility of
Student AtTairs
the University's Public Safet)' Depart-
ment, located in the Peoples Building at
the comer of Church Street and
University Avenue.
Because no campus is isolated from
crime, the University has developed a
series of policies and procedures to
ensure that every possible precautionary
measure is taken to protect members of
the University communit}- while they
are on campus. Public Safety provides a
"Safe Walk" program to escort individu-
als to and from campus locations. Van
transportation is also available for the
physically challenged. In addition,
Public Safety provides assistance for
those needing help in jump-starting a car
or those who have locked themselves
out of their vehicle.
A frill explanation of the University's
security policies and procedures, as well
as additional pertinent information,
appears in a publication called "Your
Safety Is Our Concern," which is avail-
able from the Office of Admissions and
the Department of Public Safety.
Vehicle Registration
All administrators, faculty, staff, eligible
students, and visitors desiring to use des-
ignated parking lots must register their
vehicles with the Department of Public
Safety and purchase/obtain parking
decals. Resident students with less than
63 credits and commuter students with
less than 25 credits (as of September of
the academic year in which they wish to
register a vehicle) are ineligible to park
on North Campus. Parking for these stu-
dents is available at designated areas on
South Campus. The aimual registration
fee is established by the Council of
Trustees upon recommendation of the
Parking Committee and the approval of
the president. For purposes of this docu-
ment, "annual" is defined as September
1 until August 31 of the following year.
Specific regisfration procedures will be
announced yearly.
A valid, nonsuspended operator's
license and vehicle registration card(s)
must be presented at the time the vehicle
is registered.
The decal should be placed in the %ehi-
cle immediately. Instructions on place-
ment are on the reverse side of the
decal.
Mutilated or defaced decals must be
replaced for a fee of S5 by contacting
the Department of Public Safety.
The operation and registration of a \ chi-
cle must conform to Commonwealth
vehicle law and University regulations.
For complete information regarding
motor vehicles and registration, refer to
the Motor Vehicle Regulations available
at Public Safety.
Service Learning and Volunteer
Programs
The Office of Serv ice Learning and
Volunteer Programs promotes communi-
ty service within academic courses and as
cocurricular activities. The office pro-
vides assistance to faculty u ho use com-
munity ser\ ice as a teaching method. In
addition, the office works directly with
more than 75 local agencies providing
\ olunteer opportimities to WCU students.
Tliroughout the year special events are
planned, and the entire campus is invited
to participate. West Chester Uni\ersity is
a member of PA Campus Compact. The
Office of Service Learning and Volunteer
Programs is located in B-19 Killinger
Hall, 610-436-3379.
Student Services, Incorporated
(SSI)
Student Ser%ices, Incorporated (SSI) is a
not-for-profit organization primarily
designed to ser\e the students of West
Chester Universit)'. The objective of this
corporation is to initiate, regulate, and
operate the financial matters of all
cocurricular student activities. Such
activities include the management of the
campus bookstore, student publications,
student organizations, check
cashing/ticket service, student program-
ming, intercollegiate athletics, and the
graduate student association.
In fiscal matters and in various policy-
making areas, the final authority rests
with the president of the University.
The SSI Business Office, 610-436-2955,
is located in 259 Sykes Student Union.
Syices Union Building
The Earl F. Sykes Union first opened in
1 975 as the commimity center for West
Chester University. Major renovations
and a building expansion was completed
in 1995 providing students with a new
102,000-square-foot facilit>'.
Sykes Union, as a facility and an opera-
tion, is designed to encourage all mem-
bers of the campus commimity to partic-
ipate in a wide variety of cultural,
social, educational, and recreational pro-
grams. The muhipurpose building fea-
tures a 350-seat theater, a fitness center.
a bookstore, and an amusement game
room, all on the ground floor. The first
floor offers a dining area with seating
for 350, an outdoor terrace, and a large
food ser\er\'. Also included on the first
floor is a 5,000-square-foot multipur-
pose room designed for dances, con-
certs, banquets, and lectures, as well as
the union administrative offices and
Information Center.
The second floor houses the Student
Affairs offices of the Vice President,
Dean of Students, Assistant Vice
President, Residence Life and Housing,
Off-Campus and Commuter Services,
New Student Programs, Judicial Affairs
and Communitv' Development, Multi-
cultural Affairs, and Greek Life and
Student Organizations. The Student
Services, Inc. Business Office and the
departments of Student Programming
and Activities, along with student clubs
and organizations, are also located on
the second floor.
The third floor penthouse features a 20-
unit computer lab with quiet study and
seminar space. Sykes Union also houses
1 3 meeting rooms accommodating
groups from five to 500.
For information concerning Sykes
Union please call the Information Center
at 610-436-3360/2984.
Wellness Center
Located in 224 Wayne Hall, the
Wellness Center provides a variety of
services to the University community.
Staffed by student peer educators who
are supervised by a professional staff
member, the Wellness Center houses
resources pertaining to substance use
and abuse, sex and sexuality, fitness and
nutrition, eating disorders, self-esteem,
and general wellness issues. The center
staff offers campus-wide programs and
workshops, in addition to classroom and
small group presentations on these top-
ics. The Wellness Center is also able to
provide consultation to students, faculty,
and staff as well as referral to treatment
facilities and other resources when
appropriate. The Wellness Alliance, a
committee of faculty, staff, and students,
chaired by the Wellness Center director
meets regularly to discuss and adv ocate
for campus wellness. For additional
information regarding the center's ser-
vices, call 610-436-3276.
Women's Center
The Women's Center addresses the spe-
cial concerns particular to women.
Student Affairs
including the issues facing women stu-
dents who enter the University from
high school or return to college after
time at home or in the job world.
Located in Lawrence Center on the sec-
ond floor, the Women's Center provides
a lounge area for conversation, as well
as study, peer advising, support for per-
sonal and professional issues, and spe-
cial interest programs (lectures, films,
concerts, etc.). For more information,
including opportunities for student vol-
unteers, call 610-436-2122.
Activities
Student Activities on Campus
Student activities at West Chester
University encompass a wide range of
cultural, social, educational, and recre-
ational programs for a diverse student
population.
The departments of Student Activities
and Student Programming, under the
auspices of Student Services, Inc., take a
leadership role in organizing and spon-
soring joint or individual programs as
part of their mission. One major role
centers on advisory relationships with
the Student Activities Council (the
major programming organization on
campus), and Innovations (a unique and
nationally recognized nonalcoholic
nightclub that presents campus comedi-
ans, jazz, "Power 99 Night," and other
entertainment on Thursday nights).
Current movies, area band perfor-
mances, national cultural entertainment
acts, lectures (with a special emphasis
on the "Leadership, Unity, and
Volunteerism, and Image Maker" -
LUVIM - programs), variety lunchtime
entertainment, and special events such
as "Welcome Back" activities in
September are all sponsored by Student
Programming and the Student Activities
Council. Homecoming, Family Day,
Spring Weekend, and major concerts are
additional special University events that
unite many segments of the campus.
The Student Programming and Student
Activities departments are located in
236 Sykes Student Union, 610-436-2983
or 436-3037.
Students can become a vital force on
campus through participation and
involvement in student organizations
and activities. All students have an
opportunity to attend campus events
and/or join an organization that meets
their individual needs. Leadership roles
are always available; these opportunities
to be active can become one of the more
enriching experiences in student life.
Becoming involved builds individual
integrity and a sense of community —
two desirable qualities in all aspects of
life. Student activities and organizations
are the lifeblood of any campus environ-
ment, and West Chester University has
many such opportimities.
Student Organizations
Each October, an updated "Student
Organizations Directory" is printed that
includes the names, addresses, and tele-
phone numbers of all presidents and
advisers of more than 1 90 campus stu-
dent organizations. For a comprehensive
description of WCU student organiza-
tions, refer to the Ram 's Eye View
Student Handbook, or contact the Office
for Greek Life and Student Organiza-
tions, 238 Sykes Student Union, 610-
436-21 17. The following is the official
list of all student organizations that were
registered during the 1998-99 academic
year:
Student Governing/Campus
Programming Organizations
Coimcil of Commuting and OfF-Campus
Students
Graduate Student Association
Innovations
Inter-Organizational Council
Residence Hall Association
Student Activifies Council
Student Government Associafion
Sykes Union Advisory Board
Academic/Professional Organizations
Accounting Society
Alchemist Club
Anderson Mathematics Club
Anthropology Club of WCU
Art Association
Association for Childhood Education
International
Athletic Training Club
Computerized Communications
Association
Council for Exceptional
Children/Special Education
Criminal Justice Association-Lambda
Alpha Epsilon
Dance Production Workshop
Darlington Biological Society
Economics and Finance Society
English Club
Forensics
French Club
Future Health Professionals
Geography Club
German Club
Graduate Social Work Student
Association
Honors Student Association
Institute of Management Accountants
Italian Club
Kinesiology Majors' Club
Linguistics Club
Mathematics Club for Elementary
Education Majors
National Association of Black
Accountants
National Student Speech, Hearing and
Language Association
Philosophy Club
Political Science Club
Pre-Law Society
Psychology Club
Russian Club
Social Work Club
Society of Physics Students
Sociology Club-Delta Alpha Tau
Spanish Club
Student Nurses" Association of
Pennsylvania (SNAP)
University Theatre
United States Institute of Theatre
Technology (USITT)
West Chester Association for the
Education of Young Children
WCU Education Association/Student
PSEA, NEA
Women in Communications
Special Interest Organizations
Alumni Student Connection
Anime Club
Asian American Association
Association for Disability Awareness
(ADA)
Black Student Union
Chess Club
College Republicans
Dance Team
EARTH (Enviroimiental Association
for Repairing the Habitat)
Feminist Majority Alliance
GREEN Project
Health Club
Hillel Jewish Student Union
Indo-American Organization
LASO-Latino American Student
Organization
LEAD-Leadership, Empowerment, and
Development
Nontraditional Student Organization
Recreational Services
Safe Space Alliance (Lesbian, Gay,
Bisexual, Transgender, and Ally
Community)
Students for Life
Together Toward Peace
Women's Center Club
Religious Organizations
Baptist Student Ministry
Campus Crusade for Christ/Christian
Impact
Student Affairs
Catholic Newman Student Association/
Center
Gospel Choir
Hillel Jewish Student Union
Inter- Varsity- Christian Fellowship
Latter Day Saints Student Association
Lutheran Student Association
Muslim Student Association
New Generation Campus Ministry
University Christian Fellowship
West Chester Bible Fellowship
Service Organizations
The Abbe Society
Alpha Phi Omega
Circle K Club
Emergency Medical Services
Friars' Society
Habitat for Humanity
Phi Sigma Pi
Rotaract
University Ambassadors
Greek Letter Organizations
Governing Councils
Black and Latino Greek Council
Interfratemity Council
Inter-Greek Coimcil
Panhellenic Council
Honoraries
Gamma Sigma Alpha
Order of Omega
Rho Lambda
Programming
GAMMA (Greeks Advocating
the Mature Management of Alcohol)
Fraternities
Alpha Phi Alpha
Delta Chi
Kappa Alpha Psi
Kappa Delta Rho
Lambda Theta Phi
Phi Delta Theta
Phi Kappa Sigma
Pi Kappa Phi
Sigma Pi
Sigma Phi Epsilon
Tau Kappa Epsilon
Theta Chi
Sororities
Alpha Kappa Alpha
Alpha Phi
Alpha Sigma Tau
Alpha Xi Delta
Delta Phi Epsilon
Delta Sigma Theta
Delta Zeta
Phi Sigma Sigma
Sigma Gamma Rho
Zeta Phi Beta
Zeta Tau Alpha
Publications and Media
Organizations
Daedalus
Media Advisory Board
The Quad
The Serpentine
WCU4TV-West Chester University
WCUR-West Chester University Radio
Sports Clubs
Aikido Karate
Equestrian
Fencing
Ice Hockey
Rugby-Men
Rugby-Women
Shotokan Karate
Skiing
Sports Club Council
Volleyball-Men
Water Polo-Men
Musical Organizations
Brass Ensemble
Chamber Choir
Close Harmony
Collegium Musicum
Concert Band
Concert Choir
Criterions Jazz Ensemble
Field of View
Flute Ensemble
Guitar Ensemble
Kappa Kappa Psi
Marching Band-"Golden Rams"
Masterworks Chorus
Men's Chorus
Music Educator's National Conference-
Chapter 21 (PCMEA)
Opera Theatre Ensemble
Pennsylvania Music Teachers
Association-Student Chapter
Percussion Ensemble
Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia
Saxophone Ensemble
Sigma Alpha Iota
Symphonic Band
Symphony Orchestra
Tau Beta Sigma
University Chorale
Wind Ensemble
Women's Choir
Honor Societies
Commimication Studies-Pi Kappa Delta
Commimications-Lambda Pi Eta
Economics-Omicron Delta Epsilon
Education-Delta Kappa Gamma
Education-Kappa Delta Pi
Education-Phi Delta Kappa
Educational Services-Chi Alpha Epsilon
English-Sigma Tau Delta
Foreign Languages-Alpha Mu Gamma
Geography-Gamma Theta Upsilon
Geology-Sigma Gamma Epsilon
Health Science-Eta Sigma Gamma
History-Phi Alpha Theta
Kinesiology-Phi Epsilon Kappa
Literacy ( Reading )-Alpha Upsilon
Alpha
Mathematical Sciences-Pi Mu Epsilon
Music-Pi Kappa Lambda
Nursing-Sigma Theta Tau
Philosophy-Phi Sigma Tau
Physics-Sigma Pi Sigma
Political Science-Pi Sigma Alpha
Psychology-Psi Chi
Social Science-Pi Gamma Mu
Social Work-Phi Alpha
Sociology-Alpha Kappa Delta
Theater Arts-Alpha Psi Omega
Recreation and Leisure Programs
The Office of Recreation and Leisure
Programs provides recreational and
leisure-time activities for the University
community.
Intramural Sports affords students the
opportunity to participate in individual
or team competitive activities. The
Intramural Sports program promotes
health, wellness, and physical fimess, as
well as encourages the worthy use of
leisure time. Regardless of ability le\el.
every individual can experience success-
fiil participation in a variety of individ-
ual or team athletic events including flag
football, basketball, soccer, floor hock-
ey, and Softball.
For students who enjoy organized sports
other than varsity athletics. Sports Club
options are provided for those who are
either skilled athletically or merely
interested in participating in a club sport
for enjoyment. Becoming a member of a
club provides opportunities for instruc-
tion, socialization, competition, and fiin.
Kinesiology majors receive a sports
credit through participation in a club
program. Currently, West Chester
University provides ten Sports Clubs:
aikido karate, equestrian, fencing, ice
hockey, shotokan karate, men's rugby,
women's rugby, skiing, men's volley-
ball, and men's water polo.
Outdoor recreational opportunities are
conducted through the Outdoor
Adventure Program which offers a
variety of different trips and one-day
activities for students throughout the
year. Examples include canoeing, raft-
ing, skiing, camping, and spelunking
trips; ice skating nights; hiking; and
horseback riding. In addition to schedul-
ing trips, the Outdoor Adventure
Program rents recreation equipment
such as backpacking equipment, tents,
sleeping bags, camping equipment.
Academic Affairs — Special Programs and Services
mountain bikes, snow boards, and cross-
country skis/boots.
For students who do not wish to partici-
pate in a formal recreational program,
Open Recreation provides days, times,
and facilities in which students may par-
ticipate in an informal recreational activ-
ity. The semester calendar lists sched-
uled days and times for utilizing swim-
ming pools, weight rooms, indoor/out-
door tracks, outdoor tennis courts, and
basketball gymnasiums.
Special Events include one-day programs
such as skating nights, racquetball nights,
or special tournaments such as the Schick
Basketball Super Hoops Tournament.
The Aerobics program is one of our
most popular activities with over 800
students, faculty, and staff participating
in 30 different aerobic sessions. The
program pro\ ides regular aerobics,
aerostep, cardiostep, cardio-kickboxing,
slide step, step and sculpt, and cross-
training sessions. Registration is
required for participation.
The Fitness Center in Sykes Student
Union is designed to give students a pro-
fessional setting for exercise and weight
training. The Sykes Fitness Center is
equipped with cardiovascular equipment,
pin-selectorized equipment, and Olympic
free weights. The center also includes an
aerobics studio where all the aerobics
sessions are held. A valid student ID is
required for admission to the center, and
an orientation session is also required for
all participants.
For more information on any program
provided by the Office of Recreation
and Leisure Programs, call 610-436-
2131 or 436-3088, or stop by Room
133, Ehinger Gymnasium.
Intercollegiate Athletic Program
West Chester University's Department
of Athletics affirms academic excellence
as the cornerstone in the life of the stu-
dent-athlete, placing the highest priority
on the overall quality of the educational
experience. By strengthening the inte-
gration of athletic program objectives
with academic and developmental goals,
athletics support the University's mis-
sion to meet student needs and interests.
Participation in athletics can serve to
strengthen the student's integrity, sense
of fairness, respect for others, and dedi-
cation to goals. It also can provide the
opportunity for enhancing interpersonal
leadership skills. Both men and women
can choose from a broad variety of team
and individual sports. In addition, acade-
mic support services are available for
student-athletes, imderscoring the com-
mitment to scholastic success.
The women's intercollegiate athletic
programs include basketball, cross coun-
try, field hockey, gymnastics, indoor
track, lacrosse, soccer, softball, swim-
ming and diving, tennis, outdoor track
and field, and volleyball. The men's
intercollegiate athletic programs include
baseball, basketball, cross country, foot-
ball, golf, indoor track, lacrosse, soccer,
swimming and diving, tennis, and out-
door track and field.
West Chester University is a Division II
member of the National Collegiate
Athletic Association (NCAA), the Eastern
College Athletic Conference, and the
Pennsylvania State Athletic Conference.
The men's lacrosse team is a member of
the New York Collegiate Athletic Con-
ference, while the Division I field hockey
program competes in the Atlantic 1 0.
The Department of Athletics is located
in the Russell L. Sturzebecker Health
Sciences Center on South Campus,
which has won national acclaim for the
quality and extent of its teaching, per-
formance, and research facilities. Of
special note is the one-acre gymnasium
(which can be divided into six smaller,
pneumatically sealed gyms), a natatori-
um with two fiill-size swimming pools
connected by a diving well, 20 lecture
rooms, two dance studios, a multipur-
pose room, a human performance labo-
ratory, an environmental health labora-
tory, and two physical therapy rooms.
This complex is surrounded by John A.
Farrell Football Stadium and its new
state-of-the-art lighting system; Serpico
Baseball Stadium; and the brand-new
South Campus Softball Complex, prac-
tice and playing fields, tennis courts,
and weight rooms.
Alumni Association
The West Chester University Alumni
Association is an organization of more
than 58,000 graduates of the University.
The purpose of the Alumni Association
is to promote the interests of West
Chester University in all areas of acade-
mic, cultural, and social needs, to
strengthen the Alurmii Association
through a strong network of graduates,
and to increase the awareness of aluitmi
to the University's needs.
The Alumni Association sponsors two
major events on campus each year —
Homecoming in the fall and Alumni
Weekend in the spring. The West
Chester University- Magazine, published
quarterly, incorporates RAMPARTS,
providing all alumni with information on
their classmates and events of interest.
The Alumni Association also otTers pro-
gramming and services to students
through its efforts with admissions
recruiting, career mentoring, and net-
working. The on-campus Alumni Student
Connection group works v\ ith current
matriculating students to build ties with
the University' that will continue when
these students become alumni. In turn,
this group also keeps alumni updated on
events and news of their Alma Mater.
Academic Affairs
West Chester University's undergradu-
ate programs include teaching certifica-
tion programs, local certificate pro-
grams, and programs of study leading to
the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Fine
Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of
Science in Education, Bachelor of
Science, and Bachelor of Science in
Nursing. A complete list of undergradu-
ate degree programs appears on page 5 1 .
Programs of study at the graduate level
are also available. These are listed on
pages 33 and are described in detail in
the Graduate Catalog.
Honors Program
The University provides to able students
with outstanding achievements in schol-
arship, community service, the arts,
and/or leadership the opportunity to par-
ticipate in a challenging Honors
Program and to receive appropriate
recognition when they complete the
requirements. The aim of the Honors
Program is to provide an inviting envi-
ronment for academically gifted and
highly motivated students to interact and
form a learning community of peers,
faculty, administrators, and staff that
Academic Affairs — Special Programs and Ser\ ices
will challenge and enrich the students'
college experience.
Grounded in the liberal arts tradition,
the Honors Program seeks cross-disci-
plinar>' connections in order to de\ elop
students' natural intellectual abilities
and to challenge them to employ those
gifts on behalf of the larger community.
For this reason, the West Chester
University Honors Program considers
"honors" more than a matter of strong
grades. It means using the gift of knowl-
edge to be an active and creative prob-
lem solver in both the campus commu-
nity and in the world. Honors is about
building character and fostering a com-
mitment of lifelong learning that can
develop the leaders of the 21st century.
Membership is competitive and based
on attainment and maintenance of a
cumulative 3.25 grade point average,
regular enrollment in Honors courses,
and service to the campus community.
The program consists of 27 hours of
cross-disciplinary core courses sur-
rounding the theme of community'
investment and leadership development
that, along with a course drawn fi-om the
sciences, fialfills the Uni\ersity's general
education requirements. Certification for
Honors is achieved by the completion of
the core 27 hours, t\\o upper-le\el
Honors seminars, and a capstone pro-
ject. Seminars are special topic courses
that rotate on a semester basis and are
competitively selected by the Honors
Council from faculty submissions. Such
subjects ha\e included "Death and
Dying," "Media Ethics," "Medieval
Women," "Authoritarian Societies," and
"Greek Mythology." The capstone pro-
ject allows students to put theory into
practice by inviting them to identify and
investigate a problem in a community
business, nonprofit agency, or research
laboratory, and then work to solve the
problem.
The program provides housing in
Killinger Hall for on-campus residents.
Rooms feature direct connection to the
University computer system. Students
also have membership in the Honors
Student Association.
An Honors Council, which includes
both faculty and students, sets the poli-
cies of the program. A committee of that
council, working with the director,
determines the admission and retention
of students. Further information about
the Honors Program - requirements,
offerings, housing, and the co-curricular
activities of the Honors Student
Association - is available from Dr.
Kevin W. Dean, director. Honors
Program. Room 1 3 1 Francis Har\ey
Green Library, West Chester Uni\ ersity.
West Chester. PA 19383; phone 610-
436-2996; fa.\ 610-436-2620; e-mail
dcamey@wcupa.edu.
International Education
Established in 1986, the Center for
International Programs is responsible for
coordinating study abroad programs,
international faculty exchanges, visits by
foreign scholars, and international pro-
grams for the campus and the broader
community. In addition, the Center for
International Programs acti\ ely pro-
motes de\elopment of an international
curriculum, facilitates internships, and
provides a variety of essential ser%ices
for international students from around
the world.
Special summer study abroad opportuni-
ties are also coordinated through the
Center for International Programs.
International tra\el and study opportuni-
ties for students are rapidly expanding.
Anyone interested in taking ad\ antage
of study abroad opportimities is encour-
aged to contact the Center for
International Programs, 101 Old
Library, for details on current program
options at 610-436-3515.
Academic Development Program
The Academic De\ elopment Program is
designed to pro\ide an opportimity for a
college education at West Chester
University' to those students who do not
meet current admission requirements but
who show a potential for success in col-
lege. Students admitted to the program
are expected to take advantage of the
program components which ha\ e been
de\ eloped to enhance their skills in
reading, writing, speaking, mathematics,
and critical thinking, as \\ell as to help
them in their transition from high school
to college.
The Academic Development Program is
comprised of a series of required cours-
es supplemented by specialized tutoring,
counseling, scheduling, and advising.
The program begins with an intensive,
six-week session during the summer
which students must complete. Any
developmental course work taken during
this time is credit-bearing, but these cred-
its are not applicable toward graduation.
Students in the program also are
required to complete the following
courses: COM 101, ENG 120, ENG
121, and EDR 100. all of which should
be taken as soon as possible after com-
pletion of summer requirements. All of
these courses satisfy University require-
ments for graduation. Students w ill be
ad\'ised also on the completion of gener-
al education requirements and. as neces-
sary, on the transition to a major course
of study.
In 1 995 the Academic Development
Program was recognized by the National
.Association of Developmental
Educators as the country's Outstanding
De\ elopmental Program at four-year
institutions.
For fijrther information, please contact
Dr. Peter T. K>per. director. Academic
De\elopment Program, 1 03 Lawrence
Center, 610-436-3^274.
National Student Exchange
Program
West Chester is one of approximately
1 80 American colleges and universities,
located throughout the United States
including Hawaii. Alaska, Puerto Rico,
California, and Florida, which partici-
pates in the National Student Exchange
(NSE) Program. The program gi\es stu-
dents an opportunity- to broaden their
cultural and academic horizons through
a semester or a year of study in another
part of the United States without paying
out-of-state tuition fees or incurring
such complications as credit transfers.
The exchange usually takes place during
the sophomore or junior year so that
returning students can share their experi-
ences with students on the West Chester
campus. In order to qualify for the pro-
gram, applicants must be ftill-time stu-
dents with a 2.5 Grade Point Average.
The annual recruitment program takes
place during the fall semester and the
first part of the spring semester, with
placement for the following school year
occurring midway through the spring
semester. NSE information is available
at the Office of the Regisfrar, E.O. Bull
Center, 610-436-3085."
Pennsylvania State System
Visiting Student Program
Undergraduate students enrolled in a
degree program who ha\e earned 27
credits and are in good academic stand-
ing ha\e the opportunity to enroll as a
visitor for a fall, spring, or summer term
at any of the other 13 Pennsyhania
State System of Higher Education insti-
tutions. The program allow s students to
take advantaae of SPECIALIZED
Academic Affairs — Special Programs and Ser\ ices
courses, programs, or experiences NOT
AVAILABLE at the home institution
without losing (home) institutional resi-
dency. Advance approval from both the
home and the host institutions is
required. Visiting Student Program
information is available at the Office of
the Registrar, E. O. Bull Center, 610-
436-3085.
Environmental Programs
Students interested in pursuing environ-
mental degree programs may choose
from those identified below. Consuh the
departments listed for details on these
programs.
Ecologj'. Offered by the Department of
Biolog}', this program provides a strong
background in field biology and prepares
students for careers as biologists in envi-
ronmental agencies, industry, consulting
firms, and similar organizations. (See
page 58 for more information.)
Environmental Health Science.
Offered by the Department of Health,
this program synthesizes a rigorous sci-
entific preparation with specialized,
applied environmental courses and a
required internship. Courses include top-
ics such as hazardous wastes, industrial
hygiene and safety, risk assessment,
water and air quality, environmental
regulations, toxicology, and a research-
based seminar. This degree program
prepares graduates for careers as envi-
ronmental scientists in consulting firms,
industry, and government. (See page 93
for specific program information.)
Pre-Professional Study
West Chester University recognizes that
some students will select career goals
that will require pursuit of academic
degrees after the baccalaureate, either in
graduate school or at a professional
school. Students with such goals are
encouraged to discuss them with appro-
priate members of the faculty.
Pre-Medical. Students interested in
graduate studies in one of the health
professions (dentistry, medicine, optom-
etry, podiatry, or veterinary medicine)
are encouraged to apply for admission to
the Pre-Medical Program, which is
supervised by members of the Pre-
Medical Committee. More information
about this program can be found under
the Pre-Medical Program listing in the
section, "Programs of Study and Course
Offerings."
Pre-Law. Students who are contemplat-
ing going on to law school should take
part in the Pre-Law Program conducted by
the University. Law schools maintain that,
while there is no proper "pre-law major,"
students should choose courses that sharp-
en their analytical reasoning, writing,
speaking, and listening capabilities in the
humanities, social sciences, or natural sci-
ences (particularly those courses requiring
research and communication skills).
CKerall academic performance is essential;
a cumixlative average of at least 3.0 is
required by ahnost all accredited law
schools.
Students interested in attending law
school should contact Prof Sandra
Tomkowicz, Department of Markering
and director of the Pre-Law Program, in
Room 3 1 2 D, Anderson Hall, early in
their academic careers. Students also are
encouraeed to participate in the Pre-Law
Club.
Pre-Engineering. West Chester pro-
vides a Pre-Engineering Program in
cooperation with The Pennsylvania State
University. At the end of five years, a
student earns a B.S. in physics from
West Chester University and a B.S. in
engineering from Perm State University.
Students spend three years at West
Chester and two years at Penn State,
taking only engineering-related courses.
All mathematics, physics, cognates, and
general education courses are taken at
West Chester University. Students may
choose from many fields of engineering,
some of which are listed in the
"Physics" section of this catalog.
Pre-Theology. Pre-seminary students
tend to major in religious studies under
the auspices of the Department of
Philosophy but select courses from a
wide variety of disciplines. Students
interested in graduate studies in theolo-
gy and religious studies should work out
their programs of study with the
Department of Philosophy.
Undeclared Major Program
The Undeclared Major Program allows
students who have not yet chosen a
major to explore their fields of interest
before entering a degree program.
During their first and second years, stu-
dents are encouraged to schedule cours-
es that ftilfill the general education
requirements. In addition to the general
education requirements, other courses
may be scheduled in a wide range of
disciplines. Academic advisers will help
students select and schedule appropriate
courses.
Students should understand that certain
academic programs require prerequisites
for fiirther study. Completion of such
prerequisites, if not undertaken during
the period of study as an undeclared
major, may prolong University atten-
dance.
A student may transfer into a program
from undeclared status only if
1 . there is a vacancy in the desired pro-
gram,
2. the chairperson of that program
approves, and
3. a formal approved change of curricu-
lum form has been filed in the Office
of the Registrar.
Students should inquire about program
vacancies as early as possible during
their first year of study.
The Undeclared Major Program is
administered by the Academic Advising
Center located in Room 1 05 Lawrence
Center. The program and the center
have received national recognition for
excellence in advising and student reten-
tion.
The Academic Advising Center provides
the following services for students who
have not yet declared a major:
Advice regarding course selection
Assistance in establishing educational
objectives
Information regarding various pro-
grams offered by the University
Advice to students in academic diffi-
culty
Referral to University support ser-
vices
Guidance in and instructions for
declaring a major
Interpretation of University, school,
and department regulations, rules,
and requirements
The center also makes information
regarding University ser\ ices available
to late afternoon and evening students.
For more information call 610-436-
3505, or visit Room 105 Lawrence
Center.
Learning Assistance and Resource
Center
The Learning Assistance and Resource
Center (LARC) provides academic sup-
port ser\ices that help students become
independent and active learners and
achieve academic success. The LARC
aims to promote learning and development
in a diversity of student populations
through assessing and teaching the cogni-
tive and affective skills and strategies nec-
essary for achieving academic and person-
Academic Affairs — Special Programs and Services
al learning goals. Its services include sub-
ject-matter tutoring, adjunct instructional
programs, and supplemental instruction
groups in a variety of general education
and "high-risk" courses. It also offers
workshops that demonstrate the applica-
tion of learning strategies to the course
content; conducts seminars on affective
skills that influence learning such as stress
management, test anxiety reduction,
assertiveness, concentration, and motiva-
tion; and maintains a library of learning
resources, from textbooks to computerized
learning aids. The LARC is in the process
of developing on-line instruction on study
skills and learning strategies, a "help line"
Web site for assistance in a variety of
high-demand courses, seminars on innova-
tive learning and instructional techniques,
and refresher seminars in preparation for
graduate and professional school admis-
sions tests.
The LARC provides opportunities in prac-
tical training for undergraduate students,
as well as assistantships for graduate stu-
dents. The LARC offers a comprehensive
training program for new tutors, which
includes seminars, workshops, on-line
training, individualized projects, and peer
observation. The training sessions focus
on topics such as goals of tutoring, steps
in the tutoring cycle, communication
skills, group management skills, integrat-
ing study skills to course content, and
developing critical thinking skills. The
LARC is open Monday - Thursday from
8 am. to 8 p.m. and Friday from 8 a.m. to
4 p.m. For more information call 610-436-
2535 or visit 105 Lawrence Center.
Services for Students with
Disabilities
The Office of Services for Students with
Disabilities (OSSD) offers services for
students with physical and learning dis-
abilities. The OSSD is designed to assist
students in making a successful transi-
tion to the University. We take a proac-
tive stance that encourages students to
understand their needs and strengths in
order to best advocate for themselves.
At West Chester University we recog-
nize that some students with disabilities
want minimal assistance while others
require the full range of support and ser-
vices. The staff of the OSSD supports
students as they become more self-
reliant by emphasizing their knowledge
and communication skills and the under-
standing of their rights and obligations
under the laws. To facilitate successful
transition we recommend a comprehen-
sive assessment of needs through this
office.
The OSSD provides advocacy with fac-
ulty for classroom accommodations
under the requirements of Section 504
and the Americans with Disabilities Act.
Recent, appropriate, and comprehensive
documentation provided by licensed
professionals must accompany requests
for accommodations.
The OSSD coordinates provision of
direct services for students with disabili-
ties through support staff in the research
and technical areas of the University.
We also advocate in the readmission
procedure, with the offices of Financial
Aid and the Registrar, and supplement
advising services to the extent that the
information or assistance is disability
related and necessary to promote student
access.
The OSSD is located within the
Academic Programs and Services
Division and coordinates services with
other units within the division, such as
the University Tutoring Center and the
Academic Advising Center, as well as
other University offices including the
Writing Center and the Office of
Residence Life and Housing. Liaison
with governmental agencies and private
practitioners for provision of ser\'ices is
also available through the OSSD. In
order to ensure continuity of services,
students should pursue such actions
prior to enrollment. Students needing
financial support for personal services
or interpreters should register with the
appropriate agency at least six months in
advance of matriculation.
Office of Services for Students with
Disabilities
Room 1 05 Lawrence Center
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
610-436-2564
Services Provided for Students with
Disabilities
• Academic Coaching
• Special Summer Orientation
• Central Documentation File
• Optional Comprehensive Needs
Assessment
• Advocacy with Faculty
• Alternative Test-Taking
Arrangements
• Academic Advising
• Priority Registration
• Note-Taking Support
• Content Tutors
• Study Skills Tutoring
• Alternate Formatting Assistance
(Recordings for the Blind, Inc.)
• Adaptive Technology
• Readers for Visually Impaired
Students
• Interpreters for Hearing-Impaired
Students
• Course Substitutes (e.g., Foreign
Language)
• Peer Support
• Students with Disabilities
Association
The Writing Program
West Chester University's cross-disci-
plinary Writing Program was begun in
1978 as a pilot project funded by the
National Endowment for the Humanities
and the Pennsylvania State College
Educational Trust Fund. Building on the
skills developed in English composition
courses, the program is based on the
assumption that writing is integral to all
academic learning in liberal and profes-
sional studies. The program's focus is
therefore not on remediation but on
enhancement; the University regards
writing as much more than a set of basic
language skills. The program provides
for:
(1) Writing-emphasis courses each
semester in traditional liberal stud-
ies (for example, English literature,
history, anthropology, sociology,
chemistry, and physics) and in pro-
fessional studies (for example,
criminal justice, early childhood
education, nursing, and public
health)
(2) A general requirement that all stu-
dents must take three of these writ-
ing-emphasis courses, in addition to
English composition, before their
senior year
(3) In-house lectures, seminars, and
workshops on writing for faculty
members in all disciplines
The WCU Writing Program has been
recognized for its scope and achieve-
ment by the Association of American
Colleges. It is administered by a director
and a committee of one smdent and
seven faculty members representing dif-
ferent fields of study.
Internships
A number of departments offer the
opportunity for internships, field experi-
ences, or practicums in which students
may earn credit through employment in
their field of interest. Additional infor-
mation is available under the various
Academic Affairs — Special Programs and Services
department listings in this catalog and
from the individual departments.
Three University-wide internship oppor-
tunities are open to students from any
major: The Harrisburg Internship
Semester (THIS) is a full-semester, 15-
credit experience in Pennsylvania state
government. It is open to any jxmior or
senior who has a minimum GPA of 3.5.
A stipend is involved. (See Department
of Political Science, HBI 400, 401,
402.) The Washington Center
Internships are 15-credit experiences
with the U.S. Congress, Executive
Branch, interest groups, and lobbies.
The Pennsylvania House of Rep-
resentatives Legislative Fellowship
Program, open to all junior/senior stu-
dents with a minimum GPA of 3.5,
involves committee staff assignments in
policy development and a stipend. All
three programs are administered by the
Department of Political Science.
Summer Sessions
West Chester University's summer pro-
gram, among the oldest university-spon-
sored summer programs in the United
States, has one of the largest enroll-
ments in the State System of Higher
Education. More than 600 courses, both
graduate and undergraduate, are offered,
including workshops, seminars, and
internships, as well as the usual classes.
Offerings are available in every depart-
ment and in interdisciplinary areas.
Students from any college or university,
as well as nontraditional students, may
take courses for enjoyment, personal
growth, or degree credit. The summer
program runs for 10 weeks (two five-
week sessions), and a student can earn
up to 12 credits during the summer ses-
sions.
Summer session booklets containing the
course schedules may be obtained from
the Office of the Registrar (undergradu-
ate), the Office of Graduate Studies and
Sponsored Research (graduate), and aca-
demic departments or the University
Web site (wwAv.wcupa.edu). For more
information contact the Office of the
Registrar at 610-436-1033 or the Office
of Graduate Studies at 610-436-2943.
Center for Adult Studies
The Center for Adult Studies offers
support and services for nontraditional
students including a quick admit proce-
dure, daytime classes, and an extensive
evening studies program. The evening
program offers basic courses that meet
the general education requirements and
elecfive portions of most degree pro-
grams. In additon, students can earn a
bachelor's degree in the evening in the
following areas:
Accounting
Computer Science
Economics
Finance
History
Liberal Studies
Management
Marketing
PoliUcal Science
Psychology
The University recognizes and awards
credit for life/learning experience that
can accelerate a student's degree by as
much as a full year. The Center for
Adult Studies advises students on how
to earn college credit for your learning
experience through three available
options:
Credit by Examination
The CLEP Program
Portfolio Development and
Assessment
Students may use any combination of
these options and progress at their own
pace.
Adult students may take advantage of
all services offered by the University
including:
Telephone and Internet registration
Credit card payment
Payment plans
Daytime child care
Career and personal counseling
For additional information or if you
have a question, please contact the
Center for Adult Studies at 610-436-
1009 or e-mail adultstudy@wcupa.edu.
Veterans Affairs
Under the provisions of Title 38, West
Chester University is an accredited uni-
versity for the education of veterans.
The Universit\' cooperates with the
Veterans Administration to see that hon-
orably separated or discharged veterans
receive every consideration consistent
with either degree or nondegree admis-
sion standards.
All veterans, certain dependents of dis-
abled or deceased veterans, and war
orphans who wish to obtain educational
benefits under the appropriate public
laws must register with the office over-
seeing veterans affairs at initial registra-
tion. Veterans must renew their registra-
tion with this office at the beginning of
each subsequent semester and each sum-
mer session. The Veterans Adminisfra-
tion requires students who are veterans
to schedule at least 12 semester hours
per semester in order to receive ftill ben-
efits imder the GI Bill.
Certification for Veterans Adminisfra-
tion benefits is administered by the
Office of Financial Aid, Room 138,
Elsie O. Bull Center.
Armed Services Programs
Army Reserve Officers' Training
Corps (ROTC) is available through a
cross-enrollment agreement with
Widener University. AU classes are
conducted on the campus of Widener
University. Students receive from 1 .0 to
3.0 free electi\e credit hours per course
(maximum 12 credit hours) towards
their baccalaureate programs.
West Chester students also may enroll
in the Air Force Reserve Officers'
Training Program (AFROTC) through
a cross-enrollment agreement with Saint
Joseph's Universit>'. All aerospace
studies courses are held on the Saint
Joseph's University campus.
The University, with the approval of the
Council of Trustees, permits West
Chester University students enrolled in
the Armed Services Reserve Officer
Candidate Program (ROC) to receive
six semester hours of baccalaureate cred-
it upon successful completion and certi-
fication of ROC military requirements.
These credits are classified as free elec-
tive transfer credits. Depending on the
status of the student's program at the
time of ROC credit transfer, these credits
will be counted toward, or in excess of,
the 128 credits required for a baccalaiu-e-
ate degree.
ROC programs are contingent on suc-
cessful completion of a military require-
ment during \ acation and the awarding
of a college degree before being granted
the service commission.
West Chester University students may
enroll in the United States Marine
Corps Platoon Leaders Class as first-
year students, sophomores, and juniors.
This program is open to men and women.
All training is done during summer \ aca-
tion, and reserve officer commission cred-
its will be counted upon successful com-
pletion of military requirements and the
successful completion of a University
degree. Students interested in the Platoon
Leaders Class should contact Professor
Richard Yoder, Department of
Academic Affairs — Special Programs and Services
Kinesiology, Room 306, Sturzebecker
Health Sciences Center, 610-436-3356.
Graduate Studies
West Chester's graduate programs,
introduced in 1959, offer study opportu-
nities leading to Master of Education,
Master of Arts, Master of Science in
Administration, Master of Science in
Nursing, Master of Business
Administration, Master of Science,
Master of Social Work, and Master of
Music degrees. West Chester schedules
its graduate courses in the late afternoon
and evening during the fall and spring
semesters. It is possible to pursue full-
time graduate study during the academic
year and during summer sessions.
Administration
M.S.A. (Concentrations: Health Services, Human
Resource Management, Individualized,
Leadership for Women, Long-Term Care.
Public Administration, Sport and Athletic
Administration, Training and Develop-
ment, Regional Planning)
Certificate in Administration
Biology
M.S. Biology
Business
M.B.A. (Concentrations: Economics/Finance,
General Business, Management)
Chemistry
M.A. Physical Science (Concentration:
Chemistry)
M.Ed. Chemistry
M.S. Chemistry
M.S. Clinical Chemistry
Communication Studies
M.A. Communication Studies
Communicative Disorders
M.A. Communicative Disorders
Computer Science
M.S. Computer Science
Certificate in Computer Science
Counseling and Educational
Psychology
M.Ed. Elementary School Counseling
M.Ed. Secondary School Counseling
M.S. Higher Education Counseling
Specialist I Certificate in Counseling
(Elementary or Secondary)
Criminal Justice
M.S. Criminal Justice
Elementary Education
M.Ed. Elementary Education
(Concentrations: Creative Teaching-
Learning, Early Childhood Education,
Elementary Education, Gifted and
Talented, Human Development, Language
Arts, Social Studies)
Certification in Elementary Education
Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study
in Elementary Education
English
M.A. English
Foreign Languages
M.A. French
M.A. Spanish
M.Ed. French
M.Ed. Spanish
Geography and Planning
M.A. Geography
M.S.A. (Concentration: Regional Planning)
Geology and Astronomy
M.A. Physical Science (Concentration:
Earth Sciences)
Health
M.Ed. Health
M.S. Health
M.S.A. (Concentration: Health Services)
History
M.A. History
M.Ed. History
Kinesiology
M.S. Physical Education (Concentrations:
General Physical Education, Exercise and
Sport Physiology)
M.S.A. (Concentration: Sport and Athletic
Administration)
Leadership for Women
M.S.A. (Concentration: Leadership for Women)
Literacy
M.Ed. Reading
Reading Specialist Certificaton
Mathematics
M.A. Mathematics (Concentrations:
Mathematics, Mathematics Education)
Music
M.A. Music History
M.M. Performance
M.M. Piano Pedagogy
M.M. Music Education
M.M. Music Theory /Composition
Nursing
M.S.N. Community Health Nursing
Philosophy
M.A. Philosophy
Physical Science
See Chemistry, and Geology and Astronomy
Political Science
M.S.A. (Concentration: Public Administration)
Professional and Secondary
Education
M.S. Educational Research
M.Ed. Secondary Education
Courses in Environmental Education, Urban
Education
Psychology
M.A. Clinical Psychology
M.A. General Psychology
M.A. Industrial/Organizational Psychology
Public Administration
See Political Science
Social Work
M.S.W. Social Work
Special Education
M.Ed. Special Education
Certification in Special Education
Teaching English as a Second
Language
M.A. Teaching English as a Second Language
The following departments and inter-
disciplinary areas offer graduate
courses, but no graduate degree:
Anthropology and Sociology, Art,
Linguistics, Theatre Arts, and Women's
Studies.
Scholarly Publications
College Literature is an international, tri-
aimual journal of scholarly criticism ded-
icated to the needs of college/university
teachers by providing them with access
to innovative ways of studying and teach-
ing new bodies of literature and experi-
encing old literatures in new ways.
Kostas Myrsiades of the Department of
English serves as editor.
Journal of the Hellenic Diaspora is a
semiannual, international scholarly review
focusing on the Greek experience of the
19th and 20th centuries, published at
West Chester University by Pella
Publishing Co. of New York. Kostas
Myrsiades, Department of English, serves
as editor.
Journal of College Student Retention:
Research, Theory & Practice is a scholar-
ly quarterly journal focusing on retention
and attrition issues facing colleges and
universities. It is edited by Alan Seidman,
assistant vice president for enrollment ser-
vices, and published by Baywood
Publishing Company, Inc.
Discussion List
West Chester University hosts the
Retention-I list. The purpose of the list is
to provide the educational community,
federal and state governmental officials,
and the general public a vehicle to
explore and discuss the complex issue of
student retention and attrition.
Degree Requirements
GENERAL INFORMATION
Responsibility
The ultimate responsibilit>' for satisfying all graduation require-
ments is the student's. Faculty academic advisers are expected
to pro\ ide accurate, helpful information to students, and stu-
dents are expected to be knowledgeable about the academic
policies and procedures governing the completion of their
degrees. The student and faculty' adviser are expected to consult
with each other regularly. Under West Chester Universit>'"s
ad\ ising program, all students have faculty ad\isers, appointed
through their major departments, who counsel them on academ-
ic matters throughout their undergraduate years. Students who
have not yet declared a major are advised by the Academic
Ad\ising Center in Lawrence Center.
Applicable Catalog Year
All students (entering first year and transfers) are bound by the
catalog in the year in which they first enter for meeting general
education requirements. West Chester Uni\ersity defines
"enter" as the first semester of study as a degree candidate dur-
ing the fall or spring semester. Students are bound by the major,
minor, and cognate requirements in the catalog at the time they
are accepted into the major or minor. If any of the degree
requirements change while students are matriculating, they may;
but do not have to, meet changed requirements after their first
semester of study as a declared major. In some instances,
accrediting and'or certification standards necessitate the change
in major, minor, and cognate requirements. In such situations,
the respecti\'e school or college will formally inform each stu-
dent that he or she must meet the new requirements. Readmitted
students are bound by the requirements in the major, minor, and
cognate areas at the time of readmission, except where permis-
sion is granted by the respective department.
Dual Degrees and Majors
Students are permitted to pursue dual majors under the same
degree or dual degrees with the concurrence of the participating
departments. (See "Dual Degrees" and "Dual Majors" in the
"Academic Policies and Procedures" section of this catalog.)
Basic Proficiency
Students who do not demonstrate basic proficiency in English
or mathematics may be required to take 000-level courses as
prerequisites of their degree programs. These courses do not
count towards graduation.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
BACCALAUREATE DEGREE
1. Satisfactory completion of a minimum of 128 semester
hours at or above the 100 level, distributed as shown in
the curriculum for the student's major field.
2. Achievement of a cumulative Grade Point Average (GPA)
of at least 2.00 (C) and an average of at least 2.00 (C) in the
major field.
3. Attendance at West Chester Uni\ersity for at least 30
semester hours of the degree program, normally the final 30
semester hours of the degree program.
4. Fulfillment of any special requirements or program compe-
tencies that are particular to a department or a school.
5. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the University,
including payment of the graduation fee, and of all other
obligafions, including the return of University' property.
6. Compliance with all academic requests, including filing an
application for graduation in the Office of the Registrar.
BACCALAUREATE GENERAL
EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
The General Education Goals Common to Ail
Baccalaureate Curricula
A broad education emphasizes the enhancement of basic skills
in English and mathematics, and encompasses experiences in
the humanities, the social and natural sciences, physical educa-
tion acti\ ity or health, and the arts. At the same time, this edu-
cation must be versatile because of the many new courses and
areas of study that are constantly becoming available.
West Chester University strives to have students meet the fol-
lowing general education goals:
1. Ability' to communicate effectively
2. Ability to employ quantitative concepts and mathematical
methods
3. Ability to think critically and analytically
4. Ability to demonstrate the sensibilities, understandings, and
perspectives of a person educated in the liberal arts tradition
5. Ability to respond thoughtfijlly to diversity
6. Ability to make informed decisions and ethical choices
7. Preparation to lead productive, contributing li\ es
West Chester University's curriculum has been planned to
allow freedom of choice for the student within educationally
sound limits.
The general education program applies to all students entering
West Chester in August 1999 and thereafter (special provisions
apply to Honors Program, see page 98). All students should
consult with their advisers and their department handbooks.
Policy on General Education Requirements
Students, both those matriculating as first-year students and
transfer students, who ha\ e not completed the academic foun-
dations requirements in mathemafics and English by the time
they ha\e earned 64 credits toward graduation must ha\'e the
permission of the dean of their school or college (or his or her
designee) to schedule addifional courses. This policy applies to
students entering in the fall of 1 988 and thereafter.
A total of 50 semester hours of general education requirements
must be completed for a baccalaureate degree. Those 50 credits
are allocated among English composition, mathematics, science,
behavioral and social sciences, humanities, the arts, physical edu-
cation activity or health, and free electixes. Credit requirements
for each area are provided in the following list. NOTE: Except
for the nine free elective semester hours under Category IV,
courses taken to satisfy general education requirements may not
be taken Pass/Fail. This includes courses taken to satisfy interdis-
ciplinary and writing emphasis general education requirements.
Specific general education courses may be required by a major
or minor program, but no course may have its numeric credits
Degree Requirements
duplicated in any application. A student may use the course
from one major to meet the requirements of the second major.
In this case, the adviser will work with the student to deter-
mine which course(s) should be used to address any remaining
credits. But in no case may a student graduate with fewer
than 128 credits at the 100 level or above. Students should
be aware that, although general education requirements have
been met, major degree requirements may necessitate a specif-
ic minimum performance level in general education courses,
e.g., a grade of C- or better.
Following is an example of a general education course that
also fulfills program requirements: BIO 1 10 is a biology
requirement and serves as a general education option.
Consult your major degree program for guidance.
General Education Components
I. Academic Foundations 9 semester hours
A. English Composition (6 semester hours)
ENG 120, ENG 121
Policy for placement in English composition
courses: Placement in the appropriate composition
course is determined by the score on the SAT and/or
by performance on a placement test administered by
the Department of English. A student who places into
and passes ENG 121 is not required to take ENG 120.
The student, however, must complete a minimum of
128 credits to graduate. A student enrolled in ENG
020 must pass with a grade of C- or better before he
or she enrolls in ENG 120. IMPORTANT: Credits
earned in ENG 020 are computed in the student's
GPA. However, these credits will not be counted as
part of the 128 college-level credits required for grad-
uation. Non-native, English-speaking students seeking
admission to ENG 030, ENG 130, and ENG 131 must
consult the English as a Second Language (ESL) pro-
gram staff for a placement evaluation prior to register-
ing for these courses. ENG 130 and 131 are compara-
ble to ENG 120 and 121 for non-native, English-
speaking students only. Because all students must
take and pass both ENG 120 (130) and ENG 121
(131) to graduate, and no substitution of other
courses satisfies this requirement, a student who
fails either of these courses after three attempts
will be dismissed immediately following the third
failure regardless of GPA.
B. Mathematics (3 semester hours)
College-level mathematics course designated by the
student's major department.
Policy for placement in mathematics: Placement in
the appropriate mathematics course is determined
by the student's math SAT score or performance
on the Mathematics Placement Examination
administered by the Department of Mathematics.
All entering first-year students with SAT scores
between 440 and 470 must complete MAT 000 with
a grade of C- or better unless they are early child-
hood, elementary, or special education majors, in
which case they take MAT 001 before they enroll
in any other mathematics course. Any student,
regardless of major, who scores below 440 must
take MAT 001. Students who score between 440
and 470 on the SAT but who take and pass the
departmental placement test during the summer
orientation may place out of the developmental
math levels and enroll directly into the college-level
(100) mathematics course. IMPORTANT: Credits
earned in MAT 000 or 001 are computed in the
student's GPA. However, these credits will not be
counted as part of the 128 college-level credits
required for graduation.
II. Distributive Requirements 30 semester hours
A. Science (9 semester hours)
Select courses from at least two of the following
areas. Recommended courses are listed below:
1. Biology— BIO 100 or BIO 1 10
2. Chemistry— CHE 100, CHE 102, CHE 103, CHE
104, CHE 105, CHE 106, or CHE 107
3. Computer Science— CSC 101, CSC 1 10, CSC 1 15,
or CSC 141
4. Earth Science— ESS 101 or ESS 111
Physics— PHY 100, PHY 105, PHY 130, PHY
140, PHY 170 or PHY 180
B. Behavioral and Social Sciences (9 semester hours)
Select courses from at least two of the following
areas. Recommended courses are listed below:
1. Anthropology— ANT 102 or ANT 103
2. Psychology— PS Y 100
3. Sociology— SOC 200 or SOC 240
4. Economics— ECO 101, ECO 1 1 1, or ECO 112
5. Geography— GEO 101 or GEO 103
6. Government— PSC 100, PSC 101, or PSC 213
C. Humanities (9 semester hours)
Select courses from at least two of the following
areas. Recommended courses are listed below:
1. Literature— LIT 165, CLS 165, CLS 260, or
CLS 261
2. History— HIS 101, HIS 102, HIS 150, HIS 151, or
HIS 152
3. Philosophy— PHI 101 or PHI 180
D. The Arts (3 semester hours)
Any courses in the following areas: art, cinematogra-
phy, dance, music, photography, and theatre.
Courses recommended to satisfy the distributive require-
ment component are noted with a (*) in the course
description sections.
III. Physical Education Activity 2 semester hours
Students may, for medical reasons, petition to substitute
PEA 236 or a health course for the physical activity
requirement. Veterans are exempt from the physical
activity requirement. Only courses with the PEA prefix
meet the physical education activity general education
requirement except for those students whose majors
have obtained University approval for KIN (formerly
PED) courses.
All students are encouraged to complete the above program in
their first two years at West Chester.
Additional Baccalaureate Requirements
IV. Writing Emphasis Courses 7-9 semester hours
All students who take their entire general education pro-
gram at WCU must complete three approved writing
emphasis courses. All students who enter with fewer than
Degree Requirements
40 credits must take at least three approved writing
emphasis courses at WCU. Transfer students who enter
with 40-70 credits must take two writing emphasis
courses. Students who transfer more than 70 credits must
take one wTiting emphasis course. ENG 120 and 121 do
not count as v\Titing emphasis courses. ENG 121 is a
prerequisite for \vTiting emphasis courses. Each writing
emphasis course may simultaneously fiilfill another
degree requirement. Writing emphasis courses may not
be transferred to WCU.
V. Interdisciplinary Requirement 3 semester hours
The interdisciplinary requirement can be fulfilled at
either the lower- or upper-division level.
1 . An approved interdisciplinary course (at the 1 00 or
200 level) may be substituted for any course in the
distributive requirements or in the arts in the general
education requirements.
NOTE: This substitution may be made only once.
2. An approved upper-level interdisciplinary course (at
the 300 or 400 level) cannot be substituted for general
education requirements.
ENG 121, Effective Writing II, is a prerequisite for all
interdisciplinary requirement courses.
Approved interdisciplinary courses are indicated by a
pound sign (#) in the department course descriptions.
NOTE: A course may simultaneously meet the interdiscipli-
nary and foreign culture cluster requirements.
Approved Interdisciplinary Courses
American Civilization
Mass Media and Popular Culture
Myths and Modernization
Humans and the Environment
Classical Mythology in the 20th Century
Gender and Peace
Modernity /Postmodern! ty
Literature, Myth, and Society
Literature and Medicine
Law, Literature, and Communication
American Economic Experience
French Civilization (in English)
German Civilization (in English)
Austrian Civilization, 1848-1938
Humans and the Environment
Soviet Russian Culture (in English)
Civilization of Spain (in English)
Latin-American Culture and Civilization
(in English)
Puerto Rican Language and Culture
New World America
Humans and the Environment
Introduction to Urban Studies
German Civilization (in German)
Modem India
Chinese Civilization
An Introduction to the Islamic World
Austrian Civilization
Gender and Peace
Unified Science 1
Applied Environmental Science
Modeling of Earth Systems
AMS
200
AMS
210
AMS
250
BIO
102
CLS
201
CLS
329
CLS
352
CLS
368
CLS
370
CLS
371
ECO
344
EFR
220
EGE
222
EGE
323
ENV
102
ERU
209
ESP
219
ESP
222
ESP
324
ESP
362
ESS
102
GEO
204
GER
221
HIS
302
HIS
306
HIS
308
HIS
323
HIS
329
IND
201
IND
110
IND
405
KIN
246
LIN
330
LIT
162
LIT
245
LIT
250
LIT
270
LIT
309
MHL
201
PHI
102
PHI
174
PHI
330
PHI
370
PHI
405
PSC
204
SCB
210
SOC
349
SSC
200
SSC
201
SWO
225
WOS
225
WOS 315
WOS
WOS
329
405
Sport, Culture, and Society
Introduction to Meaning
Literature of the Apocalypse
Medieval Women's Culture
Victorian Attitudes
Urbanism and Modem Imagination
Martin Luther King
Form and Style in the Arts
Introduction to Religious Studies
Principles of the Arts
Introduction to Meaning
Biomedical Ethics
Feminist Theory
Introduction to Urban Studies
The Origin of Life and the Universe
Perspectives on Mental Illness
Introduction to Peace and Conflict Studies
Global Perspectives
Race Relations
Women Today — An Introduction to
Women's Studies
Third World Women: Tradition and
Change
Gender and Peace
Feminist Theory
NOTE: These courses might not be taught as interdisciplinary
courses every semester. Students should therefore check the
current schedule of classes for each course's interdisciplinary
status for that semester.
NOTE: There are particular honors courses that have been
approved as interdisciplinary at the 300 and 400 levels. Honors
students should discuss these courses with the director of the
Honors Program.
VI. Free Electives 9 semester hours
Free electives are selected by the student. They may not
be used to satisfy major, core, cognate, or general educa-
tion requirements. They may, however, be used to fulfill
the requirements of a minor or second major (determined
by date of declaration). All of these free electives must
be at or above the 100 level.
Foreign Language and Culture Requirements for
Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Music Degree and
Certain B.S. Degree Candidates
A. Candidates for the B.A. and the B.M. in the following
departments are required to complete the second half
of the intermediate year of a foreign language:
Art
Biology
English
Foreign Languages (in a second foreign language)
History
Liberal Studies
Mathematics
Physics
(Students interested in other B.A. degree programs are
urged to consult with their department advisers
regarding the foreign language requirements of the
particular programs.) Students may satisfy the foreign
language requirement by presenting evidence of
preparation equivalent to the 202 level either by cer-
tificate or by examination. Students who are not quali-
Academic Policies and Procedures
fied to take the 202 course prepare themselves by tak-
ing the elementary (101-102) and/or intermediate
(201) course or courses.
B. Candidates for the B.A. in other departments have the
options of demonstrating foreign language compe-
tence through the intermediate level or else demon-
strating foreign language competence through the
Elementary II (102) level and by taking three courses
dealing with the related foreign cultural area.
Questions regarding the foreign language requirement
in these other departments should be addressed to
their appropriate department chairpersons. The foreign
language plus foreign cultures option is open to stu-
dents who entered after May 1980.
C. An exemption shall be granted if the student meets
one of the following criteria:
1 . The student is able to demonstrate proficiency
through successful testing by the Department of
Foreign Languages.
2. The student holds a diploma fi-om a secondary edu-
cation institution in another country. This institu-
tion must be at least the equivalent of a U.S. high
school, and instruction must be in a language other
than English.
E. Some B.S. programs require a foreign language.
Please see adviser.
F. Attention is called to the policies regarding taking
courses out of sequence; see page 39. Testing and
placement are handled by the Department of Foreign
Languages.
G. Students who may request an exception because of a
disability should refer to page 31, Services for
Students with Disabilities.
Foreign Culture Clusters
Students selecting the foreign language plus foreign culture
option must take three courses in at least two separate disci-
plines, except that only one course may be taken in the depart-
ment or discipline in which the student is majoring. All three
courses must be selected from the cluster of courses pertaining
to the foreign culture area of the language studied. Approved
courses are listed below. Courses taken for foreign cultures
credit may not be taken Pass/Fail.
I. Classical Civilization (Latin or Greek)
Approved courses: ARH 382, HIS 318, HIS 319,
HIS 348, PHI 270
II. France and Francophone Area (French)
Approved courses: ARH 383, ARH 385, EFR 220,
GEO 303, HIS 420, HIS 427,
HIS 435, PHI 415, PSC 342
III. Germany (German)
Approved courses:
rV. Italy (Italian)
Approved courses:
EGE 222, EGE 323, EGE 403,
EGE 404, EGE 405, GEO 303,
HIS 323, HIS 330, HIS 420,
HIS 423, HIS 435, PHI 272,
PHI 273, PSC 342
ARH 384, EIT 260, HIS 426,
PSC 342
V. Spanish (Spanish or Portuguese)
Approved courses: ANT 224, ANT 322, ANT 324,
ANT362, CLS311,ESP219,
ESP 222, ESP 311, ESP 324,
ESP403, GEO302, HIS315,
HIS316, HIS317, PSC340
VI. Russia and Eastern Europe (Russian or an Eastern
European language)
Approved courses: ERU 209, GEO 304, HIS 324,
HIS 425, PSC 246
NOTE: A course may simultaneously meet the interdiscipli
nary and culture cluster requirements.
Academic Policies and Procedures
Degree Classification — Definitions
Degree Candidates — all undergraduates
admitted to a degree program or to the
undeclared major by the Office of
Admissions or through approved inter-
nal transfer recorded in the Office of the
Registrar.
Nondegree Students — students permitted
to enroll part time (maximum nine cred-
its per semester) for course work toward
professional development, personal
growth, or certification. Recent high
school graduates (within the previous
two years) are required to meet the
admission standards of the University.
Transfer students may enroll nondegree
if they have attempted less than 30 cred-
its and have a 2.5 grade point average.
High school students may attend on a
nondegree basis with written permission
of their high school principal or guid-
ance counselor. Nondegree students may
attempt a maximum of 18 credits. Upon
reaching 1 8 credits, students must have
a 2.00 GPA to be eligible for admission
to a degree program or to request per-
mission to enroll with professional
development status.
Student Standing
The .student's standing is determined by
the number of semester hours of credit
earned as follows:
First-Year Students' 0-3 1 semester hours
of credit (inclusive)
32-63 semester hours
of credit (inclusive)
64-95 semester hours
of credit (inclusive)
96 or more semester
hours of credit
Sophomore
Junior
Senior
Full-Time Status
A full-time class load ranges from 12 to
18 semester hours of credit. Credits
attempted or earned through the process
of Credit by Examination are not count-
ed in the student class load.
* First-year students, formerly called
"freshmen," are those admitted directly to
West Chester University without previous
college experience.
Academic Policies and Procedures
Overloads
Students wishing to carry more than 1 8
credit hours in the fall or spring semes-
ter, or six credit hours in a summer ses-
sion, must secure permission.
Permission will not be granted for more
than 24 hours in a fall or spring semes-
ter. The maximum student load for sum-
mer school is six hours per session. A
student v\ill not be allowed to carry an
overload of more than 1 8 hours in any
one summer nor be allowed to carry
more than one additional course per
summer session.
A student should not seek permission to
carry an overload if his or her cumula-
tive average is below 2.75.
Permission for an overload is granted by
the chairperson of the department in
which the student is majoring and the
Office of the Registrar.
School Assignments for Field
Experiences
Students are assigned early field and
student teaching experiences at schools
with which the University has a formal
agreement. Students will not be assigned
to schools that they attended or where
members of their families are employed
or attend.
Special requests for school assigrmients
will be considered by the student's
major department.
Effective fall 1999, before an under-
graduate student may register for inde-
pendent study or research, practicum,
internship, extemship, student teaching,
or any field placement, he or she must
have an overal GPA of 2.00 or higher,
and a GPA of 2.00 or higher in his or
her major courses.
This policy does not supersede current
policies that have established higher
standards. This policy does not prevent
departments from setting higher GPA
standards for undergraduate students
within their major. Departments may
also establish a minimum required GPA
for all cognate courses for undergradu-
ate students who wish to register for any
of these courses.
Second Degrees
An individual may pursue a second
degree at West Chester University after
earning the first degree either at West
Chester or some other institution. Such
an individual must apply for admission
through the Office of Admissions as a
transfer student and earn at least 30
hours of West Chester University credit
beyond the requirements of the initial
baccalaureate program. All requirements
for the curriculum in which the second
degree is earned must be satisfied. A
given course required in both the degree
programs is not repeated for the second
degree.
Dual Degrees
A student who has successfiilly complet-
ed at least 32 credits of work at West
Chester University may petition to pur-
sue a second undergraduate degree con-
currently with the first, such as a B.S. in
computer science and a B.A. in art. If
admitted to a second degree program,
the student must, to receive both degrees
at graduation, earn at least 30 credits
beyond the requirements of the bac-
calaureate program with the fewest
required credits for a minimum of 158
credits. WTien a student is enrolled in
dual degree programs:
a. The student may not be graduated
until both the degrees are completed.
b. All requirements for the curriculum
of each degree must be satisfied.
c. A course required in both degree
programs does not have to be
repeated for the second degree.
d. All Universitj requirements such as
minimum GPA and number of
credits taken at West Chester
Universit)' in the major must be
met for each degree separately.
Double Major
A student may select two majors within
the same degree. In this case, a student
must meet all of the requirements for
both majors. The student should consult
regularly with advisers fi^om both pro-
grams. Students wishing to pursue two
types of baccalaureate degrees (B.A.,
B.F.A., B.M., B.S., B.S.Ed., B.S.N.)
should see Dual Degree section above.
Minor Fields of Study
Students who have enough flexibility in
their major curriculum to fulfill the
requirements of a minor must fill out
and submit a Minor Selection
Application to the Office of the
Registrar. To enroll in a minor field of
study, students must have the permis-
sion of both their major and their pro-
posed minor departments. Admission to
the minor does not guarantee admission
to the major. Students must complete 18
to 2 1 hours of courses selected in con-
sultation with the minor program advis-
er. At least 50 percent of minor course
work must be taken at West Chester.
Also, beginning with students entering
in the fall 1993 semester, students must
earn a minimtmi GPA of 2.00 in the set
of courses taken for a minor in order to
receive transcript recognition of that
minor.
Minors available at West Chester
University include the following:
Accounting
Afiican/Afiican-American Literature
American Studies
Anthropology
Anthropology/Sociology
Art History
Astronomy
Athletic Coaching
Biology
Chemistry
Cognitive Disabilifies
Commimication Studies
Comparative Literature
Computer Science
Creative Writing
Criminal Justice
Dance (Education/Therapeutic)
Dance (Performance)
Early Childhood Education
Earth Sciences
Economics
Elementary Education
Elementary School Mathematics
Ethnic Studies
Film Criticism
Finance
French
Geography
Geography and Planning
Geology
German
Health Science
History
Holocaust Studies
Instructional Media
Italian
Jazz Studies
Journalism
Latin
Lafin American Studies
Linguistics
Literature
Mathematics
Music
Organizational and Technical Writing
Peace and Conflict Studies
Philosophy
Physics
Political Science
Academic Policies and Procedures
Psychology
Public Management
Religious Studies
Russian
Russian Studies
Sociology
Spanish
Special Education
Studio Art
Theatre
Translation
Women's Studies
Specific course requirements may be
obtained from the minor program advisers.
Changing Majors
A student wishing to transfer from one
program of study at the University to
another program must file a Change of
Curriculum form in the Office of the
Registrar. The student must meet the
standards for admission to the desired
program and must obtain written per-
mission from the department involved.
Any courses that were initially accepted
for transfer credit from another college
are subject to re-evaluation by the
department to which the student trans-
fers internally.
Adding a Course
Students may add a course by filing a
schedule change form in the Office of
the Registrar during the Drop/Add
Period. Students will not be permitted to
add a course after the end of the Add
Period (sixth day of the semester).
Dropping a Course
Students may drop a course by filing a
schedule change form in the Office of
the Registrar during the Drop/Add
Period, thereby receiving no grade.
Students will not be permitted to drop a
course after the end of the Drop/Add
Period (fifth day of the semester).
Withdrawing from a Course
A grade of W (Withdraw) will be
entered on the academic record of any
student who withdraws from a course
between the end of the first week and
before the end of the ninth class week or
the equivalent in summer sessions.
After the ninth week of classes, students
may not withdraw selectively from
courses; they must contact the Office of
the Registrar and withdraw from the
University. The University will record a
"W" for all courses in which the student
is registered. However, if the effective
date of official withdrawal is during the
last week of classes, a letter grade or
NG will be assigned for that course. A
student may not receive a W during the
last week of classes.
STUDENTS WHO FAIL TO WITH-
DRAW FROM OR DROP A COURSE
OFFICIALLY CAN EXPECT TO
RECEIVE A GRADE OF F FOR THE
COURSE AND ARE FINANCIALLY
RESPONSIBLE TO PAY FOR IT.
Withdrawal from the University
Students wishing to withdraw from the
University may go to the Office of the
Registrar or submit their withdrawal to
the office in writing. Written notifica-
tion is required for all withdrawals. If
illness or some other emergency inter-
rupts the student's University work, he
or she must notify the Office of the
Registrar at once.
Unless a student withdraws officially, F
grades will be recorded for unfinished
courses.
Taking Courses Out of Sequence
Students may not enroll for credit in a
more elementary course in a sequence
after having satisfactorily passed a more
advanced course in that sequence. For
example, a student may not enroll for
credit in French 101 after having satis-
factorily passed French 201. Similarly,
students who enroll in a course that
requires less proficiency than placement
or proficiency tests indicate they possess
may be denied credit towards graduation.
Repeating Courses
Beginning with the 1 99 1 fall semester,
the Repeat Policy is divided into two
sections, i.e., a policy covering remedi-
al courses (000-level) that do not
count towards graduation, and a poli-
cy covering college-level courses.
A. Policy covering remedial courses
Students who enter the University
beginning with the 1991 fall semester
may have three attempts to pass each
remedial course (000-level). The
repeat privilege for remedial cours-
es will not count within the five-
repeat allotment for college-level
courses. Credits for these courses do
not count towards graduation but are
computed in the cumulative Grade
Point Average. Students may file
two grade replacement forms,
which result in eliminating the
grades from the first and second
attempts. The third attempt, how-
ever, will be the grade of record.
Students must pass the remedial basic
skills courses (English and mathe-
matics) with a C- or better before
enrolling in a more advanced course
in the respective discipline. Students
enrolled in the basic skills remedial
course(s) who do not pass with a C-
or better after three attempts will be
permanently dismissed from the
University regardless of overall
Grade Point Average. Students
who fail remedial courses at West
Chester University may not repeat
those courses at another university
or transfer in the college-level (100
or higher) course.
B. Policy covering undergraduate col-
lege-level courses
Students may repeat undergraduate
college-level courses to improve a
grade of F, D, C, or B (not A).
Beginning v\ith the 1985 fall semester,
1 . No student may use the repeat
option more than five times
TOTAL. For example, this means
repeating fiv e DIFFERENT cours-
es once each, or repeating each of
two different courses twice (four
repeats) and one additional course
once.
2. A single course may not be repeat-
ed more than twice.
3. A replacement for the grade in the
first attempt occurs automatically
at the completion of the second
attempt of a repeated course. This
constitutes one of the five avail-
able repeats. A student should file
a replacement form for second
attempts that took place in any
semester before fall 1996.
4. A grade replacement will only
take place on the second attempt
of a course.
5. When a student completes a third
attempt of a course, the grades for
the second and third attempts will
be used to calculate the cumula-
tive grade point average.
6. Students may repeat undergradu-
ate college-level courses to
improve a grade of F, D, C, or B
(not A).
Students will not be permitted to
repeat courses for credit beyond five
repeats, or beyond two repeats for a
single course.
Undergraduate students who take and
complete a course at West Chester may
not repeat the course at another institu-
tion and have the credits or grade count
towards a West Chester degree.
Academic Policies and Procedures
Undergraduates who take a course for
graduate credit are subject to the gradu-
ate repeat policy. See the Graduate
Catalog for information.
Because all students must take and pass
both ENG 120 and ENG 121 to gradu-
ate, a student who fails either of these
courses after three attempts will be dis-
missed immediately following the third
failure, regardless of GPA.
Repeat Course Procedure
The first time a student completes a
course for a grade it is considered the
first attempt. The second time a student
completes a course for a grade it is con-
sidered the second attempt and the first
repeat. The third time a student com-
pletes a course for a grade it is consid-
ered the third attempt and is the second
repeat. The first time a course is repeat-
ed, only the second grade is computed
into the GPA. The repeat is filed auto-
matically when the second attempt has
been completed. If the college-level
course is repeated a second time, both
the second and third grades are comput-
ed into the GPA. Students who complete
a course with a fourth attempt or more
are in violation of the Repeat Policy and
will not earn credit.
Pass/Fail Policy
1. All degree students who are sopho-
mores, juniors, or seniors with a
cumulative GPA of at least 2.00 are
eligible to take courses Pass/Fail.
2. The Pass/Fail privilege is limited to
one course per semester; only ft-ee
electives may be taken on a Pass/Fail
basis. Free electives are completed at
the choice of the student. They may
not be used to satisfy major, core,
cognate, or general education (includ-
ing distributive) requirements.
NOTE: A student may not take an
interdisciplinary or writing emphasis
course for Pass/Fail if this course is
being used to satisfy' the general edu-
cation interdisciplinary or writing
emphasis requirement.
3. A grade of Pass carries credit value
but does not affect the cumulative
Grade Point Average.
4. A grade of Fail is computed into the
cumulative Grade Point Average.
5. After contracting for Pass/Fail, the
student may not request or accept any
grade other than a P or an F.
6. This process must be completed by
the end of the eighth week of the
semester or the equivalent in summer
school. Forms are available in the
Office of the Registrar.
Auditing Privileges
Anyone may attend the University for
the sole purpose of auditing courses by
first scheduling for the course, paying
the regular fee, and then completing an
audit application form available fi^om
the Office of the Registrar. An under-
graduate student may declare "audit"
status in a course through the end of the
ninth week of class but may only audit
one course per semester. Faculty may
refiise to grant auditor status. Full-time
sttidents have the privilege of auditing
without additional charge, provided they
obtain approval from the course instruc-
tor and the course does not create an
overload situation. If an overload
resuhs, students are assessed the per-
credit rate for each credit in excess of
18. Part-time students may audit, pro-
vided they obtain the instructor's
approval, enroll in the course through
the Office of the Registrar, and pay the
regular course fees.
Credit is never given to auditors. The
auditor status may not be changed after
it has been declared. The grade of Audit
(AU) is recorded on the student's tran-
script. An audited course will not flilfill
any requirement toward graduation
including interdisciplinary and writing
emphasis attributes.
Credit by Examination
Forms to register for credit by examina-
tion are available from the Office of the
Registrar. A fee of $25 is charged for
each course. Credit by examination is a
privilege subject to the following condi-
tions:
1. Application occurs during the
Drop/ Add Period. If the student has
already scheduled into the course, the
course will be dropped from the
schedule for that term. Grade notifi-
cation for credit by exam will occur
at the end of the semester. Therefore,
if the student fails, the course will
have to be taken in a later term.
2. The student has a cumulative GPA of
at least 2.00.
3. The student demonstrates evidence of
satisfactory academic background for
the course.
4. The student has not already complet-
ed a more advanced course that pre-
supposes knowledge gained in the
course. For example, credit by exam-
ination cannot be given for FRE 101
after the student passed FRE 102.
5. Credits attempted or earned through
the process of credit by examination
are not counted in the student class
load.
NOTE: Students who have taken a
course but have not achieved a satisfac-
tory grade may not apply for credit by
examination for the same course.
Independent Study
Many departments offer an independent
study course for students with demon-
strated ability and special interests. This
course is appropriate when a student has
a specialized and compelling academic
interest that cannot be pursued within
the framework of a regular course. An
overall GPA of 2.00 or higher and a
minimum GPA of 2.00 in a student's
major coiu^ses are required. The inde-
pendent study form is available in the
Office of the Registrar.
Individualized Instruction
Individualized instruction is the teaching
of a regular, listed catalog course to a
single student. Individualized instruction
is offered only when the University has
canceled or failed to offer a course
according to schedule. The individual-
ized instruction form is available in the
Office of the Registrar.
Graduate Credit
A senior (96 credits or more) pursuing a
bachelor's degree who has an overall
Grade Point Average of 3.00, may, with
the permission of the major adviser,
course professor, department chair of
the course, the dean of graduate studies
and sponsored research, and the associ-
ate provost, enroll in up to six credits of
graduate-level course work. The student
must be at the senior level with the des-
ignated Grade Point Average at the time
the course begins.
If the course is dual numbered, the
undergraduate must take the undergrad-
uate-level course and apply it towards
the bachelor's degree. If the course is
not dual numbered, but at the 500 level
or above, the course may count either as
imdergraduate credit towards the bache-
lor's degree or as graduate credit.
If the sttident wishes to have the credits
count towards the bachelor's degree, the
student must submit a completed
"Application for an Undergraduate
Student to Take a Graduate Course for
Undergraduate Credit." The form is
Academic Policies and Procedures
available in the Office of the Registrar.
If, on the other hand, the student wishes
to have the credits count towards a grad-
uate degree, he or she must submit a
completed "Application for an
Undergraduate Student to Take a
Graduate Course for Graduate Credit."
The form is available in the Graduate
Office. To receive graduate-level credit,
the student also must submit a properly
completed and approved Graduate
School Admissions Form to the Office
of Graduate Studies before completing
the appropriate form.
Individual departments have the right to
implement more stringent academic
standards for courses within their
departments. Any student not meeting
University or departmental standards
when the appropriate semester begins
will not be permitted to enroll.
If a course is taken for undergraduate
credit, no additional fees will be
required. If a course is taken for gradu-
ate credit, the student must pay graduate
tuition and applicable fees for that
course. A student not carrying 1 2 hours
of undergraduate credits will be charged
at the appropriate hourly tuition rates for
both the undergraduate and graduate
credits. All other fees will be charged at
the undergraduate level.
No more than six credits taken under
this policy may be applied to the mas-
ter's degree. Students may not elect to
change between undergraduate and
graduate credit after the term or semes-
ter has begun.
Undergraduate students approved to take
a graduate course for undergraduate
credit are bound by the undergraduate
catalog policy on repeats and with-
drawals. Undergraduate students
approved to take a graduate course for
graduate credit are bound by the gradu-
ate catalog policy on repeats and with-
drawals.
Undergraduate Student
Attendance Policy
Each professor will determine a class
attendance policy and publish it in his or
her syllabus at the beginning of each
semester. When a student fails to com-
ply with the policy, the professor has the
right to assign a grade consistent with
his or her policy as stated in the syl-
labus. Absences cannot be used as the
sole criterion for assigning a final grade
in a course. Excused absences, in accor-
dance with the Excused Absences Policy
for University-Sanctioned Events, will
not result in a penalty, provided the stu-
dent follows this policy. University
departments or programs may establish
attendance policies to govern their sec-
tions as long as those policies fall within
these guidelines.
Excused Absences Policy for
University-Sanctioned Events
Undergraduate students participating in
University-sanctioned events such as,
but not limited to, the Marching Band,
musical ensembles, theatre group, athlet-
ic events, forensics competition, etc.,
will be granted an excused absence(s)
by the respective faculty members for
class periods missed. Students wilt be
granted the privilege of taking, at an
alternative time to be determined by the
professor, scheduled examinations or
quizzes that will be missed. The profes-
sor will designate such times prior to the
event. Professors can provide a fair
alternative to taking the examination or
quiz that will be missed. Students must
submit original documentation on
University letterhead signed by the
activity director, coach, or adviser
detailing the specifics of the event in
advance. Specific requirements include:
1. Responsibility for meeting academic
requirements rests with the student.
2. Students are expected to notify their
professors as soon as they know they
will be missing class due to a
University-sanctioned event.
3. Students are expected to complete the
work requirement for each class and
turn in assignments due on days of
the event prior to their due dates
unless other arrangements are made
with the professor.
4. If a scheduled event is postponed or
canceled, the student is expected to
go to class.
5. Students are not excused from classes
for practice on nonevent days.
The following are specifics for the stu-
dent athlete:
1 . The student athlete is expected,
where possible, to schedule classes
on days and at hours that do not con-
flict with athletic schedules.
2. Athletes are not excused from classes
for practice or training-room treat-
ment on nongame days.
Exemption from Final
Examinations
Students who have attained an A or B
prior to the finals, have completed all
other course requirements, and have the
instructors' permission may waive final
examinations. This privilege is subject
to several reservations.
1 . Any unit examinations given during
the final examination period are not
subject to this policy.
2. Academic departments as well as fac-
ulty may adopt a policy excluding the
final examination exemption for cer-
tain courses.
3. Mutual agreement between the
instructor and the student to waive
the final examination should be
determined during the week prior to
the beginning of the examination
period.
The course grade will be the A or B
earned exclusive of a final examination
grade.
Grade Reports
After each semester, a report of each
student's semester grades is available on
STUVIEW, the University's Web site
(www.wcupa.edu), or by calling 610-
436-3020 (RAP system).
Grading System
Quality
Percentage
Grade
Points
Equivalents
Interpretation
A+
4.33
97 or above
E.xcellent
A
4.00
93-96
A-
3.57
90-92
B+
3.33
87-89
Superior
B
3.00
83-86
B-
2.67 ■
80-82
C+
2.33
77-79
Average
c
2.00
73-76
c-
1.67
70-72
D+
1.33
67-69
Below Average
D
1.00
63-66
D-
0.67
60-62
F
0.
59 or lower
Failure
NG
No Grade
W
Withdrawal
Y
AU
Administrative
Withdrawal
Audit
NG (No Grade): Given when a student
fails to complete course requirements by
the end of a semester. See "Grade
Changes."
W (Withdrawal): Given when a student
withdraws from a course between the
end of the first and the end of the eighth
class week of the semester or the equiv-
alent in summer sessions (effective
September 1980).
Y (Administrative Withdrawal): Given
under appeal when there is documenta-
tion that the student never, in fact,
attended class. No refimds are associat-
ed with this grade.
The grade assigned to the student must
reflect the percentage equivalent of the
plus, minus, and straight grades earned
in a course.
Academic Policies and Procedures
Cumulative Grade Point Average
The cumulative Grade Point Average
(GPA), sometimes called the cumulative
index, is determined by dividing the
total qualit}' points earned for courses
by the total credit hours attempted. The
following example is based on a single
semester:
Qualitv- Qualit)
Poinls Points
Credit Hours for Earned for
Anempted Grade Grade Course
1 St subject 4 A 4 4x4-16
:nd subject 3 B 3 3x3-9
3rd subject 3 C 2 2x3-6
4th subject 3 D I 1x3-3
5th subject 2. F 0 0x2-J
15 34
34 divided by 15 equals a GPA of 2.27.
All grades received during a student's
enrollment (except the grades of P and
NG, and except when a second attempt
produces a higher course grade and a
Grade Replacement Form is filed) are
included in the cumulative GPA. Grades
from other colleges are excluded.
If a student repeats a course, in an effort
to impro\e an F. D, C, or B grade, he or
she must file a Grade Replacement
Form in the Office of the Registrar.
Once graduated, a student's grades and
GPA cannot change.
Grade Changes
A grade awarded other than NG is final.
Final grades can be changed only when
there is a clerical or computational error.
A newly disclosed diagnosis of a learn-
ing disability may not be used as reason
for requesting a grade change or
removal. If the student thinks there is an
error, the student must report the alleged
error in writing to the professor as soon
as possible, but no later than the end of
the fifth week of the following semester.
If a grade change is warranted, the pro-
fessor must submit a change of grade
request to the Office of the Registrar not
later than the end of the ninth week of
the semester. Final grades cannot be
changed after the ninth week of the
semester following the alleged error.
NG (No Grade) is given when a student
fails to complete course requirements by
the end of a semester. If the student did
not complete course requirements
because of a valid reason, such as a seri-
ous illness or death in the family, the
professor may assign a grade of NG and
grant the student permission to complete
the requirement within the first nine
weeks of the next semester.
A GRADE OF NG IS CHANGED TO
AN F AUTOMATICALLY IF THE
REQUIREMENTS HAVE NOT
BEEN COMPLETED BY THE END
OF THE NINTH WEEK OF THE
FOLLOWING SEMESTER. (The
instructor must file a change of an NG
grade in the Office of the Registrar by
the middle of the tenth week of the
semester.)
A graduating senior has only 30 calen-
dar days after the end of the term in
which he or she intends to graduate to
complete all degree requirements,
including the removal of NG.
Grade Appeals
Scope of the Policy
The Grade Appeals Policy applies only
to questions of student evaluation. Since
appeals involve questions of judgment,
the Grade Appeals Board will not rec-
ommend that a grade be re\ ised in the
student's favor unless there is clear evi-
dence that the original grade was based
on prejudiced or capricious judgment, or
was inconsistent with official University
policy. In the case where the grade was
based on a charge of cheating, the
board, if it upholds the charge, will rec-
ommend a failing grade or expulsion
fi-om the University. Cheating includes
but is not limited to:
1. Plagiarism, that is, copying another's
work or portions thereof and/or using
ideas and concepts of another and
presenting them as one's own with-
out giving proper credit to the source;
2. Submitting work that has been pre-
pared by another person;
3. Using books or other materials with-
out authorization while taking exami-
nations;
4. Taking an examination for another
person, or allowing another person to
take an examination in one's place;
5. Copying ft'om another's paper during
an examination or allowing another
person to copy fi-om one's own;
and/or,
6. Unauthorized access to an examina-
tion prior to administration.
Procedure
1 . (a) A student must initiate an appeal
in writing within 20 class days
fi-om the date of the decision or
action in question. In case of an
appeal of a final grade, the appeal
must be filed no later than the
first 20 class days of the term fol-
lowing the one in which the grade
was received. This written appeal
should be sent to the instructor
who awarded the grade in ques-
tion. The appeal shall be re-
viewed by the student and the
faculty member. They shall mutu-
ally attempt to resolve the appeal
within five class days irom the
receipt,
(b) If the appeal is based on an inter-
pretation of departmental or
University policy, the student's
academic adviser also may be
present during the review process.
In such case, there shall also be a
limit of five class days in which
to resolve the appeal.
2. An appeal not resolved at Step 1
shall be referred in writing by the
student within five class days after
the completion of Step 1 to the chair-
person of the department of which
the course in question is a part. If
there is a departmental appeals com-
mittee, the problem shall be referred
directly to it. The department chair-
person or the departmental appeals
committee shall normally submit a
written response to the student within
10 class days following receipt of the
written statement of the problem. A
copy of this response also shall be
provided to the instructor.
3. If no mutually satisfactory decision
has been reached at Step 2, the stu-
dent may submit a uTitten appeal to
the dean of the college or school in
which the problem originated. Such
an appeal shall be made within five
class days following the receipt of
the written response of the depart-
ment chairperson or the departmental
appeals committee. The dean shall
investigate the problem as presented
in the written documentation, review
the recommendation and provide, in
vmting, a proposal for the solution of
the problem within 1 0 class days fol-
lowing its referral.
4. If the problem is not mutually
resolved by Step 3, the student may
file an appeal with the Grade Appeals
Board within five class days of the
receipt of the written proposal from
the dean. The request for an appeal
must be submitted to the associate
provost or, if appropriate, to the dean
of graduate studies who will convene
the Grade Appeals Board as soon as
possible, but no later than 15 class
days after the receipt of the written
request.
Grade Appeals Board
1. Membership
Academic Policies and Procedures
A. The associate provost (or, if
appropriate, the dean of graduate
studies) serves as nonvoting chair-
person. If the associate provost is
not available to ser\e, the admin-
istration will appoint a substitute
mutually acceptable to the student
and the Association of
Pennsylvania State College and
University Faculties (APSCUF).
B. A faculty dean not involved in the
appeals process. A substitute may
be appointed as given in "A"
above.
C. Two faculty members. At the
beginning of each academic year,
the Office of the Associate
Provost shall randomly select two
fiill-time faculty from each acade-
mic department in order to consti-
tute the pool. Two faculty mem-
bers from different departments
will be selected randomly from
this pool for each Appeals Board.
D. Two undergraduate students or, if
appropriate, two graduate students
appointed by the president of the
Student Government Association
(SGA).
2. Attendance
A. The faculty member involved may
be assisted by an ad\iser, an
APSCUF representative, or the
chairperson of the department in
which the problem originated.
B. The student in\'olved may be
assisted by an adviser. The adviser
may be another student, an admin-
istrator, or a faculty member.
C. Such witnesses as are called on
behalf of either the faculty mem-
ber or the student.
D. Resource persons or expert wit-
nesses called at the request of the
board. In the event that the deci-
sion making involves knowledge
of the discipline, the board shall
be required to utilize at least one
resource person from the disci-
pline, an expert ad\ iser(s) to aid
them in their decision making.
3. Procedure
A. Preparation for the Hearing — All
parties must be infomied of the
complaint in writing by the chair-
person of the Grade Appeals
Board (hereafter referred to as
"chairperson"), normally within
five class days after the receipt of
the complaint. Copies of docu-
ments and correspondence filed
with respect to the complaint shall
be provided to the interested par-
ties through the chairperson.
Thereafter, neither new evidence
nor new charges shall be intro-
duced before the board. The chair-
person shall notify in writing the
interested parties of the exact time
and place of the hearing and shall
provide existing University and/or
Commonwealth policies relevant
to the appeal at least five class
days before the beginning of the
proceedings. Throughout these
proceedings, the burden of proof
rests upon the person bringing the
appeal.
B. Hearing Procedure — During the
hearing, both the faculty member
and the student shall be accorded
ample time for statements, testi-
mony of wimesses, and presenta-
tion of documents.
C. Decision of the Appeals Board
1. The Grade Appeals Board shall
deliberate in executive session
and render a decision by major-
ity vote within three days of the
close of the hearing. The chair-
person may participate in these
deliberations but not vote.
2. The chairperson shall notify, in
writing, the student, the faculty
member, and the department in
which the course in question is
located of the decision within
three class days of the board's
final action. The notification
shall include the basis upon
which the decision was
reached.
4. Other
A. A written statement of the decision
and relevant materials shall be
placed in the student's academic
file.
B. A written statement of the deci-
sion and relevant materials shall
be placed in the faculty member's
file subject to the provisions of
official Commonwealth policy
governing personnel files.
Notes
1 . Both faculty' member and student are
entitled to the right of challenge for
cause of any member of the depart-
ment committee (if used) and the
Grade Appeals Board except the
chairperson. In the case of challenge
at the Appeals Board level, the chair-
person shall adjudicate the challenge.
One challenge at each level is permit-
ted.
2. A "class day" is defined as any day
when classes are officially in session
at West Chester University.
3. If the course in which the grade dis-
pute occurred is offered under the
auspices of a unit of the University
other than an academic department,
the program director/coordinator,
head of that unit, and/or the depart-
ment chairperson will function in
Step 2 of the procedure. In Step 3,
the appeal should then be made to the
associate provost rather than the dean
of the college/school.
4. If the professor is not on contract or
in residence on the campus, he or she
shall have the right to defer the pro-
cedure until his or her return.
Similarly, if the procedure would
normally occur during the summer
and the student is not enrolled in any
simimer session, the procedure may
be deferred until the fall semester at
the student's request.
Student Academic
Dishonest) Policy
I. Academic Dishonesty Process
A. Academic dishonesty is prohibited
and violations may result in disci-
pline up to and including expul-
sion from the University.
Academic dishonesty as it applies
to students includes but is not lim-
ited to academic cheating; plagia-
rism; the sale, purchase, or
exchange of term papers or
research papers; falsification of
information which includes any
form of providing false or mis-
leading information, written, elec-
tronic, or oral; or of altering or
falsifying official institutional
records. Plagiarism is defined as
copying another's work or por-
tions thereof and/or using ideas
and concepts of another and pre-
senting them as one's own without
giving proper credit to the source.
NOTE: The student code of conduct
covers theft or attempted theft of
property or ser\'ices; destrucfion;
vandalism; misuse or abuse of the
real or personal property of the
University, any organization, or any
individual.
B. Charges of academic dishonesty
against a student may be brought
by any member of the Uni\ ersity
community. Students making
claims of dishonesty must do so
under the guidance of the appro-
priate involved faculty member or
Academic Policies and Procedures
office director. A written charge
must be initiated within 20 calen-
dar days from the date of the
alleged action. However, if the
alleged action occurs during the
last 20 calendar days of the semes-
ter, the charger has 20 calendar
days into the subsequent semester
to make the charge. The last day
of a semester is the last day of
final examinations. NOTE: If the
charger is not on contract or in
residence on the campus, he or she
shall have the right to defer the
procedure until his or her return.
Similarly, if the procedure would
normally occur during the summer
and the charger is not enrolled in
any summer session, the proce-
dure may be deferred until the fall
semester at the charger's request.
C. Charges of academic dishonesty
may be dealt with informally, by
mutual agreement of the person
bringing the charges and the stu-
dent. A written agreement of the
settlement shall be signed by both
sides. An instructor may, on
his/her own authority, apply a
penalty to the student's grade,
including failure in the course. If
additional sanctions are requested
by the instructor, the appeals
process must be employed and an
academic integrity hearing must
be convened. A student may
appeal the instructor's unilateral
imposition of a penalized or fail-
ing grade. A student who files an
appeal will suffer no worse penal-
ty as a result of the appeal than
she/he would have suffered if
she/he had not appealed the
instructor's unilateral sanction.
D. If the informal process has not
been employed or either party is
not satisfied with the resolution
under (C) above, then that party
shall, with 10 calendar days, sub-
mit written notification to the
department chair or unit director.
The department shall then, within
20 calendar days, handle the mat-
ter according to its own written
procedures and provide written
notification of its decision to all
parties.
E. If either party is not satisfied with
the resolution reached in (D)
above, the party may, within 20
calendar days of the department's
decision, appeal the matter in writ-
ing to the dean or, in the absence
of the dean, another appropriate
administrator. The dean or admin-
istrator shall then, within 20 calen-
dar days, handle the matter
according to her/his written proce-
dures and provide written notifica-
tion to all parties.
F. If either party is not satisfied with
the decision of the dean or admin-
istrator, that party may, within 1 0
calendar days, appeal the matter in
writing to the Academic Integrity
Board.
G. A written recommendation based
on a preponderance of evidence
arrived at by majority vote, in
which the facts and reasons for the
recommendation are set forth,
shall be issued within 1 5 calendar
days after the close of the board
proceedings and shall be sent to
the provost and vice president for
academic affairs with copies to all
parties. If the vote of the board is
not unanimous, a minority report
also will be forwarded to all par-
ties within 1 5 calendar days of the
close of the board proceedings.
Within 1 5 calendar days, the
provost shall implement the rec-
ommendation of the board or shall
provide a written response con-
taining his/her decision and
explaining to all parties his/her
reasons for declining to implement
the board's recommendation.
H. Either party may express its reac-
tion in writing regarding the rec-
ommendation of the board to the
provost or his/her designee within
seven calendar days. Any stay of
sanction shall be granted only
upon application to and at the sole
discretion of the provost or his/her
designee. The decision of the
provost shall be final.
II. Sanctions
A. At the conclusion of the appeals
process, a student may be exoner-
ated or subject to any combination
of the following range of penal-
ties: failure in the course, discipli-
nary probation, suspension, expul-
sion, financial restitution, or holds
placed on the student's records. If
a student has a record of past vio-
lations of the Student Academic
Dishonesty Policy as adjudicated
by the Academic Integrity Board,
then the board will review that
record and consider it when apply-
ing sanctions. The board shall
have no knowledge of that record
when making its initial adjudica-
tion of the case.
Dean's List
The names of degree-seeking students
who complete 1 2 or more graded hours
in an academic semester and achieve a
semester GPA of 3.67 or better are
placed on the Dean's List, which is pub-
lished at the close of each semester.
Nondegree students who complete a
minimum of nine credits, have a GPA of
3.67, and no grade below a "B" in the
semester also will be recognized on that
semester's Dean's List. Students who do
not want to have their names published
should notify the Office of the Registrar
at the start of the semester.
Maintenance of Academic
Standards: Probation and
Dismissal
A student's scholastic standing at the
University is indicated by his or her
cumulative Grade Point Average (GPA).
Three categories of academic standing
have been established: good academic
standing, probation, and dismissal. A
student remains in good academic stand-
ing as long as he or she maintains a
minimum cumulative GPA of 2.00 for
all work taken at the University.
Probation and dismissal are actions
taken by the University when a student's
GPA falls below an acceptable level at
the end of the fall or spring term. No
student will go on or come off academic
probation, or be dismissed from the
University for academic reasons, at the
end of summer term.
Conditions of Probation. Probation is
defined as a trial period during which a
student whose cumulative average has
fallen below acceptable standards must
bring his or her average up to those
standards or be dismissed from the
University. The following rules govern
the category of probation:
A. A student shall be placed on proba-
fion if he or she has attempted
• more than nine and up to 18
semester hours of work with a
cumulative GPA of less than 2.00
• more than 1 8 but fewer than 48
semester hours of work with a
cumulative GPA from 1 .00 to less
than 2.00
• at least 48 but fewer than 64
semester hours of work with a
Academic Policies and Procedures
cumulative GPA from 1 .40 to less
than 2.00
• at least 64 or more semester hours
of work with a cumulative GPA
from 1.70 to less than 2.00
B. Probation shall commence immediate-
ly at the end of the semester in which
the cumulative GPA falls into the
range described. A notice of probation
shall be printed on the student's tran-
script, and the student shall be notified
by the University that he or she is in
danger of dismissal. A student who
recei\es notice of being placed on
probation shall immediately seek
advising, mtoring, and instruction in
effecti\e study habits and efficient use
of time — in short, take every possi-
ble measure to improve the quality of
his or her academic perfonnance.
C. A student will be allowed to continue
on probation for no more than 30
attempted semester hours of work
after being placed on probation. If the
GPA has not reached an acceptable
level by that time, the student will be
dismissed from the University. A stu-
dent is removed from probation when
the cumulative GPA rises to 2.00 or
above.
D. Those students who entered the
University for the first time begin-
ning with the 1989 fall semester and
who have been placed on probation a
second time will be allowed to con-
tinue on probation for no more than
1 5 attempted semester hours of work
after being placed on that second pro-
bation. If the GPA has not reached an
acceptable level by that time, the stu-
dent will be dismissed from the
University. Thus, a student may be
on probation no more than twice, and
placement on probation for a third
time will result in immediate dis-
missal.
NOTE: This does not prevent individual
departments from requiring an average
higher than 2.00 as a condition of accep-
tance or retention.
Dismissal from the University
A. A student shall be dismissed from the
University if he or she has attempted
• more than 1 8 but fewer than 48
semester hours of work with a
cumulative GPA of less than 1 .00.
• at least 48 but fewer than 64
semester hours of work with a
cumulative GPA of less than 1 .40,
whether he or she has previously
been placed on probation or not.
• at least 64 or more semester hours
of work with a cumulati\e GPA of
less than 1.70, whether he or she
has previously been placed on pro-
bation or not.
NOTE: A student also shall be dis-
missed if he or she fails to meet the
standards set under paragraph C above.
B. A student may appeal the dismissal
by calling or writing the Office of the
Associate Provost.
C. Nothing in this policy shall be taken
to preclude the dismissal of students
for violations of other University
policies, in accordance with the pro-
visions of those policies.
Readmission of Dismissed Students
A. A student dismissed from the
Uni\ersity may not take course work
at the Uni\ersit>' until he or she
applies and is considered for read-
mission by the University. No student
will be considered for readmission
earlier than one full calendar year
after the time of dismissal.
B. Students readmitted to the University
must maintain a full 2.00 GPA for
each semester of work following
readmission and, after the completion
of no more than 48 semester hours
(or prior to graduation, whichever
comes first), must obtain an o\'erall
cumulative GPA of 2.00 for all work
taken at the Uni\ersity. A student
who fails to meet this standard shall
be dismissed from the University a
second time and is not eligible for
friture readmission.
Academic Renewal Policy
The Academic Renewal Policy permits
West Chester University undergraduates
whose GPA and total credits earned
make it impossible for them to graduate
from West Chester Uni\ ersity under any
other form of readmission, even if they
were granted five more repeats. Students
can be admitted only once under the
Academic Renewal Policy, and it is not
retroactive if a student has already been
readmitted. This policy does not apply
to candidates for the B.S.Ed, degree.
1 . A student must have had a minimum
of a five-year absence from West
Chester University.
2. All grades for courses previously
taken will remain on the WCU acade-
mic database; academic renewal will
be noted on a new transcript. General
Education courses previously taken
and passed with a grade of C or better
will be maintained on the student's
record as T's. Departments may
require their majors and minors to
repeat any or all major, minor, cog-
nate, and supporting courses, e\'en if
the student had earned a grade of C
(2.00) or better in them, and even if
the department accepts less than a C
in the course for its majors/minors.
3. Beginning with readmission, students
will be treated as first-time, first-year
admits; i.e., granted all privileges of
that group (permitted to use the
repeat policy, eligible for graduation
with honors, etc.). Because these stu-
dents are considered to be tirst-time
admits, they ha\ e the option to enter
a different major than the one in
which they were originally enrolled.
The selected department will be noti-
fied that this is an academic renewal
student, and that department has the
right to refiise admission to its pro-
grams.
4. Academic renewal students will be
treated as readmits in terms of cata-
log academic rulings; i.e., general
education requirements are based on
the catalog in the year in which they
first entered the University. Major,
minor, and cognate areas are based
on the catalog in the year they were
granted academic renewal.
Taking Courses Off Campus
West Chester University students may
take courses off campus and transfer the
credits in only after they have received
approval from their adviser and the chair
of their major department to do so.
Credit for these courses will transfer in
to West Chester University' only if the
student's cumulative GPA from the
institution where the courses are taken is
2.00 or higher on a 4.00 grading scale.
Grades received in courses taken at
other institutions are not calculated in
the West Chester cumulative GPA; only
the credits may be transferred. All mini-
mum grade requirements of the stu-
dent's major/minor program for individ-
ual courses also must be met for credit
to transfer. This policy becomes effec-
tive September 1999. If the credits will
be applied toward a minor, the permis-
sion of the minor adviser and the chair
of the minor department must be
received before the classes are taken off
campus. The equivalency of the desired
course also must be established before
the student takes the course off campus.
Departments determine which courses at
other schools are equivalent to specific
Academic Policies and Procedures
courses in their department so that they
can evaluate incoming transfer credits.
They must inform the Office of the
Registrar of those equivalencies, and the
Registrar must keep a record of those
equivalencies. If equivalency has been
established for incoming transfer stu-
dents, it also exists for matriculated
West Chester students who wish to take
the course off campus.
A student who wishes to take a course
off campus must first obtain permission
of his or her major adviser and depart-
ment chair (or minor adviser and depart-
ment chair, if the course will be used as
part of the minor). The signatures of the
student's adviser and department chair
(major or minor, as appropriate) indicate
approval to take the course off campus;
they do not indicate equivalency.
After receiving approxal to take a course
off campus, the student must determine
what course is equi\alent. The student
should contact the Office of the
Registrar first. If an agreement exists,
the Office of the Registrar will specify
the course to be taken and sign the form
to indicate equivalency. If there is no
record of equivalency for this course at
the student's chosen school, the office
cannot sign the form. In those cases, the
student must contact the chair of the
West Chester University department that
offers the course and have equi\alency
determined. The signature of the regis-
trar or the course's department chair
indicates equivalency only; it does not
grant or deny approval to take the
course off campus.
Procedure: To ensure that equivalencies
are current, the Office of the Associate
Provost will establish a regular schedule
for obtaining current syllabi and sup-
porting documents from institutions that
are most frequently involved in transfer
credit evaluations. The Office of the
Registrar will make this information
available to department chairs to assist
them in updating equivalency evalu-
tions.
Transfer of Credit
Credit may be granted for equivalent
courses completed in accredited institu-
tions of higher education. Credit for
work completed at an unaccredited insti-
tution may be granted on the recommen-
dation of the student's major department
in consultation with the school or col-
lege dean and transfer credit analyst.
(See also "Admission to West
Chester.")
Effective for students who entered the
University after September 1973, D
grades are accepted for transfer if the
credit is for equivalent courses within
the framework of general requirements
or free electives, provided the trans-
ferred course does not satisfy a major
field requirement as well.
Effective for students who enter the
Um\ersity as of fall 1996, grades in a
course submitted for transfer as a major
program requirement must be the same
or higher than the minimum grade
required by the department. For exam-
ple, if a program requires that a student
earn a B or better in a major program
requirement, then the student requesting
transferring credit from another institu-
tion must ha\ e earned a minimum of B
in the parallel course. If a student earns
a low er grade than the requirement, the
department may require the course to be
repeated at West Chester University.
If a student changes his or her major,
grades originally appro\ ed for transfer
will be re-evaluated by the new major
department.
Effective fall 1998, no course equivalen-
cy transfer credit will be given for WCU
courses numbered at the 300 or 400
level, unless the courses are taken at an
institution that grants a baccalaureate
degree. Departments have the right to
accept courses for their majors as XXX
199 or TRN 199 credits. An exception
will be made for departments that have
already established, by fall 1998, equiv-
alency with nonbaccalaureate institu-
tions for transferring courses at the 300
level. Those established equivalency
agreements will remain in effect.
IN ORDER TO RECEIVE FULL
CREDIT FOR COURSES
TAKEN ELSEWHERE AND FOR
PROFICIENCIES DEMON-
STRATED ON AD\ ANCED
PLACEMENT OR COLLEGE
LEVEL EXAMINATION PRO-
GRAM (CLEP) EXAMINA-
TIONS, THE TRANSFER STU-
DENT SHOULD HAVE THIS
WORK EVALUATED PRIOR TO
ENROLLING IN ANY POTEN-
TIALLY EQUIVALENT
COURSE AT WEST CHESTER.
Transfer students should refer to the
Academic Passport Policy under "Ad-
missions." Specifics of the Academic
Passport Policy implications for West
Chester University students can be
obtained from the Office of the
Registrar.
Policy on Correspondence Courses
The University does not allow credit for
courses taken through correspondence.
Advanced Placement Program
Courses taken under the Advanced
Placement Program offered by the
College Entrance Examination Board
may be applied toward advanced place-
ment in the University and/or toward
credit requirements for graduation. The
University recognizes the grade of 3.00
or above as acceptable.
Experiential Learning Credits
(Life Learning Experience)
West Chester University offers three
programs that assess learning acquired
outside of the traditional classroom. The
University e\ aluates and awards credits
on a course basis; therefore, students
must demonstrate competence in a par-
ticular course, not a general body of
knowledge. Students may earn a maxi-
mum of 32 credits through any combi-
nation of these three programs.
CLEP— the College Level
Examination Program is a series of
standardized tests offered by the
College Board in approximately 30
different subject areas. West Chester
University accepts the examinations,
for degree credit only, in which the
score is in the 50th percentile or
above. The examinations are given at
the University ever)" month but
December. West Chester University
does NOT accept the general exami-
nations of CLEP. Information,
including fees, test dates, available
exams, etc., is available through the
Center for Adult Studies.
Portfolio Development and
Assessment — Students may choose to
develop a portfolio as a means of
demonstrating competence in a
course. A portfolio consists of a brief
autobiographical sketch, and exten-
sive description of the student's
learning experiences and supporting
documentation such as a job descrip-
tion, certificates from training cours-
es, letters of recommendation, etc.
The portfolio is evaluated by an
appropriate faculty member who will
also usually require an interview. The
charge for portfolio assessment is
one-half the tuition for the course.
Information describing portfolio
Academic Policies and Procedures
assessment is available through the
Center for Adult Studies.
Credit by Examination — The third
option is Credit by Examination
which is described earlier in this cat-
alog.
Requirements for Graduation
A student is recommended for gradua-
tion upon the satisfactory completion of
a minimum of 128 semester hours at
the 100 level or above and upon fiilfill-
ment of all categories of the require-
ments for his or her degree. A minimum
cumulative GPA of 2.00 (C) is required
for graduation. Specific programs, in
accordance with University procedures,
may set other higher standards and may
require more than 1 28 credits for com-
pletion of the degree. Degree require-
ments are detailed under the heading of
the subject field. See also "Require-
ments for the Baccalaureate Degree." A
student must file for graduation no later
than the end of the junior year. It is
imperative that the student meet with his
or her academic adviser. Students can
obtain a copy of the graduation checklist
from the Office of the Registrar.
Any senior who does not complete all
degree requirements within 30 calendar
days of the end of the tenn in which he
or she intends to graduate must pay the
diploma fee again before an updated
diploma will be issued. Such a student,
however, does have the right to request
a letter from the University confirming
his or her graduation after all require-
ments have been satisfactorily complet-
ed.
The permanent record (transcript)
records all degrees, majors, and minors
completed, but a diploma only shows
one degree. Students who simultaneous-
ly complete two undergraduate degrees
and who wish to receive two diplomas,
each printed with one of their degrees,
may do so by paying a second diploma
fee.
Resident Credit Requirement
To qualify for graduation, a student
must take at least 30 semester hours of
credit beyond the general education
courses at West Chester. Normally, the
student will take the last 30 semester
hours at West Chester. In addition, a
student must take at least 50 percent of
the courses in his or her major or minor
discipline (excluding cognate courses) at
West Chester University.
Anticipated Time for Degree
Completion
It is the expectation that a student
should anticipate being able to graduate
in eight consecutive fall/spring semes-
ters. This expectation would not apply if
any of the following conditions exist:
1 . A student needs to complete remedial
courses;
2. A student enters the major of gradua-
tion after the first semester of his/her
first year;
3. A student transfers to West Chester
University and has compiled courses
that do not fit into his/her current
program;
4. A student fails to meet the minimal
standards of academic perfonnance
of the University of his/her major
program;
5. A student chooses to repeat one or
more courses;
6. A student fails to follow guidelines
set forth to meet major or University
requirements;
7. A student who selects the culture
cluster option requires an extra
semester to meet that requirement.
In order to graduate following (or with-
in) the expectation, it is the student's
responsibility to consult with the major
department for course scheduling guide-
lines in the major.
The expectation, however, is invalidated
when the following conditions exist:
1 . A program requires more than 128
hours for completion;
2. The sequencing of courses requires
more than eight consecutive fall/
spring semesters;
3. A program requires the completion of
requirements that can only be met in
summer.
Nothing in this policy prevents the
offering of a program that does not meet
expectations. Such programs, however,
are so identified in the University cata-
log.
Each department will determine when
its courses will be offered.
Required Notice of Intention to
Graduate
Students intending to graduate in May
or August must come to the Office of
the Registrar and give notice of inten-
tion to graduate no later than March 1 .
August graduates may participate in the
May commencement exercises if they
file their nofices of intenfion to graduate
by February 1 . Students intending to
graduate in December must give such
notice no later than November 1 . The
baccalaureate degree will not be granted
unless this requirement is met.
After submitting this notice, the student
will receive a cap and gown order form
and a bill for the graduation fee. He or
she also will specify how his or her
name should be shown on the diploma
and commencement program. Unless the
deadline is met. it will be impossible for
the University to order a diploma, place
the name on the forthcoming commence-
ment program, or have the transcript
reflect the appropriate date of gradua-
tion. For this reason, all students are
urged to review their records of progress
towards graduation with their adviser
and to file for graduation two semesters
prior to the date of graduation.
Graduation Honors
Graduation honors are awarded as fol-
lows:
Cumulative GPA
cum laude 3.25-3.49
magna cum laude 3.50-3.74
summa cum laude 3.75 - 4.00
The Honors List for Commencement is
based on the GPA from the last semester
before a student graduates. A transfer
student must have 64 hours of grades
reported at West Chester University
prior to that time to be so recognized.
Those who do not attain honors distinc-
tions until the end of their final semes-
ter, or those transfer students with honor
distinction who do not complete 64
hours until the end of the final semester,
will have recognition of their achieve-
ment on their final transcripts, where all
honors distinctions are recorded.
Transcripts
Requests for ofTicial transcripts are
made by writing to the Office of the
Registrar, Elsie O. Bull Center. The fee
is $3 for each transcript. Immediate
transcripts are $5 upon request. Checks,
payable to West Chester University,
must accompany either request.
Directory Information — Rights
and Privacy Act of 1974
West Chester University from time to
time makes public certain kinds of infor-
mation about students, such as the
names of those who receive scholar-
ships, who hold offices, or who are
members of athlefic teams. Various
kinds of campus directories are pub-
lished throughout the year to help mem-
bers of the University community locate
Academic Policies and Procedures
and communicate with each other. The
commencement programs publish the
names of those who have received
degrees during the year.
The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act of 1974 defmes the term
"directory information" to include the
following categories of information: the
student's name, address, telephone num-
ber, e-mail address, date and place of
birth, major field of study, class sched-
ule, class roster, participation in official-
ly recognized activities and sports,
weight and height of members of athlet-
ic teams, date of attendance, degrees and
awards received, and the most recent
previous educational agency or institu-
tion attended by the student. The
University will limit information that is
made public to categories such as these
but will not necessarily publish all such
information in every listing.
Undergraduate students who do not wish
to ha\ e any or all of such directory
information published without their
prior consent must file notice in the
Office of the Registrar. Graduate stu-
dents must file notice in the Office of
Graduate Studies and Sponsored
Research. The student must bring a
signed, dated statement specifying items
not to be published to the appropriate
office within the first 1 5 calendar days
after the beginning of the fall and spring
semesters.
Student Name Changes
Any student wishing to change his/her
name from that currently on record must
pro\ ide legal documentation supporting
the change. This must be the original or a
notarized photocopy of a court-generated
document, such as a marriage license,
court order, divorce decree, etc. A dri-
ver's license is not adequate. Requests
for name changes received through the
mail will be acknowledged by letter.
Exception to Academic Policies
Students may file a petition that requests
exception to academic policies. Petition
forms are available in the Office of the
Registrar and the Office of the Associate
Provost. Students who may request an
exception because of a disability should
refer to page 3 1 , Serv ices for Students
with Disabilities.
The Family Educational Rights
and Privacy Act
The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, is a
federal law which states (a) that a writ-
ten institutional policy must be estab-
lished and (b) that a statement of adopt-
ed procedures covering the privacy
rights of students be made available.
The law provides that the institution will
maintain the confidentiality of student
education records.
West Chester Uni\ ersity accords all
rights under the law to students who are
in attendance at the University, and in
certain instances to the parents of depen-
dent students, as defined in Section 152
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954.
Basically, a dependent student is a stu-
dent whose parentis ) provides more than
half of his/her support. Generally, the
University does not provide information
to parents because of this act. However,
exceptions are made if
1 . the student must give his or her par-
ents written consent if the student is
independent; or
2. the parents must provide a certified
copy of their most recent Federal
Income Tax Form reflecting depen-
dency status of the son/daughter
which must be on file in the Office
of the Registrar.
No one outside the institution shall ha\e
access to, nor will the institution dis-
close, any information from students'
education records without the students'
written consent except to personnel with-
in the institution, to officials of other
institutions in which students seek to
enroll, to persons or organizations pro-
viding students financial aid, to accredit-
ing agencies carrying out their accredita-
tion fimction, to persons in compliance
with a judicial order, a valid subpoena,
and to persons in an emergency in order
to protect the health or safety of students
or other persons. All these exceptions are
permitted imder the act.
Within the West Chester University com-
munity, only those members, individually
or collectively, acting on the student's
educational interest are allowed access to
student education records. These mem-
bers include, without limitation, person-
nel in the offices of the Registrar, Bursar,
Financial Aid, Admissions, and academic
personnel within the limitations of their
need to know.
At its discretion the institution may pro-
vide directory information in accordance
with the provisions of the act to include
student name, address, telephone num-
ber, e-mail address, date and place of
birth, major field of study, class sched-
ules, class rosters, dates of attendance.
degrees and awards received, the most
recent previous educational agency or
institution attended by the student, par-
ticipation in officially recognized activi-
ties and sports, and weight and height of
members of athletic teams. Students
may withhold directory information by
notifying the Office of the Registrar in
v\Titing within 1 5 calendar days after the
beginning of each fall semester.
Requests for nondisclosure will be hon-
ored by the institution for only one acade-
mic year; therefore, authorization to with-
hold directoty information must be filled
annually in the Office of the Registrar.
The law^ provides students with the right
to inspect and review information con-
tained in their education records, to chal-
lenge the contents of their education
records, to have a hearing if the outcome
of the challenge is unsatisfactory, and to
submit explanatory statements for inclu-
sion in their files if the decisions of the
hearing panels are unacceptable. The
University Registrar at West Chester
University has been designated by the
institution to coordinate the inspection
and review procedures for student educa-
tion records, which include admissions,
personal, and academic. Students wish-
ing to re\ iew their education records
must make written requests to the Office
of the Registrar listing the item or items
of interest. Only records covered by the
act will be made available within 45
days of the request. Students may ha\e
copies made of their records with certain
exceptions, or a copy of the academic
record for which a financial hold exists.
These copies will be made at the stu-
dents' expense at pre\ ailing rates which
are listed in the current catalog.
Education records do not include records
of instructional, administrative, and edu-
cational personnel which are the sole
possession of the maker and are not
accessible or revealed to any individual
except a temporary substitute, records of
the law enforcement unit, student health
records, employment records, or alumni
records. Health records, howe% er, may
be reviewed by physicians of the stu-
dents' choosing.
Students may not inspect and review
the following as outlined by the act:
financial information submitted by their
parents, confidential letters and recom-
mendations associated with admissions,
employment or job placement, or honors
to which they have waived their rights
of inspection and review; or education
records containing information about
Academic Policies and Procedures
more than one student, in which case the
institution will permit access only to
that part of the record which pertains to
the inquiring student. The institution is
not required to permit students to
inspect and review confidential letters
and recommendations placed in their
files prior to January 1, 1975, provided
those letters were collected under estab-
lished policies of confidentiality' and
were used only for the purposes for
which they were collected.
Students who believe that their educa-
tion records contain information that is
inaccurate or misleading, or is otherwise
in violation of their privacy or other
rights, may discuss their problems infor-
mally with the Office of the Registrar. If
the decisions are in agreement with the
students' requests, the appropriate
records will be amended. If not, the stu-
dents will be notified within a reason-
able amount of time that the records will
not be amended, and they will be
informed by the Office of the Registrar
of their right to a formal hearing.
Student requests for a formal hearing
must be made in writing to the associate
provost who, within a reasonable period
of time after receiving such request, will
inform students of the date, place, and
time of the hearing. Students may pre-
sent evidence relevant to the issues
raised and may be assisted or represent-
ed at the hearings by one or more per-
sons of their choice, including attorneys,
at the students' expense. The hearing
panels which will adjudicate such chal-
lenges will be the individuals designated
by the University.
Decisions of the hearing panels will be
final, will be based solely on the evi-
dence presented at the hearing, and will
consist of written statements summariz-
ing the evidence and stating the reasons
for the decisions, and will be delivered
to all parties concerned. Their education
records will be corrected or amended in
accordance with the decisions of the
hearing panels, if the decisions are in
favor of the student. If the decisions are
unsatisfactory to the student, the student
may place with the education record
statements commenting on the informa-
tion in the records, or statements setting
forth any reasons for disagreeing with
the decisions of the hearing panels. The
statements will be placed in the educa-
tion records, maintained as part of the
students' records, and released whenev-
er the records in question are disclosed.
Students who belie\ e adjudications of
their challenges were unfair or not in
keeping with the provisions of the act
may request, in writing, assistance from
the president of the institution to aid
them in filing complaints with The
Family Educational Rights and Privacy
Act Office (FERPA), Department of
Education, Room 4074, Switzer
Building, Washington, D.C. 20202.
Revisions and clarifications will be pub-
lished as experience with the law and
the institution's policy warrants.
This policy has been adopted in accor-
dance with the Family Educational
Rights and Privacy Act, 20 U.S.C.
1232(g), and the regulations promulgat-
ed thereunder at 34 C.F.R. 99.1 et seq.,
and that reference should be made to
that statute and regulations for addition-
al information.
Please contact the Office of the
Registrar with any questions.
ADA Policy Statement
West Chester University is committed to
equality of opportunity and freedom
fi-om discrimination for all students,
employees, applicants for admission or
employment, and all participants in pub-
lic University-sponsored activities. In
keeping with this commitment, and in
accordance with the Americans with
Disabilifies Act of 1990 and the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the
University will make every effort to pro-
vide equality of opportunity and free-
dom from discrimination for all mem-
bers of the University community and
visitors to the University, regardless of
any disability an individual may have.
Accordingly, the University has taken
posifive steps to make University facili-
ties accessible to individuals with dis-
abilities and has established procedures
to pro\ ide reasonable accommodations
to allow individuals with disabilities to
participate in University programs.
The director of the Office of Social
Equity has been designated as the ADA
coordinator for the University. In this
capacit> , the director of Social Equity
works with the University ADA
Committee to advance University poli-
cies and procedures that will provide
equal educational and employment
opportunities for individuals with dis-
abilities. The Office of Social Equit>'
has an established process to investigate
and address any complaints of discrimi-
nafion on the basis of a disability. Any
individual who has a suggestion, ques-
tion, or complaint regarding ADA issues
is encouraged to contact the director of
Social Equity, 13/15 University Avenue,
610-436-2433.
West Chester University has also estab-
lished the Office of Serv ices for
Students with Disabilities, which oper-
ates as a centralized service for address-
ing the needs of students with disabili-
ties and as a resource center for stu-
dents, faculty, and staff. A student who
wants to request an accommodation
and/or receive specialized ser\ices
should contact the director of the OSSD.
The policies and procedures used by the
OSSD are contained in the West Chester
University Handbook on Disabilities.
which is available in the OSSD, 105
Lawrence Center, V/TDD 610-436-
3217.
Various housing facilities and services
are available for resident students with
disabilifies. For this and other informa-
tion about on-campus housing and food
ser\ ice, please contact the Office of
Residence Life and Housing, 238 Sykes
Student Union, 610-436-3307.
The employment manager of the Office
of Human Resource Ser\ ices has been
designated as the contact person for
employees and applicants seeking to
request an accommodation. The employ-
ment manager is located at 201 Carter
Drive, 610-436-2800.
West Chester University is involved in
the ongoing process of renovating cam-
pus buildings to ensure accessibility for
all individuals. Many of our buildings
are currently accessible, but some are
awaiting renovation. To find out
whether a particular locafion is accessi-
ble or how to access a locafion, please
contact the space manager at 610-436-
3348. To make arrangements for
changes to a particular facility to ensure
accessibility, please contact the manager
of campus projects at 610-436-2651.
Structure of Academic Affairs
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
David H. Buchanan, Dean
Jennie Skerl, Associate Dean
Anthropology and Sociology
Art
Biology
Chemistry
Communication Studies
Computer Scienc
English
Foreign Languages
Geology and Astronomy
History
Interdisciplinary Programs
Liberal Studies
Mathematics
Philosophy
Physics and Pre-Engineering
Pre-Medical
Psychology
Theatre Arts
Women's Studies
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS
Christopher M. Fiorentino, Dean
Accounting Management
Criminal Justice Marketing
Economics and Finance Political Science
Geography and Planning Social Work
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
Tony W. Johnson, Dean
Early Childhood and
Special Education
Elementary Education
Counseling and Educational
Psychology
Literacy
Professional and
Secondary Education
Teacher Certification
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES
Donald E. Barr, Dean
Communicative Disorders Nursing
Health Sports Medicine
Kinesiology
SCHOOL OF MUSIC
Timothy V. Blair, Dean
Instrumental Music
Keyboard Music
Music Education
Music History and Literature
Music Theory and
Composition
Vocal and Choral Music
OFFICE OF THE ASSOCIATE PROVOST
Karen Schmid, Associate Provost
Academic Programs and Services - David Tukey, Director
Academic Development Program
Honors Program
International Education
Office of Services for Students with Disabilities
Learning Assistance and Resource Center
Undeclared Program
Educational Services Department
Enrollment Services - Alan Seidman, Assistant Vice President of
Enrollment Services
Admissions
Adult Studies
Financial Aid
Registrar
Undergraduate Programs at West Chester
Students may enroll at West Chester University in programs leading to the following degrees or certificates:
Bachelor of Arts (BA) Bachelor of Science (BS)
Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA) Bachelor of Science in Education (BSED)
Bachelor of Music (BM) Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN)
Local Certificate (CERTIF)
Teaching Certificate (TCHG CERT)
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
Accounting BS
American Studies BA
Anthropology BA
Anthropology-Sociology BA
ArtBA
Athletic Training BS, CERTIF
Biology BA, BS, BSED, TCHG CERT
Biology-Cell and Molecular, Ecology,
Medical Technology, Microbiology, BS
Medical Technology CERTIF
Business Management BS
Chemistry BS, BSED, TCHG CERT
Chemistry-Biology BS
Clinical Chemistry BS
Communication Studies BA
Communication BSED. TCHG CERT
Communicative Disorders BA
Comparative Literature BA
Computer and Information Sciences BS
Criminal Justice BS
Driver-Safety Education TCHG CERT
Early Childhood Education BSED,
TCHG CERT
Earth Science BS, TCHG CERT
Earth-Space Science BSED
Economics BA, BS
Elementary Education BSED, TCHG
CERT
English (see Literature) BSED,
TCHG CERT
Environmental Education TCHG CERT
Ethnic Studies CERTIF
Finance BS
Forensic Chemistry BS
French BA, BSED, TCHG CERT
Geography BA
Geoscience BS
German BA, BSED, TCHG CERT
Health and Physical Education BS,
TCHG CERT
Health Education BS, TCHG CERT
Health Science BS
History BA
Latin BA, BSED, TCHG CERT
Liberal Studies BA, BS
Literature BA
Marketing BS
Mathematics BA, BSED, TCHG CERT
Mathematics-Computer Science BA
Music Composition BM
Music Education BM, TCHG CERT
Music Performance BM
Music: Studies in an Outside Field
Music Theory BM
Nursing BSN
Philosophy BA
Philosophy-Religious Studies BA
Physical Education-Physical Fitness BS
Physics BS, BSED, TCHG CERT
Physics-Engineering BS
Political Science BA
PoUtical Science-International Relations
BA
Political Science-Public Management
BA
Psychology BA
Psychology-Cognitive Rehabilitation
BA
Public Health BS
Public Health-Environmental BS
Public Health Nutrition BS
Respiratory Care BS
Russian BA, BSED, TCHG CERT
Russian Studies CERTIF
Secondary Education (See individual
concentration) BSED, TCHG CERT
Social Studies BSED, TCHG CERT
Social Work BA
Sociology BA
Spanish BA. BSED, TCHG CERT
Special Education BSED, TCHG CERT
Speech Correction TCHG CERT
Studio Arts BFA
Theatre Arts BA
Women's Studies BA
KEY
The following symbols designate course
attributes in the course description sections:
■ Culture Cluster
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
* Approved distributed requirement course
# Approved interdisciplinar>' course
t Approved two-semester substitute for
distributive requirement
▲ Crosslisted course
Programs of Study and Course Offerings
Guide to the Catalog
Departments are arranged alphabeticallv'
within the college or school housing them
(see list on page 50). Interdisciplinary pro-
grams are listed with the College of Arts and
Sciences. Special programs that are adminis-
tered by the Office of the Associate Provost
are presented last.
Students may obtain a typical sequence of
courses for any program fi-om the office
specified in this catalog.
Please note that all courses, course descrip-
tions, course sequences, and course substitu-
tions are subject to change. Current informa-
tion is available from the appropriate depart-
ment chair, dean, or program coordinator.
Guide to Course Prefixes
Many program descriptions in this catalog
refer to courses offered by other departments
using a course abbreviation called a prefix.
In addition, some course prefixes do not use
the logical initials of the courses to which
they refer (e.g., ABC is used to indicate
instrumental music courses). To assist in
locating the department or program which
uses each prefix, the following guide to
course prefixes is provided.
PREFIX DEPARTMENT/PROGRAM
ABC Instrumental Music
ACC Accounting
ADM Administration, Leadership for
Women
AEB Instrumental Music
AEO Instrumental Music
AER Educational Services
AES Instrumental Music
AIC Instrumental Music
AIM Instrumental Music
AJZ Instrumental Music
ALC Instrumental Music
AMC Instrumental Music
AMS American Studies
ANT Anthropology and Sociology
APC Instrumental Music
ARH Art
ART Art
ASC Instrumental Music
AWC Instrumental Music
BAR Instrumental Music
BAS Instrumental Music
BIL Biology
BIO Biology
BLA Marketing
BSN Instrumental Music
CHE Chemistry
CHO Vocal and Choral Music
CLS Comparative Literature Studies,
English
CLT Instrumental Music
COM Communication Studies
(previously SPC)
CRJ Criminal Justice
CRL Chemistry
CRW English
CSC Computer Science
ECE Early Childhood and Special
Education
ECO Economics
EDA Special Education
EDC Counseling and Educational
Psychology
EDE Elementary Education
EDF Professional and Secondary
Education
EDM Professional and Secondary
Education
EDO Professional and Secondary
Education
EDP Counseling and Educational
Psychology; Professional and
Secondary Education
EDR Literacy
EDS Professional and Secondary
Education
EFR Foreign Languages
EGE Foreign Languages
EIT Foreign Languages
ERU Foreign Languages
ENG English
ENV Health
ESP Foreign Languages
ESL Geology and Astronomy
ESS Geology and Astronomy
FIN Economics and Finance
FLM Englisli'Comparative Literature
FLU Instrumental Music
FRE Foreign Languages
FRH Instrumental Music
GEO Geography and Planning
GER Foreign Languages
GRE Foreign Languages
GTR Instrumental Music
HAR Keyboard Music
HBI Political Science
HBW Foreign Languages
HEA Health
HIS History
HON Honors Program
HPE Physical Education
HRP Instrumental Music
INB Management
IND Geology and Astronomy
INS Instrumental Music
ITA Foreign Languages
JBR Instrumental Music
JRN English
JST Instrumental Music
JWW Instrumental Music
KEM Keyboard Music
KIL Kinesiology
KIN Kinesiology
LAN
Foreign Languages
LAT
Foreign Languages
LIN
Foreign Languages/Linguistics
Program
LIT
English
LSP
Liberal Studies
MAK
Keyboard Music
MAT
Mathematics
MGT
Management
MHL
Music History
MIS
Management
MKT
Marketing
MSI
Educational Services
MTC
Music Theorj and Composition
MTL
Mathematics
MUE
Music Education
MWJ
Music Theory and Composition
MWP
Keyboard Music
NSG
Nursing
NSL
Nursing
OBO
Instrumental Music
ORG
Keyboard Music
PEA
Physical Education/Kinesiology
PED
Kinesiology
PER
Instrumental Music
PHI
Philosophy
PHL
Physics
PHR
Physics
PHS
Physics
PHY
Physics and Pre-Engineering
PIA
Keyboard Music
PMG
Political Science
POR
Foreign Languages
PSC
Political Science
PSY
Psychology
RUS
Foreign Languages
SAX
Instrumental Music
SCB
Biology
sec
Chemistry
SCE
Geology and Astronomy
SMD
Sports Medicine
SML
Sports Medicine
soc
Anthropolog\' and Sociology
SPA
Foreign Languages
SPP
Communicative Disorders
ssc
Social Studies, Ethnic Studies,
Peace and Conflict Studies
swo
Social Work
TBA
Instrumental Music
THA
Theatre Arts
TPT
Instrumental Music
TRB
Instrumental Music
UNI
Educational Services
VCL
Instrumental Music
VLA
Instrumental Music
VLN
Instrumental Music
voc
Vocal and Choral Music
vol
Vocal and Choral Music
wos
Women's Studies
College of Arts and Sciences
Anthropology and Sociology
Department of Accounting
309A Anderson Hall
610-436-2236
Clyde J. Galbraith, Chairperson
PROFESSOR: A. Naggar
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: LaSalle
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Flynn, Galbraith, Smith
The Department of Accounting offers a fiill program of accounting
courses designed to prepare a student for entrance into the fields of
public, private, or governmental accounting. Students successfully
completing the curriculum should be adequately prepared to take the
Certified Public Accountant (CPA) and Certified Management
Accountant (CMA) examinations.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ACCOUNTING
1 . General Requirements, see pages 34-36
Includes ECO 1 1 1 and 112 (See
appropriate curriculum guidance sheet.)
2. Business and Economics Core
ACC 201, 202; BLA 201; ECO 251, 252;
FIN 325; MGT 300, 499; MKT 325
5 1 semester hours
27 semester hours
3. Other courses required by the business program:
CSC 101 and MAT 107. These courses satisfy,
and are included under, general requirements.
4. Accounting Major: ACC 301, 302, 303, 27 semester hours
304,305,401,403,405,407
5. Business Electives 6 semester hours
6. Free Electives 1 8 semester hours
NOTE: A minimum grade of C must be achieved in all accounting
courses, and in BLA 20 1 ; ECO 1 1 1 , 1 1 2, and 25 1 ; MAT 1 07; MGT
300, 499; and MKT 325.
To enroll in 400-level courses, the following courses must have been
successfully completed: ACC 202, and ECO 251, 252.
Accounting Minor 18 semester hours
1. Required 12 semester hours
ACC 201, 202, and 301; ECO 111
2. Electives 6 semester hours
Any two of the following courses:
ACC 302, 303, 304, 305, 403, 404, and 407
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ACCOUNTING
Symbol: ACC
The objective of the accounting concentration
is to prepare students for accounting careers in
business, for the CPA examination, and for the
private practice of accounting.
201 Principles of Accounting I (3) Introduction
to financial accounting. A conceptual approach to
recording, financial summarizing, and presentation
and evaluation of the financial affairs of a business
firm.
202 Principles of Accounting II (3) Introduction
to management accounting. Accumulating, pro-
cessing, and interpreting financial data to be used
as a basis for making managerial decisions in a
business firm. PREREQ: ACC 201.
301 Intermediate Accounting I (3) Analysis and
evaluation of assets, liabilit)', and capital account.
Problems of income measurement and recognition.
PREREQ: ACC 202.
302 Intermediate Accounting II (3)
Continuation of ACC 301. PREREQ: ACC 301.
303 Cost Accounting I (3) Techniques of product
unit cost determination and uses of cost data in
managerial decisions. PREREQ: ACC 202.
304 Cost Accounting II (3) Continuation of ACC
303. PREREQ: ACC 303.
305 Intermediate Accounting III (3)
Continuation of ACC 302. PREREQ: ACC 302.
400 Accounting Internship (3-6) The business
internship for students in accounting enhances the
student's educational experience by providing a
substantive work experience in the business world.
PREREQ: Internship program coordinator's
approval.
401 Auditing (3) Introduction to auditing as a
tool for verification of the fair representation of
financial statements. PREREQ: ACC 302.
403 Federal Taxation I (3) A study of individual
and federal income taxes, with some business
application. Emphasis on tax planning for mini-
mization of tax liability. PREREQ: ACC 202.
404 Federal Taxation II (3) A study of the prin-
ciples of federal income taxation on corporations
and corporate distributions, partnerships, estates,
and trusts. Emphasis is on tax planning and
researching complex problems. PREREQ: ACC
403.
405 Advanced Accounting (3) In-depth study of
business combinations and consolidations, govern-
ment accounting, and other specialized topics.
PREREQ: ACC 302.
407 Not-for-Profit and Governmental
Accounting (3) A study of accounting principles
and procedures of not-for-profit and governmental
organizations. The course includes accounting for
the local, state, and federal government, hospitals,
colleges and universities, public schools, and char-
ities. PREREQ: ACC 202.
♦ 410 Directed Studies in Accounting (1-3)
Special research projects, reports, and readings in
accounting. Open to seniors only. PREREQ:
Permission of instructor.
415 Professional Accounting (3) This course is
intended to develop and implement students'
knowledge currently required for professional
accounting careers. PREREQ: Senior standing and
instructor's approval.
420 Accounting Information Systems (3)
Accounting information systems development,
processing, and controls with emphasis on current
computer-based systems and programs used in
accounting fields. PREREQ: ACC 302 and 303.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Anthropology and Sociology
lOlE Old Library
610-436-2556
Edmimdo Morales, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Becker, Greisman, Keith, McConatha, Morales,
Shaffer, Stoller
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Berger, Freeman- Witthoft, Luck,
Miuphy
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Cowen, Zumpetta
The Department of Anthropology and Sociology offers three pro-
grams leading to the bachelor of arts degree and, in cooperation with
the faculty of teacher education, a program leading to the bachelor of
science in education.
1. The B.A. in ANTHROPOLOGY focuses on human biological evo-
lution; on the origin, development, and integration of human cul-
tures; and on the interrelationship of biological and cultural factors
in the etiology of human behavior.
2. The B.A. in SOCIOLOGY focuses on understanding the processes
involved in the creation, maintenance, and evolution of social
structure, and on the impact of diverse structural forms on individ-
ual behavior.
3. The B.A. in ANTHROPOLOGY-SOCIOLOGY focuses on the
interdisciplinary study of social anthropology/comparative sociolo-
gy, drawing on offerings in both sociology and anthropology to
develop an analytic understanding of the dialectic of social struc-
ture and culture.
4. The B.S. in EDUCATION in SOCIAL STUDIES is for students
interested in pursuing a concentration in anthropology or sociology
while earning state certification to teach secondary school social
studies.
Anthropology and Sociology
College of Arts and Sciences
Majors in the three B.A. programs should consult the appropriate
department handbook and their adviser for current requirements.
Students planning to major in one of these programs are advised to
take ANT 102 and SOC 200 no later than their sophomore year.
Application for admission is made on forms available from the depart-
ment office.
Students planning to pursue the B.S. in education in social studies should
consult during the first year with both their adviser in this department
and their professional studies adviser in secondarv- education.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE B.A. PROGRAMS
1 . General Requirements, see pages 34-36 5 1 semester hours
2. Foreign Language/Culture Requirement 0-15 semester hours
3. Limited Electives (chosen under advisement) 1 8 semester hours
4. Major Requirements 60 semester hours
BACHELOR OF ARTS — ANTHROPOLOGY
1.
9 semester hours
Required Core Courses
ANT 101 or 310, 103, and 495 (ANT 102
under social science core)
Specialization Requirements
Four to seven courses in anthropology
Cognate Requirements
LIN 230; additional courses outside of
anthropology approved by the student's adviser
Free Electives 1 5-24 semester hours
12-21 semester hours
1 5 semester hours
BACHELOR OF ARTS — SOCIOLOGY
1 . Required Core Courses
SOC300, 321,322, and 492
2. Specialization Requirements
Any six advanced courses in sociologj'
3. Career Preparation Sequence
Five nonsociologv courses approved by the
student's adviser
4. Free Electives
1 2 semester hours
1 8 semester hours
1 5 semester hours
1 5-24 semester hours
BACHELOR OF ARTS — ANTHROPOLOGY-SOCIOLOGY
1 . Anthropolog>'-Sociolog>' Core Courses 6 semester hours
ANT 341 and SOC 322
2. Anthropolog>^ 1 2 semester hours
Two topical and two area courses in ethnologv',
selected in consultation with the student's adviser
3 semester hours
12 semester hours
1 5 semester hours
3. Sociology 12 semester hours
One methodology and three topical (institutional
or theoretical) courses, selected in consultation
with the student's adviser
4. Seminar
ANT 490
5. Cognates
Four courses selected in consultation with the
student's adviser
6. Free Electives
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION — SOCIAL
STUDIES: CONCENTRATION IN ANTHROPOLOGY OR
SOCIOLOGY
Students interested in teaching secondary school social studies may
pursue a concentration in anthropology or sociology while earning
state certification and the bachelor of science in education. See the
description under "Social Studies: B.S. in Education," page 129.
Minor Programs
Students may minor in any of the three following programs. A mini-
mum of 1 8 semester hours is required. Elective courses are selected in
consultation with the student's minor adviser. Students may take any
of these minors as one of the minors in the bachelor of arts or bache-
lor of science in liberal studies general degree program.
Anthropolog}' Minor
1 . Required Courses
ANT 102, either ANT 101 or 103, and one
400-level course in anthropology
2. Elective Courses
Three other courses in anthropology
Sociology Minor
1 . Required Courses
SOC 200, 300, and 322
2. Elective Courses
Three other courses in sociology
Anthropologj-Sociology Minor
1. Required Courses
ANT 102 and 341, and SOC 200 and 341
2. Elective Courses
9 semester hours
9 semester hours
9 semester hours
9 semester hours
1 2 semester hours
6 semester hours
Two other courses in either anthropology or sociology
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ANTHROPOLOGY
Symbol: ANT
PRIMARILY FOR FIRST- YEAR
STUDENTS AND SOPHOMORES
101 Introduction to Anthropolog>': Biological
(3) Fundamentals of human biologj, evolution,
and the prehistoric development of culture.
Offered in spring of odd-numbered years.
* 102 Introduction to Anthropology': Cultural
(3) Comparative analysis of culture systems.
Offered in fall, spring, and summer.
■k 103 Introduction to Anthropology: Archaeo-
logy (3) Interpretation of culture through analysis
of archaeological remains. Offered in spring of
even-numbered years, and in summer.
113 Archaeological Field Techniques (3) Imple-
mentation of archaeological principles and theory
in laboratory and field studies. PREREQ or CON-
CURRENT: ANT 103. Offered in summer.
120 Cultures of Ethnic Groups in America (3)
Survey of the cultural history and traditions of eth-
nic groups in America Offered in fall of odd-num-
bered years.
FOR SOPHOMORES AND UPPER-
CLASS STUDENTS
202 World Ethnology (3) Survey of the social
organization, belief systems, and cultures of
selected peoples. PREREQ: ANT 102 or permis-
sion of instructor. Offered in spring of even-num-
bered years.
■ 224 Native Peoples of South America (3)
This course will introduce the student to the study
of native peoples of South America after the
European contact. Geographically, the course will
cover the cultural characteristics, similarities, and
differences among South American nati\es includ-
ing the Amazonia.
260 Artifacts and Culture (3) (See also HIS
353.) PREREQ: ANT 102.
^ 280 Practicum in Museum Techniques I (3)
Exploration of techniques of cataloging, consen-
ing objects, and of designing and setting up
exhibits. Involvement in actual museum work.
PREREQ: ANT 102 or permission of instructor.
Offered in fall of odd-numbered years.
FOR UPPERCLASS STUDENTS
A. Biological .\nthropology
310 Human Paleontology (3) Evolutionary
thought; origin and antiquity of the primates: fossil
man and living races. (Some background in biology
recommended.)
B. Ethnology: Area Courses
320 American Indian (3) Ethnology of North
America. PREREQ: ANT 102.
321 American Indian Today (3) Native
Americans in contemporary Anglo-America. PRE-
REQ: ANT 102 or permission of instructor.
Offered in spring of odd-numbered years, and in
summer.
■ 322 Ethnology of Central America (3) Suney
of the modem cultures of Central America: rela-
tionships to ancient peoples; the process of mod-
ernization in this area. PREREQ: ANT 102.
■ 324 Native Peoples of the Andes (3) This
course provides a comprehensive suney of the his-
torical formation and development of the Andean
society before and after the Spanish conquest.
326 Cultures and Peoples of .Sub-Saharan
Africa (3) Examination of the cultures and soci-
eties of Black Africa. PREREQ: ANT 102.
327 Cultures and Peoples of India (3) (See also
HIS 302.) PREREQ: ANT 102.
♦ 329 Problems in Ethnology (3) Survey of the
ethnographic literature pertaining to specific geo-
graphic regions. Area of focus to be announced in
advance. PREREQ: ANT 102.
* .Approved disiributive requirement course
■ Culture Cluster
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
College of Arts and Sciences
Anthropology and Sociology
C. Ethnology: Topical Courses
340 Folklore in Societ)' (3) Suney of basic
American folklore genres. Emphasis on folklore as
process, tradition, and as an element of culture.
341 Social Organization (3) Study of social
groups, their structure, and fimctioning. PREREQ:
ANT 102.
342 Political Anthropolog>' (3) Analysis of tribal
and peasant political systems. PREREQ: ANT
102.
343 Economic Anthropology (3) Analysis of
tribal and peasant economic systems. PREREQ:
ANT 102.
344 Magic, Religion, and Witchcraft (3) An
analysis of supematuralistic ideology and ritual in
both tribal and civil society. PREREQ: ANT 102.
345 Culture and Personality (3) Study of the
relationship between culture systems and personal-
ity. PREREQ: ANT 102.
346 Culture Change (3) Empirical and theoreti-
cal study of culture change. PREREQ: ANT 102.
348 Dimensions of Ethnographic Film A'ideo
(3) This course will introduce students to the study
of ethnographic film/video. Topics to be consid-
ered include visual anthropology, ethnographic
representation, and film theory.
350 Primitive Art (3) (See also ARH 350). PRE-
REQ: ANT 102.
D. Archaeology
360 Historical Archaeology (3) Historical
research through archaeology . Chester County is
emphasized through local research projects. PRE-
REQ or CONCURRENT: ANT 103.
■ 362 Archaeology of Central America (3) The
archaeological record of Central America, cov ering
the significant features of each culture area from
modem Mexico to Panama. PREREQ: ANT 103.
ADVANCED AND SENIOR COURSES
380 Language and Culture (3) (also LIN 380)
See LIN 380.
381 Sociolinguistics (3) (also LFN 381 ) The study
of the use of language in society and in education-
al settings; social dialects; language policy; black
English. PREREQ: ANT 102.
383 Structuralism: From Chaos to Order in
the World of Ideas (3) This course is a general
survey of structuralist theory as it relates to lin-
guistics, anthropology, psychology, and literature.
The goal of the course is to demonstrate how
structuralism is a theoretical orientation in the
social sciences and the humanities that attempts to
transform the chaos of appearances into order of
reality in the world of ideas.
♦ 405 Topical Seminar in Anthropology (3)
Selected topics in the subdisciplines of anthropolo-
gy. Topics announced in advance. Juniors and
seniors only.
♦ 410 Independent Studies in Anthropology
(1-3) Special research projects, reports, and read-
ings in anthropology. Juniors and seniors only.
PREREQ: Permission of department chairperson.
459 History of Ethnological Theory (3)
Development of ethnological theory with emphasis
on the nature of explanation in ethnology. PRE-
REQ: Si.\ hours in ethnology and junior or senior
standing.
490 Seminar in Social Anthropology (3) History
and theorv of social anthropology. PREREQ: Six
hours in ethnology and six hours in sociology.
Seniors only.
495 Senior Seminar in Anthropology (3)
Discussion and supervised research designed to
integrate conceptual and methodological skills.
The research paper for the seminar must be
acceptable as a required departmental senior
research paper. Senior anthropology majors only.
SOCIOLOGY
S>'mbol: SOC
PRIMARILY FOR FIRST- YEAR STU-
DENTS AND SOPHOMORES
* 200 Introduction to Sociology (3)
Fimdamentals of the sociological perspective on
human behavior. Offered in fall, spring, and simi-
mer.
* 240 Sociology of the Family (3) Comparative,
historical, and cross-cultural analysis of the family
institution. Offered in fall, spring, and summer.
PRIMARILY FOR SOCIOLOGY
MAJORS AND OTHER UPPERCLASS
STUDENTS
300 Sociological Theory (3) Historical develop-
ment of the sociological perspective on human
behavior, with emphasis on the perennial issues in
sociological explanation. PREREQ: SOC 200.
302 Sociology of Everyday Life (3) How people
interact in evervday settings, examined from the
dramaturgical perspecti\es of Goftman, Douglas,
Burke, and others. PREREQ: SOC 200.
321 Statistics in Sociological Research (3) The
application of statistical methods to sociological
hypothesis testing. PREREQ: SOC 200.
322 Methods of Sociological Research (3) The
logic of social research. Fimdamentals of research
design, data collection and reduction, and nonsta-
tistical analysis. PREREQ: SOC 200.
333 Self and Society (3) A symbolic interactionist
perspective on social psvchology which focuses on
the self in social interaction. PREREQ: SOC 200.
335 Racial and Cultural Minorities (3) Analysis
of the implications of racial differences, the factors
affecting prejudice and discrimination, and structur-
al aspects of group conflicts. PREREQ: SOC 200.
341 Social Stratification (3) Analysis of inequal-
ities in wealth, power, and prestige in contempo-
rary societies. PREREQ: SOC 200.
342 Urban Sociology (3) A descriptive study of
the form and development of the urban community
with respect to demographic structure, spatial and
temporal patterns, and fijnctional organization.
PREREQ: SOC 200.
343 Sociology of Organizations (3) AnaK sis of
large-scale, formal organizations with emphasis on
bureaucracy as the dominant form of social orga-
nization in the West. PREREQ: SOC 200.
344 Sociology of Religion (3) Theoretical analysis
of social flinctions of religion, the historv' and inter-
nal structure of religious institutions, and their rela-
tionship to other institutions. PREREQ: SOC 200.
345 Sociology of Education (3) Sociological
dimensions of educational institutions. PREREQ:
SOC 200.
346 Sociology of Gender (3) Analysis and evalu-
ation of sociological research on sex roles. PRE-
REQ: SOC 200.
# 349 Perspectives on Mental Illness (3) An
interdisciplinary examination of mental disor-
ders— their definition, cause, and treatment. PRE-
REQ: SOC 200.
350 Sociology of Mental Illness (3) A sociologi-
cal perspective on mental disorders. PREREQ:
SOC 200.
351 Deviance (3) Causes and consequences of the
construction and violation of social norms. PRE-
REQ: SOC 200.
352 Criminology (3) Sociological analysis of the
definition, distribution, and causes of crime, and of
social response to it. PREREQ: SOC 200.
353 Juvenile Delinquency (3) Theories of delin-
quency; evaluation of programs for its prevention
and control. PREREQ: SOC 200.
360 Sociology of Culture (3) Analysis of the
major social movements that have shaped the
character and future of modem man. PREREQ:
SOC 200.
361 Sociology of Medicine (3) A sociological
perspective on health, illness, and medical care.
PREREQ: SOC 200.
362 Sexuality in Society (3) The social dimen-
sions of human sexuality . PREREQ: SOC 200.
364 Sociology of Aging (3) An examination of
the problems, adaptations, and contributions of the
aging population. PREREQ: SOC 200.
369 Social Movements (3) An introduction to the
study of social movements, both historical and
contemporary . PREREQ: SOC 200.
370 Social Problems (3) Analysis of current
social disorders: urban unrest, racial tension,
poverty, addictions, crime, and mental illness.
PREREQ: SOC 200.
371 Applied Social Change (3) Strategy and tac-
tics of planning and guiding change in small and
large-scale social systems.
376 Sociology of War and Peace (3) Exploration
of the relationship between social structure and
war. PREREQ: SOC 200.
377 Clinical Sociology (3) Analysis and evalua-
tion of therapeutic applications of sociology in
group and individual settings. PREREQ: SOC 200.
401 Social Change (3) Critique of the leading
models of social order and change; analysis of
major transformation in Westem civilization. PRE-
REQ: SOC 200.
402 Career Internship in Sociology (6) Field
experience in agencies involved in social change.
410 Issues in Sociological Thought (3) Analysis
of several of the key philosophical issues underly-
ing sociological thought. PREREQ: SOC 300, or
permission of the instructor.
♦ 490 Independent Studies in Sociology (1-3)
Indi\ idual research projects, reports, andy'or read-
ings. Seniors only. PREREQ: Permission of
department chairperson.
^ 491 Topical Seminar in Sociology (3) Special
topics in theory or methodology. Topics
announced in advance. Admission by permission
of instructor. Juniors and seniors only.
492 Senior Seminar in Sociology (3) Preparation
of senior research paper. Senior sociolog>' majors
only.
■ Culture Clu.sler
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
♦ Approved distributive requirement course
♦ Approved interdisciplinary course
Art
College of Arts and Sciences
Department of Art
212 Mitchell Hall
610-436-2755
John Baker, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Blake. Semias
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Baker, Lasuchin, Usher, White
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Hollon, Rumfield, Schiff
The undergraduate programs offered by the Department of Art give
students the opportunit>' to achieve competence in studio art, theory,
and the history- of art, taking into consideration both personal and
vocational needs. Each student's advising reflects an effort to relate
the general requirements to art subjects.
In addition to the formal programs listed below, alternative courses of
study may be planned in conjunction with other departments. Students
are encouraged to make connections between art and other subjects
where appropriate to achieve vocational and personal advancement
after consultation with the student's adviser.
BACHELOR OF ARTS — ART
5 1 semester hours
0- 1 5 semester hours
General Requirements, see pages 34-36
Language Requirement (See special note
below.)
Art Department Program Requirements
B.A. Studio Art Sequence (provides a basic concentration with
the option of a second, preprofessional concentration)
106,
1 2 semester hours
12 semester hours
1 8 semester hours
a. Studio Foundation (ART
112, and 220)
b. Art History (ARH 103, 104, and
two ARH electives)
c. Other Studio (Elect from studio 2 1 -24 semester hours
offerings at least half above the 300
level. See special note below.)
d. Preprofessional Concentration-
courses to be selected from another
discipline (elementary education, special
education, business, foreign area studies,
or others under advisement)
e. Senior Show Required
TOTAL 63 semester hours
NOTE: The foreign language requirement for B.A. Studio Art is two
semesters with three foreign area study courses or to meet the level of
Intermediate II, 202.
Students must maintain a minimum grade of C in all ART and ARH
courses, required and elective, within the major.
BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS — STUDIO ARTS
The Bachelor of Fine Arts is regarded as the initial professional
degree in art by the National .Association of Schools of Art. Its prima-
ry emphasis is on the development of skills, concepts, and sensitivities
important to the professional artist. Concentration in a major profes-
sional area begins only with satisfactory completion of the foundation
requirements and the approval of the faculty adviser.
I. General Requirements, see pages 34-36 51 semester hours
2. Art Department Program Requirements*
Foundation Requirements
a. Studio Art (ART 106, 111, 112,
30 semester hours
206, 216, 217, 220, 221, 222, 113 or 241)
12 semester hours
d.
24 semester hours
1 2 semester hours
18 semester hours
9 semester hours
9 semester hours
Art History (ARH 103, 104, and two
art history electives)
Professional Concentration
(eight art courses by advisement)
Studio Art (or art-related electives
by advisement)
Minor in Studio Art
1. Required Courses
ART 106, 111, and 220
2. Minor Specialization
The student, under advisement, may select a
minor specialization so that the emphasis is on
one of these groups: drawing and painting, graphic
design, printmaking, sculpture, or crafts.
Minor in Art History 18 semester hours
This program provides alternative tracks to satisfy a variety of
emphases to which art history may be applied. These include both
vocational and liberal arts interests, which range from a highly struc-
tured sequence to a self-designed sequence.
A. Art History Survey 1 8 semester hours
Structured sequence of courses designed to provide an in-depth
comprehensive core of Western art development. Recommended as
an important cultural component to the study of history, literature,
performing arts, anthropology, sociology, and psychology. (The 18
semester hours include ARH 382, 383, 384, 385, 386, and either
350 or 381.)
Art History and Its Interfaces 18 semester hours
According to interest or possible vocational application, this pro-
gram provides an opportunity to explore either the various histori-
cal periods/styles of art or the interfaces of art history with studio
art, American studies, and other cognate areas.
1 . Student must complete the required courses
ARH 103 and 104
2. Student must also take two upper-level
art history courses
3. Student must take, under advisement
a. Any two studio courses
b. Any two American studies courses
c. Any two other art history courses
d. Any two cognate courses from other disciplines
e. Any combination of the above
Either of these minors may be taken as a concentration by students
as one of the minors in the bachelor of arts or bachelor of science
in liberal studies general degree program.
B
6 semester hours
6 semester hours
6 semester hours
•Students must maintain a grade of C in all ART and ARH courses within the
major (required and elective).
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ART
Symbol: ART
105 Art Workshop (3) An art workshop for nonart
majors. Exploration of art materials and techniques.
106 Beginning Drawing (3) Drawing from direct
obsen ation and an introduction to ideas of percep-
tion and interpretation. Use of a variet\ of media.
Ill Basic Design (2-Dimensional Design) (3)
Developing a visual vocabulary' by experimenting
with shape, space, light, color, and texture in a
variety of media.
112 Color and Design (2-Dimensional Design) (3)
Extensive stud\ of color theoiy and its application to
a variet)' of tine and industrial arts projects.
1 13 Computer Art I (3) Introduction to computer
art is designed to provide students of graphics and
fine arts with the skills necessary to utilize the com-
puter as a graphics tool, enabling students to incor-
porate computer art technology' into their work.
147 Crafts: Weaving I (3) Basic techniques of
weaving are explored with emphasis on fabric
design and craftsmanship.
206 Intermediate Drawing (3) Work in a variety
of media and methods designed to develop "aggres-
sive seeing." Emphasis on the exploration of line as
boundary to describe form and space, as gesture, as
calligraphy . and for expressive qualities as a tool
for working in other media. PREREQ: ART 106.
210 Typography 1 (3) An introduction to the use
of type as a basic element of graphic communica-
tion; the use of different type faces to communi-
cate visually desired effects, typeform, type indi-
cation, type spacing, comp lettering, and basic
design with l\pc for layouts and comprehensives.
Fall offering.
211 Graphic Design I (3) The exploration of vari-
ous aspects of graphic communication through the
use of typography, layout, and general graphic
techniques. The development of creative, original,
College of Arts and Sciences
An
and conceptual ideas for solving communications
problems utilizing professional studio practices
and procedures. Mechanical, paste-up preparation,
and other methods of reproduction will be cov-
ered. Use of the computer is integrated into a vari-
ety of course assignments. Fall offering. COREQ:
ART 210; PREREQ: ART 1 1 1. 1 13, or permission
of the instructor.
212 Graphic Design II (3) The continuation of
ART 21 1 with an emphasis on t>pographic prob-
lem solving. The further stud\ of graphic design
concepts and design principles used in solving dif-
ferent t> pes of design problems w ithin a given for-
mat. Use of the computer as an essential design
tool is integrated into a varietv of course assign-
ments. Spring offering. PREREQ: ART 21 1. or
permission of the instructor.
213 Computer Art II (3) An advanced stud\ of
the computer as a design tool. The computer will be
used to incorporate typography and graphic design
solutions utilizing page la\out software. PREREQ;
ART 1 13 or permission of the instructor.
216 Beginning Painting (3) An introduction to
the basic materials and techniques of the painter
with emphasis on color.
217 Intermediate Painting (3) The course seeks
to provide a workshop atmosphere in which the
student is given the opportunity to explore the
potential of the painting media. Use of standard
materials of paint, brushes, and canvas is required.
220 Fundamentals of 3-Dimensional Design (3)
An introduction to the theories, processes, and ele-
ments of perception and visual design in a three-
dimensional situation. Problems will be geared to
problem solving rather than object making.
221 Advanced 3-Dimensional Design (3)
Solving problems of relating visual elements to
volumetric forms in space b\ experimenting with
various materials.
222 Beginning Sculpture (3) An introduction to
the basic fundamentals of sculpture, including con-
cepts of design, knowledge of tools and tech-
niques, and materials and processes. Project
assignments to be rendered in clay, plaster, wood,
and stone.
223 Basic Photography (3) A course dealing
with the photographic process. The course will
cover camera handling, film and print processing,
photographic composition and presentation.
Students must suppK adjustable 35mm camera
plus de\ eloping and printing materials.
224 Intermediate Photography (3) A course for
those who ha\e had a basic photography class or
pre\ious photography experience. The course will
stress technical and creative approaches to photog-
raphy using small-format cameras. Advanced tech-
niques of exposure, lighting, composition, and
macro photography will be included. Students
must supply their own 35mm adjustable camera
and developing and printing materials. PREREQ:
ART 223.
225 Advanced Photography (3) A course deal-
ing with professional techniques in black and
white as well as color photograph) . Different cam-
era formats will be considered. Advanced dark-
room techniques, photographic manipulation, and
retouching will also be covered. PREREQ: ART
223 and ART 224.
226 Water Color I (3) An introduction to the
basic tools and techniques of the water-color
painter. Emphasis upon transparent water color.
227 Water Color II (3) Advanced problems in
water color, gouache, tempera, and mixed media.
231 Ceramics I: Basic Techniques (3)
Introduction to the basic techniques of ceramics.
Hand and wheel methods of construction; knowl-
edge of clay bodies, firing, and glazing.
232 Ceramics II: Intermediate Techniques (3)
Fundamental methods of creating cla> forms on
the wheel. Experimentation with cla\ bodies,
glazes, and kiln operation. Design is stressed.
241 Printmaking: Introduction of Relief Print-
making (3) An introduction to the medium of print-
making: linoleum cuts, woodcuts, and colorgraphs.
243 Printmaking: Intermediate Relief Print-
making (3) Continuation of ART 241, emphasiz-
ing expressive possible techniques and their com-
bination with other print media. PREREQ: ART
241, or permission of instructor.
245 Architectural Drawing (3) Studio experi-
ences in layout; preparation of plans and eleva-
tions, presentations (renderings), and architectural
lettering. Use of mechanical drawing tools to help
students express steps that occur from design to
realization of a structure.
248 Crafts: Weaving II (3) Provides an opportu-
nit\ for the weaver to further explore and develop
skills as a designer. Emphasis is placed on the
interrelationship between functional materials and
design processes.
251 Art in the Elementary School (3) Workshop
and seminar providing experience with a wide
varietv of media appropriate for use with children.
Investigation into the philosophv and psychologv'
of children's art.
306 Drawing III: Life Drawing (3) An explo-
ration of the abstract dynamics of figure drawing
with particular application of anatomical structure
to expressive design. PREREQ; ART 106 and 206.
307 Drawing IV (3-6) Indiv idualized instruction
in increasingly complex formal and expressive
problems in drawing.
310 Graphic Design III (3) The exploration of
developing and designing logotype symbols for
use in corporate and public agencies and their
applications to a varietv of print materials. The use
of the computer as an essential design tool is inte-
grated into coiu-se assignments. Fall offering.
PREREQ: ART 212 or permission of instructor.
311 Graphic Design: Independent Project (3)
Individualized instruction in design problems at an
advanced level.
312 Graphic Design IV (3) A study of advanced
concepts and design principles w ith an emphasis
on creati\e solutions to problems in three-dimen-
sional package design. The use of the computer as
an essential design tool is integrated into course
assignments. Spring offering. PREREQ: ART 311
or permission of instructor.
316 Advanced Painting (3) Emphasis on
ad\anced problems in painting in a varietv of tech-
niques. Individual expression is encouraged.
317 Painting: Studio Problems (3)
Concentration on indi\ idual work and professional
competence. Group critiques and discussions.
318 Painting from Landscape: Independent
Project (3) Individualized landscape painting
course requiring the student to paint on location in
the Delaware Valle\ .
319 Painting from Masters: Independent
Project (3) Introduces the student artist to tech-
niques and stv les b\ painting from master works.
320 Painting: Independent Projects (3) The
development of a personal style is explored
through a theme and its variation. Discipline and
self-criticism are realized through a series of cri-
tiques and evaluations.
321 Intermediate Sculpture (3) More advanced
problems in sculpture with emphasis on individual
exploration of form, structure, and process.
Independent project to be rendered in choice of
materials, including clay, plaster, wood, and stone.
322 Advanced Sculpture (3) Continued explo-
ration and dev elopment of individual form and
process awareness through involvement with mod-
eling, casting, fabrication, and assemblages. In
addition to clay, wood, stone, and plaster, metals
and plastics will be utilized.
323 Abstract Painting (3) A studio exploration
of the fundamental principles of abstract painting.
325 Sculpture: Independent Projects (3)
Individualized instruction in advanced sculpture.
Preparation for senior show.
331 Ceramics III: Advanced Techniques (3) An
advanced course to develop craftsmanship and to
explore clay as a means of individual expression.
332 Ceramics: Studio Problems (3) Work at an
advanced le\el in specialized ceramic techniques.
335 Ceramics: Independent Projects (3)
Indi\ idualized instruction as well as research and
study in ceramic design.
341 Printmaking: Introduction to Intaglio
Printmaking (3) Intaglio techniques, etching, dry
point, aquatint, and engra\ ing.
342 Printmaking: Introduction to Lithography
(3) Fundamentals of stone and plate lithography.
343 Printmaking: Intermediate Etching (3)
Continuation of 341 with emphasis on expressive
qualities of the medium and its possible combina-
tion with other print media. PREREQ: ART 341,
or permission of instructor.
344 Printmaking: Intermediate Lithography
(3) Continuation of ART 342 with emphasis on
expressive qualities of the medium and its possible
combination with other print media. PREREQ:
ART 342, or permission of instructor.
345 Printmaking: Independent Projects (3) In-
depth, individualized instruction in a selected
printmaking medium.
359 Resources in Art Education (3) The use of
cultural and communitv resources in the schools
with an emphasis on the teaching of art appreciation.
400 Art Seminar (3) This course is the most
advanced course for art historv minors, art majors,
and others with art historv background. A research
paper is required. Topics change each time the
seminar is offered.
♦ 450 Art-Graphic Design Internship (3)
Integration of classroom study and lab work with
specific planned periods of learning through job
experience. The course is based on an individual-
ized, student-oriented, learning contract.
♦ 455 Introduction to Multimedia (3) A work-
shop for students with background in the studio
arts. To be taken under adv isement.
490 Graphic Design V (3) The further study of
solving advanced visual communication problems
through the development of skills in research,
design, and the preparation of comprehensi ves for
client presentations. The use of the computer as an
essential design tool is integrated into course
assignments. Fall offering. PREREQ: ART 312, or
permission of instructor.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Bioloa
Colleae of Arts and Sciences
491 Graphic Design VI (3) The continuation of
advanced visual communication problem sol\ ing
outlined in ART 490 with an emphasis on finished
comprehensives for the portfolio. The use of the
computer as an essential design tool is integrated
into course assignments. Spring offering. COREQ:
ART 499: PREREQ: ART 490, or pennission of
the instructor.
499 Graphic Design VII: PortfoUo (3) Studv
under the guidance of the instructor to prepare
individual portfolios for professional presentation
for employment or continuation of studies on the
graduate level. Spring offering. COREQ: ART
491; PREREQ: ART 490. or permission of
instructor.
ART HISTORY
Symbol: ARH
101 Learning to Look: Fine Arts, Art (3) An
introduction to painting, sculpture, architecture, and
the decorative arts with emphasis on understanding
the visual arts as universal himian expression.
102 Survey of Art History (3) A general intro-
duction to the history of western art from the earli-
est cave paintings to the 20th century .
103 Art History I: Prehistory Through the
iMedieval (3) Survey of significant art and archi-
tectural monuments from prehistory through the
Middle Ages. Fall offering.
104 -\rt History II: Renaissance Through
.Modern (3) Continuation of ART 103. The
Renaissance through the 20th century. Spring
offering.
350 "Primitive" Art (also ANT 350) (3)
.^nalvsis of primitive an as determined through
ritual and myth. Focus includes ethnographic par-
allels to prehistor> and the concept of primitivism
in the West.
381 Near Eastern Art: .-Vncient Antiquity (3)
The art and architecture of Ancient Egypt,
Mesopotamia, Assyria, and Babvlonia from 3000-
500 B.C.
■ 382 Art of Classical Antiquity (3) The art and
architecture of the Greeks. Etruscans, and Romans.
■ 383 Art of Middle Ages (3) The art and archi-
tecture of the European medieval world and their
development from Early Christian and
Romanesque art into the full flowering of the
Gothic period.
■ 384 Art of Renaissance-Baroque (3) Study of
the art forms of the 15th through 17th centuries in
Europe as they affected social and religious cross
currents and the rise of the role of the artist in
society.
■ 385 The Romantic Rebellion (3) From David
to Rodin: the rise and development of the
Romantic style and its struggle with orthodox
Classicism.
386 Modern .\rt Seminar (3) Analysis of major
styles of 20th-century art to mid-century, including
Picasso.
♦ 400 Art Seminar (3) Special topics to be
announced for studio and art history. Offered peri-
odically as appropriate. PREREQ: Permission of
instructor.
413 American Art (3) A survey of American
paintings and sculpture from Colonial times to the
present.
♦ 415 Art History: Independent Study (3)
Opportunity for the student to pursue a particular
field of interest.
416 American Architecture: Colonial and
Early Republic (3) An introduction to the her-
itage of our early American architecture. These
buildings reveal tangible evidence of the life of the
early colonial period and of the republic. The
influence of the traditional, coupled with modifica-
tions because of climate, materials, and labor,
reflect both provincialism and independence.
417 Modem American Architecture (3) Study
of architectural forms and styles in America since
the early 1 9th century, including a thorough analy-
sis and consequent appreciation and understanding
of the social, stylistic, and technological sources
for our 19th- and 20th-centur\ built environment.
419 Women in Art: Madonna or Model? (3)
Traces the position of w omen ariists in society and
its effects on their work. WTiat role have women
played as the subject of painting through the ages?
What are women artists creating today?
■ Culture Cluster
^ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Biology
(See also Pre-IVIedical Program)
119 Schmucker Science Center
610-436-2538
Martha Potvin, Chairperson
Judith Greenamyer, Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Beneski, Fairchild, Fish, Pou in, Romig, Waber,
Woodruff
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Began, Broitman, Knabb, Mbuy,
Slusher, Tiebout. Triano
ASSISTA>T PROFESSORS: Artus. Casotti, Greenamyer, Vreeland
ADJUNCT FACULTY: Gotkin, Natale, Sazama, Strauss, Lennon,
Warhol, White
The major in biology centers on a core of courses that emphasize
broad unifying principles. Available electives provide enriching expe-
riences in many areas of biology.
The Department of Biolog> oflers seven undergraduate degree programs:
1. The B.A. in BIOLOGY provides the liberal education and the spe-
cial preparation required for careers in university teaching, govern-
ment serv ice, independent and industrial research, science-related
sales and public relations, and other areas of business. This program
also prepares students for admission to graduate and professional
schools. The possibility of 31 semester hours of free electives
enables the student to obtain a minor in another area of interest.
2. The B.S. in BIOLOGY can be individually tailored to provide the
skills that students need to achieve their career goals. This program
also provides the basic preparation needed for entry into graduate
or professional schools, including physical therapy programs.
3. The B.S. in CELL and .MOLECULAR BIOLOGY offers the stu-
dent a strong background in both biology and chemistry . Emphasis
on lab-oriented courses prepares the student to pursue a career in
laboratory research in cell and molecular biology at industrial,
medical, academic, and government facilities. This program also
prepares the student for admission to graduate and professional
schools.
4. The B.S. in BIOLOGY— MICROBIOLOGY prepares students for
careers in research laboratories, industrial and academic research,
and government service in the areas of bacteriologv , immunology,
virology, mycologv', microbial ecology, and parasitology. The pro-
gram provides extensive laboratory experience with the techniques
that are most usefiil and important to modem microbiological sci-
ence. This program also provides the basic preparation needed for
entry into graduate or professional schools.
5. The B.S. in BIOLOGY— ECOLOGY provides an opportunity for
interested students to obtain a strong backgroimd in field biology.
The required core curriculum and concentration electives provide
opportunities for later careers as biologists in state and federal
environmental agencies, industry, environmental consulting firms,
and similar organizations. Internships are strongly recommended
as part of the program. Course work emphasizes skills obtained in
biology, chemistry, and mathematics. .Additional course work from
other departments may be recommended to fiilfill particular career
objectives.
6. The B.S. in EDUCATION— BIOLOGY is a program designed to
prepare the student for a career in teaching in secondarv schools.
Professional certification in biology is awarded to the student who
completes the program satisfactorily . Students are strongly advised
to seek certification in a related area to enhance their employment
potential. Such related areas include general science, health, educa-
tion, athletic training, and environmental education.
7. The B.S. in BIOLOGY-MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY offers stu-
dents the opportunity to enter the field of laboratory medicine with
emphasis on the techniques and instrumentation used to evaluate
disease processes. This concentration allows students to complete
the necessary general education and departmental requirements in
College of Arts and Sciences
Biology
three years. The fourth year is spent in a hospital internship train-
ing program at one of the several affiliated hospitals, and students
receive 32 semester hours credit for the internship year (BIO 407
and 408, Internship in Medical Technology). To qualify for the
internship, students must have a 2.75 GPA and be accepted by an
accredited hospital medical technology program. Students com-
pleting the internship will receive a B.S. in biology/medical tech-
nology concentration and the training necessary to take the nation-
al certification exam. Affiliated hospitals include Tenet Hospitals,
Pennsylvania Hospital, and Reading Hospital.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE BACCALAUREATE
PROGRAMS
1. General Requirements, see pages 34-36 5 1 semester hours
2. Biologj' Requirements* 1 0 semester hours
BIO 110, 220, 230, and 490
3. Other Science Requirements 27 semester hours
CHE 103-104, 231-232, CRL 103-104, 231,
and PHY 130-140
4. Mathematics Requirements 9- 1 0 semester hours
MAT 121, one semester of calculus, and one
semester of computer science
B.A. IN BIOLOGY
1 . Required Biology Courses* 1 9 semester hours
BIO 1 10, 215, 217, 220, 230, 270, and 490
2. Biology Electives 1 2 semester hours
Selected under advisement
3. Foreign Language Requirement up to 12 semester hours
B.S. IN BIOLOGY
1. Required Biology Courses* 1 9 semester hours
BIO 1 1 0, 2 1 5, 2 1 7, 220, 230, 270, and 490
2. Biology Electives 24 semester hours
Selected under advisement
B.S. IN BIOLOGY— CELL AND MOLECULAR
1 . Required Chemistry Courses 8-9 semester hours
CHE 345, 471, 491**, and CRL 471
2. Required Biology Courses 24-25 semester hours
BIO no*, 214*, 215* or 217*, 220*, 230*,
421*, 466 or 468, and 490**
3. Biology or Chemistry Electives 13-15 semester hours
Selected from courses at or above the 300 level
B.S. IN BIOLOGY— ECOLOGY
1 . Required Biology Courses 25 semester hours
BIO 1 10*, 215*, 217*, 220*, 230*, 270*,
310, 470, and 490*
2. Biology Electives 12 semester hours
Selected under advisement from BIO 275, 277,
377, 471, 472, 473, 474, 475, 476, and 485
3. Ecologically Relevant Courses 6 semester hours
Selected under advisement
B.S. IN BIOLOGY— MICROBIOLOGY
1 . Required Biology Courses 27 semester hours
BIO 1 10*, 2I4*,'2I5* or 217*, 220*, 230*,
270*. 464, 465, and 490*
2. Microbiology Electives 1 1 semester hours
Selected under advisement from BIO 314, 334,
452, 454, 456, 474, 484
26 semester hours
6 semester hours
30 semester hours
3 semester hours
B.S. IN EDUCATION— BIOLOGY
1. Required Biology Courses
BIO 1 10*, 214*, 215*, 217*, 220*. 230*. 270*,
311, and 490*
2. Biology Electives
Selected under advisement
3. Required Education Courses
4. Required Geology Course
ESS 101
B.S. IN BIOLOGY— MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
1. Required Biology Courses* 53 semester hours
BIO 110, 214, 215 or 217, 220, 230, 407,
408, 465, 490
Minor in Biology 18 semester hours
The Department of Biology offers a minor in biology. The biology
minor requirements include the following:
1 . Required prerequisite: BIO 1 10, General Biology (must be passed
with a C- or better), or BIO 100, Basic Biological Science (must be
passed with a grade of A). These courses are prerequisites and must
be completed before admission to the minor.
2. BIO 215, General Botany, or BIO 217, General Zoology (must be
passed with a C- or better).
3. In addition to requirements 1 and 2, students must complete 15
additional credits at the 200 level or higher for the minor. At least
eight credits must be in addition to the biology courses required by
the student's major. Nonmajor courses such as BIO 204, 259, 269,
and 307 require a grade of C- or better.
4. A minimum of 18 credits in biology, exclusive of BIO 1 10, must
be taken for a minor in biology, and all minor courses must be at
the 200 level or above.
5. To graduate with a biology minor, students must maintain a GPA
of 2.00 in the minor courses, and they must meet with the minor
adviser at least once per semester. At least nine credits in biology
must be taken at WCLl
Internal and External Transfer Students
For an internal transfer into any biology degree program, a student
must:
1 . Be in good academic standing (2.00 GPA or better);
2. Have already passed BIO 100 with an A- or better, or BIO 1 10
with a C- or better;
3. Complete the application for change of major.
For newly admitted transfer students, a student must:
1 . Meet University standards for admission to West Chester
University;
2. Have a grade of C- (70) or better if they have taken a BIO 1 10
equivalent.
3. Interview with department representatives.
NOTE: In order to receive a degree in biology from West Chester
University, a transfer student must successfully complete a minimum
of 50 percent of the required biology credits in the West Chester
University Department of Biology.
Advanced Placement Policy
A score of three on the Biology Advanced Placement Exam of the
Scholastic .'\ptitude Test (SAT) will allow a student to begin his or
her studies without having to take BIO 110, General Biology.
Students who are granted advanced placement in biology take an
additional three hours of electives in biology.
♦Biology core courses must be passed with a grade of C- (70) or better.
*CHE 491 may be substituted for BIO 490.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
BIOLOGY
Symbol: BIO unless otherwise shown
(3,2) represents three hours of lecture and
two hours of lab.
■k 100 Basic Biological Science (3) Basic princi-
ples of biologj'. Cell theory, metabolism, genetics.
development, diversity of life forms, and ecology.
Not open to biology majors. (2,2)
♦ 101 Basic Biology Honors (4) An introduction
to basic biology for nonmajors in the Honors
Program. (2, 2, one hour of recitation)
# 102 Humans and the Environment (3) The
effects of human population on earth's resources
are studied against a background of physical, bio-
logical, and health sciences. Note: Students com-
pleting BIO 102 may not take ESS 102 or
ENV102 for credit.
* 110 General Biology (3) The concepts general
to all living organisms such as cell structure and
♦ Approved distributive requirement course
# Approved interdisciplinary course
Biology
College of Arts and Sciences
function, genetics, evolution, and ecologj. This
course is designed for majors in biolog>' and relat-
ed scientific areas. (2,3)
172 Field Ecolog)' and Natural Historj' (3)
Class and field work in natural histor)- and ecolo-
gy. Identification of local organisms and pertinent
ecological concepts. Not counted toward a biolog>'
major. (2,3) PREREQ: Permission of department.
204 Introductory Microbiology (4) The biolog>'
of medically important microorganisms, their
structure, ta.\onomy, physiolog>', control, and host-
parasite interactions. (3,2) PREREQ: BIO 100 or
BIO 110 and one semester of chemistrj. May not
be taken as a biologj major elective.
214 General Microbiologj' (4) The biology of
microorganisms, their structure, physiologv, and
control; the nature and dynamics of disease and
disease control; principles of food, industrial, and
environmental microbiology. The laboratory will
deal with microbiological techniques, isolation and
identification of microbes, and water and food
analysis. This course is for biology majors. (3,3)
PREREQ: BIO 1 10 and one semester of chemistry.
215 General Botany (3) A survey of plant and
plant-like organisms from bacteria to and includ-
ing the angiosperms with emphasis on anatomy,
physiology , reproduction, and economic impor-
tance. (2.3) PREREQ: BIO 110.
217 General Zoology (3) Principles of animal
biology . Form and function of vertebrate and inver-
tebrate animal types (2,3) PREREQ: BIO 1 10.
220 Cell Physiology (3) An introduction to cellu-
lar and molecular biology with emphasis on cell
morphology, biochemistry, and cell physiology.
(2,3) PREREQ: BIO 1 10 and CHEM 230 or 231
(may be taken concurrently).
230 Genetics (3) Nature of genetic material and
its qualitati\e and quantitative variation: recombi-
nation; interaction of gene products; regulation of
genetic material; and its role in evolution. (3)
PREREQ: BIO 110 and MAT 121.
259 Human Anatomy and Physiology I (4) An
introduction to human structure and function.
Skeletal, muscular, and nervous systems are
emphasized. Laboratory involves study of human
development and gross anatomy of the skeletal,
muscular, and nenous systems. (3,2) May not be
taken as a biology major elective.
269 Human Anatomy and Physiology II (4)
Continuation of BIO 259. Endocrine, circulatory, res-
piratory, immune, digestive, and urogenital systems
emphasized. (3.2) May not be taken as a biology
major elective. PREREQ: BIO 259.
270 General Ecology (3) Relationships between
living organisms and their environment. (2,3)
PREREQ: BIO 1 10. Recommended are BIO 215,
217, MAT 121, and one semester of computer sci-
ence.
275 Field Botany (3) Methods of studying plants
in their natural surroundings. Use of keys, botani-
cal manuals, and illustrated floras to identify- living
specimens. (2,3) PREREQ; BIO 100 or 215.
277 Vertebrate Ecology (3) Animal life in the
surrounding localities. Identification, behavior,
habitats, feeding, and reproduction. (2,3) PRE-
REQ: BIO 100 or 217. Offered in fall of odd-num-
bered years.
307 Pathophysiology (3) An integrated study of
the processes involved in the total body systemic
complex as it changes from the ordered homeosta-
tic condition to the imbalanccd diseased state. The
use of disease models, with clinical considerations,
strengthens the concepts. (3) PREREQ: BIO 259
and 269. May not be taken as a biology major
elective.
310 Biometrics (3) The experimental design and
computer-assisted statistical analysis of biological
research problems. (2,3) PREREQ: BIO 1 10 and
MAT 121.
311 Contemporary Issues in Biology Teaching
(3) Curricular trends in biology education, biotech-
nology, and bioethics are analyzed in a social con-
text through constructive controversy. The nature
of science is explored and experiential skills are
honed through practical application via a laborato-
ry-oriented, faculU'-student mentoring program.
(2.2) PREREQ: BIO 1 10, 215, 217, 230; EDF
100; EDP 250, 351 (or graduate level equivalents);
or permission of the instructor. May not be taken
as a biology elective.
314 Diagnostic Bacteriology (3) Systematic
study of pathogenic bacteria with extensive labora-
tory experience in handling and identifying these
organisms. (3,3) PREREQ: BIO 214.
BIL 333 Introduction to Recombinant DNA
Methodology (2) Laboratory techniques for gene
manipulation, restriction endonuclease use, DNA
electrophoresis, gene cloning in E. coli, and poly-
merase chain reaction. (0, 4) PREREQ: BIO 204
or214, BIO230, CHE231.
334 Microbial Genetics (4) A course on the
genetics of bacteria, their viruses, plasmids, and
transposable elements. Applications of microbial
genetics in genetic engineering and biotechnology.
(3.3) PREREQ: BIO 1 10, 214, 230, and CHE 231.
357 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (4)
Comparative study of the principal organ systems
of vertebrates as to their structure, function, and
evolutionary relationships. (2,4) PREREQ: BIO
217. Offered in fall.
367 Physiology of Drug Interaction (3) An
introduction to the mechanism of action of proto-
type drugs. The physiological alterations produced
by various drugs as well as interactions between
drug classes will be emphasized. (3) PREREQ:
BIO 269 or equivalent.
377 Entomology (3) The structure, function, clas-
sification, economic importance, and biological
significance of insects. (2,3) PREREQ: BIO 1 10
or 2 1 7. Offered every other year.
407 and 408 Internship in Medical Technology
(16 for each semester, total of 32) A Uvo-semes-
ter, work-study appointment with an affiliated hos-
pital. The satisfactory completion of this internship
is accepted as the senior year's work by West
Chester University. This internship will prepare
the student to take the National Exam for Medical
Technologists. PREREQ: Students who have com-
pleted 65 credit hours in the B.S. biology general
concentration should apply for this internship in
the summer following their sophomore year.
Students must have an overall GPA of 2.75 and
approval from the Department of Biology and the
affiliated hospital.
^ 409 Internship in Biological Sciences (3-16)
A one-semester, work-study appointment with a
commercial, industrial, or governmental agency.
Students will be supervised jointly by a profes-
sional scientist of the agency and a Department of
Biology faculty member. A maximum of eight
combined credits from BIO 409 and BIO 491 may
be applied to biology electives. PREREQ: Senior
standing, GPA of 2.5, and approval of biology cur-
riculum committee.
421 Cellular and Molecular Biology (4) A lec-
ture and laboratory course that studies the molecu-
lar basis of cellular life. Eukaiyotic cell structure
and function will be emphasized. (3,3) PREREQ:
BIO I10,2l5or2l7, 220, 468;CHE 103, 104,
231, 232; CRL 103, 104, 231, 232; MAT 121; and
one semester of calculus.
428 Animal Histology (3) A study of the micro-
scopic structure and function of vertebrate tissues
and organs. (2,2) PREREQ: BIO 1 10 and 217, or
permission of the instructor. Offered in fall.
429 Microtechnique (2) An introduction to histo-
logical and histochemical laboratory techniques.
(4) PREREQ: BIO 428 or permission of instructor.
431 Molecular Genetics (3) A second course in
genetics, covering the molecular biology of genet-
ic events. Emphasis will be on the molecular
details of basic genetic processes, such as DNA
replication and transcription, RNA translation and
protein synthesis, the genetic code, molecular
mechanisms of gene regulation, and an introduc-
tion to "biotechnology." (3) PREREQ: BIO 230
and CHE 232.
♦ 435-438 Course Topics in Biology (1-3)
Courses in this series are of timely interest to the
student. Topics may include biological terminolo-
gy, laboratory techniques, mycology, etc. Open
only to junior and senior science majors.
448 Animal Development (4) Introduction to
principles of animal development with laboratory
study of vertebrate embryos. (3,3) PREREQ; BIO
1 10, 217, 220, and 230. Offered in spring.
452 Parasitology (3) Biology of the principal
parasites of man and domestic animals. Emphasis
is on life cycles of common parasites, identifica-
tion of diagnostic forms, and understanding the
diseases associated with parasites of major eco-
nomic and medical importance. (3) PREREQ: BIO
204 or 2 1 4, and 217. Offered in spring of even-
numbered years.
454 Mycology (3) An introductory course includ-
ing a general study of the biology of fungi and a
survey of the field of medical mycology. (3) PRE-
REQ: BIO 1 10 and 214 plus another three-credit-
hour biology course.
456 Virology (3) Molecular biology of bacterial,
plant, and animal viruses; virus classification, ultra-
structure, mechanisms of replication, and effects of
virus infection on host cell. PREREQ: One year of
organic chemistry and BIO 230 and 214.
457 Functional Animal Morphology (3) A study
of the structure, form, and function of morphologi-
cal adaptations in animals as examined through a
mechanical, ecological, and evolutionary perspec-
tive. (3) PREREQ: BIO 217.
464 Microbial Physiology (3) Physiology and
biochemical variations seen in prokaryotes and
lower eukaryotes. (2,4) PREREQ: BIO 214 and
230, and CHE 232.
465 Immunology (4) Immunoglobulin structure
and function, nature of antigens, cell-mediated
immunity, hypersensitivity, regulation of immuni-
ty, and immunological diseases. Laboratory expe-
rience in immunological techniques. (3,3) PRE-
REQ: BIO 214 and CHE 232.
466 Plant Physiology (3) Physiological processes
of plants. Photosynthesis, respiration, intermediary
metabolism, entrance of solutes into the plant,
water metabolism, and growth regulators. (2,3)
PREREQ: BIO 215 and CHE 231.
467 Endocrinology (3) .^n integrative look at the
physiology of the mammalian endocrine .system in
the regulation and maintenance of homeostasis.
The pathology associated with hormonal imbal-
ance will be included. (3) PREREQ: BIO 217 and
BIO 220 with a C or better in each, plus any
300/400 level biology course with a C or better.
Offered in spring of odd-numbered years.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
College of Arts and Sciences
Chemistry
468 General Animal Physiology (4) General the-
oretical and applied principles of the physiology of
various animal cells, tissues, and organs with an
emphasis on homeostasis and mammalian physiol-
ogy. (3,3) PREREQ: BIO 110, CHE 232, and
MAT 161.
470 Population Biology (3) A quantitative, sec-
ond course in ecology, emphasizing distributional
patterns and fluctuations in abundance of natural
populations. (2,3) PREREQ: BIO 270, MAT 121,
and one semester of calculus.
471 Wetlands (3) A course designed to provide
practical experience in wetlands' classification,
delineation, regulation, management, and mitiga-
tion practices. The abiotic and biotic characteris-
tics of inland and coastal wetlands are emphasized.
(2,3) PREREQ: Eight hours of biology or permis-
sion of instructor.
472 Aquatic Biology (3) A laboratory and field-
oriented course in the ecology and biota of streams
and wetlands. (2,3) PREREQ: BIO 215, 217, 270.
Offered in fall of odd-numbered years.
473 Conservation Biology (3) The application of
basic biological and ecological principles for the
preservation of biological diversity. Emphasis will
be on understanding the threats to biodiversity, the
values of biodiversity, and preservation strategies
including ecological risk assessment and the man-
agement of endangered species, habitats, and
ecosystems. PREREQ (required): BIO 1 10, 215 or
217, and 270. PREREQ (recommended): BIO 310.
474 Microbial Ecology (4) Theory and applica-
tion of modem microbial ecology. Lectures will
focus on topics such as microbial communities,
interactions with other organisms, biogeochem-
istry, and biotechnology. (3,3) PREREQ: BIO 110,
214, 270, and CHE 103, 104.
475 Plant Communities (3) A survey of ecologi-
cal, morphological, and physiological strategies of
plants from seed through adult stages. The integra-
tion of these strategies to explain the major plant
communities of North America will be covered.
(2,3) PREREQ: BIO 215.
476 Limnology (3) The measurement and analy-
sis of the physical, chemical, and biological prop-
erties of lakes. (2,3) PREREQ: BIO 1 10 and CHE
103, 104.
480 Light Microscopy and the Living Cell (3)
A one-semester lecture and lab course covering
the theory and practical techniques of all types of
light microscopy and their uses in investigating
living cells. Also includes techniques such as
microinjection, cell electrophysiology, and others.
Strong emphasis on "hands-on" work with equip-
ment. (2,2)
484 Epidemiology (3) A general study of the epi-
demiology of both infectious and noninfectious dis-
eases, including industrial and environmentally relat-
ed health problems. (3) PREREQ: BIO 214.
485 Systematic Botany (3) Principles of evolu-
tion as illustrated by the principles of plant taxon-
omy. Modem concepts of biosystematics. Practical
experience in plant identification. (2,3) PREREQ:
BIO 215.
490 Biology Seminar (I) Reports on special top-
ics and current developments in the biological sci-
ences. PREREQ: BIO 1 10, 215 or 217, 220, 230,
and six hours of 300-400 level biology courses.
♦ 491 Special Problems in Biology (1-3)
Tutorial course primarily for advanced undergrad-
uate biology majors capable of independent study
and research on a problem approved by the super-
vising instmctor. A maximum of eight combined
credits trom BIO 409 and BIO 491 may be applied
to biology electives. PREREQ: Permission of
instructor.
# SCB 210 The Origin of Life and the Universe
(3) An interdisciplinary course that presents the
theory and evidence for the first three minutes of
the universe and formation of the stars, galaxies,
planets, organic molecules, and the genetic basis
of organic evolution. (3) May not be taken as a
biology major elective. PREREQ: High school or
college courses in at least two sciences.
SCB 350 Science Education in the Secondary
School (3) A methods course emphasizing knowl-
edge of curricular development and skill in plan-
ning, involving the design and execution of learn-
ing activities for all instructional modes. (2,2)
PREREQ: Required core courses in science disci-
pline and EDF 100, EDM 300, EDP 250 and 351
(or graduate-level equivalents), or permission of
instructor.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
tt Approved interdisciplinary course
Department of Chemistry
(See also Pre-Medical Program)
1 1 9 Schmucker Science Center II
610-436-2631
Jamal Ghoroghchian, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Fenton, Ghoroghchian, Goudy, Mangravite,
Moran
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Ahmad, Barth, Cichowicz, Frost,
Reid, Ressner
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Falcone, Goodson, Stam,
Townsend
The Department of Chemistry offers five undergraduate degree
programs:
(1) The B.S. in CHEMISTRY program (certified by the American
Chemical Society [ACS]) enables students to receive basic prepa-
ration required for the careers in chemistry of their choice. Such
choices include positions as college and university teachers, pro-
fessional chemists, researchers, and in various services in industry
and government. In all cases, the program prepares students for
graduate study in the field of chemistry. With proper selection of
chemistry electives, the student also may become certified in bio-
chemistry by the American Chemical Society.
(2) The B.S. in CHEMISTRY-BIOLOGY (Pre-Medical) provides the
core courses required for admission to schools of medicine, den-
tistry, and veterinary medicine. It also enables the student to pur-
sue a career in biochemistry and molecular biology.
(3) The B.S. in CLINICAL CHEMISTRY is a program that trains
students for careers in hospitals or private, clinical chemistry lab-
oratories. A one-semester internship in a hospital clinical chem-
istry laboratory is a mandatory part of this program. Students
completing the program are eligible for certification as clinical
chemistry technologists by the National Registry in Clinical
Chemistry.
(4) The B.S. in FORENSIC CHEMISTRY is a program that trains
students interested in working in criminalistics and toxicology
laboratories. The program prepares students for graduate study
and specialization in these fields. A one-semester internship in a
police or toxicology forensic-chemistry laboratory is a mandatory
part of this program.
(5) The B.S. in EDUCATION in CHEMISTRY program prepares the
student for a career in teaching chemistry in secondary schools.
The program gives the student experience in the major branches
of chemistry so that, with proper selection of electives, graduate
work in either pure chemistry or chemistry education can be pur-
sued. Sufficient flexibility is provided so that the student also may
become certified in general science.
The Department of Chemistry is accredited by the American
Chemistry Society, which provides its professional certification to
graduates of the B.S. in chemistry program.
Majors in the five B.S. programs should consult the Department of
Chemistry handbook and their adviser for current requirements. A
grade of C- or better is necessary in all required science and math
courses.
Internship Program
Although internships are not a mandatory part of all chemistry pro-
grams, they are available to majors on a selective basis. Students
receive varying amounts of credit based on the number of hours spent
in a work situation and on the nature of the academic work necessary
during the internship. Credit varies from three to 1 5 semester hours;
each eight-hour workday per week is equivalent to three semester
hours.
Chemistr>'
College of Arts and Sciences
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO DEGREE PROGRAMS
IN CHEMISTRY, FORENSIC CHEMISTRY, EDUCATION
CHEMISTRY, AND CLINICAL CHEMISTRY
38 semester hours
10 semester hours
8 semester hours
1 1 semester hours
48 semester hours
9 semester hours
9 semester hours
1 . General Requirements, see pages 34-36
2. Chemistry Requirements
CHE 103-104 or 105-106 and CRL 103-104
or 105-106
Lab Safety Exam to be passed before completing
70 credits. See adviser for more information.
3. Other Science Requirements
PHY 170-180
4. Mathematics Requirements
CSC 141 and MAT 161-162
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — CHEMISTRY
1 . Required Chemistry Courses
CHE 231, 232, 321, 333, 341, 342, 409, 41 1,
418. 424, 471, and 491; and CRL 231, 232,
321,341,342, 411, and 424
2. Chemistry Electives
Selected from upper-division chemistry courses
3. Other Required Courses
Foreign languages, mathematics, or
computer science electives
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — CHEMISTRY-BIOLOGY
1. General Requirements, see pages 34-36 38 semester hours
2. Required Chemistry Courses 36 semester hours
CHE 103-104 or 105-106, 231, 232, 321,
345, 418, 476*, 477*; CRL 103-104 or
105-106, 231, 321* and 471*
3. Required Biology Courses
BIO 1 10, 217, 220, 230, 357, 448, and 468
4. Required Physics Courses
PHY 130-140 or 170-180
5. Required Mathematics Courses
MAT 121 and 161, and 122 or 162
6. Other Required Courses
CHE 491* or BIO 490*
7. Concentration Electives
Selected from upper-division chemistry
and biology courses
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — FORENSIC CHEMISTRY
1 . Required Chemistry Courses 46 semester hours
CHE 231, 232, 321, 341, 371, 418, 450, 471
24 semester hours
8 semester hours
10-11 semester hours
1 semester hour
9-10 semester hours
or 476, 479, and 491; and CRL 231, 321,
341, 371, and 471
2. Other Required Courses 12 semester hours
BIO 1 10 and 230; CRJ 1 10; and MAT 121
3. Advanced Science Elective 5 semester hours
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION — CHEMISTRY
1. Required Chemistry Courses
29 semester hours
CHE 231. 232, 321, 341 or 345, 409 or 411, 417,
418, 419, 471, and 491; CRL 231, 321, and 341
Required Education Courses
EDF 100; EDM 300; EDP 250, 351
EDS 306, 41 1, 412; and SCE 350
Other Required Courses
BIO 110; ESS 101 or 1 1 1
30 semester hours
6 semester hours
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CLINICAL CHEMISTRY
1. Required Chemistry Courses 49 semester hours
CHE 231, 232, 321, 341 or 345, 381, 418, 424,
450, 471, and 491; CRL 231, 321, 341, 424,
and 471
2. Other Required Courses 10 semester hours
BIO 110, 468; MAT 121
Minor in Chemistr}' 17 semester hours
The Department of Chemistry offers a minor in chemistry. The
requirements are as follows:
1. Required courses: Completion of CHE 231. CHE 232, CRL 231,
CHE 321, CRL 321, and three credits of 300-level or higher chem-
istry elective(s). These electives must be chemistrv' courses that
satisfy' the chemistry requirements of the ACS chemistry major
program. Each of these courses must be passed with a grade of C-
or better.
2. Completion of the prerequisites for these courses including CHE
103, CHE 104, CRL 103, CRL 104. Each of these courses must be
passed with a grade of C- or better.
3. Maintenance of a GPA of at least a 2.00 in the minor.
4. Interview with the Department of Chemistry minor adviser and
chair at least once a semester.
Students ma\. with the permission of the department chair, substitute an
approved internship in the biochemical field for certain requirements and
concentration electives. In this case, the courses with asterisks would be
replaced bv the internship (12 credits) and CHE 471 or CHE 476 and either
CRL 471 or CRL 321.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
CHEMISTRY
Symbol: CHE
Symbol for chemistry labs: CRL (2,2) repre-
sents two hours lecture and two hours lab
* 100 Concepts of Chemistry (3) A broad sur-
vey course with a laborator\ experience that seeks
to develop an understanding of the field of chem-
istry through inquiry. Basic competence in scien-
tific methods and procedures will be obtained by
observing chemical reactions and studying the
chemical and physical properties of a variety of
compounds. (2,2)
101 Fundamentals of Chemistry (3) A mathe-
matically oriented course for students who intend
later to take CHE 1 03 but whose science and
mathematics backgrounds are judged by a pretest
to need remediation.
* 102 Essentials of Chemistry (4) Fundamentals
of inorganic, organic, and biological chemistry as
applied to the contemporary problems of society. A
one-semester course that best serves students pursu-
ing careers in health and physical education. (3,1)
t 103-104 General Chemistry I-IT (4) (4) Basic
laws and theories of chemistr>, including atomic
structure, chemical bonding, oxidation-reduction,
solutions, and ionic equilibria. Correlations of
chemical principles and their application to mod-
em descriptive chemistry. CHE 103 must precede
CHE 104.
CRL 103-104 Experimental General Chemistry'
I-II (1) (1) Basic laboratorv' studies in college
chemistry utilizing the quantitative approach.
Semimicro qualitative analysis and inorganic
preparations. CONCURRENT or PREREQ: CHE
103-104. CRL 103 must precede CRL 104.
t 105-106 General Chemistr> I-Il: Advanced
Level (3) (3) These courses are similar to CHE
103-104 but with a presentation that is in greater
depth and rigor. PREREQ: High school chemistrj
or the equivalent and approval of the department
chairperson. CHE 105-106 may be substituted for
CHE 103-104 as prerequisites for advanced-level
chemistry courses.
CRL 105-106 General Chemistry I-II:
Advanced-Level Laborator) (2) (2) These labo-
ratories are similar to CRL 103-104. CONCUR-
RENT or PREREQ: CHE 105-106. CRL 105 must
precede CRL 106.
* 107 General Chemistry for the Allied Health
Sciences (4) A one-semester treatment of the fiin-
damentals of chemistry, including atomic structure
and bonding, types of reactions, kinetics, equilibri-
um, and thermodynamics. May not be taken as a
chemistrj major elective. CRL 107 may be taken
concurrently or after CHE 107.
* CRL 107 General Chemistry Lab for Allied
Health Science (1) A one-semester laboratory
course to complement CHE 107. Basic laboratory
techniques, both qualitative and quantitative, will
be used to illustrate principles from the lecture.
CHE 107 must be taken concurrentiv or before
CRL 107.
230 Introduction to Organic and Biological
Chemistrv (3) A terminal course in fundamentals
of organic chemistry. Structural theorv of organic
molecules, organic synthesis, and biological appli-
cations. PREREQ: C- or better in CHE 104, 106,
or 107.
* Approved distributive requirement course
t Approved two-semester substitute for distributive
requirement
College of Arts and Sciences
Chemistry
231 Organic Chemistry 1 (4) A unified conceptu-
al introduction to organic molecular structure.
Topics discussed will include structure ofthe atom,
orbital and molecular bonding theory, nomencla-
ture of classes of molecules, elementary molecular
orbital theory, stereochemistry, nucleophilic substi-
tution, elimination, resonance, and acid-base con-
cepts. These concepts will be applied to the chem-
istry of hydrocarbons, alky I halides, alcohols, and
simple systems. PREREQ: CHE 104 or 106.
232 Organic Chemistry II (3) A survey ofthe
classes of organic reaction from a mechanistic
deductive approach. Topic will include nucle-
ophilic and electrophilic substitution, reaction of
carbonyl compounds, elimination, aromatic substi-
tution, molecular rearrangements, oxidation reduc-
tion reactions, carbanion and amine chemistry.
These reactions are applied to the remaining class-
es of organic compounds not covered in Organic
Chemistry 1. PREREQ: CHE 231.
CRL 231-232 Experimental Organic Chemistry
I-II (2) (2) Basic laboratory skills in organic chem-
istry including classical as well as instrumental
techniques. Organic synthesis and modem spec-
trophotometric methods of identification. CON-
CURRENT or PREREQ: CRL 104 or 106 and
CHE 231-232. CRL 231 must precede CRL 232.
300 Fundamentals of Radioisotope Techniques
(3) (Also PHY 340) Biological, chemical, environ-
mental, and physical effects of nuclear radiation.
Radiation detection instrumentation and radio trac-
er methodology. (2,2) PREREQ: CHE 104 or 106,
and PHY 140 or 180.
310 Introductory Biochemistry (3) The chemi-
cal nature of biological phenomena is presented.
Particular emphasis is placed on the metabolic
pathways and the enzymes responsible for these
processes with applications to nutrition. PREREQ:
CHE 230 or 231. (Not for chemistry majors.)
321 Analytical Chemistry I (3) Fundamental
principles of analytical chemistry. Theory of gravi-
metric and volumetric methods of analysis. Lab:
CRL 321. PREREQ: CHE 104 or 106.
CRL 321 Analytical Chemistry I (2) Practical
experience in modem techniques of chemical
analysis with emphasis on volumetric and gravi-
metric methods. CONCURRENT or PREREQ:
CHE 321.
sec 327 Electron Microscopy I (3) An intro-
ductory lecture/lab course in theory, operation, and
applications of electron beam microscopy. PRE-
REQ: One year of physics and one year of chem-
istry.
333 Advanced Organic Chemistry (3) An
advanced mechanistic study of organic com-
pounds, functional groups, and their reaction.
Spectroscopic characterization of organic mole-
cules will also be covered. PREREQ: CHE 232.
341 Introductory Physical Chemistry (4) An
introduction to physical chemistry including ideal
gases, kinetic theor>', three laws of thermodynam-
ics, introduction to phase equilibrium, chemical
equilibrium, application ofthe fundamental equa-
tion of thermodynamics, transport phenomena,
chemical kinetics, introductory spectroscopy, x-ray
diffraction, and the structure of solids. PREREQ:
CHE 103 or 105, CHE 104 or 106. MAT 161 and
162 all with a C- or better. CONCURRENT or
PREREQ: PHY 180.
CRL 341 Experimental Physical Chemistry (2)
Laboratory course in physical chemistry including
computer applications, thermodynamics, chemical
kinetics, structure, and spectroscopy. PREREQ:
CHE 103 and 104. MAT 161 and 162, PHY 170.
COREO:CHE34I,PHY 180.
342 Advanced Physical Chemistry (3)
Advanced thermodynamics including nonideal
gases, nonideal systems, and thermodynamics at
surfaces; introduction to statistical mechanics;
quantum chemistry; advanced chemical kinetics,
including kinetics near equilibrium, catalytic kinet-
ics, and activated complex theory; and dynamic
electrochemistry. PREREQ: CHE 103 or 105, 104
or 106, 341; MAT 161, 162; PHY 170, 180, all
with a C- or better.
CRL 342 Advanced Experimental Physical
Chemistry (2) Experiments and projects in
advanced physical chemistry. PREREQ: CHE 103,
104, and 341; CRL 341; MAT 161 and 162; PHY
170 and 180. COREQ: CHE 342.
345 Fundamentals of Physical Chemistry (3) A
survey ofthe fundamental topics in physical
chemistry with applications to biology and medi-
cine. Primarily for biology, chemistry-biology, and
preprofessional ma)ors. PREREQ: CHE 232, MAT
161, and PHY 140'or 180.
371 Forensic Chemistry (3) Introduction to
criminalistics (chemical, forensic, analytical tech-
niques) with the role, fiinctions, operations, and
organization of a scientific police laboratory. PRE-
REQ: CHE 104 or 106, CHE 232. and CHE 321.
CRL 371 Forensic Chemistry Lab (2) Principles
of microscopy, screening methods, and instmmen-
tal methods of chemical analysis applied to crimi-
nalistics and toxicological samples. CONCUR-
RENT or PREREQ: CHE 371.
381 Clinical Chemistry (3) Analysis of biologi-
cal fluids. Clinical significance of enzyme, elec-
trolyte, protein, and carbohydrate analysis.
Requires permission of instructor or preparation in
organic chemistry and quantitative analysis. CON-
CURRENT or PREREQ: CHE 321 and CHE 471.
403 Chemistry ofthe Environment (3) The
chemistry ofthe atmosphere, hydrosphere, and
biosphere; man's impact on these areas. PREREQ:
CHE 104. May also be offered with lab. (2,2)
404 Foundations of Nutrition (3) Proteins, lipids,
fats, vitamins, and minerals and their role in nor-
mal metabolism; nutrition and disease; metabolism
and biochemical individuality; cultural and political
aspects of nutrition. PREREQ: CHE 230 or 231.
408 Industrial Pollution (3) Applications of ele-
mentary chemical engineering to the industrial
complexities ofthe environmental processes.
Emphasis on unit operations and unit processes
applicable to pollution control and abatement.
PREREQ: CHE 104.
409 Descriptive Inorganic Chemistry (3)
Emphasis is on the periodic properties ofthe rep-
resentative elements, the structure of inorganic
solids, the chemistry of aqueous and nonaqueous
solutions, and the study of some transition metals.
Lanthanides and actinides also are studied. PRE-
REQ: CHE/CRL 104.
^ 410 Advanced Independent Study or
Chemical Research (3-6) Taken under the direct
supervision of a faculty member. May be taken for
two semesters for a total of six credits. PREREQ:
Senior standing or permission of department chair-
person.
41 1 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3)
Structure and properties ofthe elements and inor-
ganic compounds from a theoretical point of view.
Atomic structure and the periodic law; molecular
.structure and bonding, including symmetry and
MO theory; structure, bonding, and reactivity of
transition-element compounds and main group
compounds; acid-base chemistry. PREREQ: CHE
341. CONCURRENT: CHE 342.
CRL 41 1 Inorganic Syntheses (2) A four-hour
laboratory course in the synthesis and characteriza-
tion of inorganic compounds ofthe main group and
the transition elements. PREREQ: CHE 409 or 4n.
417 History of Chemistry (1) The history of
chemistry and its predecessors from earliest times
to the present day. PREREQ: CHE 104 or 106.
418 Literature of Chemistry (1) Instruction in
the use of a modem chemical library, reference
and data acquisition, synthetic procedures, and
computer data bases. PREREQ: CHE 231.
419 Ethics and Human Values in Science (1) A
one-semester course for science majors to acquaint
students with potential ethical problems in their
professional careers. PREREQ: CHE 104 or 106.
424 Advanced Analytical Chemistry II (3)
Basic principles of applied instmmental analysis.
Special emphasis on the use of spectrophotometric
and electroanalytical instrumentation. PREREQ:
CHE 321 and 341. CONCURRENT: CHE 342.
CRL 424 Analytical Chemistry II Laboratory (2)
Practical experience in the choice and application of
instrumental methods of analysis to chemical svs-
tems. CONCURRENT or PREREQ: CHE 424"
436 Polymer Chemistry (3) Polymerization
kinetics, rheology of polymer melts, crystallization
parameters, and monomer reactivity in copolymer-
ization. PREREQ: CHE 232.
CRL 436 Polymer Chemistry Laboratory (2)
Synthesis of polymers; molecular, physical, and
thermal characterization of polymers. Instrumental
methods include X-rays, IR, electron microscopy,
and thermal analysis. CONCURRENT: CHE 436.
443 Quantum Chemistry (3) Basic quantum
chemistry including the properties of wave func-
tions, the hydrogen atom problem, chemical bond-
ing, angular momentum, eigenvalues and eigen-
functions, and spectroscopic concepts. PREREQ:
CHE 342.
♦ 450 Internship in Chemistry (3-15) A fiill- or
part-time work-study appointment in a hospital, or
a commercial, governmental, or industrial labora-
tory supervised jointly by an on-site supervisor
and Department of Chemistry faculty member.
PREREQ: Permission of department intemship
committee.
471 Fundamentals of Biochemistry (3) Structure
and chemistry of proteins and nucleic acids; mole-
cular biology, physio-chemical methods for bio-
macromolecules, enzymes, and the molecular basis
for some physiological phenomena. PREREQ:
CHE 232 and CHE 345 or equivalent, or permis-
sion of instructor.
CRL 471 Experimental Biochemistry (2) Labo-
ratory exercises in the fundamentals of biochemistry.
CONCURRENT or PREREQ: CHE 471 or 476.
CRL 472 Experimental Biochemistry II (2) A
second-semester laboratory course in biochemistry
that stresses the use of advanced analytical instru-
ments to characterize biologically important mole-
cules and to elucidate their mechanism of action.
PREREQ: CHE 47 1 or 476 and CRL 47 1 .
476-477 Biochemistry I-II (3-3) A two-semester
course in biochemistry. The first part shows how
the chemistry of amino acids, proteins, enzymes,
carbohydrates, lipids, and membranes enables liv-
ing organisms to perform biological functions. The
second part covers biosynthesis of diverse mole-
cules, DNA stmcture and fijnction, and molecular
physiology including immunoglobulins, hormones,
nutrition, and nerve action. Chemistr> will be
related to normal and pathological/biological func-
tion. PREREQ: BIO 1 10, CHE 232, and CHE 345
or equivalent. CHE 476 must precede CHE 477.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Communication Studies
College of Arts and Sciences
479 Chemical Toxicolog> (3) A one-semester
course in the environmental and physiological
aspects of chemical toxicity'. Special emphasis will
be placed on documentation, sampling, and verifi-
cation of materials. PREREQ: CHE 232.
^ 480 Introduction to Chemical Research
(2-6) The student carries out an independent chem-
ical research project under the direction of a faculty
member. The faculty member assigns the research
topic and background literature readings and works
closely with the student in the research laboratory
giving instruction in laboratory techniques. The
student may be required to write a final research
report. Pl^REQ: Senior standing or permission of
department chairperson.
491 Seminar in Chemistry (1) Oral presentation
of papers based on laboratory or library research.
PREREQ: Permission of department chairperson.
sec 370 Science and Human Values (3) A one-
semester course illustrating the impact of science
on human thought, values, and institutions.
Ethical, sociological, and psychological aspects of
science-mediated change are covered in depth.
# SCB 210 The Origin of Life and the Universe
(3) An interdisciplinary course that presents the
theory and evidence for the first three minutes of
the universe and formation of the stars, galaxies,
planets, organic molecules, and the genetic basis
of organic evolution. (3) PREREQ: High school or
college courses in at least two sciences. Offered
fall semester onlv.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
# Approved interdisciplinary course
Department of Communication Studies
512 Main Hall
610-436-2500
Dennis R. Klinzing, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Casagrande, Dean, Foeman, Klinzing, Orr
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Jenks, McCullough, Newell,
Pearson, Remland
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Levasseur, Reed, Thompsen
INSTRUCTOR: Hickman
The Department of Communication Studies offers two programs. One
program leads to the bachelor of arts degree and the other leads to the
bachelor of science in education.
1. The B.A. in COMMUNICATION STUDIES focuses on oral com-
munication as the core of a libera! education that can be applied to
a number of specializations.
2. The B.S. in EDUCATION— COMMUNICATION is for students
who wish to meet the state of Pennsylvania requirements for
teacher certification in communication.
Majors are expected to meet with their advisers to plan a course of
study, to select courses prior to scheduling, to discuss career opportu-
nities, and to keep abreast of departmental cocurricular activities.
Handbooks are provided to help students be aware of requirements for
each program in the department. Students who wish to transfer into
the B.A. Communication Studies program must have a 2.0 GPA or
better.
Departmental Student Activities
The Forensic Society and the Communication Club are student orga-
nizations that involve department faculty and resources. The activities
of these organizations are open to all students. For more information
see the "Student Affairs" section.
Department Internships
Internship experiences are available in all areas related to students'
vocational and academic interests. Students have been placed in
offices of congressmen, radio and television stations, and local indus-
tries. Students and their placements are screened to assure mutual sat-
isfaction for all parties involved. For details, students should check
with the department's internship coordinator.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE B.A. AND B.S.
PROGRAMS
General Education Requirements, see pages 34-36 5 1 semester hours
BACHELOR OF ARTS— COMMUNICATION STUDIES
(2.0 cumulative average required for admission)
1 . Required Lower-Division Courses
COM 204 Dyadic Communication (3)
COM 208 Public Communication (3)
COM 212 Mass Communication (3)
COM 216 Small Group Communication (3)
COM 219 Communication Concepts (3)
COM 224 Communication Research (3)
1 8 semester hours
Three of the required lower-division courses (COM 208, 219, and
224) are prerequisites for all Communication Studies courses except
for COM 310 and COM 315. In addition, COM 216 is a prerequisite
for COM 304.
2. Upper-Division Courses 1 8 semester hours
Students will work with their advisers to select six appropriate
courses at the 300 andVor 400 level from the listing of department
course offerings. In order to facilitate student/adviser selection of
upper-division courses, a listing of those courses that the depart-
ment plans to offer will be posted and distributed to advisers. This
listing will project two years into the future and will be updated at
the beginning of each academic year. COM 300 and COM 400
may not be used to satisfy' the upper-division course requirements.
Additional Notes
a. Limited substitutions may be made to the required lower-divi-
sion courses with the adviser's written consent.
b. A grade of C or better must be earned in each of the required
lower-division courses and in each of the courses selected to
meet the upper-division requirements. Also, a 2.5 average or
better must be earned in the aggregate of lower- and upper-
division courses before graduation will be recommended.
c. To encourage B.A. Communication Studies majors to develop
communication competence that extends beyond oral English, a
grade of C or better is required in ENG 120 and 121, and a
grade of C- or better is required in the 202-level course of a
foreign language. If a major employs the culture cluster option
to fijlfill his/her language requirement, a C- or better is
required in the 102 level of the foreign language course and in
each of the culture cluster courses.
d. Students who exhaust their course repeat options and have not
earned a grade of C or better in all the prerequisite communica-
tion courses will be advised that they will not be able to com-
plete the requirements for a B.A. in Communication Studies.
The department chair will offer an exit interview and help them
to identify available alternatives.
3. Foreign Language/Culture Requirement 0- 1 5 semester hours
See page 37.
4. Applied Area
Courses are to be selected in consultation
with an adviser to meet career objectives.
27-42 semester hours
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION-
COMMUNICATION
1 . Core Requirements 30 semester hours
COM 208, 2 1 9, and 4 1 5; ENG 230, 33 1 , and
335 or 339; LIT 200 or 201, 202 or 203, 230
or 23 1 ; English composition as advised
2. Emphasis Area Requirements 30 semester hours
Choose two areas:
a. Communication Requirements ( 1 5 credits)
COM 216, 224, 307, and 405; THA 102
Participation in forensics activities is required.
College of Arts and Sciences
Communication Studies
b. Tiieatre Requirements (15 credits)
THA 101 (to be taken as a general education
arts requirement), 103, 104, 210, 301, and
306 or 307. Participation in theatre productions
is required.
c. Media Requirements (15 credits)
COM 202, 212, 217 or 317, and 320; JRN 200
3. Professional Education Requirements 30 semester hours
COM 402, EDF 100, EDM 300, EDP 250
and 351, and EDS 306 and 412
Program Enrollment Limitations
When the number of students seeking to transfer into department pro-
grams exceeds program capacity, applicants who have attained a mini-
mum grade of C in each course of the prerequisite core (COM 208,
219, 224) will be ranked by grade point average in the core. Selection
for admission will be based on these rankings at the conclusion of
each semester, after grades are posted. Students who do not gain
admission may reapply, but they must compete with the group of
applicants in that semester.
Minor in Communication Studies 18 semester hours
This minor may be taken as one of the minors in the bachelor of arts
or bachelor of science in the liberal studies general degree program. A
minor in communication studies requires students to complete three
prerequisite courses; COM 208, COM 219, and COM 224, and to earn
a grade of C or better in each of these courses. Students are also
required to earn a grade of C or better in ENG 1 20 and ENG 121.
Three elective courses may then be selected from any 300- or 400-
level courses offered in communication studies, but a C grade or bet-
ter must be earned in each of these courses, and a 2.5 average must be
achieved in the minor before clearance for graduation with a minor
will be granted. A student must have a 2.0 cumulative average or bet-
ter to gain admission to the minor in communication studies.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
COMMUNICATION STUDIES
Symbol: COM
001 Preparatorj- Speech Communication (1)
This preparatory course will introduce the con-
cepts of listening, organizing thoughts, speaking
those thoughts to audiences, and dealing with con-
flicts in college through the use of effective oral
communication. These concepts will be taught
through assigned reading, lecture/discussion, and
various activities. Emphasis will be on the integra-
tion of basic oral communication skills.
101 Speech Fundamentals: Interpersonal
Communication (3) Development of competen-
cies for purposeful speech communication.
Awareness of the effects of language on communi-
cations. Recognition of the types and purposes of a
selected number of communications. Grasp of the
role of evidence and organization in spoken mes-
sages.
105 Voice Dynamics (3) Training in the creative-
esthetic production of speech; includes respiration,
phonation, articulation, and resonation,
200 Communication Careers Planning 1 (1) This
course is designed to introduce the first of a two-
phase, career-planning process. Self-assessment and
exploration is provided through assigned readings,
mini-lectures, reflective exercises, and small group
activities.
202 Scripts and Formats for Mass Media (3)
Students are required to analyze, evaluate, and pro-
duce scripts for a variety of mass media formats. The
course emphasis is on radio, television, and film.
204 Interpersonal Communication (3) One-on-
one communication to give the student a funda-
mental understanding of the processes and experi-
ences of the most basic type of human communi-
cation.
208 Public Speaking (3) Development of skills
necessary to understand the theory of communica-
tion as a problem-solving tool in the community.
Special emphasis is on the student's performance
as a sender and receiver of messages directed at
social action.
210 Photo Communication I (3) A basic course
in the use of creative techniques available to the
beginning photographer for the production of
high-quality slides.
212 Mass Communication (3) A survey course
designed to identify-, analyze, and evaluate the
pragmatic, persuasive, creative, and technical
dimensions of mass media.
216 Small Group Communication (3) Introduction
to and practice in the structured small group.
Emphasis on preparation for, analysis of and partici-
pation in problem-solving oriented groups.
217 Directing and Producing the Documentary
Television Program (3) Planning and producing
the nondramatic television production.
219 Communication Theory (3) A study of
human communication that includes a historical
view of the field, examinations of definitions of
communication, analyses of the nature of theory
and the process of theorizing, assessment of per-
spectives of communication, and construction of
models of communication.
220 Multi-Media Communication (3) The prac-
tical application of communication theory through
experiences in photography and multi-media pro-
ductions. The creative potential of combining
sound and various photographic elements will be
explored with special attention given to photojour-
nalism as used in advertising, public relations, the-
atre, and related mass communication fields.
221 Photo Communication 11 (3) This course
will give the student a chance to develop a person-
al photographic communication style. The student
will be encouraged to explore and express his or
her personal perceptions through photography.
224 Communication Research (3) An examina-
tion of the nature of inquiry and research in com-
mimication. Emphasis on understanding and
appreciating the strengths and weaknesses of vari-
ous methods of research in communication.
230 Business and Professional Speech Communi-
cation (3) Practice in effective speaking and listen-
ing. Interpersonal communication in the business
and professional setting, including reports and sales
presentations, policy speeches, conference leader-
ship techniques, group dynamics, and speaking.
231 Interviewing in Organizations (3) An intro-
duction to the skills necessary for a variety of
organizational interview settings. Students will act
as interviewers and interviewees in many types of
interviews, work in groups, and give performance
feedback to peers.
300 Communication Careers Planning II (1)
This second phase of the careers planning course
series examines the initial steps required for find-
ing employment. Topics covered include the job-
hunting process, resume development, networking,
and the transition from college to employment.
303 Modem Trends in Argument (3) Smdy of the
new thinking in argumentation theory. De-empha-
sizes classic validity and centers on the building of
arguments that are acceptable to the listeners. Course
focuses on the work of Stephen Toulmin and Chaim
Perelman. PREREQ: COM 208, 219, 224.
304 Organizational Communication (3) An in-
depth analysis of the dynamic process of commu-
nication as it occurs in organizational networks.
PREREQ: COM 208, 216, 219, 224.
307 Nonverbal Communication (3) A study of
the verbal and sensory messages we are constantly
receiving. Body language and the uses of space,
time, touch, objects, and color inherent in the sen-
sory messages we receive. PREREQ: COM 208,
219,224.
309 Advanced Public Speaking (3) Designing
personal strategies, adapting delivery to large audi-
ences, developing oral use of language, and speak-
ing to live or simulated community groups. PRE-
REQ: COM 208, 219, 224.
310 Field Experience in Photographic Com-
munication (3) This course in slide photography
will build on the student's previous experiences in
photography. The student will develop the techni-
cal, visual, and photo communication skills neces-
sary to explore, record, and interpret his or her
surroundings through photographic essays and
related photo communication projects. These skills
will be achieved through field experiences and
classroom instruction.
312 Intercultural Communication (3) A study
of factors that contribute to communication break-
downs between diverse cultures and between frag-
mented segments within the same society. PRE-
REQ: COM 208. 219, 224.
315 Structure of Meetings (3) This course pre-
pares students to plan formal agenda, write and
interpret organizational by-laws and constitutions,
and participate in and preside over meetings
according to parliamentary procedures.
317 Directing and Producing the Dramatic Tele-
\'ision Program (3) Planning the program. Preparing
the shooting script. Practice in rehearsing with aaore
and cameras. PREREQ: COM 208, 219, 224.
318 Forensics (3) Study in the philosophy and
practice of forensics. Initiating, developing, and
administrating a forensic program. Coaching and
judging debate and individual events. PREREQ:
COM208, 219, 224.
320 Communicating on Television and Radio
(3) For the student who. by career or circumstance,
will be required to be on radio and television. The
focus of the course will be on three major areas:
interviewer/interviewee techniques; acting for tele-
vision, including working in commercials; and
news reporting, including studio and remote loca-
tions. PREREQ: COM 208, 219, 224, THA 103.
330 Oral Communication for Technical Profes-
sionals (3) The student will explore the oral com-
ponent of effective communication as it applies to
Communicative Disorders
School of Health Sciences
the business and professional world of mathemat-
ics, engineering, and science. PREREQ; COM
208.219,224.
355 Public Relations Principles (3) An introduc-
tion to the role of the public relations practitioner
in the formation of public opinion. Communica-
tions theory will be combined with specific tech-
niques for working w ith the press, producing print-
ed material, and conducting special events. PRE-
REQ: COM 208, 219. 224.
♦ 399 Directed Studies in Speech Communi-
cation (1-3) Research, creati\e projects, reports,
and readings in speech communication. Students
must apply to advisers one semester in advance of
registration. Open to juniors and seniors only.
PREREQ: COM 208, 219. 224, and approval of
department chairperson.
^ 400 Internship in Speech Communication (3-
6-9-12-15) This course provides a structured and
super\ ised work experience in communication.
Credits earned are based on amount of time spent
on the job. Students must apply to the department
internship coordinator and receive approval of the
department internship faculty committee to be
admitted. PREREQ: COM 208, 219, 224.
402 Teaching Communications (3) Theory and
practice in teaching junior and senior high school
communication and drama courses, and in direct-
ing cocurricular programs in junior and senior
high school. PREREQ: COM 208, 219, 224.
403 Persuasion (3) Current theories of attitude
and attitude change. Practice in speaking to modify
behavior through appeals to the drives and motives
of the listener. PREREQ: COM 208, 219, 224.
405 Argumentation and Debate (3) Functions
and principles of argumentation and debate,
including analysis, evidence, reasoning, and refu-
tation. Class debates on vital issues. PREREQ:
COM208, 219, 224.
410 Conflict Resolution (3) This course explores
the means of resolving conflict through argument,
negotiation, mediation, and arbitration. PREREQ:
COM 208, 219. 224.
415 (also LIN 415) Language. Thought, and
Behavior (3) This course is designed to help stu-
dents understand the way language functions in
the communication process. To accomplish this
purpose, various language systems will be exam-
ined and one will be selected for in-depth analysis.
PREREQ: COM 208, 219, 224.
^ 499 Communication Seminar (3) Intensive
examination of a selected area of study in the field of
communication studies. Topics will be announced in
advance. PREREQ: COM 208, 219, 224.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Communicative Disorders
201 Carter Drive
610-436-3401
Elena Stuart, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Stigora, Weiss
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Koenig, Stratton
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Atcheson, Stuart
The Department of Communicative Disorders offers a program lead-
ing to a B.A. in communicative disorders. It is a preprofessional pro-
gram that provides students with basic knowledge of human commu-
nication and communication disorders in preparation for graduate
study in audiology, speech-language pathology, speech and hearing
science, or related health science or communication fields.
Students will be provided with the opportunity to complete much of
the undergraduate preparation that is applicable to fiilfilling the
requirements for the Certificate of Clinical Competence (CCC) from
the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA).
The department operates a Speech and Hearing Clinic that serves as a
teaching and training facility for the academic program. The clinic
provides diagnostic and therapeutic services for children and adults
with speech, language, and hearing problems. These services are
available to individuals from the University as well as from the sur-
rounding communities.
Academic Policies
1 . Grades of "D" or "F" earned in major (SPP) courses must be
raised to "C" or better. A failed major course must be repeated the
next time the course is offered.
2. A minimum 2.5 cumulative GPA and 2.5 major average is
required for all communicative disorders majors in order to com-
plete the degree programs.
BACHELOR OF ARTS —
COMMUNICATIVE DISORDERS
4.
5.
General Requirements, see pages 34-36
Foreign Language and Culture
Related Areas
These courses are to be selected under
advisement from a department-approved list.
Communicative Disorders Concentration
SPP 101, 106, 163, 166, 203, 204, 206, 263,
323, 333, 346, 350, 363, 366, 451, ajid 463
Elect! ves
5 1 semester hours
9-15 semester hours
24 semester hours
33 semester hours
6-2 1 semester hours
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
COMMUNICATIVE DISORDERS
Symbol: SPP
101 Introduction to Communicative Disorders
(3) An introductory survey of normal processes
and disorders of speech, language, and hearing.
Suitable for nonmajors.
106 Anatomy of Speech and Hearing
Mechanisms (3) A study of embryology, normal
development, neurology, and physiology of
anatomical structures of the speech and hearing
mechanisms. PREREQ: SPP 101.
163 Seminar I in Communicative Disorders (.5)
The seminar is designed to help integrate experi-
ential and theoretical information. The seminar
will focus on career/professional awareness, orien-
tation to the department, and individual studies.
166 Seminar II in Communicative Disorders
(.5) The seminar is designed to help integrate
experiential and theoretical information. The semi-
nar will focus on personal adjustment, assertive-
ness, and active listening.
203 Speech and Hearing Science (3) This course
presents students with the fundamental knowledge
of acoustics related to speech production and
speech perception. It also provides an opportunity
for students to engage in laboratory experiences
related to acoustic and psychoacoustic measure-
ment.
204 Speech and Language Development (3)
Examination of normal communication develop-
ment: biological, cognitive, social, and ecological
bases of language. Developmental milestones from
prelinguistic communication to oral language and
literacy. Normal variations in development associ-
ated with cultural diversity and bilingualism. PRE-
REQ: ENG/LFN 230, SPP 101.
206 Articulation Disorders and Clinical
Phonology (3) The symptomatology, etiology,
assessment, and remediation of articulatory and
phonological disorders. Includes study of standard
and variant sounds of the English language, and
development of skills in their recognition, produc-
tion, and transcription. PREREQ: ENGT.IN 230.
SPP 101, 106,203,204.
263 Seminar III in Communicative Disorders
(.5) The seminar is designed to help integrate
experiential and theoretical information. The semi-
nar will focus on implications of disabilities and
on cultural diversity.
323 Fluency and Voice Disorders (3) The symp-
tomatology, etiology , diagnosis, and treatment of
communicative disorders associated with fluency
and voice.
333 Language Disorders (3) Clinical manage-
ment issues associated with developmental and
acquired language disorders in children and adults.
Linguistic patterns observed in the performance of
individuals with various etiological conditions
(e.g., mental retardation, autism, hearing loss, neu-
rological impairment, craniofacial anomalies,
learning disability). Factors indicating risk for and
maintenance of language disorders. Protocols for
evaluation and treatment indicated by develop-
mental theories, processing models, and sensitivity
to normal variations among culturall> diverse pop-
ulations. PREREQ: SPP 204.
340 Developmental and Disorders of Language
(3) An examination of normal language develop-
ment and its psycholinguistic, neurological, and
social dimensions. Special education considera-
tions for children with language disorders. PRE-
REQ: EDA 101 or 102 is required; SPP 101 is rec-
ommended.
College of Arts and Sciences
Computer Science
346 Hearing Disorders (3) An introduction to
audiology and its relationship to other medical and
educational fields concerned with hearing impair-
ments. Developmental, medical, social, physical,
and psychological properties of hearing and sound
are explored. Evaluative techniques are introduced
with opportunity for limited practical experience.
PREREQ: SPP 106 and 203.
350 Clinical Principles in Communicative
Disorders (3) A study of evaluative and therapeu-
tic materials and methods applicable to the profes-
sional setting. PREREQ: SPP 206, 323, and 333.
363 Seminar IV in Communicative Disorders
(.5) The seminar is designed to help integrate
experiential and theoretical information, focusing
on principles and applications of counseling.
366 Seminar V in Communicative Disorders
(.5) The seminar is designed to help integrate
experiential and theoretical information, focusing
on professional resources and the legal, ethical,
and political responsibilities of the professional.
♦ 410 Independent Study (1-3) Research, cre-
ative projects, reports, and readings in speech
pathology and audiology. Application must be
made to advisers by students one semester in
advance of registration. Open to juniors and
seniors only. PREREQ: Approval of department
chairperson. Offered on demand.
451 Clinical Practicum in Communicative
Disorders (3) Supervised practice in the Speech
and Hearing Clinic. Designed to prepare students
to evaluate and provide therapy for children and
adults who have communication problems. Must
be repeated if performance is not satisfactory.
PREREQ: Permission of instructor and 2.5 aver-
age in major SPP courses.
463 Seminar VI in Communicative Disorders
(.5) The seminar is designed to help integrate expe-
riential and theoretical information, focusing on
employment opportunities and graduate education.
469 Clinical Instrumentation (3) Evaluation,
selection, use, and maintenance of electronic aids
for the speech and hearing clinician. Emphasis on
demonstrations and practical experience. Open to
speech pathology and audiology students with
senior standing. Also offered as SPP 569 for grad-
uate credit.
♦ 498 Workshop in Communicative Disorders
(3)
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Computer Science
404 Anderson Hall
610-436-2204
John W. Weaver, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Epstein, Fabrey, Weaver
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Ahlbom, Kline, Milito, Wyatt
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: Edelman
The Department of Computer Science offers a program leading to the
bachelor of science degree. The B.S. in computer science prepares the
student for a career in the field of computer science and its applica-
tions and/or additional study in computer science at the graduate level.
Students gain valuable on-the-job experience through an internship
program with local industry or business. Normally, the computer sci-
ence degree requires attendance during eight academic semesters plus
one summer session. Majors should pay attention to the prototypical
schedules and select the one that meets their career goals. It is impor-
tant the major consult with his/her adviser to ensure that all require-
ments are being met.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE - COMPUTER SCIENCE AND
INFORMATION SCIENCES
1. General Requirements, see pages 34-36 5 1 semester hours
CSC 141 and MAT 151 are required and will
count towards the general education requirements.
2. Core Curriculum
Computer Science Requirements
CSC 142, 220, 240, 241, 242, 402
Communication Skills Requirements
COM 101 or 230 and ENG 368 or 371
Mathematics Requirement
MAT 161, 162
Cooperative Experience (i.e.. Internship)
CSC 400
3. Additional Requirements
In addition to completing the core curriculum (requirements in
computer science, communication skills, and mathematics), the
student must complete 27 credits consisting of any combination of
A. approved electives in computer science,
B. approved electives in business,
C. approved electives in mathematics, or
D. courses which have been taken as part of the completion of a
minor.
At least 15 of these credits must be from approved electives in
computer science.
4. Approved Electives
A. Computer Science Courses;
Any CSC major elective course at or above the 300 level
1 8 semester hours
6 semester hours
1 1 semester hours
9 semester hours
27 semester hours
B. Business Courses:
ACC 201, ACC 202, ECO 340, ECO 348, MOT 300, MIS 300,
MIS 451, MKT 200
C. Mathematics Courses:
Any MAT major elective course at or above the 200 level
5. Special Entrance Requirements
Students who enter WCU as first-year computer science majors
should meet the following high school criteria:
• Rank in the top two-fifths of graduating class
• Pass Algebra 1, Algebra II, Geometry, and a senior year math
course
• Earn a math SAT original score of 500 (or recentered score of
520) or better
• Earn a combined SAT original score of 950 (or recentered
score of 1020) or better
6. Transfer and Continuation Requirements
Students who seek to transfer to the computer science major from
another college or from another major within WCU must first earn
a grade of B or better in CSC 141 (or equivalent course, or CSC
142 or CSC 240) and earn a grade of C- or better in MAT 161 (or
equivalent or higher-level mathematics course) before being admit-
ted to the major.
All computer science majors at WCU must satisfy the same
requirements as stated above before being permitted to take any
300 or higher-level computer science major course.
Exceptions to this transfer and continuation policy can be made on
a case-by-case basis by the department chairperson.
7. Graduation Requirements
In order to graduate, a CIS major must earn a grade of C- or better
in each course taken to fulfill the core requirements (listed above)
and the additional requirements (listed above). Furthermore, a CIS
major must earn a 2.5 GPA overall in CSC courses and a 2.0 GPA
overall in MAT courses taken to complete the core or additional
requirements.
This policy does not apply to courses that are taken as free electives.
Minor in Computer Science 19 semester hours
Baccalaureate students may receive transcript recognition for a minor
area of study in computer science by completing the following six
required courses:
CSC 141, 142, 240, 241; MAT 151, 161
In addition, at least one 300-level CSC classroom course is strongly
recommended. A student must earn a minimum grade of C- in each
course and a minimum overall GPA of 2.0 for all courses taken for
the minor.
Computer Science
Colleae of Arts and Sciences
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
COMPUTER SCIENCE
SYMBOL: CSC
* 101 Introduction to Computers (3) (nonma-
jors) A course for nonmajors dealing with what
computers are. what they can do, and how they are
used. A brief history of computers and the societal
implications of computer usage. A brief introduc-
tion to the Internet is provided along with hands-
on experience using word processing, database,
and spreadsheet software.
* 110 Fundamentals of Computer Science (3)
(nonmajors) Introduction to the fundamentals of
computing. Topics include surveys of the follow-
ing sub-areas of computer science: artificial intelli-
gence, hardware/operating systems, programming
languages/software, ethics/social issues, history,
electronic communications, problem solving, and
programming. The course includes laboratory pro-
jects in application software, programming, and
electronic communication, as well as a report on
one of the first four areas above. PREREQ: CSC
101 (or equivalent) or permission of instructor.
■k l\5 Introduction to Computer
Programming (3) (nonmajors) The art and sci-
ence of computing are introduced using a struc-
tured programming language, such as Structured
BASIC. Topics include looping, branching, arrays,
and program development.
* 141 Computer Science I (3) The art and sci-
ence of computing and its applications are intro-
duced using a structured programming language,
such as C++. Topics include structured program-
ming, algorithmic development, decisions, loops,
fimctions. parameter passing, and arrays. PRE-
REQ: Two years of high school algebra.
142 Computer Science II (3) Techniques of pro-
gram design, documentation, and implementation
are studied using an object-oriented language, such
as C++. Topics include classes, multidimensional
arrays, records, pointers and dynamic data, pointer
arithmetic, internal storage of simple and com-
pound data types, text and binary files, and intro-
duction to recursion. PREREQ: CSC 141.
220 Foundations of Computer Science (3)
Topics include regular and context tree grammars
and languages, computational logic, fmite state
machines, and parsing. PREREQ: MAT 151 and
161.
240 Computer Science III (3) The object-orient-
ed paradigm is studied using a computer language,
such as C++. Topics include class hierarchies and
inheritance, ftinction and operator overloading,
object-oriented design and implementation,
streams, templates, and class libraries. PREREQ:
CSC 142, MAT 151.
241 Data Structures (3) Data structures and
related algorithms are studied using object-orient-
ed programming, such as C++. Topics include data
abstraction, recursion, lists, stacks, queues, linked
lists, trees, hashing, searching and sorting algo-
rithms, and the evaluation of algorithm efficiency.
PREREQ: CSC 240, MAT 151 and 161.
242 Computer Organization (3) This course
teaches introductory topics in computer architec-
ture and hardware design as well as the basics of
assembly language. Software is provided to assem-
ble, run, and debug assembly language programs.
Additionally, a compiler for a high-level language,
such as C++ demonstrates the realistic usage of
assembly language. PREREQ: CSC 142, MAT
151.
300 Cooperative Programming (3) The student
works for an organization involved in the comput-
er field. The student may do work in various areas
of the discipline such as programming, network-
ing, or customer support. PREREQ: Written
approval of the internship director; CSC 141, 142,
240, and 241 with a 2.50 GPA in CSC; MAT 151
and 161 with a 2.00 GPA in MAT. Offered in the
summer only.
317 Visual Programming (3) Techniques for
programming in a visual environment are studied.
Languages such as Visual BASIC and Java will be
covered. PREREQ: CSC 240. Offered in the fall.
321 Database Management Systems (3)
Characteristics of generalized database manage-
ment systems. Surveys of different database mod-
els that are currently used. The design and imple-
mentation of a database system. PREREQ: CSC
240 and 241 . Offered in the spring.
331 Operating Systems (3) This course is a gen-
eral survey of elements of operating systems with
in-depth studies of certain features of specific
operating systems. Elements of concurrent pro-
gramming are studied, such as the mutual exclu-
sion problem, semaphores, and monitors.
Additionally, the following topics are covered:
process scheduling and deadlock avoidance; mem-
ory management issues such as paging and seg-
mentation; organization and protection of file sys-
tems. PREREQ: CSC 220, 240, 241, and 242. '
Offered in the fall.
335 Data Communications and Networking I
(3) An overview of the various aspects of modem
data and telecommunications. Discussion of the
hardware and software facets of the transmission
of information in the forms of voice, data, text,
and image. Topics include communication proto-
cols, transmission technologies, analog/digital
transmission, communications media, public data
networks, LANs, and ISDN. PREREQ: CSC 240
and 241. Offered in the fall.
336 Data Communications and Networking II
(3) An in-depth study of various aspects of mod-
em data communication systems. Discussion of
serial port communications, netvvork performance
and design, and Internet protocols. Topics include
PC serial port hardware (RS-232, UART) and soft-
ware (XMODEM protocol), queuing theory, X.25,
fi^me relay, SMDS, BISDN, ATM, TCP/IP, sock-
ets and Intemet applications. PREREQ: CSC 335.
Offered in the spring.
341 Compiler (3) Covers the basic topics in com-
piler design including lexical analysis, syntax
analysis, error handling, symbol tables, intermedi-
ate code generation, and some optimization.
Programming assignments will build various
pieces of a compiler for a small language. PRE-
REQ: CSC 220, 240, 241, and 242. Offered in the
spring.
345 Programming Language Concepts and
Paradigms (3) An examination of the conceptual
underpinning of programming languages and of
the paradigms into which they fall. Topics will be
drawn from those comprising the field of program-
ming language such as abstraction, bindings, con-
currency, design, encapsulation, history, represen-
tation, storage, and types. Programming projects
will focus on languages within the functional,
declarative, and object-oriented paradigms - such
as Common Lisp, ML, Prolog, CLOS - rather than
the familiar imperative paradigm. PREREQ: CSC
220, 240, and 241 . Offered in the fall.
350 Computers in Education (3) (nonmajors)
Technical knowledge and skills for successful use
of the computer as a supportive tool for education
in the elementary and secondary school classes.
Includes hands-on experience using word process-
ing, database, spreadsheet, and elementary desktop
publishing. Soft\\are evaluation techniques are
learned using both utility and subject-matter soft-
ware. Usually offered in the summer.
361 Simulation of Discrete Systems (3)
Computer simulation using logical and numerical
modeling to represent discrete s\ stems. Detailed
analysis of the foundation upon which all discrete
simulation languages are buih. Use of a special
language, such as GPSS, to simulate actual sys-
tems. PREREQ: CSC 220, 240, 241, and MAT
221. Offered in the fall.
371 Computer Graphics (3) A mathematical ap-
proach to the construction and manipulation of pro-
totypes for graphical display purposes, taking into
consideration light source, reflexivity of surfaces,
and color palates. Includes an elementary treatment
of animation. PREREQ: CSC 220, 240, 241, and
MAT 211. Offered in the spring or summer.
400 Cooperative Specialty (9) The student works
in the area of computer science that is his or her
specialty. PREREQ: Written approval of the
intemsh'ip director; CSC 141, 142, 240, and 241
with a 2.50 GPA in CSC; MAT 151 and 161 with
a 2.00 GPA in MAT.
402 Software Engineering (3) This course
explores the technical, ethical, organizational, and
social implications of computing. In addition to
assigned readings, including software engineering
literature, students develop a moderately large
software team project. PREREQ: CSC 240 and
241. Offered in the fall.
417 User Interfaces (3) This course covers
designing and creating graphical user interface
(GUI) programs. Window tool kit sets are present-
ed in several programming languages to illustrate
variation in styles of GUI programming. PRE-
REQ: CSC 240, 241, and 317, or permission of
instructor. Offered in the spring,
481 Artificial Intelligence (3) Artificial
Intelligence (AI) is concerned with the replication
or simulation on a machine of the complex behav-
iors associated with intelligence. Topics will be
drawn from any of those comprising the field of
AI such as agent architectures, automatic truth
maintenance, constraint satisfaction, expert sys-
tems, fiizzy logic, games, genetic algorithms,
knowledge representation, machine learning, neur-
al networks and connectionism. natural language
processing, planning, reasoning, robotics, search,
theorem proving, and vision. Projects requiring
coding will focus on an AI language such as
Common Lisp or Prolog. PREREQ: CSC 345.
Offered in the summer or fall.
490 Independent Project in Computer Science
(3) The student designs and implements a soffware
system. Project problems are drawn from local
industry and university departments. A computer
science faculty member supervises each project.
PREREQ: Permission of instructor. Offered as
needed.
♦ 495 Topics in Computer Science (3) Topic
announced at time of offering. PREREQ:
Permission of instmctor. Offered as needed.
499 Independent Study in Computer Science
(3) In conjunction with the instructor, the student
selects study topics via literature search. PREREQ:
Permission of instructor. Offered as needed.
* Approved distributive requirement course
^ This course may be taken again for credit.
School of Business and Public Affairs
Criminal Justice
Department of Counseling and Educational Psychology
201 Recitation Hall
610-436-2559
Angelo F. Gadaleto, Chairperson
Patricia C. Broderick, Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: D. Brown, Gadaleto, Kahn, Parsons
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: Napierkowski
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Broderick, Hinson, Spradlin
The Department of Counseling and Educational Psychology provides
courses such as Educational Psychology, Adolescent Development,
and Essentials of the Helping Relationship. Educational Psychology is
a required component of the University teacher certification program.
Adolescent Development and Essentials of the Helping Relationship
are popular elective courses.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
COUNSELOR EDUCATION
Symbol: EDC
462 Essentials of the Helping Relationship (3)
This course surveys the concepts and skills
involved in helping others through individual
interviewing, problem solving, decision making,
and systematic behavior change.
^ 498 Counselor Education Workshop (3)
499 Peer Helper Workshop (1-3) A workshop that
focuses on acquisition of specific knowledge and
skills necessary for working in a college setting.
EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Symbol: EDP
249 Adolescent Development (3) This course
focuses on the emotional, social, intellectual,
moral, physical, and self-concept factors shaping
human behavior with emphasis on adolescent
behavior.
250 Educational Psychology (3) A study of
learning in relation to the physical, social, emo-
tional, and intellectual aspects of personality.
467 Group Dynamics (3) A group process course
designed to help students develop their personal
effectiveness in group situations.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Criminal Justice
200 Ruby Jones Hall
610-436-2647
Jana Nestlerode, Chairperson
PROFESSOR: Nestlerode
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Brewster, Metz
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Nealy, O'Neill
West Chester University's Department of Criminal Justice offers a
broad-based, interdisciplinary program that combines theory with
application. Courses that teach applied knowledge complement a solid
core curriculum of theory, philosophy, and analysis. The program is
designed to fulfill the needs of four categories of students:
1. Those who desire a carefully planned four-year program of study
to prepare for careers in criminal justice;
2. Students from two-year colleges who desire to continue their edu-
cations and obtain bachelor's degrees;
3. Criminal justice professionals who seek to increase their profes-
sional competencies by strengthening their educational back-
grounds;
4. Those who wish to pursue master's degrees or law degrees.
The program provides 1 ) a core curriculum of required courses to
ensure a solid working knowledge of the major systems within the
discipline; 2) a variety of elective courses that permits students to tai-
lor their academic careers to their professional goals; 3) a venue for
the development of critical analysis and communication skills; and 4)
practical experience in a criminal justice setting. These primary pro-
grammatic qualities advantageously position the successful undergrad-
uate student for entry-level positions in criminal justice agencies or
postgraduate studies.
A primary feature of the program is the summer practicum served at a
criminal justice agency. It is designed to give the student the opportu-
nity to apply acquired theoretical knowledge and receive direct pro-
fessional experience in the field.
Related Student Activities
The Criminal Justice Club (Sigma Tau Omicron) is the local chapter
of the American Criminal Justice Association (Lambda Alpha
Epsilon). The activities of this organization are open to all students.
The Law Society is an organization also open to all students, but may
be of particular interest to those students aspiring to law school.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— CRIMINAL JUSTICE
5 1 semester hours
1 5 semester hours
1 8 semester hours
1 2 semester hours
30 semester hours
1 . General Requirements, see pages 34-36
2. Required Courses
CRJ 1 10, 210, 300, 387, and 400
NOTE: A minimum grade of C is required
in each course.
3. Criminal Justice Electives
4. Summer Practicum (required)
CRJ 490
NOTE: A minimum grade of C is required in
this course.
5. Related Areas (minor or electives taken
under advisement)
Enrollment in CRJ 1 10 and CRJ 210 is open to all students. However,
enrollment in all other criminal justice courses is limited to criminal
justice majors, criminal justice minors, and to those students who
have received special permission from the department chairperson.
Admission to the program is competitive, and enrollment in such
restricted courses is no assurance of admission into the major (nor is
acceptance into the minor program assurance of future acceptance into
the major). Students wishing to change their majors to criminal justice
must apply to the department in the announced fall and spring appli-
cation periods. Evaluation of applications is based on academic per-
formance, writing ability, and other relevant data.
NOTE: This program deviates from the "Anticipated Time for Degree
Completion," which is outlined on page 47, since the program
requires the completion of requirements that can only be met in the
summer.
18 semester hours
1 5 semester hours
Minor in Criminal Justice
1 . Required Courses
CRJ 110, 210, 300, 387, and 400
NOTE: A minimum grade of C is required
in each course.
2. Criminal Justice Electives 3 semester hours
This minor may be taken as one of the minors in the bachelor of arts
or bachelor of science in liberal studies general degree program.
Criminal Justice
School of Business and Public Affairs
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
CRIMINAL JUSTICE
Symbol: CRJ
110 Introduction to the Criminal Justice
System (3) This course is designed to describe the
criminal justice system from arrest through trial,
appeal, sentencing, correction, and parole. The
object of this course is to provide the student with
a procedural framework of the criminal justice
process.
210 Theories In Criminal Justice (3) This
course is a sur\e> of the historical and contempo-
rar\- attempts to explain the phenomena of crime
and criminal behavior from the perspectives of
sociology. ps\cholog\\ economics, biology, and
law. Emphasis will be placed on contemporary
theorj and the analysis of evidence supportive of
various theoretical positions.
220 Corrections (3) The purpose of this course is
to provide the student w ith a surv ey and analysis
of the correctional system and its processes from
both a historical and geographical perspective.
Emphasis will be placed on relating this survey
and analysis to contemporary practice and future
trends in the area of corrections.
240 Criminal Investigation (3) Criminal investi-
gation ftinctions of police involving crimes of vio-
lence, crimes against property . and organized
crime. Police operational techniques and applica-
ble court decisions in the areas of interv iew,
search, seizure, and arrest.
268 Private Security (3) This course will provide
an in-depth examination of the various facets and
interests of the private sector of security. A review
of the history, organization, management, and
safety issues pertaining to the private security pro-
fession will be addressed. Emphasis is placed on
policy and decision making, personnel, and bud-
geting, as well as an examination of security pro-
gramming that responds to the private sector.
300 Criminal Law (3) This course will cover the
principles of criminal responsibility, the purposes
and limitations of criminal law, and the elements
of various criminal offenses. Substantive criminal
law will cover the conduct, acts, and omissions
that have been designated as crimes. These acts (or
omissions) plus the mental state and other essen-
tial elements that make up criminal action will be
examined. PREREQ: Students must have earned a
grade of C or better in CRJ 1 10, CRJ 210, and
ENG 121.
304 History and Philosophy of Law and Justice
(3) This course is intended to aid the begiiming
student in understanding the historical and philo-
sophical influences on the American criminal jus-
tice system; introduce the student to a broad range
of individuals who, over a period of 2,000 years,
have made significant contributions to the formu-
lation and process of justice; and analyze various
other systems of criminal justice found in dissimi-
lar cultures.
310 Juvenile Justice Administration (3) A sur-
vey of both the formal (police courts corrections)
and the informal (diversion) means of dealing with
the problem of juvenile crime. Emphasis is not on
the behavior but on society's response to it.
Emphasis also will be placed on the legal rights of
juveniles.
312 White-Collar Crime (3) This course ana-
lyzes the usually nonviolent criminal conduct
described as official corruption, systematic crime,
or violations of trust that are characterized by cal-
culation, deceit, and personal enrichment. The
influence of organized crime also is explored.
314 Organized Crime (3) Organized crime is
examined as an American phenomenon, then com-
pared to organized criminal activity in Europe and
Asia. The student will place in perspective the cur-
rent organizations in the U.S. and their historical
development over the last century . European
groupings are examined as precursors models of
U.S. transplants with insights into the proliferation
of such groups in the Far East.
330 Criminal Behavior (3) This course exposes
students to broad, theoretical positions on crime
and to observable criminal offenses. Students will
learn to avoid oversimplified, dogmatic answers.
Research findings on understanding and control-
ling crime will be discussed. The course will help
a student appreciate the need to integrate contem-
porary psychology into an understanding of crimi-
nal behavior.
340 Victimless Crimes (3) This course is
designed to familiarize the student with the ramifi-
cations of vice control. It will cover such topics as
prostitution, homosexuality, pornography, gam-
bling, and bookmaking, as well as historical per-
spectives, statutes and interpretations, a compari-
son of illegal operations, enforcement techniques,
and legalization efforts.
350 Scientiflc Crime Detection (3) This course
will engender an appreciation of what is entailed
for an individual to understand current scientific
methods of detection in the criminal justice sys-
tem.
387 Criminal Justice Research (3) This course
is designed to provide an overv iew of research
methods used in criminal justice research, includ-
ing data collection methods, sampling techniques,
and basic statistical analyses. The course will pro-
vide hands-on application of research methods as
well as critical analyses of research studies con-
ducted by others in the field of criminal justice.
PREREQ: Students must have eamed a grade of C
or better in CRJ 1 1 0, CRJ 2 1 0, and ENG 121.
400 Criminal Procedure (3) This course is an
examination of the theory and application of the
law and rules of evidence for the criminal justice
student. It will develop an understanding of the
reasons for the rules of evidence and a grasp of the
application of the rules in case investigation and
for presentation in court through a study of select-
ed cases, statutes, and the analysis of hypothetical
cases and situations. PREREQ: Students must
have eamed a grade of C or better in CRJ 300 and
CRJ 387.
^ 410 Independent Studies in Criminal Justice
(1-3) Research projects, reports, and readings in
criminal justice. PREREQ: Permission of depart-
ment chairperson.
430 Interviewing and Counseling the Offender
(3) Techniques of interv iewing and counseling
applicable to law enforcement and corrections
officers. Areas of study include the initial inter-
view, interrogation, informant-handling tech-
niques, manipulative behavior of offenders, and
exit interviews. Role pla> ing and sociodrama are
used.
435 Assessment of the Offender (3) This course
will develop students' abilities to describe, recog-
nize, and understand ps>chometric measures on
adult and juvenile offenders. Topics include under-
standing the selection of psychometric measure-
ments, observing and drawing from life histories,
and understanding how violent behavior may be
predicted.
440 Violent Crime (3) This course seeks to sur-
vey the incidence of violent crime, to analyze the
violent criminal, and to study the variety of means
that have been developed to control criminal vio-
lence.
450 Criminalistics (3) This course is designed to
follow CRJ 240 and CRJ 350. It builds on the
principles learned in those courses and permits
students to apply those principles. The course
involves demonstrations of examinations and
analyses of phvsical evidence. Students actively
participate in several of those examinations and
experiments. Materials w ill be prov ided; field trips
mav be made. Course enrollment is limited.
♦ 455 Topical Seminar in Criminal Justice (3)
Intensive examination of a selected area of study
in the field of criminal justice. Topics will be
announced at the time of offering. Course may be
taken more than once when different topics are
presented. PREREQ: Junior or senior CRJ major
or with permission of instructor.
460 Evidence and Trial Advocacy (3) This
course moves a step beyond basic criminal law
and criminal procedure studies and takes the stu-
dent into the courtroom. The student will learn
basic rules of evidence presentation and court pro-
cedure and discover how the trial process works
by actively participating in it. The student will
learn how to distill the issues, and to present con-
cise, well-reasoned arguments supporting a given
position. It is in this manner that the student will
learn critical analysis and practical presentation.
(This course is designed for those students who
have completed CRJ 300 and CRJ 400.)
461 Notable Criminal Cases (3) Selected factual
accounts of criminality and criminal behavior over
the past 75 years are analyzed. Selection is based
on notoriety and continued dispute. Course is
designed to illuminate, through reading and class
analysis, a wide spectrum of criminal conduct and
the related invesfigative and judicial response.
462 Management Problems and Practices (3)
This course is intended to aid in the instruction of
students who are potential candidates for adminis-
trative positions. Its objective is neither to present
a new approach to the field nor to suppon an
existing one; rather, it is to provide the student
with a well-rounded view of the subject and to lay
the groundwork for ftirther study. This is done by
bringing together the most appropriate concepts
and practices in managing an organization; e.g.,
purpose defining, planning, decision making,
staffing, motivating, communicating, collective
bargaining, and controlling.
470 Interpersonal Relations (3) This course is
designed to aid a student's self analysis in terms of
behavior patterns or changes affecting his or her
life. This self knowledge often leads to under-
standing relationships with others, which can assist
students in relating to other persons in their per-
sonal, social, and professional lives.
482 Contemporary Legal Issues (3) This course
encompasses a brief review of the general princi-
ples of law and procedure, followed bv an in-depth
study of the more controversial legal dilemmas
facing today's criminal justice system. The course
is designed to shed light on each side of the issue,
to enable the student to see beyond the superficial
aspects of the conflict, and to understand its more
profound nature.
487 Ethical Issues in Criminal Justice (3) This
course is designed to identify and examine ethical
issues among practitioners and students in the
criminal justice field. Such issues may include the
discretionary power of arrest, the use of deadly
force, the decision to prosecute, participation in
plea bargaining, representation of the guilty, and
^ This course may be taken again for credit.
School of Education
Earl\ Childhood and Special Education
the imposition of punishment. Such a course will
promote inquir\ that combines ethical analysis
with a practical awareness of the realities of the
criminal justice system.
490 Practicum (12) Full-time 12-week structured
work experience at a department-approved
criminal justice agency under the joint supervision
of the faculty instructor and the agenc\ . The
course includes periodic reports, a final paper, and
attendance at classes held on campus. Offered pri-
marily in the summer. PREREQ: 84 earned
credits, GPA at WCU of at least 2.0, C or better in
CRJ 300 and CRJ 387. Note: An\ student termi-
nated for cause by the professional agency may
not retake the course unless special approval to do
so is obtained from the department.
Department of Early Childhood and Special Education
309 Recitation Hall
610-436-2579
Judith S. Finkel, Chairperson
Catherine Prudhoe, Assistant Chairperson
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Finkel, Maggitti, Prudhoe, Zlotowski
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Drake, Koury, McGinley, Ozelis
The Department of Early Childhood and Special Education stands out
in the southeastern Pennsylvania region because of numerous and
early opportunities for practicum experiences afforded its students; its
small, professionally diverse faculty; a high rate of employment
opportunities; a heightened sense of collegialitj' and volunteerism
among hs students; and finally, national (National Council for
Accreditation of Teacher Education), regional (Middle States
Association of Colleges and Secondary- Schools), and state
(Pennsylvania Department of Education) accreditation.
The Department of Early Childhood and Special Education offers pro-
grams of study leading to a bachelor of science in early childhood
education or a bachelor of science in special education. Minor concen-
trations are available in either area.
The B.S.Ed, in EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION curriculum is
designed to provide both the liberal education and special preparation
required for careers in public and private school teaching and director-
ship, as well as supervisory work in early childhood programs other
than those under the auspices of the public schools. Upon satisfactory-
completion of the program, the student will qualify for a Pennsylvania
Instructional I Teaching Certificate valid for six years of teaching in
preschool, kindergarten, and grades one through three.
The B.S.Ed, in SPECIAL EDUCATION prepares teachers who can
provide diverse student populations with the knowledge, skills, and
values considered essential for effective participation in society. It
provides relevant and comprehensive education for those who desire
to support the educational, emotional, and physical needs of students
with disabilities, from birth to 21 years of age, in the public schools of
Pennsylvania. Upon satisfactory completion of the program, the stu-
dent will qualify- for a Pennsylvania Instructional I Teacher
Certificate, valid for six years of teaching.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION— EARLY
CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
(Curriculum NK-3)
1 . General Requirements, see pages 34-36 5 1 semester hours
Includes MAT 101 and requirements in art,
literature, philosophy, psychology, and
computer literacy
2. Professional Education 1 2 semester hours
EDF 100, EDM 300, EDP 250+ and 351 +
3. Specialized Preparation 70 semester hours
ECE 100, 22I+. 225+, 23 1+, 232, 306, 307,
310, 320, 321+, 325+, 405+, 4I0+, 41 1+;
KIN 449; LIT 352; MAT 349+; MUE 232;
andSMD211
NOTE: Music and physical education courses may count toward the
general requirements.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION— SPECIAL
EDUCATION
I . General Requirements, see pages 34-36 5 1 semester hours
24 semester hours
Introduction to Psychology is required.
Electives selected under advisement
(see department handbook).
2. Professional Education
Required: EDF 100, EDM 300, EDP 250
and 351, and student teaching
*3. Special Education 30 semester hours
Required: EDA 101, 102, 200, 220, 301, 302,
349. 350, 360, and 403
*4. Required Supporting Courses 21 semester hours
EDE 311, EDR 321, HEA 206, KIN 252,
MAT 102 and 357, and SPP 340
*5. Program Elective (may not be used to 3 semester hours
fulfill major core, cognate, or distributive
electives)
Minor Programs
Students who desire admission to the minor in early childhood or spe-
cial education must have a minimum GPA of 2.50 and a minimum of
27 semester hours for admission to the department.
Minor in Early Childhood Education 15 semester hours
Required Courses
ECE 231+ or EDE 25 1+, ECE 232 (six credits,
class and field experience), ECE 100 and 405+
Minor in Special Education 18 semester hours
Current trends, enforced by recent litigation, have increased the need
for a general understanding of the individuals with disabilities in our
culture.
The program is designed to introduce students to individuals with dis-
abilities through course work and field practicums. A life program-
ming approach is used.
1. Special Education 1 5 semester hours
Required: EDA 100, 200, 220, 349, and 350
2. Free Elective 3 semester hours
Selected with approval of special education adviser
This minor may be taken as a concentration by students or as one of
the minors in the bachelor of arts or bachelor of science in liberal
studies general degree program. The minor does not lead to Level II
teacher certification.
Admission to Early Childhood Education and Special
Education Degree Programs
A. Probationary Teacher Education Status
All students who enter the University as an early childhood or spe-
cial education major are designated as a probationary teacher edu-
cation student and must meet University admission requirements.
Students in this status may not take 300- or 400-level courses in
the major program.
B. Full Admission Status
To receive fiill admission status, students must formally apply for
admission to teacher education. The minimum criteria are as follows:
1 . A cumulative GPA of 2.5 upon completion of 45-63 semester
hours of course work.
Courses requiring prerequisites — check catalog course descriptions below.
Minimum grade of C- is required in all special education and the
following supporting courses: EDE 31 1, FDR 321, HEA 206, KIN 252,
NMT 357. and SPP 340.
Early Childhood and Special Education
School of Education
2. Passing scores as established by the Pennsylvania Department of
Education on communication skills and general knowledge exams
of PRAXIS II Series. (See teacher education policy, page 137.)
C. Internal and E.xtemal Transfer Students
The following policies apply to all transfer students upon entering
the department.
INTERNAL TRANSFER STUDENTS. Internal transfer students
(undeclared major or change of major) who desire admission to the
Department of Early Childhood and Special Education may apply
after the completion of 27 semester hours at West Chester
University. A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.50 is a prerequisite
for acceptance to the program.
EXTERNAL TRANSFER STUDENTS. External transfer students
who desire admission to the Department of Early Childhood and
Special Education must have a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.50
and a minimum of 27 semester hours fi-om the previous institution.
Transfer credit will be granted for 100- and 200-level courses if
the course descriptions are equivalent and in accordance with
University policy. All other required courses in the professional
education and specialized preparation areas will be evaluated and
approved on an individual basis.
Both internal and external transfer students will be admitted as
probationary teacher education students consistent with teacher
education policy. Students in this category may not take designated
advanced professional course work, which requires full admittance
to teacher education.
Application and Approval for Student Teaching
Students must apply through the department for approval for student
teaching in early childhood education or special education. To apply.
the student must complete 96 semester hours with a minimum cumu-
lative GPA of 2.5 prior to the student teaching semester. As part of
the 96 credits, the student must complete all professional education
courses and all specialized preparation courses with a minimum GPA
of 2.5. (See also student teaching, page 137.)
An application for student teaching must be filed in November prior
to the academic year in which student teaching is to be scheduled.
Application meetings will be announced at the beginning of the fall
semester each year. Students register for student teaching as they
would for any other University courses.
Field Placement in Schools
All field placements, including student teaching, are arranged by the
department. Students are not to solicit placements. While student
needs are considered in assigning placements, no particular placement
can be guaranteed. Transportation to and from field placements is the
responsibility of the individual student.
West Chester University does not place students at religiously affiliat-
ed schools when public school placements are available if that place-
ment results in the students' receiving academic credit (e.g., student
teaching). In addition, the University will make every attempt to first
place students into public (vs. private) schools for student teaching
and related activities. Further, students will not be assigned student
teaching or other related duties at nonsectarian private schools or
agencies unless they specifically request such placement. Each request
will be considered individually to ensure that the private entity does
not receive special benefit fi-om the arrangement that outweighs the
benefit to the University and its students.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
Symbol: ECE
** 100 Orientation to Eariy Childhood (3) An
introduction to the histon and philosophy of earh
childhood education. Field observations in a vari-
ety of settings provide the student with an oppor-
tunitj for career decision making.
** 221 Child Development (0-2 years) (3)
Physical, social, emotional, and intellectual devel-
opment of children from birth to two years of age.
Parallels are drawn from this phase of child devel-
opment to students' self-development. This course
must be taken the same semester with ECE 225.
PREREQ: PSY 100.
** 225 Infant Learning En\ironinent and Field
Experience (6) The study and use of developmen-
tal tests for the diagnosis of infant needs. The rela-
tionship of the developmental level to the structur-
ing of learning environment is fostered as students
interact with infants in school and home settings
for three hours per week. This course must be
taken the same semester with ECE 221.
* 231 Child Development (2-5 years) (3)
Physical, social, emotional, intellectual, and moral
development of the child, 2-5 years of age. Parallels
are drawn from this phase of child development to
students" self-development. PREREQ: PSY 100.
* 232 Preschool Learning Environment (3-6)
Methods and materials for structuring the class-
room environment for the child 2-5 years of age.
Readiness skills and concepts in all curricular
areas are addressed.
** 306 Child's Social Environment (3) A con-
sideration of methods of instruction that best gen-
erate a social education meaningful to primary
grade children. Emphasis is placed on providing a
learning environment that parallels the maturation
of the young child.
** 307 Child's Physical Environment (3) A
consideration of methods of instruction that best
enhance a child's knowledge of the physical world
in terms that are meaningful to primary grade chil-
dren. Strategies for cognitive skills and affective
growth in these areas are stressed.
* 310 Introduction to the Language Aris (3)
The areas of listening, speaking, and writing are
studied in depth. Knowledge, teaching, and evalu-
ative techniques are addressed. Introduction to the
reading process and the relationship of language to
reading also will be studied.
** 320 Creative Arts for the Young Child (3)
Workshop, seminar, and field experiences provide
opportunities for students to explore, manipulate,
and analyze a wide varietv' of media and techniques
appropriate for use with young children. Activities
are aimed at encouraging the development of the
young child's creative potential through the arts.
** 321 Middle Childhood and Adolescent
Development (5-8 years) (3) Physical, social,
emotional, intellectual, and moral development of
the child 5-8 years of age. Parallels are drawn
from this phase of child development to students'
self-development. PREREQ: PSY 100.
* 324 Early Childhood Programs (3) Study of
contemporary program models in early childhood
education. Major trends in the education of young
children are defined.
▲* 325 Teaching Reading and Field Ex-
perience (Primary Grades) (6) The teaching of
reading and its master) is the focus of this course.
Students apply knowledge of theories and prac-
tices in supervised field placements in schools
with children 5-8 years of age. Tutoring of indi-
vidual children and small groups is integrated with
planning and evaluation of lessons and activities
as well as remediation. Crosslisted as EDR 325.
PREREQ: ECE 310.
* 405 Administration and Supervision of Early
Childhood Programs (3) Principles of adminis-
tration and supervision of programs for young
children. Includes parent education and communi-
t)' relations. PREREQ: ECE 232.
**410 Student Teaching (6) (First half of
semester)
** 411 Student Teaching (6) (Second half of
semester) Two separate student teaching experiences
are required: one in nurser> or kindergarten and one
in grades 1-3. Weekly practicum sessions are re-
quired. PREREQ: See "Application and Approval
for Student Teaching" earlier in this section.
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Symbol: EDA
100 Inclusive Classrooms (3) This course is
designed to acquaint the classroom teacher with
students with disabilities who may be spending
some portion of the day in the regular education
setting. Current regulations covering those place-
ments will be reviewed. Emphasis will be placed
on adequately meeting special educational needs.
101 Psychology of Mental and Emotional Dis-
abilities (3) An introduction to the range of chil-
dren with disabilities from a historical perspective
with an in-depth study of mental retardation and
emotional disUirbance. PREREQ: PSY 100.
102 Psychology of Physical and Learning Dis-
abilities (3) An in-depth study of those with phys-
ical and'or learning disabilities with an overview
of psychological and societal implications. PRE-
REQ: PSY 100.
200 Practicum (3) Field experience in an inte-
grated educational environment, consisting of col-
laborative training with regular and special educa-
tors. PREREQ: EDA 100 or 101-102.
220 Behavior Management (3) An exploration
of current practices in management of behavior
with emphasis on teacher-delivered systems. PRE-
REQ:EDA 100, EDA 101 or 102.
* Open 10 early childhood and elementary education
majors only
•• Open to early childhood majors only
▲ Crosslisted course. Students completing ECE 325
mav not take EDR 325 for credit.
School of Business and Public Affairs
Economics and Finance
241 Introduction to Disabilities (3) Introduction
to children who have mental retardation, physical
or learning disabilities, behavior disorders, or dis-
abilities of vision, hearing, and speech. PREREQ:
PSY 100.
250 Inclusive Practices in Music Education (3)
Designed to acquaint music educators with the phi-
losophy of inclusive education and provide them
with skills to accommodate students with disabilities
in music classes.
280 Integrating the Arts (3) Fine art music, pup-
petrS', and dance are combined as creative processes
to be adapted for use with children.
301 Field Experience and Seminar: Mentally
Handicapped (3) A weekly, three-hour practicum
and one and one-half hour seminar de\oted to field
experience with students with mental retardation
and or behavior disorders. Class anal> sis of
observed needs and methods of teacher responses.
PREREQ: EDA 101.
302 Field Experience and Seminar: Physically
Handicapped (3) A weekly, three-hour practicum
and a one and one-half hour seminar de\oted to field
experience with students with physical and/or learn-
ing disabilities. Class anahsis of observed needs and
adjustment factors. PREREQ: EDA 220.
349 Programmed Environments (3) An overview
of curriculum preparation including the stud>' of
methods, materials, equipment, and areas uniquely
designed to meet the needs of students with severe
disabilities. PREREQ: EDA 200, EDA 220.
350 Life Curriculum and Methods (3)
Preparation to assist smdents with disabilities
achieve adaptive le\els of beha\ior through the
view of total life preparation. PREREQ: EDA 200,
EDA 220.
360 Assessment and Instructional Strategies (3)
An introduction to instructional assessment and
the development of relevant educational plans and
instructional strategies. PREREQ: EDA 200, EDA
220.
403 Senior Seminar: Current Trends (3) Explo-
ration of emerging issues, problems, and trends in a
seminar format. PREREQ: EDA 360.
^ 410 Independent Study (1-3) Special topics
or projects initiated by the student that will enable
her or him to do extensive and intensive study in
an area of special education. PREREQ: Permission
of chairperson.
416 Student Teaching and Direction of
Activities, Including Practicum (6) Participation
in teaching and all other acti\ ilies in the student
teaching role related to the teacher's work. PRE-
REQ: 96 semester hours including all professional
education courses and all specialized preparation
courses with standards as shown abo\ e ( * ).
417 Student Teaching and Direction of Activi-
ties, Including Practicum: Learning Disabled
(6) See EDA 416 for description and requirements.
418 Student Teaching and Direction of Activi-
ties, Including Practicum: Mentally Retarded
(6) See EDA 416 for description and requirements.
419 Student Teaching and Direction of .\ctivi-
ties. Including Practicum: Physically Handicap-
ped (6) See ED.A 4 1 6 for description and require-
ments.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Economics and Finance
309A Anderson Hall
610-436-2217
Cynthia Benzing, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Benzing, DeMoss, T. Naggar, Sylvester
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Bove, Mohan
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Andrews, Dunleavy, Tolin
The primar>' objective of the Department of Economics and Finance is
to provide a learning experience that will permit each student to
achieve maximum intellectual development in his or her chosen area
of study and to prepare for a satisfying career in that field.
As an aid to the achievement of this purpose, the Department of
Economics and Finance strives:
1. To assist students in acquiring a fundamental knowledge and
imderstanding of the fi-amework within which our business and
industrial system operates;
2. To acquaint students with the modem techniques used by business
and industrv that enables them to deal effectively w ith the chang-
ing environment; and
3. To encourage students in developing the abilify to analyze situa-
tions, to relate and classify pertinent factors, and to derive alterna-
tives for solving problems.
The Department of Economics and Finance coordinates its courses
w ith the departments of Accounting, Management, and Marketing.
Majors in the department must consult the departmental handbook and
their adviser annually for current requirements.
Three degree programs are offered:
1. The B.S. in ECONOMICS focuses on a business orientation of
economic analysis.
2. The B.A. in ECONOMICS provides a societal orientation to eco-
nomic analysis.
3. The B.S. in FFNANCE focuses on investment, international
finance, and financial markets.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— ECONOMICS
1 . General Requirements, see pages 34-36
(Includes CSC 101***, ECO 111*, and MAT
See appropriate curriculum guidance sheet.)
2. Business and Economics Core
ACC20I*, 202*;BLA201*;ECO 112*, 251*,
252*, and 335; FIN 325; MGT 300*, 499*; and
MKT 325*
51 semester hours
07***.
33 semester hours
3. Other course required 3 semester hours
MAT 108
4. Economics Major* 1 8 semester hours
ECO 340, 348, and 409, and three additional
300-level or above courses in economics
5. Economics or Business Electives
6. Free Electives
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— FINANCE
1 . General Requirements, see pages 34-36
(Includes CSC 101***. ECO tl 1*. and MAT 107***.
See appropriate curriculum guidance sheet.)
2. Business and Economics Core
ACC 201 *, 202*; BLA 201 *; ECO 112*,
251*, and 252*; FIN 315*, 325*; MGT 300*,
499*; and MKT 325*
3. Other course required
MAT 108
4. Finance Major*
FIN 326, 344, 372, 375; and tv,o electives,
300 level or above, in fmance or accounting
5. Business Electives
6. Free Electives
BACHELOR OF ARTS— ECONOMICS
1. General Requirements, see pages 34-36
Includes ECO 1 1 1 and MAT 107. See appropriate
curriculum guidance sheet.
2. Foreign Language Requirement 0- 1 5 semester hours
3. Social Science Electives 9 semester hours
4. Economics Major Requirement 30 semester hours
ECO 1 12, 251-252, 335, 340, 348, and 409;
MAT 108; and two economics electives
5. Electives 23-38 semester hours
Minor in Economics 18 semester hours
Course requirements are ECO 111*, 112*. 340*, and 348*, plus two
economics electives selected under departmental advisement. (MAT
107 and 108 are prerequisites for ECO 340 and 348,)
Minor in Finance 21 semester hours
Course requirements are FIN 325**, 326**, 344**, and 372**. (ACC
201 and ECO 111, 1 12 are prerequisites for the course requirements.)
12 semester hours
12 semester hours
5 1 semester hours
33 semester hours
3 semester hours
1 8 semester hours
1 2 semester hours
12 semester hours
5 1 semester hours
A minimum grade of C must be attained in these courses.
A minimum grade of C- must be attained in these courses.
Required by business program; also satisfies general requirements.
Economics and Finance
School of Business and Public Affairs
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ECONOMICS
Symbol: ECO
♦ 101 Principles of Economics — Survey (3)
Basic principles underlying production and con-
sumption activities in our modified, capitalistic
economic system, from the aggregate as well as
individual and sectoral standpoints. Issues include
competition, unemployment, inflation, economic
growth, and alternative systems.
♦ 1 1 1 Principles of Economics I (Macro) (3)
National income and its measurement. The deter-
mination of price levels, output, and employment.
Money and credit, expenditures, and economic sta-
bility. Government fiscal and monetary policy.
PREREQ: Working knowledge of high school
mathematics is required.
♦ 1 12 Principles of Economics II (Micro) (3)
Principles underlying use and allocation of scarce
productive resources. Consumption and production
activities. Value, price, and income distribution.
Considerations of economic efficiency and wel-
fare. PREREQ: Working knowledge of high
school mathematics.
251 Quantitative Business Analysis I (3)
Considers the ftindamental ideas of statistical theo-
ry that are appropriate for solving problems in the
fields of business and economics. Topics include
descriptive statistics, probability theor>', sampling
and estimation, and hypothesis testing. PREREQ:
MAT 105 or 107 or 108 or 110 or 161.
252 Quantitative Business Analysis II (3)
Continuation of ECO 251. Topics include hypoth-
esis testing, analysis of variance, and simple multi-
ple regression analysis. PREREQ; ECO 251.
303 Economic Role of Women (3) Statistical
information pertaining to one of the most impor-
tant changes in the American economy in this cen-
tury— the increase in the number of w orking
women. Job-related aspects, such as the historical
pattern, labor force participation, education, earn-
ings, labor supply, and se.\ discrimination. PRE-
REQ: Junior-level standing or permission of
instructor.
333 Consumer Economics (3) Major kinds of
economic decisions required of consumers.
Evaluation of the social and economic conse-
quences of those decisions.
334 Labor Economics (3) Application of eco-
nomic theory to the operation of labor markets and
the collective bargaining process. Consideration is
given to the development of the labor movement
and public policy toward labor and employment.
PREREQ: ECO 'in.
335 Money and Banking (3) A survey of money,
credit, and prices, emphasizing their effects on eco-
nomic stability. The Federal Reserve System and its
effect on credit conu-ol. PREREQ: ECO 1 12.
336 Regulation of Competition (3) Background
and development of public policies that directly
modify' the free enterprise economy of the United
States, Evaluation of policies that change the nature
and extent of competition. PREREQ: ECO 1 12.
337 Economic Growth and Development (3) A
survey and critical evaluation of alternative theo-
ries of capitalist economic development. Analysis
and comparison of alternative public policies
applicable to underdeveloped countries and
regions. PREREQ: ECO 1 12.
338 International Economics (3) A descriptive,
analytical examination of international trade.
finance, and other economic relationships. The
effects of public policies on these relationships.
PREREQ: ECO 112.
340 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) A contin-
uation and extension of the price-system analysis
in ECO 1 12. Emphasis on the need for efficiency
in the economy's use of scarce productive
resources. PREREQ: ECO 112 and MAT 108.
341 Public Finance (3) Government's influence
on stability of national income. Nature of taxes and
expenditures at the various levels of government
and their effect on the allocation of resources and
the distribution of income. PREREQ: ECO 112.
343 Comparative Economic Systems (3) Basic
ideas and economic institutions of socialism, com-
munism, and capitalism in the 20th century. Prob-
lems created by the emergence of competing sys-
tems. PREREQ: ECO 112.
# 344 American Economic Experience (3) This
course examines the U.S. economy from the Civil
War to the present with emphasis on economic
theory and analysis. The sociological ramifications
of economic conditions will be examined through
the literature of the era.
345 History of Economic Thought (3) Origins
of economic thought and comparison of the major
schools of economic doctrine. Current economic
and socio-political factors. PREREQ: ECO 1 12.
347 Managerial Economics (3) A course that
seeks to develop managerial judgment. The
premise is that technical application, to be success-
fill, must proceed from economic feasibility. One
plan is weighed against another in terms of com-
parative costs and revenues, return on investment,
plant-replacement problems, obsolescence, and
depreciation. PREREQ: ACC 202, ECO 1 12 and
252, and MAT 108.
348 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) Infroduc-
tion to the theory of income, employment, and
growth. Provides the analytic tools necessary for
dealing with aggregate economic problems. PRE-
REQ: ECO 1 12 and MAT 108.
350 Urban Economics (3) Economic aspects of
such urban problems as poverty, housing, taxation,
income disfribution, and discrimination. Analysis
of economic aspects of various proposed remedies,
including urban renewal, family allowances, coop-
eratives, and others. PREREQ: ECO 112.
385 Environmental and Resource Economics
(3) The role of the environment in an economic
system. Topics include energy economics, the eco-
nomics of renewable and nonrenewable resources,
and the economics of pollution. PREREQ: ECO
112 and MAT 108.
401 Introduction to Econometrics (3) Statistical
and mathematical techniques applied to economic
situations. Use of empirical data in economic analy-
sis. PREREQ: ECO 1 12 and 252, and MAT 108.
409 Senior Seminar (3) Students are expected to
prepare a research paper that describes and ana-
lyzes a current topic in economics. PREREQ:
Senior standing, ECO 252, 340, and 348.
410 Independent Studies in Economics (1-3)
Special research projects, reports, and readings in
economics. Open to seniors only. PREREQ:
Permission of instructor.
♦ 411-412 Internship (3 or 6) The internship is
open to majors in economics only. It is intended to
enhance the student's educational experience by
providing substantive, professional work experi-
ence. PREREQ: Permission of department chair-
person.
FINANCE
Symbol: FFN
200 Personal Finance (3) This course addresses
all of the major personal tmancial planning prob-
lems that individuals and families encounter. It
presents a model of the major elements of effec-
tive money management. All of the latest financial
planning tools and techniques are discussed.
315 Financial Markets and Institutions (3)
Covers a variety of domestic and international
financial markets and institutions. Analysis is pro-
vided for the structure, operation, and mechanics
of these markets and institutions, along with the
financial instruments traded therein. PREREQ:
ECO 112.
325 Corporation Finance (3) The organization
and financing of the modem corporation. Promo-
tion, capitalization, short-term financing, capital
budgeting, distribution of earnings, expansion,
consolidation, failure, and reorganization. PRE-
REQ: ACC 201 and ECO 112.
326 Intermediate Financial Management (3) A
second course in managerial finance. Emphasis is
distributed between theorj and practice. Once
understood, good theory is common sense, and
solving problems reinforces the practical applica-
tions. PREREQ: FIN 325.
330 Principles of Insurance (3) The nature and
types of risk management and insurance coverage
are considered. Conceptual analysis and the impact
of financial deregulation on personal and business
risk management and insurance are covered. PRE-
REQ: ECO 112 and FIN 325.
332 Real Estate Finance (3) This course provides
a basic orientation to the tmancial instruments and
institutional strucnires and policies of real estate
finance. PREREQ: ECO 1 12 and FIN 325.
344 Investments (3) Problems and procedures of
investment management; t\ pes of investment
risks; security analysis; investment problems of
the individual as well as the corporation. PRE-
REQ: FIN 325.
350 Investment Analysis and Portfolio
Management (3) A second look at investment
opportunities. This course assumes a basic under-
standing of the existence and function of financial
assets. Each category of assets is studied from a
theoretical perspective. Theories are then applied
to the study of trading sfrategies. Problem solving
is emphasized. PREREQ: FIN 344.
370 Problems in Financial Management (3)
Case problems in corporate financial management.
Includes cases on managing current assets, obtain-
ing short-term loans, raising long-term capital,
budgeting capital, and handling divided policy.
PREREQ: FIN 326.
372 International Finance (3) Development of
financial managerial knowledge and skills to
understand the working of the corporate financial
fiinction in a global setting. PREREQ: FIN 315
and FIN 325,
375 Contemporar)' Issues in Finance (3)
Students will be required to read, research, and
write papers on current issues and developments in
finance. PREREQ: Senior standing and FIN 326.
* Approved disfributive education requirement
# Approved interdisciplinary course
♦ I'his course may be taken again for credit.
Office of the Associate Provost
Educational Services: Armv ROTC
Department of Educational Services
1 05 Lawrence Center
610-436-3505
Ronn Jenkins, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Dinniman, Egan
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Casciato, Giangiulio, Jenkins,
Kyper, Lee,
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Corbett, Grice, Hill, Patwell
INSTRUCTORS: Breunig, Coleman, Guy
The Department of Educational Services is a cadre of University fac-
ulty who have specific and specialized administrative and/or teaching
assignments at the University. While much of the assigned responsi-
bility is to facilitate students' out-of-class learning, regular and non-
classroom teaching are still included. Areas within the Department of
Educational Services include academic and career advising, academic
administration, tutoring, services for students with disabilities, and
other articulated teaching and/or administrative assignments.
The department administers the following credit-bearing courses and
special programs.
WCJ 100 Introduction to American Culture (3) This course is
designed for the orientation of international students and new resi-
dents to life and study in the United States. A study of American
higher education, personal values, attitudes, and cultural patterns, the
emphasis is on the diversity of peoples and lifestyles. This course is
not open to U.S. citizens for graduation credits.
Military Science (Army ROTC)
West Chester University students are eligible to participate in the
Army Reserve Officers" Training Corps (ROTC) Program through a
formal cross-enrollment agreement with the Widener University
Department of Military Science. Army ROTC offers University stu-
dents the opportunity to graduate with a college degree and a commis-
sion in the United States Army, Army National Guard, or United
States Army Reserve. AH Army ROTC classes are conducted on
the Widener campus.
The Army ROTC Program consists of a basic course taken during the
first and sophomore years, and an advanced course taken during
junior and senior years. Successfiil completion of the basic course is
required before placement in the advanced course. Students who par-
ticipated in Junior ROTC in high school or who have prior military
service may receive placement in the advanced courses, which is
determined by the army professor of military science. The basic
course requirement also may be satisfied through attendance at a five-
week Army ROTC Basic Camp at the end of the sophomore year.
Students enrolled in the advanced course receive a stipend of $150 per
month. Guaranteed National Guard and Reserve Forces options also
are available.
Nursing students who complete the four-year or two-year program,
obtain their nursing degree, and pass their Nursing Board
Examinations are commissioned into the Army Nurse Corps.
Two-year (limited) and three-year Army ROTC scholarships are
available on a competitive basis. These scholarships pay 100 percent
of the student's tuition up to $9,000 and include payment of certain
University fees, a book and school supplies subsidy, and a $150 per
month stipend (up to $1,350 per year).
Application for two- and three-year Army ROTC scholarships must
be submitted early in the spring semester of the first or sophomore
year (respectively). Applications for attendance at the Army ROTC
Basic Camp must be submitted early in the spring semester of the
sophomore year.
Military science students also participate in orientation and field train-
ing activities as part of the military science curriculum. These activi-
ties are explorations of historical, organizational, and functional activ-
ities of the U.S. Army, conducted in conjunction with the Army
Officer Education Program, and are recognized as a part of the
process for preparation of cadets for commissioning.
Activities are conducted off campus through tours, field trips, labora-
tory sessions, and practical field applications. Practical field applica-
tion activities include marksmanship, land navigation, small units
operations, rappelling, water survival, color guard, drill team, rifle
team, organized athletics, and other military skills. Varying degrees of
health and body risk are involved in these activities. The government
of the United States, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, West
Chester University, its officers, trustees, employees, agents, or stu-
dents assume no liability for any injury caused during the above activ-
ities.
For further information on scholarship and career opportunities, con-
tact the professor of military science, Widener University, Chester,
PA 19013,610-499-4097.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MILITARY SCIENCE
Symbol: MSI
101 Introduction to ROTC 1 (1) This course is
designed to teach self-confidence through team
study and activities in basic drill, physical fitness,
rappelling, leadership reaction course, first aid,
making presentations, and basic marksmanship.
Includes fundamental concepts of professional
leadership in both classroom and outdoor laborato-
ry environments. One hour and a required leader-
ship lab, plus participation in three, one-hour ses-
sions for physical fitness. Participation in a week-
end exercise also is required.
102 Introduction to Leadership (1) Leam/apply
principles of etTective leading. Reinforce self-con-
fidence through participation in physically and
mentally challenging e.xercises with upper-division
ROTC students. Develop communication skills to
improve individual performance and group interac-
tion. Relate organizational ethical values to the
effectiveness of a leader. One hour and a required
leadership lab, plus participation in three, one-hour
sessions for physical fitness. Participation in a
weekend exercise also is required.
201 SelfyTeam Development (2) Leam/apply
ethics-based leadership skills that develop individ-
ual abilities and contribute to effective team build-
ing. Develop skills in oral presentations, writing
concisely, planning events, coordinating group
efforts, advanced first aid, land navigation, and
basic military tactics. Leam fijndamentals of
ROTC's Leadership Development Program. Two
hours and a required leadership lab, plus required
participation in three, one-hour sessions for physical
fimess. Participation in a weekend exercise also is
required.
202 Individual/Team Military Tactics (2)
Introduction to individual and team aspects of mil-
itary tactics in small-unit operations. Includes use
of radio communications, making safety assess-
ments, movement techniques, planning for team
safety /security, and methods of pre-execution
checks. Practical exercises with upper-division
ROTC students. Learn techniques for training oth-
ers as an aspect of continued leadership develop-
ment. Two hours and a required leadership lab,
plus required participation in three, one-hour ses-
sions for physical fitness. Participation in a week-
end exercise also is required.
301 Leading Small Organizations I (3) Series of
practical opportunities to lead small groups,
receive personal assessments and encouragement,
and lead again in situations of increasing complex-
ity. Uses small-unit defensive tactics and opportu-
nities to plan and conduct training for lower-divi-
sion students to develop these skills as vehicles to
practice leading. Three hours and a required lead-
ership lab, plus required participation in three,
one-hour sessions for physical fitness.
Participation in one weekend exercise also is
required, and one or two more weekend exercises
may be offered for participation. PRF.REQ: Army
ROTC advanced course standing or approval of
the professor of military science.
302 Leading Small Organizations II (3)
Continues methodologj of MSI 301. Analyze
tasks, prepare written or oral guidance for team
Educational Services: Air Force ROTC
Office of the Associate Provpst
members to accomplish tasks, delegate tasks, and
supervise. Plan for and adapt to the unexpected in
organizations under stress. Examine and apply
lessons from leadership case studies as well as the
importance of ethical decision making in setting a
positive climate that enhances team performance.
Three hours and a required leadership lab, plus
required participation in three, one-hour sessions
for ph> sical fimess. Participation in one weekend
exercise and three other one-da\ exercises is
required. PREREQ: MSI 301. '
401 Leadership Challenges and Goal Setting (2)
Plan, conduct, and e\aluate activities of the ROTC
cadet organization. Articulate goals and put plans
into action to attain them. Assess organizational
cohesion and develop strategies to improve it.
Develop confidence in skills to lead people and
manage resources. Learn apply various Arm\ poli-
cies and programs in this effort. Three hours and a
required leadership lab, plus required participation
in three, one-hour sessions for physical fitness.
Participation in one weekend exercise also is
required, and one or two more weekend exercises
may be offered for optional participation. PRE-
REQ: MSI 301 and MSI 302.
402 Transition to Lieutenant (2) Continues the
methodolog)' from MSI 401. Identify and resolve
ethical dilemmas. Refine counselina and motivat-
ing techniques. Examme aspects of tradition and
law as related to leading as an officer in theArmy.
Prepare for a fijture as a successfiil Arm\ lieu-
tenant. Three hours and a required leadership lab,
plus required participation in tfiree, one-hour ses-
sions for ph\ sical fitness. Participation in one
weekend exercise also is required, and one or two
more weekend exercises may be offered for
optional participation. PREREQ: MSI 401.
Additional Requirements. Smdenis enrolled in
the Armv ROTC Program are required to complete
communications, computer literacx , and military
history courses prior to commissioning.
Air Force ROTC
West Chester University' students are eligible to participate in the Air
Force Reserve Officer Training Corps (AFROTC) through a cross-
enrollment agreement with Saint Joseph's University . All aerospace
studies courses will be held on the Saint Joseph's campus. The
AFROTC program enables a college student to earn a commission as
an Air Force officer while concurrently satisfying requirements for his
or her baccalaureate degree.
The program of aerospace studies at Saint Joseph's University offers
both two-year and four-year curricula leading to a commission as a
second lieutenant in the Air Force. In the four-year curriculum, a stu-
dent takes the General Military Course (GMC) during the first and
sophomore years, attends a four-week summer training program, and
then takes the Professional Officer Course (POO in the junior and
senior years. A student is under no contractual obligation to the .'Mr
Force until entering the POC or accepting an Air Force scholarship. In
the two-year curriculum, a student attends a five-week summer train-
ing program and then enters the POC in the junior year. Students opt-
ing for the two-year curriculum must apply for acceptance to the POC
by the end of the first semester or quarter of their sophomore year.
The subject matter of the first and sophomore years is developed from
a historical perspective and focuses on the scope, structure, and histo-
ry of military power with the emphasis on the development of air
power. During the junior and senior years, the curriculum concen-
trates on the concepts and practices of leadership and management,
and the role of national security forces in contemporary American
society.
In addition to the academic portion of the curricula, each student par-
ticipates in a two-hour leadership laboratory each week. During this
period, the day-to-day skills and working environment of the Air
Force are discussed and e.xplained. The leadership lab uses a student
organization that allows students to practice leadership and manage-
ment techniques.
Air Force ROTC offers two- and three-year scholarships on a compet-
itive basis to qualified applicants. All scholarships cover tuition, lab
fees, and reimbursement for books, plus a $150 tax-fi-ee monthly
stipend. All members of the POC, regardless of scholarship status,
receive the $150 tax-free monthly stipend.
For further information on the cross-enrollment program, scholar-
ships, and career opportunities, contact the professor of aerospace
studies, AFROTC Det 750, Saint Joseph's University, 5600 City
Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19131-1399, 215-871-8324. Information
also is available on the Det 750 Web site at
http://w-w\v.csc.vill.edu/~afrotc/index.htm.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
AEROSPACE STUDIES
Symbol: AER
101 Air Force Today I (1) A survey course
designed to introduce students to the U.S. Air
Force. Topics include the mission and organization
of the Air Force, officership and professionalism,
militarv' customs and courtesies, officer opportuni-
ties, group leadership problems, and communica-
tion skills. A mandator) leadership laboratory
complements the classroom portion of the course.
102 Air Force Today II (1) Continuation of AER
101. AER 101 is NOT a prerequisite.
201 The Air Force Way I (1) A survey course
designed to facilitate the transition from Air Force
ROTC cadet to officer candidate. Topics include
Air Force heritage. Air Force leaders. Quality Air
Force, ethics and values, leadership, group leader-
ship problems, and continuing application of com-
munication skills. A mandators leadership labora-
tory complements the classroom portion of the
course.
202 The Air Force Way II (1) Continuation of
AER 201. AER 201 is NOT a prerequisite.
311 Air Force Leadership and Management I
(3) A study of leadership and quality management
fiindamentals, professional knowledge. Air Force
doctrine, leadership ethics, and communication
skills required of an Air Force company grade
officer. Case studies are used to examine Air
Force leadership and management situations. A
mandatory leadership laboratorv complements the
classroom portion of the course.
312 Air Force Leadership and Management II
(3) A study of leadership and quality management
fundamentals, professional knowledge, and com-
munication skills required of an Air Force officer.
Accompanying leadership laboratorv complements
the classroom portion. AER 3 1 1 is NOT a prereq-
uisite.
431 National Security Issues I (3) This course
examines the national security process, regional
smdies, advanced leadership ethics, and Air Force
doctrine. Special topics of interest focus on the
militarv as a profession, officership. military jus-
tice, civilian control of the militarv. and prepara-
tion for active duty . A mandatory leadership labo-
ratory complements the classroom portion of the
course.
432 National Security Issues n (3) Focus is on
the national security process, regional studies,
leadership ethics, and Air Force doctrine. Special
topics include officership and life on active duty.
AER 43 1 is NOT a prerequisite.
School of Education
Elementar>' Education
Department of Elementary Education
106B Recitation Hall
610-436-2944
Lynda Baloche, Chairperson
Frances A. Slostad, Assistant Chairperson
Martha Drobnak, Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Baloche, Maxim, Radich
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Bollin, Brown, Drobnak, Dunlap,
Egan
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Cai, Slostad
The Department of Elementary Education offers programs leading to
certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania for elementary
education teachers (K-6). Students with this certification may also
teach in Pennsylvania middle schools.
The B.S. Ed. in ELEMENTARY EDUCATION curriculum is
designed to provide a broad background of general education, an
understanding of children, and the knowledge and skills needed to
teach all aspects of the elementary school program. Upon satisfactory
completion of the approved program, the student will qualify for a
Pennsylvania Instructional 1 Certificate, valid for six years of teaching
in kindergarten and grades one through six.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION —
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
(Curriculum K-6)
1 . General Requirements, see pages 34-36 5 1 semester hours
Includes MAT 101 and requirements in art,
literature, philosophy, psychology, and
computer literacy
2. Professional Education 1 2 semester hours
EDF 100, EDM 300, EDP 250+ and 351 +
3. Specialized Preparation 62 semester hours
EDE 200, 25 1 +, 3 1 0+, 3 1 1 +, 3 1 2+, 332+, 352+,
40 1+, 406+, 4 10+, and 41 1+; HEA 301; KIN 200;
LIT 395; MAT 102+ and 351++; MUE 231;
andSCE310+
4. Elective Area 6 semester hours
NOTE: The kinesiology course (KfN 200) may count toward the
general requirements.
Application and Approval for Student Teaching
Students are eligible to student teach if they have (a) achieved ftill-admis-
sion status to teacher education, (b) met the professional preparation
requirements (exception: EDE 406 may be taken concurrently with stu-
dent teaching), (c) earned at least 96 credits prior to the student teaching
semester, and (d) maintained a cumulative GPA of at least 2.50. Student
teaching is typically scheduled for a student's final semester at the
University.
Students must file an application through the Department of
Elementary Education for student teaching; application for student
teaching must be made two semesters - one year - prior to student
teaching. For students who anticipate student teaching in the fall, the
application meeting typically occurs in November of the preceding
year. For students who anticipate student teaching in the spring, the
application meeting typically occurs in February of the preceding
year. Following application, students register for student teaching as
they would for other University courses.
Field Placement in Schools
All field placements for EDE courses, including student teaching, are
arranged in conjunction with the Department of Elementary Education.
Students are not to solicit placements. While student needs are consid-
ered in assigning placements, no particular placement can be guaranteed.
Transportation to and from field placements is the responsibility of the
individual student.
West Chester University does not place students at religiously affiliated
schools when public school placements are available and when that
placement results in the students' receiving academic credit.
Admission and Progression Requirements in Elementary
Education B.S. Ed. Program
Students must meet University admission requirements. All students
who enter the University as elementary education majors are designat-
ed as probationary teacher education students until they achieve
admission to teacher education. All students seeking a bachelor of sci-
ence in education in elementary education must formally apply for
admission to teacher education. Minimum criteria for admission are as
follows:
1. A cumulative GPA of 2.50.
Undergraduates with a cumulative 2.50 GPA or higher in all prior
university course work are eligible to apply for admission to
teacher education upon completion of 45 - 63 hours.
2. Passing scores as established by the Pennsylvania Department of
Education on the Communication Skills and General Knowledge
exams of the Praxis II Series: Professional .'\ssessment for
Beginning Teachers.
Only students admitted to teacher education will have achieved^//
admission status and will be eligible to take advanced professional
educational course work. For elementary education majors, the
advanced professional course work includes all 300- and 400-level
EDE and EDE/EDR courses plus EDM 300, EDP 351, HEA 301, LIT
395, MAT 351, and SCE 310. Students admitted to teacher education
must maintain a minimum 2.50 GPA in order to continue taking
advanced professional course work. If a student falls below the mini-
mum 2.50 GPA, he or she will be permitted to retake - in accordance
with University policy - professional course work that contributed to
the fall below the minimum GPA but will not be permitted to take
additional work until the minimum is met.
EXTERNAL TRANSFER STUDENTS. If a student meets admission
standards, he or she may declare a major in elementary education as an
"external transfer" when transferring from another post-secondary insti-
tution. External transfer students who desire admission to elementary
education may apply with a minimum GPA of 2.50. Snidents with less
than 64 credits will be admitted to the department as probationary
teacher education students. Students with 64 or more credits must submit
passing scores, as established by the Pennsylvania Department of
Education, on the Communication Skills and General Knowledge exams
of the Praxis II Series: Professional Assessment for Beginning Teachers.
When admission availability is limited, applicants will be ranked by
cumulative GPA, and selection will be based on these rankings. Transfer
credit for first-year- and sophomore-level courses will be granted in
accordance with University policy. Professional and specialized prepara-
tion courses will be evaluated and approved on an individual basis.
Application is through the Office of Admissions.
INTERNAL TRANSFER STUDENTS. Undeclared majors and change
of majors who desire admission to elementary education may apply after
the completion of 27 semester hours at West Chester University. A cumu-
lative GPA of 2.50 is required. Students with less than 64 credits will be
admitted to die department as probationary teacher education students.
Students with 64 or more credits must also submit passing scores, as
established by the Pennsylvania Department of Education, on the
Communication Skills and General Knowledge exams of the Praxis II
Series: Professional Assessment for Beginning Teachers. If admission
availability is limited, applicants will be ranked by cumulative GPA, and
selection will be based on these rankings.
Application is made directly to the Department of Elementary Education.
The department admits internal transfer students twice a year - for two
weeks early in the fall term and again for two weeks early in the spring
term. Call die department for dates and details.
Minor in Elementary Education 18 semester hours
Required Courses
EDE 251+, 310+, 31 1+, 401+, 406+, and
EDE elective approved by the department
+ Courses requiring prerequisites - check catalog course descriptions below.
++ Prerequisites are N4AT 101 and MAT 102 (unless waived by examination).
Enalish
Colleae of Arts and Sciences
Admission to the Minor in Elementar>' Education
Students seeking a minor in eiementarv- education must have complet-
ed 27 credits and must have a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.50.
Students admitted to the minor must maintain a minimum 2.50 GPA
in order to continue at the 300 and 400 level. If a student falls below
the minimum 2.50 GPA, he or she will be permitted to retake - in
accordance with University policy - course work in the minor that
contributed to the fall below the minimum GPA but will not be per-
mitted to take additional 300- and 400-level course work until the
minimum is met.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Symbol: EDE
* 200 Theorj and Field Experiences in
Elementar} Education (3) Orientation to the cur-
ricula, processes, and structures of elementar>
education today. Field experiences related to
course topics.
* 251 Child Development and Behavior (3)
Emotional, social, mental, moral, physical, and
self factors shaping human behavior with empha-
sis on child and early adolescent development.
Specific application to classroom settings. PRE-
REQ: PSY 100.
253 Human Development and Behavior (3)
Physical, mental, emotional, social, moral, and self
factors shaping human beha\ ior throughout the
life cycle; specific application to work with indi-
viduals and groups in educational settings. PRE-
REQ:PSY 100.
254 Development in the Middle School Child
(3) Characteristic development and behavior of
children between 10 and 15 years of age; under-
standing and working with these children in edu-
cational settings. PREREQ: EDE 251 and 253 or
their equivalent.
* 310 Communication Skills in the Elementary
School (3) Study of teaching language skills in the
eiementarv school: listening, speaking, and writ-
ing. PREREQ: EDE 25 1 .
▲ 311 Introduction to Reading Instruction (3)
An exploratory course investigating the reading
process, language and learning theories, and their
relation to reading. Historical scope and various
programs of reading are studied and evaluated.
Crosslisted as EDR^Sl 1. PREREQ: EDE 251 and
310.
▲ * 312 Reading Instruction and Practicum
(6) Focus is on mastery of the teaching of devel-
opmental reading, early reading, and prereading
experiences. The students leara how to plan, teach,
and evaluate reading/thinking skills related to the
instruction of reading in the elementary classroom.
Students work in the public schools with small and
large reading groups teaching various aspects of
the reading lesson. Students also leam how to
evaluate pupil performance and remediate minor
reading problems. Crosslisted as EDR 312. PRE-
REQ: EDE 311.
A 315 Developmental Reading for the
Handicapped Child (3) The focus of this course
is the study of the namre of the reading process
and its relation to language development, motiva-
tion and methodology for developmental reading
skills, reading programs and materials, problems
in dealing with handicapped children, and
practicum in reading instruction. Special education
majors only. Crosslisted as EDR 315.
330 Instructional Programs and Strategies (3)
Introduction to principles underlying the develop-
ment of instructional programs in the schools.
Strategies include cognitive and skill learning, and
modes of teaching.
* 332 Teaching Social Studies in the
Elementary School (3) Methods of teaching
social studies and geography in the elementary
curriculum. Techniques, current research projects,
reading materials, audio visual aids, resource per-
sons, and field trips used as tools of learning. The
organization, development, and use of resource
units are stressed. PREREQ: EDE 200 and 251.
* 352 Self and Group Processes in the
Classroom (3) Analysis of self processes influenc-
ing teacher-student classroom interactions. Role of
needs, defenses, motives, emotions, and early
learning experiences as they shape the prospective
teacher's responses to elementary children.
Application of social learning and interpersonal
theory. PREREQ: EDE 251.
* 401 Creativity in the Classroom (3)
Exploration of materials and processes of chil-
dren's perceptions and behavior, aimed at encour-
aging the development of their critical and creative
potentials. PREREQ: EDE 312.
* 406 Classroom Management (3) Detailed
investigation of the elementary teacher's role in
classroom management. Teacher influence, person-
ality, and class interaction; class roles and expecta-
tion; seating plans; discipline; referral; and the
teacher's role in evaluating and identifying poten-
tial problems in children. PREREQ: EDE 312.
409 Independent Study (1-3) Special topics or
projects initiated by the student that will enable
her or him to do extensive and intensive study in
an area of elementary education. PREREQ:
Permission of department chairperson.
* 410 Student Teaching (6) (First half of semester)
* 411 Student Teaching (6) (Second half of
semester) Two separate student teaching experi-
ences are required: one in grades K-3 and one in
grades 4-6. Weekly practicum sessions are
required. PREREQ: See "Application and
Approval for Student Teaching" earlier in this
section.
* 412 Work-Study in the Elementary School
(6) Limited practicum for preser\ice teachers who
have taken EDE 200, 251,311,312, and 406.
Students work for a ftill term in one school district
under supervision. Six credits may be granted
toward student teaching requirements (EDE 411).
PREREQ: Permission of department.
* 421 Seminar in Elementary Education (3)
An intensive study of some current, major devel-
opments in elementary education. Topics
announced in advance. PREREQ: Senior standing
and permission of instructor.
▲*^ 423 Seminar in Communications Skills
(3) Intensive study of some current, major devel-
opments in communications skills (language arts)
related to eiementarv education. Topics announced
in advance. Crosslisted as EDR 423. PREREQ:
Permission of instructor.
A* 458 Language Arts/Reading for the Unique
Child (3) An open-ended course to help students
understand and plan instructional programs for the
linguistically different, the gifted, and those with
special needs. The students will examine various
strategies, techniques, management, and viable
programs for teaching these children language arts
and reading. Crosslisted as EDR 458.
489 Teaching Skills to Combat Sexism (3) This
course is offered to create awareness in prospec-
tive teachers of the extent and consequences of sex
role stereotyping at all levels of educational expe-
rience. It will develop specific skills, behaviors,
and classroom strategies that can eliminate effects
of sexism in classrooms and on students. Teaches
how to deal effectively with the emotion-laden
issue of combating sex-role stereotypes.
* Open to elementary education majors only
A Crosslisted course. Students completing the
EDE course may not take the EDR course for
credit.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of English
532 Main Hall
610-436-2822
C. Ruth Sabol, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: M. Brooks, Browne, Echewa. France, Green,
Kent, Larsen, McCawley, McGrath, K. Myrsiades, Peich,
Shloss, Trotman
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Awuyah, Fishman, Fletcher,
Fordyce, Godfrey, Herzog, Jeffrey, Johnson, Kelly, Maltby,
Micheau, Molholt, L. Myrsiades, Newcomb, Ramanathan,
Sabol, Scheffler, Smith, Wanko, Ward
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Bauerlein, Bush, Lalicker,
Pflieger, Teutsch, Tischio, Verderame
The Department of English offers three degree programs: the bachelor
of arts in literature, the bachelor of science in education (in coopera-
tion with the School of Education), and the bachelor of arts in com-
parative literature (in cooperation with the Department of Foreign
Languages). Each program is planned in consultation with an adviser.
1. The B.A. in LITERATURE provides a broad background in
English and American literature; valuable training in the critical
skills of reading, interpretation, and analysis; intensive practice in
writing; and an understanding of the workings of the language.
This extremely versatile degree prepares students for graduate
Colleee of Arts and Sciences
English
studies and law school, and careers in journalism, radio and televi-
sion, publishing, public relations, and other professions in which
skills in reading, writing, and processing information at a sophisti-
cated level are required.
2. The B.S. in EDUCATION in ENGLISH prepares students to teach
in the secondarv- schools in Pennsylvania under an Instructional I
Certificate. These students will in large part satisfy the require-
ments for a B.A. in literature, deriv ing extensive benefits from par-
ticipation in a carefully constructed program that emphasizes liter-
ature as a cultural product and students as active learners. Before
recei%ing permission to student teach, students in this program
must satisfy the prerequisites for student teaching listed on page
137 as well as specific Department of English requirements listed
on this page.
3. The B..A.. in COMPAR.ATIVE LITERATURE provides a curricu-
lum option for students w ith an interest in international studies b\'
offering a broad background in European and non-Western culture
and literature. See Comparative Literature Studies on pages
100-101.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE B.A./B.S. ED.
PROGRAMS
I . General Requirements, see pages 34-36 5 1 semester hours
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN LITERATURE
1. Foreign Language Requirement 0-12 semester hours
2. Departmental Preparatory Requirement 6 semester hours
LIT 168 (also a General Education
requirement), 295. and 296
3. Departmental Intermediate Requirements* 2 1 semester hours
ENG 230; two .American literature courses,
one before 1860 (A) and one after (B); two
British literature courses, one before 1800 (C)
and one after (D); and two departmental electives
4. Departmental Advanced Requirements 9 semester hours
Three seminars from a selection focusing on
topic, author, or theme (LIT 400)
5. Professional Electives or Minor 0-18 semester hours
6. .Additional Electives (to complete 128 semester hours)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN ENGLISH
1. Professional Education Requirements, 34 semester hours
see page 1 29
In addition, ENG 390 and 392
2. Departmental Preparatory Requirements 6 semester hours
LIT 168 (also a General Education
requirement), 295, and 296
3. Departmental Intermediate Requirements* 27 semester hours
ENG 230, and 331: two American
literature courses, one before 1 860 (A) and one
after (B); two British literature courses, one
before 1800 (C) and one after (D); two
world literature courses, one through
the Renaissance and one after; and LIT 398
4. Departmental Adv anced Requirements 9 semester hours
Three seminars from a selection focusing on
topic, author, or theme (LIT 400)
5. Free Electives (E)* 3 semester hours
Student Teaching Prerequisites
Students should appK during their sophomore jear for acceptance as
candidates for teaching certification. Transfer students should apply as
sophomores or after completing a year at West Chester.
Grades on Required Courses
Anyone attempting to qualify for student teaching must pass each of
the following courses with a grade of C or higher: CLS 260 and 261;
EDF 100; EDM 300; EDP 250 and 351; EDS 306; ENG 120, 121,
230. 331. 390 and 392; LIT 168. 295, 296, and 398; and PSY 100.
A student receiving a grade of C- or lower for any of these courses
should retake the course immediately, before attempting courses in the
English or education sequence. A student having difficulty w ith se\er-
al of the courses listed above should recognize that he or she ma> not
be able to meet the competency requirements for student teaching and
should consider withdrawing from the B.S. program.
Grade Point Average
Before recei\ ing approval to student teach, a student must attain an
overall GP.'\ of 2.5 or better, including a minimum GPA of 2.75 for
all English courses attempted.
Competency Examination
A student must pass the test of writing competency given by the
Department of English before the application for approval to student
teach will be considered. This examination is scheduled each semester
and announced in advance by both the Department of English and the
Department of Professional and Secondarv Education. Students are
urged to take the exam at the end of their sophomore or begirming of
their junior years.
Minor Programs
Students may minor in any of the six following programs. Elective
courses are selected in consultation with the student's minor adviser.
.African/African-American Literature 18 semester hours
Minor
1 . Required Courses 6 semester hours
LIT 200 and 203
2. Elective Courses 1 2 semester hours
Any four courses from the following:
LIT 204. 205, 206, 309, or CLS 351, 365, CLS.TIT 400
Literature Minor 18 semester hours
1 . Required Courses 6 semester hours
LIT 200 or 201, and LIT 230 or 231
2. Elective Courses 1 2 semester hours
One in .American Literature and one in English
Literature (in a period other than those covered
in requirement I ), and any Uvo other LIT courses
that count toward the literature major.
Creative Writing Minor 18 semester hours
1 . Required Course 3 semester hours
CRW 201
2. Elective Courses 1 5 semester hours
Anv five courses selected from the following:
CRW 202, 203, 301. 302, 303, 304, 400. 490,
and 491
Film Criticism Minor 18 semester hours
1 . Required Course 3 semester hours
FLM 200
2. Elective Courses 1 5 semester hours
Any 15 credits selected from the following
list with the approval of the adviser:
CLS 304, 363, 364, 368, 369. 400, and 410;
COM 2 1 7 and 3 1 7; EGE 404, EGE 405 or
BIT 260; and FLM 201, 202, 300, 301,
and 400
This minor is also listed in the section in Comparative Literature
Studies.
Journalism Minor 18 semester hours
1 . Required Courses 1 2 semester hours
JRN 200, 225, 226, and 250
(Minimum grade of C-)
2. Elective Course 3 semester hours
One of the following: JRN 312, 315, 325, or 355
3. An additional three credit hours are to be 3 semester hours
earned through a supervised internship (ENG 395)
in the communications area or through a
practicum (JRN 411) based on one semester's
supervised service on the Universify's student
newspaper.
* See the department handbook for group descriptions.
English
College of Arts and Sciences
Business and Technical Writing Minor 18 semester hours
2.
1 5 semester hours
3 semester hours
Prerequisite
ENG 121
Required Courses
ENG 320, 368, 371, 375, 395, and an elective
from the list below (or other elective approved
by the program director for the minor)
2. Elective Course
Choice of ART 113, COM 220, COM 230,
CSC 141 or higher, ENG 270, JRN 355,
MGT 100, MIS 300, MKT 200
Linguistics Minor
The Department of English is one of several departments participating
in the linguistics minor. The description of the linguistics minor and
its requirements are found in the section describing interdisciplinary
programs on page 99.
The literature and writing minors may be taken among the minors in
the bachelor of arts or bachelor of science in the liberal studies gener-
al degree program.
Internships
A student will be permitted to take an internship under the supervision of
the Department of English only if he or she is enrolled in a departmental
major or minor program and has met the following requirements:
1 . an accumulation of at least 80 semester hours
2. an overall Grade Point Average of at least 2.5
3. an overall Grade Point Average of at least 3.0 in the major or
minor program
4. completion of 12 semester hours in courses in the major or minor
program (not counting composition courses)
5. a letter of application to the Internship Committee of the
Department of English accompanied by a resume and two faculty
references
6. a personal interview with two members of the Internship
Committee
A student will be limited to 15 hours of internship credit. Students
who wish to take more than nine hours of internship credit in one
semester must obtain approval from the full committee after submit-
ting an application and an academic transcript in the preceding semes-
ter. The Internship Committee will determine the number of credits to
be earned during an internship by applying a ratio of 40 hours of work
for each hour of academic credit. Students seeking teaching certifica-
tion may take no more than three semester hours of internship credit
within the minimum 128-131 semester-hour range for the undergrad-
uate degree. The internship credits for English majors may be applied
to the student/adviser-designed program. Only under exceptional cir-
cumstances, and entirely at its discretion, will the Internship
Committee consider applications from students not meeting the
departmental requirements.
NOTE: It is the student's responsibility to demonstrate that he or she
has met the academic requirements for an internship.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ENGLISH
Symbol: ENG
020 Basic Writing (3) A preparatory course of
study emphasizing the basic grammatical, logical,
and rhetorical skills that produce effective themes.
NOTE: This course is a prerequisite to ENG 120 for
students who have been placed in ENG 020. Credits
earned in 0-level courses do not count toward the
128 hours of credit needed for graduation
030 English for Non-Native Speakers (3)
Individualized instruction for the non-native
speaker; conversational English, formal WTitten
English, reading and listening comprehension, and
grammar. (Students should seek placement advice
from the ESL program staff before registering. )
Also, see note under ENG 020.
120 Effective Writing I (3) An intensive course
in writing that emphasizes skill in organization
and awareness of styles of writing and levels of
usage as ways of expressing and communicating
experiences.
121 Effective Writing 11 (3) Continues the
expository writing experience offered in Effective
Writing 1, and explores techniques of gathering,
evaluating, and selecting materials to be used in
writing research papers.
130 Effective Writing I for Non-Native
Speakers (3) An intensive course in writing for
the non-native speaker of English, emphasizing
skill in organization and awareness of styles of
writing and levels of usage as ways of expressing
and communicating experiences. For non-native
speakers nf English. ENG 130 is comparable to
ENG 120 for international students only. {Students
should seek placement advice from the ESL
Program staff before registering)
131 Effective Writing II for Non-Native
Speakers (3) Continues the expository writing
experience offered to non-native speakers in
English 130, and explores techniques of gathering,
evaluating, and selecting materials to be used in
writing research papers. For non-native speakers
of English ENG 131 is comparable to ENG 121
for international students only (Students should
seek placement advice from the ESL Program staff
before registering.)
132 Effective Speaking I for Non-Native
Speakers (3) After a brief introduction to the dif-
ferences between writing and speaking, this course
focuses on giving directions, explaining concepts,
asking questions, giving presentations, and engag-
ing in small talk, interviewing, and extensive pro-
nunciation drills.
134 Idioms in the Context of American Culture
(3) Through the use of modem American movies,
this course helps students learn the meanings of
idioms in context. Students practice using these
idioms in drills and exercises.
200 Intermediate Composition (3) A workshop
that provides intensive instruction for students
who experience difficulty in writing. Not open to
first-year students.
204 Practical Prose Composition (3) Writing in
various modes that authentically mirror real situa-
tions in our personal and professional lives.
205 Writing from Experience (3) Exploration of
the student's personal histor> and attitudes through
carefully structured compositions, including auto-
biographical narrative, memoir, and introspective
analysis.
215 Views on Literacy (3) The historical and
social contexts of English literacv. Emphasis on
writing.
230 (Also LIN 230) Introduction to Linguistics
(3) Basic concepts of language description, classi-
fication, change, reconstruction, dialectologv', and
sociolinguistics. (Prerequisite for all courses in
English.)
270 Publishing (3) A practical examination of the
general components of the publishing field with
emphasis on book production.
271 Typography (3) This course provides stu-
dents with experience in production of books,
using historical and modem methods of design.
PREREQ: ENG 270.
275 Literary Editing and Publishing (3)
Experience in publishing the student literary mag-
azine Daedalus: editing, proofing, photographic
selection and layout, and printing.
304 Essay Workshop (3) Experience in reading
and writing essays, with focus on revision, on the
use of the public "1," and on appropriate voice.
Attention to invention.
320 Writing and Computers (3) Introduction to
document design and production, desktop publish-
ing, and issues of technological impact on written
communication.
330 English Phonology (3) Phonemics and mor-
phophonemics in English. Writing systems and
phonemic-graphemic relationships in English.
Historical development of English sounds. PRE-
REQ: ENG 230.
331 Structure of Modern English (3) A detailed
analysis of the modem descriptive approach to the
study of English grammar and how it compares
with the traditional approach. PREREQ: ENG 230.
335 History of the English Language (3)
Review of the influences on the development of
the English language. PREREQ: ENG 230.
339 Histor)' and Dialects of American English
(3) Development of the English language in
America since colonial settlement. American and
British English. Pronunciation, vocabulary, and
grammar of the regional and social dialects of
American English. PREREQ: ENG 230.
340 Sociolinguistic Aspects of English (3) The
study of language in its social context; the ethnog-
raphy of communication; language and society,
social classes, ethnic groups, politics, sex, and
education. PREREQ: ENG 230.
350 Introduction to English as a Second
Language (3) Exploration of the scope of the
College of Arts and Sciences
English
field, types of programs, and general approaches
to instruction.
368 Business and Organizational Writing (3)
The nature of communication within business and
organizations. Theoretical basis and practical
application.
371 Technical Writing (3) Instruction in the
forms and techniques of written, oral, and visual
communication currently practiced in the scientific
and technical professions. A series of coordinated
assignments leads to a final project in the student's
field of professional study. PREREQ: ENG 121.
375 Strategies for Writing in the Workplace
(3) Strategy and politics of client-centered and
competitive writing that achieves objectives for
the professions and organizations.
390 Teaching English in Secondaiy Schools (3)
Review of language arts requirements in secondar)'
schools. Special reference to grade-placement with
adoption of materials, appraisal of results, and
de\elopment of programs of study. PREREQ: ENG
230 and 331; EDM 300: and EDP 351.
392 Writing and Teaching Writing in
Secondary English (3) The course will introduce
students to major theorists in composition and lit-
eracy theor) , including Britton, Emgi, Heath,
Murray, Moffett, Perl, and Graves. It will provide
opportunities to write in all the modes - for all the
purposes and audiences - required by most sec-
ondary school curricula, and to analyze these writ-
ing experiences in terms of sociocultural, cognitive,
and other psychological theor> and research.
♦ 395 Internship (3-12) Intensive practical
experience with selected businesses, media, and
public agencies. Limited to qualified students who
have earned a minimum of 80 credit hours. See
Handbook for English Majors for specific require-
ments.
397 Writing Tutoring (3) Theor> and practice of
writing tutoring, especially for those who plan a
career in teaching or who are focusing on the
remediation or development of language and \vrit-
ing skills.
♦ 410 Independent Study (3)
411-413 Yearbook Practicum I, II, III (I)
Practical yearbook production experience in a
closely supervised fi'amework. PREREQ: ENG
270 or permission of the instructor.
414 Tutoring Practicum (1) Supervised experi-
ence as an undergraduate tutor for any of the
English tutoring programs (e.g.. Department of
English or Academic Development Program
[ADP] tutoring, etc.).
♦ 430 Language Seminar (3) Studies in English
language and linguistics. PREREQ: ENG 230 and
at least junior standing.
445 Women Writing: Autobiography (3) A
writing seminar directed toward the reading of
women's autobiographies and the writing of per-
sonal autobiographical narratives. A writing-
emphasis course.
♦ 450 Prose Writing Seminar (3) This variable-
topic seminar concentrates on problems in
advanced writing, focusing on prose analysis and
its application to student writing and revision.
LITERATURE
Symbol: LIT
♦ 162 Literature of the Apocalypse (3) An inter-
disciplinarj' study of ancient religions, apocalyptic
writing, and modem interpretations of that writing.
An investigation of the political, economic, moral.
and artistic ramifications of the nuclear arms race
on modem society.
-* 165 Introduction to Literature (3) A course
designed to develop awareness of literature as
being central to all the arts, to increase levels of
literacy and critical faculties, and to broaden
understanding of the human condition. PREREQ:
ENG 121 or permission of the department.
♦ 168 Conventions of Reading (3) An introduc-
tion to the study of textual genres — fiction, drama,
poetry, essa\ , autobiography, and film — and to
methodologies of reading. Various cognitive and
cultural influences on the reading process will be
analyzed.
200 American Literature I (3) Survey of repre-
sentative American writers from Colonial times to
I860, including Bradstreet. Ta\lor, Franklin, Poe,
Thoreau, Hawthome, and Melville. (A)*
201 American Literature II (3) A survey of rep-
resentative American writers from I860 to the pre-
sent, including Whitman, Twain, James, Crane,
Eliot, Frost, Hemingway, and Faulkner. (B)'
202 African-American Literature I (3) Survey of
African-American authors from the antebellum era
through the first quarter of the 20th centur>'. (B)*
203 African-American Literature II (3)
Continuation of LIT 202. Second quarter of the
20th centurv' to the present. (B)*
204 Black Women Writers of America (3)
Survey of black women writers of America.
Examines themes and influences on American and
African-American literarv' contexts.
205 Harlem Renaissance (3) This course exam-
ines the historical and cultural movement of the
1920's known as the Harlem Renaissance.
206 African-American Literature and Literary
Theorj- (3) This course will examine the relation-
ship between Afro-American literature and the
theories ser\ ing to explain it.
230 English Literature I (3) A survey of English
literature from Anglo-Saxon wriring through the
18thcentur>. (C)*
231 English Literature II (3) A survey of English
literature of the 19th and 20th centuries. (D)*
245 Medieval Women's Culture (3) This is an
interdisciplinary study of writings by medieval
women and their contribution to the development
of medieval culture.
250 Victorian Attitudes (3) A study of 19th-cen-
tury attitudes toward social changes as expressed
in art, architecture, literature, and nonfiction prose.
265 Literature and Psychologj- (3) An examina-
tion of the relationships between literature and
psychology, with readings from drama
(Shakespeare, Ibsen, and Albee), poetr> (Poe,
Browning, and Eliot), and fiction (Tolstoy, Joyce,
Woolf Mann, Kaflca, and Faulkner). (E)*
269 The Literature of Roguery (3) A historical
study of the rogue in fiction with emphasis on the
satiric view of societ) . Among writers studied are
Defoe, Thackeray, Donleavey, and Kerouac. (E)*
# 270 Urbanism and Modern Imagination (3)
Covers a variety of responses of contemporary
writers, artists, and planners to the rise of the mod-
em city. (E)*
271 Drama Since 1970 (3) A selective survey of
American and British drama since 1970. The play-
wrights studied will be drawn from a wide and
expanding group, including Sam Shepard, David
Rabe, Lanford Wilson, Tom Stoppard, Peter
Shaffer, Caryl Churchill, and others. (E)*
272 New Fiction (3) Fiction published in the last
10 years. (E)*
274 Feminist Poetry (3) A study of poetry
espousing the feminist cause and exploring the
feminist response. Techniques and attitudes of
such poets as Plath, Sexton, Rich, Morgan,
Wakoski, and Kumin. (E)*
295 Historical Contexts (3) A study of a repre-
sentative number of literarj texts and the ways
the\ interact historically, socially, intellectually,
and politically with their own cultures as well as
w ith the culture of the 20th-centur\ reader.
Literarv' and nonliterary texts will be studied as
indicators of cultural and discursive shifts from
one historical moment to another.
296 Theory, Meaning, Value (3) An introduction
to the different theoretical positions that condition
the ways in which we read a text and assign mean-
ing to it.
297 Themes in Contemporarj- Literature (3)
Literar> topic or theme in contemporar)'
American, English, or world literature to be
announced each time the course is ofTered. (E)*
300 Colonial and Revolutionar>' American
Literature (3) Writers of Colonial and
Revolutionary America. (A)*
302 Development of the American Novel (3)
Begiimings of the American novel to Frank Norris.
(A)*
303 Introduction to Multiethnic American
Literature (3) American ethnic, racial, and
national groups in American literature and the
contributions of creative literarv artists represent-
ing these cultures. (E)*
304 American Jewish Novel (3) A study of
major American Jewish novelists: Cahan, Singer,
Roth, Potok, Bellow, Malamud, Wallant, and
Wiesel. No knowledge of Yiddish or Hebrew nec-
essar>. (B)*
305 Modern American Drama (3) American
drama from the early I900's to the present, with
emphasis on the development of the American the-
ater as seen in such major dramatists as O'Neill,
Odets, Wilder, Miller, Williams, and Albee. (B)*
306 Modern American Novel (3) The novel in
America from Dreiser to the present. (B)*
307 Modern American Poetry (3) Major 20th-
centurv American poets. (B)*
308 The Sin of Success (3) An investigation of
the rise of democratic capitalism in America from
Biblical influences in colonial times to the begin-
nings of the merchant class and the fall of modem
"big business." A study of the entrepreneur and
the "robber baron," the success ethic, and morality'
in the large corporation through history, econom-
ics, and literature.
# 309 Martin Luther King (3) Examines and
analyzes the writings of Dr. King and their rela-
tionship to the themes he pursued and the leader-
ship role he achieved.
334 Milton (3) A survey of his major poetrv' and
prose.
335 Shakespeare 1 (3) Reading, analysis, and
discussion of selected histories and tragedies.
Discussion of critical approaches to the pla>s and
of the historical and intellectual climate of the
times. (O*
♦ This course ma> be taken again for credit.
# Approved interdisciplinary course
* Approved distributive requirement course
* See the department handbook for group
descriptions.
Enalish
Colleae of Arts and Sciences
336 Shakespeare 11 (3) Reading, analysis, and
discussion of selected comedies and nondramatic
poems. Discussion of critical approaches to the
worlds and of the historical and intellectual climate
of the times. Either LIT 335 or 336 may be taken
first. (O*
337 Literature of the Enlightenment (3) A criti-
cal consideration of the 18th-centur> writers,
exclusive of the dramatists. (C)*
338 Restoration and ISth-Century Drama (3)
The drama from the reopening of the theaters in
1660 to 1800. (C)»
339 18th-century British Novel (3) The British
novel from Defoe to Austen. (D)*
340 The Romantic Movement (3) Wordsworth,
Coleridge. Byron. Shelley. Keats, and their con-
temporaries in the light of social background and
critical doctrine. (D)'
341 19th-Centur\ British Novel (3) The British
novel from Austen to Hardy. (D)*
342 Victorian Literature (3) Victorian thought
and culture in poetry and nonfiction prose. (D)*
343 Modem British Drama (3) British drama from
Wilde to the present, with emphasis on the rebirth of
the British drama and its major writers. (D)*
344 Modern British Novel (3) The novel in
England from Conrad to the present. ( D)*
345 Modern British Poetry (3) Major 20th-centu-
r\' British poets. (D)*
352 Literature for Young Children (3) A critical
sUidy of the literature for young children for
prospective specialists in earh childhood. PREREQ:
CLS 165 or LIT 165, or LIT 168 or equivalent.
364 Modern Irish Literature (3) Major literary
writers of Ireland from 1840 to the present: George
Moore, Synge, Yeats, Joyce, Shaw. O'Casey,
Beckett, Behan, and Seamus Heaney. (D)*
365 Short Fiction (3) Analysis and intepretation
of short fiction. (E)*
366 Criticism (3) A study of the theories of classi-
cal antiquity. England, and the United States, with
emphasis on the relevance of these theories to
English and American literature of the moment. (E)*
395 Children's Literature (3) A critical study of
literature for children, setting standards for evalua-
tion and appreciation. PREREQ; CLS 165 or LIT
165, or LIT 168 or equivalent.
398 Young Adult Literature (3) A critical study
of literature, including nonprint media, for young
adults, focusing on helping prospective teachers
develop familiarity with young adult literature and
how it may be used in the middle school and high
school classroom, stressing gender roles and multi-
cultural issues. PREREQ: LIT 168, 295, and 296.
♦ 400 Literature Seminar (3) Required for
English majors in the junior or senior year. Topics
offered periodically: Beckett Joyce, Byron,
Dickens, Donne, Fitzgerald, Shaw, Greek
Comedy, Greek Tragedy, Hawthorne, Homer,
Resistance Poetry, Shakespeare's Major Tragedies,
and Thomas Hardy.
430 Old English Language and Literature (3)
An introductory study of the language (450-1 150
AD.) through a reading of religious and secular
poetrv and prose. (C)*
431 Middle English Language and Literature
(3) An introductory study of the language (1 150-
1450 A.D.) through a reading of selected literary
texts. (C)»
432 English Drama to 1642 (3) English drama
from the early liturgical tropes to 1642, exclusive
of Shakespeare. (C)'
434 Early Modern Poetry and Prose (3) Poetry
and prose of the 16th and early 17th centuries.
(C)»
435 Chaucer (3) An interpretation of Canterbury
Tales and Troilus and Criseyde. |C)*
The English department accepts certain humanities
courses as major electives. Consult the Handbook
for English Majors for a list of approved humani-
ties courses.
JOURNALISM
Symbol: JRN
200 Communications Media (3) An infroduction
to the media of communications, emphasizing the
development and characteristics of print and elec-
tronic media forms and their impact on American
society.
225 Newswriting (3) A course designed to devel-
op proficiency in the writing of news stories for
daily and weekly newspapers. News values, the
structure and style of news, and the preparation of
copy in accordance with professional standards
will be stressed.
226 News Reporting (3) Instruction and practice
in basic news reporting techniques coupled with
an introduction to newspaper feature writing.
Outside assignments will include coverage of
speeches, local government meetings, and the
courts. PREREQ: JRN 225 or equivalent.
250 News Editing (3) A course designed to
acquaint students with the skills involved in the
preparation of copy for publication in newspapers
and magazines. Instruction and practice in the
mechanics of copy editing, headline writing, lay-
out, and photo editing. PREREQ: JRN 225 or
equivalent.
312 Sports Reporting and Writing (3)
Instruction and practice in basic sports reporting
techniques, including live-event coverage and fea-
ture writing, as well as an introduction to routine
duties associated with working on the sports desk.
PREREQ: JRN 225 or equivalent.
315 Magazine Article Writing (3) Practical
instruction in the skills required for successftil
freelance magazine writing with emphasis on
research, interviewing, writing techniques, and
marketing. Students will write and submit for pub-
lication short features and a fiill-length magazine
article. PREREQ: JRN 225 or equivalent.
325 History of Journalism (3) A historical sur-
vey of the American press from Colonial times to
the present, with special emphasis on the continu-
ing struggle for press freedom and the new jour-
nalistic environment created by the emergence of
mass media.
355 Public Relations Principles (3) An introduc-
tion to the role of the public relations practitioner
in the formation of public opinion. Communica-
tions theoPi will be combined with specific tech-
niques for working with the press, producing print-
ed material, and conducting special events.
PREREQ: JRN 225 or equivalent.
41 1 Journalism Practicum (3) One semester of
supervised experience as an editor or reporter on
the University's student newspaper. See journal-
ism coordinator for specific requirements. PRE-
REQ: JRN 225 and either JRN 226 or JRN 250.
CREATIVE WRITING
Symbol: CRW
201 Introduction to Creative Writing (3) Intro-
duction to the craft of writing poetry and fiction.
Basic discussion of terms, strategies, and profes-
sional models in each genre. Practice in writing
and critiquing each genre.
202-203 Creative Writing I-II (3) (3) Writing
experience in the crafts of fiction, poetrv, nonfic-
tion, and drama.
♦ 301-302 Poetry Workshop l-II (3) (3) The
theory and practice of poetr>- and the exploration
of verse forms. Practice in critical and interpreta-
tive analysis of poems written b\ fellow students
and professional poets.
♦ 303-304 Short Story Workshop I-II (3) (3)
Crafting the modem short story with reference to
American and British models. The significance of
setting, atmosphere, characterization, and theme.
Discussion and some exploration of experimental
ideas in the genre.
305 Essay Workshop (3) Practice in writing the
essay. Conventions and techniques of this literary
form - creative nonfiction - as it appears in com-
mercial and quality magazines.
307 Playwriting Workshop (3) Writing the play:
possibilities and limitations of the stage. Attention
to sets and costuming where relevant. Character-
ization by action and dialogue. Problems of estab-
lishing motivation. The play's totality in theme,
character, and action. Informal readings of student
work.
♦ 400 Writing Seminar (3) Special topics, such
as fantasy, science fiction, longer prose works, or
the antistory. To be announced.
490-491 Writing Seminar in the Novel I-II (3)
(3) A course in the writing and preparing of book-
length manuscripts (novel, novella, and the "non-
fictional" novel) with the intention of submission
for publication. Also includes coverage of fictional
aspects and techniques used in writing memoirs,
biography, and current history.
FILM THEORY AND CRITICISM
Symbol: FLM
200 Introduction to Film (3) A survey of the
principal elements of film including photography,
editing, sound, acting, and narrative.
201 American Film (3) The ftincfion of cinema
in contemporary society as a socio-cultural, eco-
nomic and political object, as seen through critical
analysis of American films. (E)*
202 American Themes (3) .^n introduction to
contemporary critical and theoretical principles for
interpreting American films which concenfrates on
a single theme.
300 Private Screening (1) Eight to 12 narrative
film classics per semester on a specific topic or
theme.
301 Documentary Film (3) Understanding and
enjoying the social, philosophic, economic, and
political aspects of documentary film. (E)*
400 Film Seminar (3) A seminar which offers
students practice in applying contemporary critical
and theoretical principles to films in an advanced
context. PREREQ: FLM 200 or permission of the
instructor.
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE
STUDIES
See course listings under Comparative Literature
Studies, pages 100-101.
* See the department handbook lor group
descriptions.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Colleae of Arts and Sciences
Foreign Languages
Department of Foreign Languages
109 Main Hall
610-436-2700
Jerome M. Williams, Chairperson
Frederick Patton and Anne-Marie Moscatelli, Assistant Chairpersons
PROFESSORS: Braidotti. Patton. Pauly. Schlau, Williams
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Escorcia, Esplugas, Garcia-Barrio,
Gougher. Landwehr, Moscatelli. Speh, Varricchio
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Brown, Gilmour, Sage
INSTRUCTOR: Rosso
Programs Offered
BACHELOR OF ARTS: French, German, Latin, Russian, and
Spanish
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION: French, German,
Latin. Russian, and Spanish
The Instructional 1 Certificate in a foreign language qualifies the
holder to teach his or her major language in the public schools
(kindergarten through 12th grade) of Pennsylvania.
Minors: French, German. Italian. Latin, Russian, and Spanish
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE B.A. PROGRAMS
1 . General Requirements, see pages 34—36 5 1 semester hours
2. Major Language Courses 33 semester hours
FRENCH — FRE 101-102*, 201-202, 301,
302, 303, and 304. .Additional courses to com-
plete the 33 credits, taken under advisement.
GERMAN — GER 101-102*, 201-202, 221,
303 and/or 304, 307 and/or 308. GER 221 and
GER 405 and additional courses to complete
the 33 credits, taken under advisement.
LATIN — LAT 101-102*. 201. 202, 303, and
406. Additional Latin and Classical language
courses to complete the 33 credits, taken under
advisement.
RUSSIAN — RUS 101-102* or 103*, 201-
202 or 203, 301-302, 305, 306, 307-308, and
365. Additional courses to complete the 33
credits, taken under advisement.
SPANISH — SPA 101-102*. 201-202. 301-
302, 315, 320 or 321, 330-331, 365, and any
two 400-level courses. Additional courses to
complete the 33 credits, taken under advise-
ment.
3. Two cognate courses 6 semester hours
A. LIN 230 or ENG 230 (3)
B. Historj or political science or geography or
an_\' other approved course (3)
4. Demonstration of proficiency in a second 3 semester hours
language through the intermediate II level
5. Electi\es 27-38 semester hours
The number of hours available depends on the student's level of sec-
ond language proficiencN. They ma> choose to appK' some of these to
additional advanced courses in their major area or to continue second
or third language study.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE B.S. ED.
PROGRAMS
1 . General Requirements, see pages 34-36 5 1 semester hours
ANT 102. CSC 101. and PSY 100 are required
and will count toward the general education
requirements.
2. Foreign Language Concentration 33 semester hours
(specialized preparation)
FRENCH — FRE 101-102*. 201-202, 301,
302, 303, and 304. Additional French courses
to complete the 33 credits.
GERMAN — GER 101-102*, 201-202, 303-
304. 305-306, and 307-308. Additional German
courses to complete the 33 credits.
LATIN — LAT 101-102*, 201, 202, 303, 304,
307, 308, 221 or 405. and 406. Additional
Latin and Classical language courses to com-
plete the 33 credits.
RUSSIAN — RUS 101-102* or 103*. 201-
202 or 203, 301-302, 303-304, 305-306, and
307-308.
SPANISH — SPA 101-102*, 201-202, 301-
302, 315, 320 or 321, 330-331, and 365. Two
400-level Spanish courses to complete the 33
credits.
3. Two Cognate Courses 6 semester hours
A. LFN 230 (3)
B. Area studies (3)
4. Student must complete professional 33 semester hours
education sequence EDF 100. EDP 250,
EDP 351, EDM 300, EDS 306, LAN 301.
EDS 411, EDS 412, PSY 382 or EDP 249.
Students must pass MLA Exam before
student teaching.
5. Electives to complete 128 hours at the 300 and
400 level
The student is advised to use his or her electives
in areas that will contribute to his or her profession.
All students majoring in foreign languages and preparing to teach
must also complete LAN 301, credited to professional education.
Minor in Language 18 semester hours
Minors are available in French, German, Italian, Latin, Spanish, and
Russian.
A. Language courses at levels 201 and 202 (or 203) are required.
B. Courses at the 300 and 400 levels in one language, taken under
advisement. Courses in English are not acceptable.
ADDITIONAL LANGUAGES
Greek, Italian, Portuguese
Courses in Greek, Italian, and Portuguese may be offered, but no
major field is available.
Greek and Hebrew — Classical and New Testament
Elementary Greek 1-11 (GRE 101-102) and Intermediate Greek I-II
(GRE 101-102). Part of Classical Language program.
Italian
Elementan. Italian 1-11 (ITA 101-102), Intennediate Italian l-ll (ITA
201-202), Advanced Italian I-Il (ITA 301-302), Italian Culmre (IT.A
321), Italian Cinema (HA 360), Survey of Italian Literature (ITA
400). Introduction to Dante, Petrarca, and Boccaccio (IT.A 401),
Contemporary Italian Literature (ITA 402), Independent Studies in
Italian Language and Literature (ITA 410), Seminars in Italian (ITA
411-412).
Portuguese
Elementary Portuguese l-II (POR 101-102) and Intermediate
Portuguese Ml (POR 201-202).
ADDITIONAL OFFERINGS - CONVERSATIONAL
LANGUAGE COURSES
Selected critical or uncommonly taught languages such as Chinese,
Japanese, Modem Greek, Modem Hebrew, Polish, Portuguese, and
Serbo-Croatian, on a conversational basis only.
* Foreign language majors receive no credit toward a major, or certification
for 101 and/or 102 in their majors. If 101 and or 102 in another language are
taken as free electives, they will be credited toward graduation.
Foreign Languages
College of Arts and Sciences
The Junior Year Abroad Program
Courses in French are offered at the Universite Paul Valery in
Montpellier, France, through Junior Year Abroad Program sponsored
by the Office of International Studies of West Chester University. The
program is designed to give persons interested in France a first-hand
acquaintance with French life and enable them to achieve an active
command of the language.
The program is open to any student enrolled at West Chester
University who has completed the equivalent of two years of college
French and is able to follow lectures in French. Students enrolled in
the program may receive up to 30 credits for a fiill two semesters of
the year abroad program of study. Courses are conducted entirely in
French by French professors.
Foreign Language Testing and Placement
The Department of Foreign Languages provides a testing service for
students entering the University. Based on the results of the tests
given and an analysis of past experience, the Department of Foreign
Languages will suggest the level of language a student should enter.
After students take part in any given course for a short period of time,
their placement could be changed if consultation between a student
and an adviser results in a decision to change the placement.
If a student wishes to take an exam to complete the language require-
ment or receive credit for a course, he or she must take a special exam
other than those given for placement. Arrangements can be made with
the chairperson of the Department of Foreign Languages.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
FRENCH
Symbol: FRE
101-102 Elementary French I-II (3) (3) Funda-
mentals of French grammar, synta.\, and pronunci-
ation. All four skills (listening, speaking, reading,
and writing) are taught concomitantly. Taught in
French. Language laboratory work required.
201-202 Intermediate French I-Il (3) (3)
Review of grammar and syntax. Readings in
French literature as a basis for class discussion and
practice in composition. Language laborator>' drill.
PREREQ; FRE 102 or placement.
301 Advanced Grammar and St>'listics (3) The
more complex grammatical and syntactical struc-
tures of the language, with particular attention to
stj listics. Practice in writing compositions on a
more sophisticated and advanced level with
emphasis on correct usage. Work in language labo-
rator> required, PREREQ: FRE 202 or placement.
302 Advanced Oral French and Phonetics (3)
Intensive practice in spoken French to develop
skills in pronunciation and in listening comprehen-
sion. Introduction to French phonetics. PREREQ:
FRE 202 or placement.
303 French Civilization (3) (In French) A survey
of the social, political, economic, and educational
structures of France, along with an introduction to
the artistic contributions of the French, particularly
in the 20th century. PREREQ: FRE 202 or place-
ment.
304 Readings in French Literature (3) The
reading and anal>sis of representative selections of
French prose (fiction and nonfiction), poetry,
essays, and plays. PREREQ: FRE 202 or place-
ment.
401 Commercial French (3) A study of the
French economic and business systems, and exten-
sive practice in using forms and expressions fre-
quently used in French business correspondence.
409 Women and IMen in French Literature (3)
(In English) Works by women and men novelists,
poets, or dramatists that present striking images of
love and conflict between the sexes. Also a
Women's Studies course.
410 French Theater to 1900: In Context (3) A
study of the French theater from its beginnings to
the 19th century in the contexts of their times.
Reading and analysis of representative plays from
the various periods.
411 Modern French Literature in Context (3)
A study of the evolution of modem literary genres,
beginning with the revolt of the generation of
1900, through Dada and Surrealism and the writers
of the absurd to the present.
412 Narrative Prose (3) An examination of the
evolution of French prose in the nouvelle. the
conte. the recit and the novel from their earliest
beginnings to the present.
413 French Poetry (3) A history of French poet-
ry and a study of its versification. Practice in the
recitation of French poems and close textual analy-
sis, and discussion of selected works.
♦ 420-421-422 Topics in French Literature (3)
(3) (3) Each topics course provides an in-depth
study of a significant aspect of French culture, art,
or literature, its history and influences, and/or its
principal exponents, creative artists, and advocates.
Topics will be announced annually by the French
facult).
Offerings in English (EFR): Interdisciplinary
and Culture-Cluster Courses
■ # EFR 220 French Civilization (3) (In
English) A study of France's political and educa-
tional systems and economic and religious institu-
tions with emphasis on contemporao aspects.
GERMAN
Symbol; GER
101-102 Elementary German l-ll (3) (3)
Fundamentals of German grammar, syntax, and
pronunciation. Introduction to German culture
through easy-reading texts. The audio-lingual
method is employed. Language laboratory drill is
required.
201-202 Intermediate German I-II (3) (3) Review
of grammar and syntax. Readings in German liter-
ature as a basis for class discussion in German and
practice in composition. Language laboratory drill
required for remedial work only. PREREQ: GER
102 or placement.
NOTE: All advanced literature and civilization
courses include lectures and discussion in the for-
eign language, and all student papers and examina-
tions must be written in the foreign language.
# 221 German Civilization (3) (In German) An
analysis of the major contributions of German civ-
ilization to western culture in the areas of art,
music, science, and literature. PREREQ: GER 202
or equivalent.
222 Austrian Civilization (3) This course is
almost identical to EGE 323; slightly different
readings in German will be offered. Discussions
are in German.
303-304 Advanced German Grammar and
Composition I-II (3) (3) The more complex
grammatical and syntactical structures of the lan-
guage with particular attention to stylistics.
Practice in writing compositions on a more
advanced level with emphasis on correct usage.
PREREQ: GER 202 or equivalent.
305 Survey of German Literature I (3) German
literature from its earliest beginnings to 1800.
PREREQ: GER 202 or equivalent.
306 Sur\ey of German Literature II (3)
German literature from 1800 to the present. PRE-
REQ: GER 202 or equivalent.
307-308 Advanced Oral German I-II (3) (3) In-
tensive drill in the oral use of the language and
phonetics to develop proficiency in listening com-
prehension and speaking. PREREQ: GER 303 or
equivalent.
400 20th-century German Literature in
Translation (3) (In English) A study of selected
novels, short stories, and plays from the German
literature of the 20th century. An introduction to
some of the modem writers of the German-speak-
ing world from the perspective of the social and
political developments in modem Germany.
401 The Age of Goethe (3) German literary doc-
trines and masterpieces of the periods of En-
lightenment, Storm and Stress, and Classicism.
PREREQ: GER 202 or equivalent.
402 Contemporary German Literature (3)
Works of the principal German writers of the 20th
cenmry . PREREQ: GER 202 or equivalent.
403 20th-Centur> German Masterpieces:
Kafka, Mann, Hesse (3) An in-depth analysis of
the prose works of three major 20th-century
German writers. In our close reading of these
works, we shall consider such narrative techniques
as point-of-view, ambiguity, and irony as well as
such German intellectual and artistic contributions
as Expressionism, psychoanalysis, and the Bil-
dungsroman. Taught in conjunction with EGE 403.
404 German Artists as Social Conscience:
Postwar German Literature and Film (3) An
examination of the political and social issues of
contemporary Germany through an analysis of lit-
erary and cinematic te.\ts. Discussion topics
include the Holocaust, Nazism, the Second World
War, the Economic Miracle, the Cold War, terror-
ism, the feminist and peace movements, atomic
warfare, and German reunification and its after-
math. Taught in conjunction with EGE 404.
405 A Survey of German Film (3) An analysis
of German films from Expressionism to the pre-
sent. We shall examine the films in terms of their
political and social context and as works of art.
Directors include Fritz Lang, Mumau, Wiene,
Fassbinder. Herzog, SchlondortT, von Trotta, and
Wenders. Taught in conjunction with EGE 405.
407 German Lyric Poetry (3) Modem German
poeny of pre- and post-World War II. PREREQ:
GER 206 or equivalent.
♦ 410 Independent Studies in German
Language and Literature (3) Special topics for
advanced smdents only. PREREQ: Permission of
instructor
♦ Ttiis course may be taken again for credit.
■ Culture Cluster
# Approved interdisciplinary course
College of Arts and Sciences
Foreign Languages
♦ 41 1 Seminar in German (3) Independent
study and research for upper-division students.
Topics announced annually by the German faculty.
PR£REQ: Permission of instructor.
♦ 412 Seminar in German (3) Independent
study and research for upper-division students.
Topic announced annually by the German faculty.
PREREQ: Permission of instructor.
Offerings in English (EGE): Interdisciplinary
and Culture Cluster Courses
■ # EGE 222 German Civilization (3) An
analysis of the major contributions of German civ-
ilization to western culture in the areas of art,
music, science, and literature. No knowledge of
German required.
■ # EGE 323 Austrian Civilization 1848-1938
An interdisciplinary study of Austrian civilization,
focusing on Vienna 1848-1938. The relationship of
selected cultural and intellectual developments to
their political and social contexts. This course
employs the perspective of many disciplines but is
specifically concerned with the humanities and
visual arts.
U EGE 403 20th-century German
Masterpieces: Kafka, Mann, Hesse (3) An in-
depth analysis of the prose works of three major
20th-century German writers. In our close reading
of these works, we shall consider such narrative
techniques as point-of-view, ambiguity, and irony
as well as such German intellectual and artistic
contributions as Expressionism, psychoanalysis,
and the Bildungsroman. No knowledge of German
required.
♦ EGE 404 German Artists as Social
Conscience: Postwar German Literature and
Film (3) An examination of the political and social
issues of contemporary Germany through an
analysis of literary and cinematic texts. Discussion
topics include the Holocaust, Nazism, the Second
World War, the Economic Miracle, the Cold War,
terrorism, the feminist and peace movements,
atomic warfare, and German reunification and its
aftermath. No knowledge of German required.
■ # EGE 405 A Survey of German Film (3)
(arts elective course) An analysis of German films
from Expressionism to the present. We shall exam-
ine the films in terms of their political and social
context and as works of art. Directors include Fritz
Lang, Mumau, Wiene, Fassbinder, Herzog,
Schlondorff, von Trotta, and Wenders. No knowl-
edge of German required.
GREEK
Symbol: GRE
101-102 Elementary Greek Ml (3) (3) Forms,
grammar, and idioms of Attic and Koine Greek.
Readings in Septuagint and New Testament Greek.
201 Intermediate Greek I (3) Readings in
Socratic dialogues of Plato.
202 Intermediate Greek II (3) Homeric prosody
and grammar. Reading of selected portions of the
Homeric Poems.
♦ 301-302 Greek Reading I-II (3) (3) Readings
in prose and verse. Authors usually selected by
genre.
HEBREW
Symbol: HBW
101-102 Elementary Biblical Hebrew I-II (3)
(3) Forms, grammar, and idioms of Biblical
Hebrew. Selected readings.
201-202 Intermediate Biblical Hebrew III (3)
(3) Readings in the prose and poetic document of
the Bihlia Hebraica.
ITALIAN
Symbol: ITA
101-102 Elementary Italian I-II (3) (3) Intensive
drill, in class and in the language laboratory, with
pronunciation, intonation, and basic linguistic pat-
terns. Introduction to Italian culture through basic
dialogues and easy-reading texts.
201-202 Intermediate Italian I-II (3) (3) Review
of Italian grammar and syntax. Introduction to
Italian literature through short readings of interme-
diate difficulty. Composition and conversation in
Italian based on reading assignments. Language
laboratory for remedial drill. PREREQ: ITA 102
or equivalent.
301-302 Advanced Italian Grammar and
Conversation I-H (3) (3) Review and mastery of
Italian grammar, with special emphasis on syntac-
tic structure and stylistics, along with intensive
oral drills to develop proficiency in listening com-
prehension and speaking ability.
321 Italian Culture (3) An overview of Italian
geography, history, and regional cultures, along
with its literar), philosophical, scientific, and artis-
tic manifestations and contributions to the world.
360 Italian Cinema (3) A historj of Italian cine-
ma, as seen through representative works of each
period/movement.
400 Survey of Italian Literature (3) High points
in Italian literature, touching upon the most impor-
tant writers from the beginning to the present day.
401 Introduction to Dante, Petrarca, and
Boccaccio (3) A general discussion on the impor-
tance and influence of these writers on Italian and
European literature and thought, as seen through
some of their representative works.
402 Contemporary Italian Literature (3) A sur-
vey of contemporary Italian authors through some
representative selections of their works.
^ 410 Independent Studies in Italian
Language and Literature (3) Special topics for
advanced students only. PREREQ: Permission of
instructor.
# 41 1 Seminar in Italian I (3) Independent
study and research for upper-division students.
Topics announced annually by the Italian faculty.
PREREQ: Permission of instructor.
# 412 Seminar in Italian II (3) Independent
study and research for upper-division students.
Topics announced annually by the Italian faculty.
PREREQ: Permission of instructor.
■ EIT 221 Italian Culture (3) (In English) An
overview of Italian geography, history, and region-
al cultures, along with its literary, philosophical,
scientific, and artistic manifestations and contribu-
tions to the world.
■ EIT 260 Italian Cinema (3) (In English) A
history of Italian cinema, as seen through repre-
sentative works of each period/movement.
LATIN
Symbol: LAT
101-102 Elementary Latin I-II (3) (3) Forms,
syntax, and idioms of classical Latin. Selected
readings.
201 Cicero (3) Selections from the orations, let-
ters, and essays. PREREQ: LAT 101 and 102, or
two years of secondary school Latin.
202 Vergil (3) Reading and analysis of celebrated
portions of the Aeneid. The nature of Latin epic
poetry. PREREQ: LAT 201 or three years of sec-
ondary school Latin.
NOTE: LAT 202 or four years of secondary
school Latin is a prerequisite for all following
courses in Latin.
301 Teaching of Latin (3) Introduction to the
problems, methods, and materials in the teaching
of Latin.
302 The Latin Lyric Poets (3) Latin lyric poetry
through readings in Catullus, the Odes, and
Epodes of Horace. Practice in the composition of
lyric poetry.
303 Advanced Latin Prose Composition (3)
Required of Latin majors; open to other students
accepted by the instructor. The complex syntacti-
cal structures of Latin of classical style.
Translations of English into classical Latin.
304 The Latin Elegiac Poets (3) Latin elegiac
poetry through readings in Ovid, Tibullus,
Lygdamus, Sulpicia, and Propertius. Practice in
the composition of elegiac poetry.
♦ 305 Reading Course in Latin (3) Open to
Latin majors only. Area and content to be deter-
mined by the student's needs.
306 Roman Historians (3) Introduction to
Roman historiography. Readings in Livy, Sallust,
and Tacitus.
401 Roman Drama (3) Origins and development
of Roman drama. Selected plays of Plautus,
Terence, and Seneca.
402 Roman Philosophy (3) Introduction to Greek
and Roman philosophy. Readings in Cicero,
"Tusculan Disputations," and Lucretius, "De
Rerum Natura."
403 Roman Satire (3) Origins and development
of Roman satire. Readings in Horace, Persius, and
Juvenal.
404 The Latin Novel (3) Readings in Petronius,
Satyricon, and Apuleius, The Golden Ass. Lectures
and discussions of the emergence of the novel as a
literary form.
405 Medieval Latin (3) Prose and poetry from
the fourth to the 17th centuries.
406 Latin Tutorial Course (3) Required of
majors in Latin or Classics; open to other students
accepted by the instructor. Introduction to the his-
tory of the alphabet; principles of historical and
comparative linguistics, especially as applied to
Greek and Latin; and history of the Latin language
as seen in ancient authors and inscriptions.
4 410 Independent Studies in Latin Language
and Literature (3) Special topics for advanced
students only. PREREQ: Permission of instructor.
♦ 411 Seminar in Latin (3) Independent study
and research for upper-division students. Topics
announced annually by the Latin faculty. PRE-
REQ: Permission of instructor.
♦ 412 Seminar in Latin (3) Independent study
and research for upper-division students. Topics
announced annually by the Latin faculty. PRE-
REQ: Permission of instructor.
PORTUGUESE
Symbol: FOR
101-102 Elementary Portuguese I-II (3) (3)
Fundamentals of Portuguese grammar, syntax, and
pronunciation. Introduction to Brazilian heritage
and culture through graded reading selections.
201-202 Intermediate Portuguese I-II (3) (3)
Review and continuation of basic Portuguese with
emphasis on vocabulary expansion and cultural
insights through increased reading. Introduction to
selected Portuguese and Brazilian authors. PRE-
REQ: POR 102.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
■ Culture Cluster
# Approved interdisciplinary course
Foreign Languages
College of Arts and Sciences
RUSSIAN
Symbol; RUS
101-102 Elementar) Russian MI (3) (3)
Intensive drill in pronunciation, intonation, and
basic linguistic patterns to develop fundamental
communicative skills. Extensive language labora-
tory work is essential.
103 Intensive Elementaiy Russian I-II (6)
Intensive drill in pronunciation, intonation, and
basic linguistic patterns to develop fundamental
communication skills. Extensive language labora-
too' work is essential. The elementar> sequence,
equivalent to 101-102, will be completed in one
semester. No previous knowledge of Russian is
required.
201-202 Intermediate Russian I-II (3) (3)
Reinforcement and refinement of communicative
skills through the continuing study and review of
grammatical structures. Composition and conver-
sation based on writings of intermediate difficulty
by Soviet writers. Sttidents majoring in the sci-
ences or mathematics may elect readings pertain-
ing to the scientific field in the second semester.
Extensive language laboratory work is essential.
PR£REQ:RUS 102 or 103.
203 Intensive Intermediate Russian I-II (6)
Reinforcement and refinement of communicative
skills through the continuing study and review of
grammatical sn^icmres. Extensive language labora-
too work is essential. The intermediate sequence,
equivalent to 201-202, will be completed in one
semester. PREREQ; RUS 101-102 or 103.
NOTE: All advanced literature and civilization
courses include lecttjres and discussion in the for-
eign language, and all student papers and examina-
tions must be written in the foreign language.
301-302 Advanced Russian Grammar and
Composition I-II (3) (3) The more complex
grammatical and syntactical structures of the lan-
guage, with particular attention to stylistics.
Practice in writing compositions on a more
advanced level, with emphasis on current usage.
Regular use of the tape program is essential. PRE-
REQ; RUS 202, 203. or equivalent.
303-304 Advanced Readings in Russian
Literature I-II (3) (3) Works of Russian and
Soviet literature are read and analyzed. PREREQ;
RUS 202. 203, or equivalent.
305-306 Russian Civilization I-II (3) (3) (In
Russian) A study of the cultural, philosophical,
religious, and artistic contributions of Russia.
PREREQ; RUS 202. 203, or equivalent.
307-308 Advanced Oral Russian I-II (3) (3)
Intensive drill in the oral use of the language and
phonetics to develop proficiency in listening com-
prehension and speaking. Regular use of the tape
program is essential. PREREQ; RUS 202, 203, or
equivalent.
310 Russian Literature in Translation (3)
Survey of Russian literature fi-om its origin to the
present. All works read in English. No knowledge
of Russian required.
401 The Russian Novel (3) The Russian novel
and literao trends of the 19th and 20th centuries.
PREREQ; RUS 202, 203, or equivalent.
402 The Russian Drama (3) Works of the major
dramatists of the 1 9th and 20th centuries. PRE-
REQ; RUS 202. 203, or equivalent.
403 Russian Poetry of the 20th Century (3) A
study of the principal Russian poets of the 20th
century . PREREQ; RUS 202, 203, or equivalent.
4 410 Independent Studies in Russian
Language and Literature (3) Special topics for
advanced sttidents only. PREREQ; Permission of
instructor.
♦ 411 Seminar in Russian (3) Independent
study and research for upper-division students.
Topics announced annually by the Russian faculty.
PREREQ; Permission of insttiictor.
♦ 412 Seminar in Russian (3) Independent
study and research for upper-division students.
Topics announced annually by the Russian faculty.
PREREQ; Permission of insmjclor.
Offerings in English (ERU): Interdisciplinary
and Culture Cluster Courses
■ # ERU 209 Soviet and Russian Culture (3)
(In English) An interdisciplinary course designed
to acquaint students with Russian culture and life
in Russia today. No knowledge of Russian
required.
SPANISH
Symbol; SPA
101-102 Elementar) Spanish I-II (3) (3)
Fundamentals of Spanish grammar, syntax, and
pronunciation from the oral-aural point of view.
Introduction to Spanish culture through easy-read-
ing texts.
200 Intermediate Research (1) Special studies in
Spanish for studio art majors. Approval of depart-
ment required.
201-202 Intermediate Spanish I-Il (3) (3)
Review of Spanish grammar and syntax. Readings
in Spanish literature as a basis for class discussion
in Spanish and practice in composition. Language
laboratory drill recommended for remedial work
where needed. PREREQ; SPA 102 or placement.
NOTE; All advanced courses above 202 include
lectures and discussion in the foreign language,
and all sttident papers and examinations must be
written in the foreign language.
301-302 .Advanced Spanish Grammar and
Conversation I-II (3) (3) Review and mastery of
Spanish grammar, with special emphasis on syn-
tactic smjctures and stylistics, along with intensive
oral drills to develop proficiency in listening com-
prehension and speaking ability. PREREQ; SPA
202 or placement.
303 Business Spanish (3) Introduction to basic
business concepts in Spanish in fields of manage-
ment, banking, finance, accounting, marketing,
and international business. No prior knowledge of
business required. Practical course in oral commu-
nication. Some interpretation, tt-anslation, and writ-
ing of business documents. PREREQ; SPA 301-
302 or permission of instructor.
304 Spanish for the Professional (3) Spanish for
the professional in fields such as social work,
immigration, criminal justice, law, and medicine.
Emphasis on oral communication in specific, real-
life situations. Some interpretations, translation,
and writing or professional documents. PREREQ;
SPA 301-302 or permission of instructor.
315 Advanced Readings in Spanish (3)
Introductory readings of Spanish and Spanish-
American works from a variety of sources, includ-
ing literary texts. Special attention to improvement
of grammar, and oral and written expression. PRE-
REQ; SPA 301-302 or permission of instt^ctor.
320 Civilization of Spain (3) Major contributions
of Spain. Cultural, geographic, literary, philosoph-
ical, and artistic manifestations of the Hispanic
world. PREREQ: SPA 301-302 or permission of
instructor.
321 Civilization of Spanish America (3)
Cultural, geographic, literary, philosophical, and
artistic manifestations of the Hispanic-American
world. PREREQ: SPA 301-302 or permission of
instructor.
323 Language and Culture of Puerto Rico (3)
(In Spanish) A study of the language and culture
of Puerto Rico. Includes geography, history, immi-
gration, and emigration. Emphasis on Puerto Rican
Spanish language patterns and literature. Study of
the mid-Atlantic Puerto Rican community. PRE-
REQ; SPA 301-302 or permission of instt^ctor.
330 Survey of Spanish Literature (3)
Representative selections of Spanish literature
from its beginning to the present. PREREQ; SPA
3 1 5 or permission of instructor.
331 Survey of Spanish-American Literature (3)
Representative selections of Spanish-American
literature from 1492 to the present. PREREQ: SPA
3 1 5 or permission of instructor.
365 Spanish Phonetics (3) Description and prac-
tice in the sounds of the Spanish language and its
major dialectical differences. Comparative analysis
with English. PREREQ; LIN 230 and SPA 302.
400 Spanish Literature to 1550 (3) Spanish lit-
erature of the Middle Ages and Renaissance,
including epic, early lyric, prose, and theater.
PREREQ; SPA 330 or permission of instt^ctor.
401 Spanish Literature of the Golden Age (3)
Spanish literattire of the 16th and 17th centuries;
my sticism, drama, poetry , and the novel. PRE-
REQ; SPA 330 or permission of instructor.
402 Spanish Drama of the Golden Age (3)
Themes and traditions of the comedia. PREREQ;
SPA 330 or permission of instructor.
404 Cervantes (3) Study of Don Quixote and
Cervantes' contributions to world literature. PRE-
REQ; SPA 330 or permission of instructor.
405 Modern Hispanic Literature (18th and
19th Centuries) (3) Spanish and Spanish-
American thought, literature, and culture as
revealed in outstanding works from the neo-
classical period to the end of the 19th centtiry.
PREREQ; SPA 330 or 331 or permission of
instructor.
406 The Generation of 1898 (3) A reading and
evaluation of the literary and philosophical contri-
butions of writers such as Unamuno and Ortega y
Gasset. PREREQ: SPA 330 or permission of
instructor.
407 Spanish Literature Since the Civil War
Period (3) Introduction to works that represent
Spanish literature from the Civil War period to the
present. Authors studied include Arrabal. Cela,
Delibes. Garci Lorca. Goylisolo. Matute, Sender,
and others. PREREQ; SPA 330 or permission of
instructor.
408 Modern Hispanic Poetry (3) A survey of
major authors and movements in Spanish and
Spanish-American poeto of the 19th and 20th
centuries. Authors include Vicente Aleixandre,
Gustavo Adolfo Bequer. Ruben Dario. Jose
Espronceda. Federico Garcia Lorca, Gabriela
Mistral, and Pablo Neruda. Movements include
Romanticism, Modernism, and the avant-garde.
PREREQ; SPA 330 or 331 or permission of
instructor.
409 Contemporary Spanish-American
Literature (3) .A study of major authors and liter-
ary movements in contemporary Spanish America,
including magical realism in prose fiction, theater
of the absurd, avant-garde poetry, and modem
essays. PREREQ; SPA 331 or permission of
instructor.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
■ Culture Cluster
# Approved interdisciplinary course
School of Business and Public Affairs
Geography and Planning
410 Contemporan' Spanish-American Prose
Fiction (3) A focus on 20th-centur> prose fiction in
Spanish America. The works of narratists such as
Borges. Carpentier, Cortazar, Fuentes. and Garcia
Marquez will be examined closely, in light of
Spanish-American cultural and literar\ modalities.
PREREQ: SPA 33 1 or permission of instructor.
411 Modern Spanish-American Theater (3) A
study of the theater as a reflection of social reali-
ties including the theater of the absurd; the dynam-
ic of play and audience. The Spanish-American
stage will be analyzed through its cultural, histori-
cal, and religious contexts. PREREQ: SPA 33 1 or
permission of instructor.
412 Literature of the Hispanic Caribbean (3)
An analysis of the literature of the Hispanic
Caribbean, placing it in its historical, geographical,
and cultural context through a survey of major
authors and movements. PREREQ: SPA 331 or
permission of instructor.
413 Hispanic Women Writers (3) An examina-
tion of the tradition of women writers and their
works in Spain and Spanish America from the
1 7th century to the present. Includes fiction, poet-
ry, and theater. PREREQ: SPA 330 or 33 1 or per-
mission of instructor.
414 The Black in Spanish-American Literature
(3) For undergraduates who are interested in the
characterization of blacks in Spanish-American lit-
erature and the political and social context of their
literary portrayal.
^ 456-457 Hispanic Literature Seminar l-ll (3)
(3) Special topics for advanced students only, such
as politics and literature in contemporary Latin
America, the literature of discovery and conquest,
the novel of the dictator, and Spanish literature
during and after Franco. PREREQ: Permission of
instructor.
Offerings in English (ESP): Interdisciplinary
and Culture Cluster Courses
■ # ESP 219 Culture and Civilization of Spain
(3) A study of the origins and evolution of Spanish
character, tradition, and thought. The interrelation-
ship of its history and arts. The scope of its contri-
bution to Western culture. No knowledge of
Spanish is required.
■ # ESP 222 Culture and Civilization of Latin
America (3) Cultural, geographic, literao', philo-
sophical, and artistic manifestations of the
Hispanic-American world. No knowledge of
Spanish is required.
■ ESP/CLS 311 Contemporary Latin
American Narrative (3) An examination of Latin
American narrative (short story, novella, novel,
and testimonial literature). Spanish- and
Portuguese-language writers from South and
Central America, Mexico, and the Caribbean will
be studied, from the period of magical realism
(1950's and 1960"s) through the present. They
may include Isabel Allende, Jorge Amado, Miguel
Angel Asturias, Jorge Luis Borges, Gabriel Garcia
Marquez, Clarice Lispector, Elena Poniatowska,
and Luis Rafael Sanchez.
# ESP 324 Language and Culture of Puerto
Rico (3) A study of the language and culture of
Puerto Rico. Includes geography, histor> , immi-
gration, and emigration. Emphasis on Puerto Rican
Spanish language patterns and literature. Study of
the mid-Atlantic Puerto Rican community . No
knowledge of Spanish is required.
# ESP 362 New World: America (3) The impact
the discovery, conquest, and colonization of the
New World had on Europe is seen through diverse
sources in literature, history, the arts, and related
disciplines. Topics include the trans-Atlantic
exchange of ideas and cultures, indigenous reli-
gions, ethic of conquest, evangelization, cartogra-
phy, colonial science, changing v iews of humani-
ty, and nature. Course includes a field trip and
guest lecturers.
ESP 403 Introduction to Cervantes and Don
Quixote (3) Reading the full text of Don Quixote.
Important chapters and topics w ill be analyzed.
Special emphasis given to problems of translation.
No knowledge of Spanish is required.
ADDITIONAL LANGUAGES
191-192 Critical Language I-II (3) (3) Self-
instructional program in one of the seldom-taught
languages: Arabic, Chinese, Dutch, Finnish,
Gaelic. Japanese, Korean, Modem Greek, Modem
Hebrew, Polish, Portuguese, Serbo-Croatian,
Swedish, and Vietnamese. The student works with
an integrated te.xt and tape program, and a tutor.
By permission of the Department of Foreign
Languages. Not for language requirement.
193-194 Critical Language lll-IV (3) (3)
Continuation of LAN 191-192.
COURSES COMMON TO ALL
LANGUAGES
LAN 303 Second Languages in the Elementary
School (3) Techniques and materials used in
teaching second languages in the elementary
school. Practice in the application of these tech-
niques and observation of foreign language class-
es. PREREQ: Completion of intermediate level in
the chosen foreign language.
LAN 305 Introduction to Bilingual/Bicultural
Education (3) Introduction to the histor\, philoso-
phy, current status, and future directions of bilin-
gual "bicultural education. Survey of materials,
techniques, instructional processes, and instruc-
tional patterns. Overview of testing, placement,
and pupil evaluation. PREREQ: Intermediate level
proficienc> in a second language and LIN 250 or
equivalent.
LAN 401 Teaching of Modern Languages: K-
12 (3) Problems, methods, and materials of teach-
ing second languages at all levels. Obser\ation and
participation in second-language classrooms. PRE-
REQ: Completion of language courses through the
advanced level and LIN 230.
♦ LAN 411 Topical Seminar (3) Specialized
studies in language and the teaching of foreign
languages.
LIN 230 (also ENG 230) Introduction to
Linguistics (3) See ENG 230.
LIN 250 Psycholinguistics (3) Introduction to the
study of relationships beh\een language, genera-
tive models, communication theop. . and leaming
theory. Major emphasis on natural language de\el-
opment and bilingualism.
♦ LIN 330 (also PHI 330) Introduction to
Meaning (3) See PHI 330.
LIN 360 (also PHI 360) Philosophy of
Language (3) See PHI 360.
LIN 380 Language and Culture (3) Language as
an aspect of culture, using linguistic-perceptual-
cognitive categories; social and psychological
aspects of language. PREREQ: LFN 230 or per-
mission of instructor.
♦ LIN 41 1-412 Seminar in Linguistics (3) (3)
Specialized studies in linguistics. Topics
announced annualh . PREREQ: LfN 230 or at least
junior standing.
LIN 415 (also COM 415) General Semantics
(3) See COM 415.
♦ This course ma)' be taken again for credit.
■ Culture Cluster
# Approved interdisciplinary course
Department of Geography and Planning
103 Ruby Jones Hall
610-436-2746
Arlene C. Rengert, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Rengert, Tachovsky, Thomas
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Grassel, Lewandowski, Welch
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Brown, Fasic
Geography and Planning is an academic discipline that integrates the
physical and social sciences. Students study the patterns and processes
of human and physical phenomena in relationship to each other.
Students gain knowledge that can be applied to solving societal, eco-
nomic, and environmental problems and to planning for the future,
whether they are taking general education or elective courses, acquir-
ing specialized preparation needed for working in geography and
planning and related fields, or meeting particular needs in combina-
tion with other majors in arts and sciences or professional fields.
The field of geography assists students in comprehending the broad
scope of the physical, cultural, demographic, and economic environ-
ments on local, national, and global scales. Geography courses develop
skills and organize knowledge from various disciplines, and enable stu-
dents to examine the integrated whole of a people with reference to
habitat and interspatial relationships. Specialized skills, which utilize
geographic information systems technology , provide salable skills for
students interested in technical careers and complement courses that
teach knowledge of environmental and human situations and problems.
BACHELOR OF ARTS — GEOGRAPHY
The bachelor of arts in geography offers a choice of three emphases
(called "tracks"): traditional geography (cultural, environmental, and
economic geography including an international perspective), geo-
graphic analysis, and urban/regional planning. The geographic analy-
sis and urban/regional planning areas emphasize specialized skill
Geography and Plannning
School of Business and Public Affairs
development. Internships are available and are recommended for qual-
ified students.
Geograph\ majors, as part of their general education requirements,
must take GEO 101 or 103 and achieve a grade of 2.0 or better. They
also must pass ENG 120 and 121 with a grade of 2.0 or better.
6. Free Electives
4-19 semester hours
5 1 semester hours
0- 1 5 semester hours
9 semester hours
33 semester hours
General Requirements, see pages 34-36
2. Foreign Language/Culture Requirement
3. Additional Social Science Courses
4. Geography Core Requirements
Required: GEO 102, 225, 310, 326, 400, and
404 (18 credits)
Track requirements taken under advisement
For geography track: five courses from specified
groups, selected under advisement ( 1 5 credits)
OR
For urban/regional planning track: GEO 214, and
two other planning courses (GEO 320, 322, or 336)
and an additional two courses from a specified list,
selected under advisement (15 credits)
OR
For geographic analysis track: three courses
chosen from GEO 324, 328, 330, or 424, plus
two courses fi'om specified lists of courses,
selected under advisement (15 credits)
5. Cognate Courses 1 5 semester hours
Courses (taken under advisement) that are
specifically related to identified career
aspirations, and chosen outside general
requirements, or geography core
Required of all mlijors: COM 101, 216, or 315,
or other approved communications course, and
ENG 368, 371. or 420
Required for urban/regional planning track:
Two of these three: PMG 201, 202, or other
approved PMG course, plus one CSC course
(101 level or above)
Required of geographic analysis track: CSC
1 15, 141, or 142, and one course from the fol-
lowing: ECO 251; VUT 121, 421, 422; and
PHI 150,422
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION-
GEOGRAPHY CONCENTRATION
This is a professional degree program designed to prepare certified
secondary school teachers of social studies. The curriculum involves
an overall social studies exposure with a concentration in geography.
See the program description under "Social Studies: B.S. in
Education," page 127. .AH students in the geography concentration
must complete seven courses.
Geography Concentration
Required courses: GEO 102, 200, 301, 400
Plus one course fi'om each of these three groups
GEO220, 310, 312
GEO 230, 232, 324, 328, IND 1 10
GEO 302, 303
Minor in Geography
The geography minor provides a flexible geography focus that com-
bines well with other majors.
It consists of 18 semester hours of geography courses, no more than
six hours of which may be at the 100 level. The department will
advise students on selection of courses appropriate to their needs.
Clusters of courses may involve environmental geography, spatial
technology, international courses, or courses especially suitable as
preparation for social studies education, for example.
Minor in Planning 18 semester hours
The minor program in planning allows students fi'om other majors to
acquire geography and planning skills and to expand their career pos-
sibilities to include such areas as land planning and management, con-
servation of resources, location of commerce and industry, and county
or other local government.
21 semester hours
1 2 semester hours
9 semester hours
18 semester hours
1. Required Course: GEO 214
2. Elective Courses (taken under advisement
from the department)
GEO 216, 225 or 401, 310, 312 or 320, 322,
324 or 326 or 330, 328, 336, 402, 403, 415,
and 424
3 semester hours
1 5 semester hours
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
GEOGRAPHY
Symbol: GEO
* 101 World Geography (3) The scope of geog-
raphy and understanding of the world's regions
generated by it. Human society is examined in a
frame of spatial, environmental, and resource fac-
tors. Map skills and other ""tools" of geography are
introduced.
102 Physical Geography (3) The study of basic
principles of physical geography and of relation-
ships between components of the total earth envi-
ronment.
■* 103 Human Geography (3) .^n inquiry into
the theoretical and applied approaches to the study
of human spatial behavior and the distribution of
social problems.
200 Patterns of World Cultures (3) An exami-
nation of selected, non- Western areas, representing
ditTerenl stages of development, in the contempo-
raneous world, [imphasis is placed on cultural
adaptation, inno\ation, and achievement of human
occupants of these areas.
# 204 Introduction to Urban Studies (3) An
examination of the breadth of urban studies from
the perspectives of many social science disci-
plines. Philadelphia is emphasized as an object of
perception, as a place of life and livelihood, and as
an example of continual change in the urban envi-
ronment. PREREQ: ENG 121. Usually offered
spring semester and summer.
205 Geographic Influences in American
History (3) Geographic characteristics that figure
prominently in the discovery and colonization of
America, and on the progressive development of
the United States up to the 20th century.
214 Introduction to Planning (3) The methods
of analyzing problems of urban and regional plan-
ning. Emphasis is placed on systems of housing,
recreation, transportation, industry, and commerce.
216 Planning for Public Services (3) A study of
the quality of individual life. Analysis of geo-
graphic variation in social well being, problems of
social systems monitoring, and social indicators
used in planning.
220 Economic Geography (3) This course is
concerned with the spatial patterns of economic
activities, including production, consumption, and
settlemenl. It provides an understanding of their
location and the processes of change. The course
is international in scope, with an emphasis on the
global economy.
225 Introduction to Maps and Remote .Sensing
(3) Introduction to mapping and remote sensing.
Thorough exposure to grid coordinate systems,
representative fractions/scale, map projections, and
mapping systems. Also, aerial photographs, digital
orthophotos, satellite images, and computers as
tools. Offered in the fall semester.
230 Conservation of Natural Resources (3) An
inquiry into the type, size, and distribution of nat-
ural resources, and into the problems of resource
management. Emphasis is placed on the United
States.
232 Environmental Crises (3) The nature and
dimensions of environmental problems with an
emphasis on endangered life-support systems.
Aspects of natural and social environment systems
and their mutual interrelationships.
236 Climatology (3) Climatic variations on the
earth and their classification into regional types.
Relationships of plants, soils, and cultures to types
of climate. PREREQ: GEO 102 or permission of
instructor.
252 Political Geography (3) A study of selected
major themes in political geography at the regional
and international levels.
301 United States and Canada (3) An examina-
tion of the complexity and diversity of the physi-
cal and human landscapes of the U.S. and Canada.
Both rural and urban geography are studied with
an emphasis on recent geographic changes of
influence — such as the shift from an emphasis on
■*• Approved distributive requirement course
# Approved interdisciplinary course
CoUeae of Arts and Sciences
Geolog> and Astronom>
production to one on senice and consumption, the
growing importance of cities, and increasing racial
and ethnic diversit>'.
■ 302 Latin America (3) Central and South
America are studied with emphasis on geographic
understanding of the major sources of change in
recent times. The course focuses on selected indi-
\idual countries in addition to presentation of the
region as a whole. Usually offered spring semester
and summer.
■ 303 Europe (3) A regional stud> of Europe,
excluding the former U.S.S.R. Includes a macro-
stud\ of the continent and sequential microstudies
of culturalized landscapes. Usually offered spring
semester and summer.
■ 304 The Former Soviet Union (3) A regional
study of European and Asiatic U.S.S.R. with
analysis of geographic factors that contribute to its
strengths and weaknesses as a major world power.
PREREQ: GEO 101 or permission of instructor.
310 Population Problems (3) The dynamic
processes of population change (fertility, mortali-
ty, and migration) and the resultant changes in
population distribution and composition. In addi-
tion to a substantive study of these topics, students
are introduced to the use of primar\ data sources
for demographic description and policy recom-
mendation. UsualK offered spring semester.
312 Urban Geography (3) Analysis of patterns,
processes, and consequences of urban growth and
development. Theory of s> stems, size, spacing,
and fijnctions of cities. Students will conduct out-
side anal\ sis using real data.
320 Land Use Planning (3) .An inquin. into the
development of comprehensive land use studies by
governmental and private agencies, emphasizing
the development of skills in problem identification
and resolution. PREREQ: GEO 214 or permission
of instructor.
322 Land Development Controls (3) An insight
into the "w h> " and "how " of land development,
emphasizing the role of local go\ emment in zon-
ing, subdivision regulation, and other land regula-
tions. PREREQ: GEO 214 or permission of
instructor.
324 Introduction to Geographic Information
Systems (3) Data sources and anaKsis techniques
used in the planning process, with emphasis on
appropriate applications. Students receive consid-
erable experience in using geographic information
s> stems technology to soKe real-world problems.
325 Business Geographies (3) This course pro-
vides a conceptual over\ iew of geographical infor-
mation s> stems as well as hands-on experience of
sof^vare systems used in developing business
management and marketing strategies. Attention is
focused on using GIS technology as an analysis
tool to improve decision making. Designed pri-
maril\ for marketing majors.
326 Geographical Analysis (3) Applications of
basic statistical techniques to problems of spatial
significance, emphasizing the adaptation of tech-
nique to problem, and the understanding and inter-
pretation of specific anal\lical methods as applied
to real-world simations. PREREQ: MAT 103 or
higher-level mathematics course must be passed
with a 2.0 or better prior to enrollment in GEO 326.
328 Computer Graphics (3) Structured to devel-
op skills in the design and use of anahlical and
computer-mapping s> stems, the course emphasizes
the techniques of spatial problem resolution and
display.
330 Population Analysis (3) A coiu^e designed
to develop skills in demographic research, empha-
sizing interrelationships of population processes,
use and limitation of data sources, and the under-
standing and interpretation of specific demograph-
ic and related anahlical methods. PREREQ: GEO
310 or permission of instructor.
335 Geography of International Trade (3) A
descriptive and anahlical course on the spatial
structure of global commodity flow s and the
underlying processes and spatial arrangements
leading to spatial interaction among trading areas.
336 Environmental Planning (3) Introduction to
the concepts and tools of en\ ironmentai planning
which include landscape form and flmction in
planning. .'Applications to local and regional issues
are stressed.
338 Computer Applications in Social Research
(3) The use of existing and student-generated pro-
gramming sofhvare in the design and execution of
social research.
341 Landscape Analysis (3) The study of eon-
temporary geographical patterns of plants and ani-
mals, and the overall processes which influence
landscape development and characteristics, such as
climatic and geomorphic events, and anthro-
pogenic activities.
400 Senior Seminar in Geography (3) The study
of historical and contemporan, trends in geogra-
ph\ ; the design, preparation, and defense of a
research proposal. Offered in fall semester.
401 Cartography (4) A laboratory course to
develop proficiencN in the design, construction,
and appropriate application of maps and map-
related graphics. Offered in spring semester. PRE-
REQ: GEO 225 or permission of instructor.
♦ 402 Topical Seminar in Geography (3)
Intensive examination of a selected area of study
in the field of geograph\. Topics will be
announced at the time of offering. Course ma\ be
taken more than once when different topics are
presented. PREREQ: Junior or senior geography
major or consent of instructor.
403 Planning Design (3) Selected experiences
designed to assist the student (either as an indi\id-
ual or as a member of a group) in de\ eloping pro-
ficiency in information-providing techniques.
404 Senior Project in Geography (3) The execu-
tion of the research proposal (designed in GEO 400)
as an acceptable departmental senior research paper.
Offered in spring semester. PREREQ: GEO 400.
^ 410 Independent Studies in Geography (3)
Research projects, reports, and readings in geogra-
phy. PREREQ: Permission of department chair-
person.
^ 415 Internship in Geography and Planning
(3-15) Practical job experience in apph ing geo-
graphic theor) , executing substanti\e research, and
engaging in community sen ice in selected off-
campus situations. Open only to upper-division
B.A. majors and minors in geography/ plaiming
with permission of department chairperson.
424 Geographic Information Systems Applica-
tions (3) A course to ad\ance the student's know 1-
edge of the design and implementation of geo-
graphic information systems. PREREQ: GEO 324
or permission of instructor.
IND 110 Applied Environmental Science (3)
An investigation of the relationship between earth
and its human occupants. Using computer technol-
ogy, students analyze diverse environmental data
from Chester County and make predictions on the
effects of development in the region. No science
background is assumed. Weekend field trip is
required. Team taught w ith departments of
Geology and Astronom\ , and Biology .
IND 405 Modeling of Earth Systems (3) The
course focuses on the use of models to understand
global environmental change. It offers an in-depth
exposure to the principles of modeling as well as
an introduction to \ arious models that represent
components of the eanh"s s\ stems. The elements
of model construction are examined including
principles of simlification, data collection, variable
identification, and parameter specifications. Team
taught w ith the Department of Geology and
Astronom\.
■ Culture Cluster
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Geology and Astronomy
207 Boucher Hail
610-436-2727
C. Gil Wiswall, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Stolar, Wiswall
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Busch. Johnson. Smith, Srogi
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Good. Lutz
The Department of Geology and Astronomy offers two bachelor of
science degree programs and a certification program in general sci-
ence. Students pursuing the bachelor of science in geoscience degree
program choose one of the three concentrations: environmental geo-
science, geology, or earth systems. Offered in conjunction w ith the
school of education, the bachelor of science in education degree with
certification in earth and space science contains three tracks: environ-
mental geoscience, geology, and astronomy. All programs emphasize
analytical skills and build upon required background course work in
mathematics, chemistry, physics, and statistics. Written and oral com-
munications are emphasized in a majority of the course work.
1. The B.S. in GEOSCIENCE programs offer specialized training in
one of three fields of concentration. The environmental geo-
science concentration is intended for students planning a career or
graduate work in environmental fields. The program emphasizes
those areas of geology most pertinent to environmental work
including minerals and rocks, geochemistry, geologic structures,
geophysics, and hydrology. The geology concentration is
designed to prepare recipients for occupations in geology and/or
geochemistry, including the environmental industry, as well as for
Geolog>' and Astrononi\
College of Arts and Sciences
studies toward advanced degrees in those areas. Its curriculum
emphasizes depth in the traditional disciplines of geology, includ-
ing studies of igneous, metamorphic, and sedimentary' rock types,
mineralogy. paleontolog>'. structural geology, and tectonic process-
es. The earth systems concentration is a liberal arts program
intended for students wanting to concentrate on the breadth of the
earth sciences. Students preparing for careers in fields related to
the earth sciences such as environmental law or resource manage-
ment, or those wishing to place a greater emphasis on astronomy,
are encouraged to utilize this concentration.
2. The B.S. in EDUCATION in EARTH AND SPACE SCIENCES is
a professional degree program designed to prepare certified sec-
ondary school teachers with an overall science exposure and spe-
cialization in the earth and space sciences. The program meets all
guidelines established by the National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education (NCATE), the Pennsylvania Department of
Education (PDE), and the National Science Teachers' Association
(NSTA) for earth and space science certification. The program
contains three tracks allowing students to gain additional depth in
environmental geoscience, geology, or astronomy.
3. The certification program in GENERAL SCIENCE enables recipi-
ents to teach science in grades 6-9. The certification program
meets all guidelines established by the National Council for
Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) and the
Pennsylvania Department of Education (PDE).
A cooperative five-year program with Pennsylvania State University
leading to a degree in engineering with several geoscience specialties
is available. For further information about this program, refer to the
Physics and Pre-Engineering section of this catalog.
All students must consult with their adviser regularly to ensure timely
completion of the degree. Those in the B.S. in education program will
have a second adviser in the School of Education to help the student
meet the secondary education requirements.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO ALL BACHELOR DEGREE
PROGRAMS
1. General Education Requirements, 38 semester hours
see pages 34-36
(exclusive of math and science requirements)
2. Math and Computer Science Requirements 9-10 semester hours
one semester of calculus (MAT 108, 161,
or above), CSC 115 or 141, and MAT 121
3. Science Cognate Requirements 9 semester hours
CHE 103 and CRL 103, PHY 130 or 170
4. Earth Science Courses 1 1 semester hours
ESS 101,202, and 204
5. A grade of C- or better must be achieved for all required courses
within the department including the required electives, as well as
those in biology, chemistry, computer science, math, and physics.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — GEOSCIENCE
1 . Additional Science Cognates 9 semester hours
CHE 104 and CRL 104; PHY 140 or 180
2. Core Requirements 6 semester hours
ESL 201 and ESS 478
3. To complete the program, students must fulfill the requirements of
one of the concentrations described below. All students are encour-
aged to take additional science or interdisciplinary courses as elec-
tives (listed under Distributive Requirements). Most ESS courses
listed below have ESS 101 or ESS 1 1 1 as prerequisites. For addi-
tional prerequisites, see individual course descriptions.
Concentration in Environmental Geoscience
Required courses 29 semester hours
BIO 100 or 110;ESS230, 236, 313, 321,
420, 439, 442; MAT 162
Electives 1 2 semester hours
Selected under advisement from CHE 23 1 ,
CHE/CRL 321; ESS 333, 343, 405, 450
Concentration in GeoIog>'
Required courses 25 semester hours
ESS 321, 331, 333, 405, 420, 450; MAT 162
Electives 9 semester hours
Selected under advisement from CHE 231,
CHE/CRL 321; ESS 313, 410, 439, 442
Concentration in Earth Systems
Required courses 18 semester hours
ENG 371; ESS 1 1 1, 230, 270, 307; SCB 210
Electives (ESS or ESL prefix) 9 semester hours
Completed with approval of the adviser
Electives 1 5 semester hours
A minimum of 1 5 additional credits in one
department (including Geology and
Astronomy) with the approval of the adviser
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN EARTH
AND SPACE SCIENCES
All students seeking a B.S.Ed, must formally apply for admission to
teacher education. Only those students formally admitted to teacher
education will be eligible to enroll in SCE/SCB 350. Once admitted to
teacher education, students must maintain the minimum GPA speci-
fied by the School of Education in order to continue taking advanced
professional course work. If a student falls below the minimum GPA,
he or she will be permitted to retake - in accordance with University
policy - professional course work that contributed to the fall below
the minimum GPA but will not be permitted to take additional work
until the minimum is met.
1 . Secondary Education Requirements, 30 semester hours
including SCE 350
2. Additional Science Cognates 7 semester hours
BIO 1 10 and a minimum of four or more
semester hours at a higher level in BIO,
CHE, or PHY
3. Core Requirements 1 9 semester hours
ESL 230, ESS 1 1 1, 230, 236, 270, and any
two of the following: ESS 102, FND 201, and
SCB 210
4. To complete the program, students must fulfill the requirements of
one of the tracks described below. .All students are encouraged to
take additional science or interdisciplinary courses as electives
(listed under Distributive Requirements). Most ESS courses listed
below have ESS 101 or ESS 1 1 1 as prerequisites. For additional
prerequisites, see individual course descriptions.
Environmental Geoscience Track 9 semester hours
ESL 201 and ESS 332 or 371
At least one of the following:
ESS313, 327, 343, 439,442
Geology Track 9- 1 0 semester hours
ESL 201
At least two of the following courses:
ESS 313, 327, 331, 333, 405, 420, or 450
Astronomy Track 9-10 semester hours
ESS 355
At least two of the following courses:
ESS 293, 307, 353, 354, 362, 475
5. Students are encouraged to obtain certification in general science
and/or environmental education in addition to earth and space sci-
ence. See catalog for requirements.
Minor Programs 15 semester hours
Students may choose to minor in any of the following programs.
Courses are selected with the approval of the student's adviser.
1. Astronomy
ESS 1 1 1 plus four other astronomy courses (15)
2. Earth Science
ESS 101, 111, 230, and 270, plus one course in earth science.
ESL 230 is optional. (15)
Colleee of Arts and Sciences
Geolo2\ and Astronom\
3. Geolog>'
ESS 101 plus four other geolog>- courses (15)
CERTIFICATION IN GENERAL SCIENCE
Students seeking certification in general science must either be
enrolled in a B.S.Ed, program or hold a teaching certificate.
1 . Math Requirements, 9-10 semester hours
CSC 101 (Internet emphasis only), 115,
on 141; MAT 108, 121, and 161 or above
2. Science Core Requirements
BIO 110, 215, 217;CHE/CRL 103, 104;
ESS 101, 1 1 1, 230, 270; PHY 130 or 170,
140 or 180
39 semester hours
3. Interdisciplinap. Requirements 3 semester hours
One of the following: BIO 102 or ENV 102
or ESS 102;SCB210
4. Field, Research, Technology Requirements 12 semester hours
Students must take a minimum of 12 additional
semester hours in biolog> . chemistr> . earth and
space science, health, or ph\ sics from the
approved list obtained from the ad\iser. Courses
must be taken in at least tvvo departments. The
sequence of courses must be approved in ad\'ance
by the adviser of the certification program and
should be based on the student's interests and
choice of certification examinations. Students must
select courses to include field work, research, and
technology components.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
GEOLOGY AND ASTRONOMY
Symbol: ESS unless othenvise shov\-n
* 101 InlroductiOD to Geolog) (3) The earth's
composition and histor. ; the processes that occur
on and within the earth. T\\ o hours of lecture and
two hours of lab.
# 102 Humans and the Environment (3) A
study of the abilit\ of humans to sur\ i ve and
maintain their life qualit> . considering the limited
resources and recycling capacity of planet Earth.
Note: Students completing ESS 102 may not take
BIO 102 or ENV 102 for credit.
♦ 111 General Astronomy (3) A descriptive
course, including the composition and e\olution of
solar and stellar systems. Two hours of lecture and
^vo hours of lab.
ESL 201 Fundamentals of Techniques in
Geology (3) .^n introduction to the basic methods
of geologic data collection, analysis, and presenta-
tion; literature research; and report writing. One
weekend field trip is required. PREREQ: ESS 101.
202 Minerals and Rocks (4) Origins of important
minerals, rocks, and ore deposits. Observation,
data collection, and analysis applied to the study of
minerals and rocks. Hands-on experience in sam-
ple identification in the laboratory and field.
Introduc-tion to techniques of materials analysis.
Required one-day field trip on a weekend. PRE-
REQ: ESS 101: CHE 103 and 104 are strongly
recommended.
204 Historical Geology (4) The geologic history
of the earth and the evidence for this history.
Laboratory included.
206 Gemstones (3) A survey of gem formation,
identification, fashioning, and evaluation. For the
general student. Demonstrations, specimens, and
field trips complement lecture topics. No science
background is assumed.
230 Introduction lo Oceanography (3) A survey
of our present knowledge of the waters and floors
of the oceans.
ESL 230 introduction to Oceanography
Laboratory (I)
236 En> ironmental Geology (3) The application
of geological information to human problems
encountered in natural phenomena, such as flood-
ing, earthquakes, coastal hazards, and man-made
concerns, including waste disposal, land use, and
global change. PREREQ: ESS 101 or permission
of instructor.
270 Introduction to Meteorology (3) A study of
the principles go\eming the earth's amiosphere and
how these principles determine weather conditions.
293 Introduction to Space Science (3) Formal
and informal lectures and discussions. Use of cur-
rent literature. In-depth study of a topic of the stu-
dent's choice.
307 Geology of the Solar System (3) The geolo-
gy, origin, evolution, and properties of planets,
comets, asteroids, moons, and meteorites.
313 Geochemistry (3) The chemistry of the earth
and its relation to geologic processes.
321 Geometries (3) Application of computational
and statistical methods to geologic problems.
Geologic sampling, data comparisons in environ-
mental, petrologic, paleontologic, and geochemical
problems.
323 General Geologic Field Studies of South-
eastern Pennsylvania (3) Occurrence, relation-
ships, and geologic history of the rocks, minerals,
and soils of this area, studied at representative
locations. PREREQ: ESS 202.
ESL 327 Electron Microscopy I (3) A one-
semester lecture laboratory course in theory opera-
tion and applications of electron beam technology
in scientific research.
ESL 329 Electron .Microscopy II (3) A one-
semester lecture laboratory course in advanced
theories of electron microscopy in scientific
research. Emphasis on individual projects. PRE-
REQ: ESL 327.
331 Introduction to Paleontology (3) Identifica-
tion and study of common fossils in order to
understand their life processes and geologic signif-
icance. PREREQ: One course in geology .
332 Advanced Oceanography (3) An ad\anced
course in oceanography covering marine
resources, oceanographic literature, animal-sedi-
ment relationships, field techniques, estuaries, salt
marshes, sea level changes, and pollution. PRE-
REQ: ESS 230.
333 Crystallography and Optical Mineralogy
(3) Application of the principles of symmetry and
crystal chemistry to understand the properties of
minerals and rocks. Use of the petrographic micro-
scope to identify- minerals in thin section. PRE-
REQ: CHE 104'. ESL 201. and ESS 202.
343 Geomorphology I (3) Constructional and
degradational forces that have shaped present
landforms and are constantly reshaping and modi-
fy ing landforms. Interpretation of geologic and
topographic maps; field studies. PREREQ: ESS
101 or GEO 101.
353 Nautical Astronomy (Celestial Navigation)
(3) Technical skills including celestial coordinates,
principles of time, the na\ igational triangle, lines of
position, and star identification. PREREQ: ESS 111.
ESL 353 Nautical Astronomy Laboratory (1)
Observation will be taken in the real sky and with
a water horizon, and data will be reduced to deter-
mine the position of the obsen er.
354 Archeoastronomy (3) .Astronomical skills of
the Babylonians. Egyptians. Greeks, Chinese,
Maya, Incas, Aztecs, and the North American
Indians. PREREQ: ESS 1 1 1 or permission of
instructor.
355 Intermediate Astronomy (3) An analytical
and qualitative analysis of selected astronomical
phenomena. Topics include telescope optics
(including photographic and photoelectric attach-
ments), lunar and planetary orbits, stellar motions
and magnitudes, galactic classifications, and dis-
tances. Tw o hours of lecture and tvvo hours of lab.
PREREQ: ESS 111.
362 History of Astronomy (3) Development of
astronomical theories from the ancient Greeks
until the 20th century . PREREQ: ESS 1 1 1 .
371 Advanced Meteorology (3) A continuation
of the study of the principles governing the earth's
atmosphere and how these principles determine
weather conditions. PREREQ: ESS 270.
394 Geology of the Northwestern National
Parks (4) Field course.
395 Geology of the Southwestern National
Parks (4) Field course.
405 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology (4)
Theories of the formation of igneous and meta-
morphic rocks based on field occurrence, physical
properties, geochemistry, thermodynamics, and
petrography . Classification and identification of
rocks. Laboratop. and field examination of rocks.
PREREQ: ESL 201. ESS 304.
408 Field Geology I (3) Practical experience in
the techniques and tools of the field geoIogisL
PREREQ: 405.
410 Techniques in Mineralogy (3) Individual
student projects involving minerals in which some
analytical technique, such as the petrographic
microscope or X-ray diffraction, is used. PRE-
REQ: ESS 202 and permission of instructor.
420 Structural Geology (4) Determination of the
sequential development and the forces involved in
the various structural features of the earth. PRE-
REQ: ESL 201, ESS 202.
425 Tectonics (3) To appreciate how the surface
of the planet evolves; why things are where they
are.
435 Remote Sensing (3) .•\n introduction to the
science and technology of remote sensing and the
applications of remote sensing data to geology,
oceanography , meteorology , and the environment.
Includes a discussion of the history and principles
* Approved distributive requirement course
# Approved interdisciplinary course
Health
School of Health Sciences
of remote sensing; fundamentals of electromagnet-
ic radiation; theory and types of active and passive
remote sensing systems; fundamentals of image
interpretation; digital analysis of LANDSAT and
A VHRR data; operation of environmental satel-
lites; and future imaging s>'Stems.
439 Hydrology (3) The factors that control the
distribution, occurrence, and recoverability of
groundwater; techniques for locating and estimat-
ing recoverable water; groundwater pollution and
waste water disposal. Familiarity with calculus is
recommended. PREREQ: ESS 236.
442 Geophysics (3) Gravitational, magnetic, seis-
mic (refraction and reflection), and electrical prop-
erties of rocks and minerals in the earth. Physical
principles of the earth; geophysics in relation to
economic deposits. PREREQ; MAT 162 and PHY
140 or 180.
450 Sedimentation and Stratigraphy (4) Deve-
lopment of the relative geological time, methods,
and techniques for the description and evaluation
of the total environment of the time of the forma-
tion of stratified rock.
♦ 460 Internship (1-18) Work with industry, or
local, state, or federal government agencies under
faculty' supervision.
475 Introduction to the Planetarium (3) Princi-
ples and use of the planetarium in a teaching situa-
tion. Specific projects are assigned. PREREQ:
ESS 111.
♦ 478 Earth Science Seminar (3) Reports on
special topics and current development.
♦ 480 Special Problems (1-3) Reports on spe-
cial topics and current developments in the earth
and space sciences. PREREQ: Permission of
instructor.
490 Fundamentals of Soil (3) The properties of
soils, edaphologv', and pedology: chemical, physi-
cal, and biological factors. Soil genesis and classi-
fication.
♦ 491 Independent Study (1-3)
IND 110 Applied Environmental Science (3) An
investigation of the relationship between earth and
its human occupants. Using computer technologv',
students analyze diverse environmental data from
Chester County and make predictions on the
effects of development in the region. No science
background is assumed. Weekend field trip is
required.
IND 405 Modeling of Earth Systems (3) The
course focuses on the use of models to understand
global environmental change. It offers an in-depth
exposure to the principles of modeling as well as
an introduction to various models that represent
components of the earth's systems. The elements
of model construction are examined including
principles of simplification, data collection, vari-
able identification, and parameter specifications.
# SOB 210 The Origin of Life and the Universe
(3) An interdisciplinary course that presents the
theory and evidence of the first three minutes of
the universe and formation of the stars, galaxies,
planets, organic molecules, and the genetic basis
of organic evolution. PREREQ: High school or
college courses in at least two sciences.
SCE 310 Science for the Elementary Grades
(3) A course to prepare the elementary teacher for
teaching science. Selected units or problems that
cut across various fields of science. Methods and
processes of science and available resources. PRE-
REQ: Completion of science and mathematics
general education requirements. Must reach junior
status by the end of the previous semester.
SCE 350 Science Education in the Secondary
School (3) Philosophy, objectives, and methods of
teaching science. Practical experience provided.
PREREQ: A major in liberal arts or secondary
education (sciences).
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
# Approved interdisciplinary course
Department of Health
207 Sturzebecker Health Sciences Center
610-436-2931
Roger Mustalish, Chairperson
Bethann Cinelli, Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Cinelli, Mustalish, Nye, Sankaran, Sheehan,
Young
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Carson, Harris, Patterson,
Shorten
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Bill-Harvey, Boyle, James, Miller
ADJUNCT PROFESSORS: Albright, Fellows, Furio, LeRoy,
Robbins, Therkauf, Wix
The Department of Health offers four programs leading to a bachelor
of science degree.
1. The B.S. in HEALTH EDUCATION prepares an individual to
teach in grades K through 12. Upon completion of the degree, stu-
dents take the mandated examination to certify teachers in
Pennsylvania. Students passing the exam will receive an
Instructional Level I Certificate to teach health education. The B.S.
in health education also is accredited by the National Council for
Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) and the American
Association for Health Education (AAHE) and the Peimsylvania
Department of Education.
2. The B.S. in PUBLIC HEALTH is designed to provide students
with the competencies needed for a career in public health.
Students selecting this program will take a public health core of
courses and select one of the concentrations from the following;
a. PUBLIC HEALTH— HEALTH PROMOTION. Prepares stu-
dents for a career as a public health practitioner in hospitals,
health departments, health agencies, and industry. The program
provides a comprehensive basic science background as well as
a strong public health foundation. This is an approved program
by the Society of Public Health Educators (SOPHE) and
AAHE.
b. PUBLIC HEALTH— ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH. Prepares
students for careers as environmental health scientists in indus-
try, consulting firms, government, and academia. The program
synthesizes a rigorous general scientific preparation with spe-
cialized applied courses in a wide range of environmental
health science disciplines, such as industrial hygiene, hazardous
waste management, and water quality,
c. PUBLIC HEALTH— NUTRITION. Prepares students for
careers in dietetics, which include community nutrition, food
service management, and clinical nutrition. This program meets
the American Dietetic Association's (A.D.A.) knowledge
requirements for entry-level dietitians. Graduates of the pro-
gram will have fulfilled these requirements. However, follow-
ing graduation students must successfully complete an
A.D.A.-accredited internship to qualify to take the registra-
tion examination for dietitians. Graduates who pass this
examination are recognized by the A.D.A. as registered dieti-
tians. Faculty advisers provide assistance to students in identi-
fying and submitting applications to these postgraduate intern-
ships.
The B.S. in HEALTH SCIENCE is for students who have com-
pleted a certificate, diploma, or associate's degree program in such
health science areas as dental hygiene, respiratory therapy, occupa-
tional therapy, medical technology, and cardiovascular technology.
The program gives professionals the chance to build on their tech-
nical education already received and to develop academic compe-
tency in a related field. General education requirements and health
courses are needed for completion of the B.S. in health science. A
school dental hygiene certification concentration of 1 8 credits is
offered under this degree.
The B.S. in RESPIRATORY CARE is offered in association with
Bryn Mawr Hospital. Graduation from the program satisfies the
entrance requirement for the Written Registry Examination and the
Clinical Simulation Examination given by the National Board for
Respiratory Care. Successful completion of these examinations
qualifies the candidate as a registered respiratory therapist. Most
respiratory therapists are employed by hospitals and home health
care agencies.
School of Health Sciences
Health
Academic Policies
1 . Repeating Courses
Department of Health majors who earn less than a C (2.0) in
selected program requirements may be required to repeat such
courses. Students should discuss these requirements with their
advisers.
2. Overall GPAs for student teaching, internships, and field experi-
ences
a. A minimum 2.5 cumulative GPA is required of all school
health education majors for student teaching assignments.
b. A minimum 2.5 cumulative GPA is required of environmental
health and nutrition majors for internships or field experience
assignments.
c. A minimum 2.5 cumulative GPA is required for health promo-
tion majors for internships.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE B.S. PROGRAMS
General Education Requirements, see pages 34-36 5 1 semester hours
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — HEALTH EDUCATION
1 . Health Education Core 52 semester hours
ENV 102, HEA 103, 206, 220, 242, 303, 304,
306, 330, 341, 342, 403, 404, 405, 410, and 440
2. Professional Education Requirements 18 semester hours
EDA 100, EDE 406, EDF 100, EDM 300, and
EDP 250 and 351
3. Cognate Requirements 1 1 semester hours
BIO 100*, 259, and 269; CHE 100*, COM 101,
CSC 101*, MAT 103*, PHI 180*, PSY 100*, and
SOC 200*
4. Continuation Requirements
All ENV and HEA courses, C or better.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — PUBLIC HEALTH
All public health students are required to complete one of three con-
centrations:
A. Public Health — Health Promotion
1 . Cognate Requirements 30 semester hours
BIO 110*. 204, 259, 269; CHE 102*; COM 101;
CSC 101*; PSY 100*; SOC 200*
2. Public Health Core Requirements
HEA 240, 242, 306, 330, 341, 342, 343, 419,
420,421
3. Elective Requirements (selected under
advisement) ENV 1 10; HEA 106, 1 10, 300,
303, 304, 305, 310, 311, 325, 331, 410, 438,
440; NSG 316; SOC 361
4. Grade Requirements
In order to count towards the bachelor of science in
public health/health promotion, all cognate, public
health core, and elective classes require a minimum
grade of C.
39 semester hours
24 semester hours
50 semester hours
24 semester hours
1 5 semester hours
B. Public Health — Environmental Health
1 . Cognate Requirements
BIO 1 10*. 204. 270; CHE 103*-104*,
231-232; CRL 103/104, 231; CSC 101;
ESS 101; MAT 121*, 161; PHY 130*-140*
2. Environmental Health Core Requirements
ENV no, 451,455, 456; HEA 341
3. Environmental Health Elective Requirements
(Selected under advisement) ENV 250, 360,
435, 445, 447, 450, 452, 453, 460, 462
C. Public Health— Nutrition
1. Required
a. Public Health Core: HEA 242, 306, 341 9 semester hours
b. Nutrition Core: HEA 203, 205, 303, 309, 42 semester hours
312, 314, 409, 411,412, 413, 414, 415, 416
c. Cognates: BIO 1 10, 204, 259, 269; CHE 103, 49 semester hours
104, 230, 310; CRL 103, 104; CSC 101; ECO
101; MAT 121; MGT 100; PSY 100; SOC 200
d. General Education (courses selected under
advisement)
e. All public health core and nutrition core
courses require a minimum grade of C.
f A minimum grade of C- is required for BIO
110, 204, 259. 269. and CHE 104, and a
minimum grade of C is required for CHE
230,310.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — HEALTH SCIENCE -
GENERAL
1. Satisfactory completion of an allied health certificate, diploma, or
A.S. degree program
2. Satisfactory completion of 128 semester hours, including
a. 51 semester hours of general education
b. Complete a minimum of 1 8 semester hours earning a C or bet-
ter for each course. Students must take HEA 242, 341, and 419,
and nine HEA credits as approved by an adviser.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — HEALTH SCIENCE -
RESPIRATORY CARE
1. Complete a minimum of 129 credits including the following
required courses (all courses require a C or better):
Cognate:
BIO 100, 204, 259, 269; CHE 100; MAT 107; PSY 100;
PHI 150, 180
Major:
HEA 249, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259,
260, 261, 262, 263. 265, 266, 270, 271, and 419
2. Complete all general education requirements
Minor in Health Sciences 18 semester hours
Required course HEA 100 and 15 hours of other health courses select-
ed under advisement. Nine credits must be at the 300 and 400 level. A
grade of C- or better is required in each course.
These required courses also satisfy general education requirements.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ENVIRONMENTAL
Symbol: ENV
# 102 Humans and the Environment (3) A study
of the ability of humans to survive and maintain
their life quality considering the limited resources
and recycling capacity of planet Earth. Note: Only
one of the following courses can be completed for
credit: BIO 102, ENV 102, or ESS 102.
1 10 Environmental Health (3) Methods of pro-
moting health by controlling environmental factors
relating to air, water, wastes, housing, radiation,
and industrial hygiene.
250 Environmental Health Laboratory (3)
Practical field and laboratory experience in envi-
ronmental sample collection and analysis. PRE-
REQ:CHE 104, CRL 104.
360 Air Qualit>- and Health (4) A consideration
of the t>pes and amounts of air contaminants, the
atmospheric processes that transport them, and the
role of air quality' in human health. PREREQ:
ENV 1 10, or permission of instructor.
435 Environmental Health Workshop (1-6)
Special workshops on contemporary environmen-
tal health issues. Topics announced at time of
offering.
445 Risk Assessment (3) An examination of human
health and ecological risk assessment with emphasis
on exposure estimation. PREREQ: ENV 1 1 0.
447 Environmental Regulations (3) Prepares stu-
dents for working with federal and Pennsylvania
environmental regulations. Emphasizes use and
development of Internet regulatory resources.
Specific discussions and exercises related to vari-
ous regulatory agencies are included. PREREQ:
ENV 1 10 or permission of instructor.
450 Hazardous and Solid Wastes (3) Sources,
characteristics, and amounts of solid and haz-
ardous wastes and their implications for human
health. Methods of collection, handling, disposal.
# Approved interdisciplinary course
Health
School of Health Sciences
and recycling. PREREQ: ENV 1 10. or permission
of instructor.
451 Toxic Substances (3) An investigation of the
health problems caused by toxic substances in the
workplace and in the general environment. PRE-
REQ: BIO 204, CHE 231 (concurrent), ENV 1 10,
or permission of instructor.
452 Industrial Hygiene (3) A study of the antici-
pation, recognition, evaluation, and control of
health hazards in the work environment. PREREQ;
ENV 1 10, or permission of instructor.
453 Occupational Safety (3) A study of the
recognition, evaluation, and control of safety haz-
ards in the work environment. PREREQ; ENV
1 10, or permission of Instructor.
455 Environmental Health Seminar (3) In-
depth Investigation and discussions on topics of
particular concern or significance to the environ-
mental health field. Topics will be varied from
year to year. PREREQ: Senior environmental
health major.
456 Environmental Health Internship (12) Field
placement with an environmental health department
In an industo', consulting firm, or government
agency. PREREQ; Senior environmental health
major'and a cumulative GPA of 2.50 or above.
460 Industrial Hygiene Techniques (3) Students
w 111 learn evaluation techniques for monitoring the
Industrial environment In a laboratory setting as
well as in the field, such as checking air quality,
air flow, noise, heat stress, and radiation. Evalua-
tion of personal protective equipment, and pul-
monan' function and audiometric testing also will
be investigated. PREREQ; ENV 1 10. 452, or per-
mission of Instructor.
462 Water Quality and Health (3) An examina-
tion of the quality and quantity requirements of
surface and subsurface water resources used for
drinking water supplies. Laboratorv Included.
PREREQ: ENV 1 10, or permission of instructor.
HEALTH
Symbol: HEA
100 Dimensions of Wellness (3) Fundamental
concepts of health and wellness exploring several
health-related areas with an opportunity for per-
sonal llfesty le change conducive to better health.
103 Drugs and Society (3) Provide knowledge
regarding the use and abuse of substances In our
society and the Impact on the Individual, family,
and community. Teaching strategies also will be
Incorporated.
104 Human Sexuality (3) Study of sexualit) as It
relates to self; the Interrelationships with people.
105 Consumer Issues (3) Study of consumer
Issues today that relate to the field of health.
106 Death and Dying (3) Current controversial
Issues concerning death and dying. How Involved
persons cope v\ Ith death.
109 Health Issues of Women (3) The needs and
concerns of women as consumers in our present
health care system. Various biological, psycholog-
ical, and social topics will be discussed.
110 Transcultural Health: Principles and Prac-
tices (3) This course examines the health beliefs
and practices of a variety of subcullural groups in
the United States. Emphasis is placed on the appli-
cation of multicultural health beliefs and practices.
It utilizes the cross-cultural approach In meeting
the health needs of clients and families. It Is open
to all University students, regardless of major.
201 Health Education I (3) An overview of health
topics: wellness, consumer issues, diseases, dental
care, and community health resources. Teaching
sttategles and resources will be Incorporated.
202 Health Education II (3) An overview of
health topics; mental health, aging, and death and
dying. Teaching strategies and resources will be
Incorporated.
203 The Dietetic Profession (1) An introduction
to the profession of dietetics and its three domains,
code of ethics, and history. Occupational opportu-
nities and routes to dietetic registration will be dis-
cussed. Orientation to the public health/nutrition
curriculum will be provided.
205 Principles of Food Selection and Prepa-
ration (4) Nutritionally based study of the basic
principles of food selection and preparation with
an emphasis on food safety. Comparative study
and Integration of convenience food and tradition-
ally prepared food. Includes one credit hour of
foods laboratory.
206 Human Development (3) A lifespan approach
to the study of human development in the physical,
cognitive, and psychosocial domains.
220 Field Experience in Health (1)
Opportunities for observation and field experience
in health science settings.
240 Foundations of Health (3) Introductory
course for undergraduate majors In health promo-
tlonj'education. Primary emphasis on the philo-
sophical, historical, and theoretical foundations of
the profession.
242 Introduction to Public and Community
Health (3) This course Is intended to provide the
student with an overview of public and communltv
health concepts in the United States.
249 Respiratory Therapy Equipment (3) Study
of the equipment utilized in the delivery of respi-
ratory care.
250 Bronchopulmonary Hygiene (3) An In-
depth study of respiratory care modalities utilized
in the maintenance of bronchopulmonary hygiene.
Including humidity and aerosol therapy, sustained
maximal inspiration, IPPB therapy, chest physical
therapy, and airway maintenance.
251 Oxygen Therapy (2) An overview of basic
science relevant to respiratory therapy is followed
by the study of the manufacture, storage, and
transport of medical gases, regulators, and meter-
ing devices, oxygen therapy, and oxygen analysis.
252 Medical Terminology (1) An introduction to
medical terminology using a programmed instruc-
tion, self-learning technique. Includes chart for-
mat, word parts, pulmonary terminology abbrevia-
tions, and an ovenlew of respiratory anatomy.
253 Aspects of Respiratory Therapy I (2) A
discussion of topics essential to the provision of
comprehensive respiratory therapv . Topics include
patient care, CPR, and psychosocial issues.
254 Clinical Practice I (2) An introduction to
clinical respiratory care consisting of rotations
through patient care areas followed b\ discussion
of experiences and correlation to didactic work.
255 Pulmonary Function Evaluation (2) A
comprehensive study of various pulmonan' func-
tion evaluation techniques. Includes bronchoscopy
and arterial blood gas analysis.
256 Mechanical Ventilation (3) A comprehen-
sive study of mechanical ventilation. Including the
physiology of positive pressure breathing, tech-
niques of ventilation, characteristics of commonly
used ventilators, and monitoring of the ventilator-
patient system.
257 Respiratory Physiology (2) An in-depth
study of breathing mechanics, pulmonarv circula-
tion, ventllation/perfuslon ratios, regulation of
ventilation, and gas transport.
258 Aspects of Respiratory Therapy II (2) A
continuation of HEA 253. Topics Include rehabili-
tation, home care, administration and organization,
respiratory pharmacology, and infection-conttol
techniques.
259 CHnical Practice II (4) An intensive expo-
sure to noncritlcal patient care areas. Performance
evaluation of basic therapies to include humidity,
aerosol, oxygen, chest Inflation techniques, suc-
tioning, and chest physical therapv .
260 Cardiopulmonary Diseases (2) A comprehen-
sive study of cardlopulmonarx diseases and treat-
ment. Includes pulmonarv diagnostic procedures.
261 Respirator) Therapy Seminar I (2)
Includes critical, written analysis, and discussion
of pertinent resplratorv care literature as well as
elements of research relevant to the respiratory
care profession. The students culminate their study
of resplratorv- care by designing and Implementing
a minlresearch project.
262 Clinical Practice III (2) An introduction to crit-
ical and specialized respiratory care areas followed
by discussions and correlation to didactic work.
263 Cardiopulmonary Evaluation (3) An in-
depth study of monitoring and evaluation
techniques Including modules on cardiopulmonary
physiology, electrocardiographic monitoring, and
hemodynamic monitoring. Interpretation and
application data is emphasized. Appropriate lab
experience is included.
264 Clinical Practice IV (5) An intensive expo-
sure to critical care and specialized areas of respi-
ratory care. Performance evaluation of therapies
and procedures to include mechanical ventilator
set-up, and evaluation, neonatal ventilator set-up,
pulmonary function assessment, arterial line set-
up, and arterial line blood w Ithdrawal.
265 Pediatric/Neonatal Respiratory Care (2) A
comprehensive studv' of neonatal and pediatric res-
piraton care, including fetal lung development,
pathophysiology of the neonate and pediatric
patient, and related respiratory care procedures.
266 Pharmacology (2) An In-depth study of vari-
ous drug categories Including drug-dose response
and principles of absorption, distribution, metabo-
lism, and excretion.
300 Professional Ethics and the Health Profes-
sions (3) This course examines ethical Issues rele-
vant to the professional roles of heaUh profession-
als. Students will examine ethical principles and
apply a model of ethical decision making to case
studies. Other areas addressed include professional
codes of ethics, ethical concerns in health behavior
change, health communications, and health educa-
tion research.
301 Health for the Elementary Grades (3)
Provides basic health content and Instructional
methodology for presenice elementary teachers.
303 Introductory Principles of Human Nutri-
tion (3) Practical approach to the role nutrition
and dietetics play in improving the qualitv of our
lives— sociallv, physicallv. mentallv. and emotion-
ally. Dispelling of fads and fallacies.
304 Family Life and Sex Education (3) The pur-
pose of this course is to prepare the health profes-
sional to develop and teach appropriate K-12 fami-
ly life education curricula.
305 Contraceptive Technology and Health
Issues (3) The course will teach contraceptive
methods, reasons for a socletv s acceptance or
School of Health Sciences
Health
rejection of certain methods, and the effect on the
health care delivery system.
306 Curriculum and Instruction in Health (3)
This course provides the knowledge and skills for
the development, implementation, and evaluation
of K-12 comprehensive school health curriculums.
307 Consumer Nutrition (3) Consumer approach
to the roles foods and nutrition pla> in improving
the quality of our lives — socially, physically, men-
tally, and emotionally. PREREQ: HEA 303 or
equivalent.
309 Nutrition Through the Life Cycle (3) A study
of nutritional needs and dietary concerns of people
from conception to old age. PREREQ: HEA 303.
310 Love and Marriage (3) Defines love and
marriage for the student and teaches the skills
essential to fulfilling those needs.
312 Experimental Foods (4) A study of the
chemical, physical, and biological effects of pro-
cessing, storage, and food preservation on the
structure, composition, palatability, and nutritive
value of food. Includes one credit hour of laborato-
ry. PREREQ: CHE 103, 104, 310: CRL 103, 104;
HEA 205; BIO 204 may be taken concurrently.
314 Quantity Food Production (5) A basic
course in quantity food production. Emphasis is
placed on the essentials of operating a foodservice
facility — menu planning, purchasing, storage, issu-
ing, food production, service, distribution, and
quality control. Includes two credit hours of quan-
tity foods laboratorv'. PREREQ: HEA 205.
320 Positive Aspects of Aging (3) Describes past,
present, and projected information concerning the
aging process in normal human development.
325 Stress Management (3) Comprehensive survey
of stress concepts, theories, and management tech-
niques. Emphasis is placed on personal application.
330 Health Behavior (3) Individual and group
health behavior of children and adults at different
levels of wellness and in various settings. Past and
current theories of health behavior with methods
of application by health professionals will be
included.
331 Health Promotion in the Workplace (3) A
study of current health promotion efforts and pro-
grams for employees and management personnel
at the worksite.
341 Chronic and Communicable Diseases (3) A
study of the disease process, including causes,
effects, and control of selected diseases with an
emphasis on disease prevention and health promo-
tion. PREREQ: BIO 259/269, HEA 242, or per-
mission of instructor.
342 Program Planning and Evaluation (3)
Provides an in-depth study of the program plan-
nmg process and evaluation methods. Needed
skills are developed and experience given in writ-
ing programs from assessment through evaluation
with both hypothetical and real populations. PRE-
REQ: HEA 240, 341.
343 Advanced Program Planning and Evalua-
tion (3) Advanced course for health professionals.
Major emphasis on program implementation and
evaluation. Overview of grantwriting provided.
PREREQ: HEA 330, 342.
403 Student Teaching: Elementary School (3)
Practical classroom experience in teaching health
education at the elementary level. PREREQ: Must
have full admission status in teacher education cer-
tification and completed a minimum of 28 credits
of the required health courses including HEA 306.
404 Student Teaching: Middle School (6)
Practical classroom experience in teaching health
education. PREREQ: Must have full admission
status in teacher education certification and com-
pleted 34 credits of the required health courses
including HEA 306.
405 Student Teaching: Secondary School (6)
Practical classroom teaching in health education.
PREREQ: Must have fijll admission stams in teacher
education certification and completed 34 credits of
the required health courses including HEA 306.
408 Dental Hygiene: Field Experience (6) Field
experiences for dental hygienists who are working
towards certification as public school dental
hygienists. PREREQ: EDF 100, EDM 300, EDP
250 and 351. and HEA 306.
409 Professional Skills in Dietetics (3) A focus
on the development of nutrition counseling and
communication/media technology skills. An appre-
ciation of multiculturalism will be promoted. A
familiarization with dietetics-related professional
organizations, graduate school opportunities, and
dietetic internships will be provided. Assistance
with the dietetic internship and graduate school
application process will be given. PREREQ: All
professional courses except HEA 414, 415, 416.
410 Mental Health (3) Designed to aid persons
in improving their understanding of themselves
and others. Emphasis on ways to recognize mental
health problems.
411 Advanced Human Nutrition I (3) In-depth
examination of the digestion, transport, and metab-
olism of carbohydrates, lipids, and proteins.
Special emphasis is placed on metabolic interrela-
tionships and hormonal control of the three
processes mentioned above. PREREQ: BIO 1 10,
259, 269; CHE 103, 104, 230, 310; CRL 103, 104;
HEA 303; HEA 309 may be taken concurrently.
412 Advanced Human Nutrition II (3) In-depth
examination of the digestion, transport, and metabo-
lism of vitamins, minerals, and water. Special em-
phasis is placed on digestive and metabolic interrela-
fionships and hormonal control. PREREQ: HEA 41 1.
413 Medical Nutrition Therapy I (3) This
course covers nutritional assessment, drug-nutrient
interactions, nutritional therapy in diseases of
infancy and childhood, gastrointestinal diseases,
diseases of the liver and gallbladder, and surgery.
PREREQ: HEA 341, 412.
414 Medical Nutrition Therapy II (3) This course
covers nuU-itional therapv in coronary heart disease
and hypertension, diabetes mellitus, renal disease,
cancer, and disabling diseases. PREREQ: HEA 414.
415 Community Nutrition (3) A study of the
community nutrition programs and services at all
levels of development. Course covers nutrition
program planning, implementation, and evalua-
tion; socioeconomic and cultural context of pro-
grams and services; an examination of the political
and legislative process as it relates to nutrition leg-
islation; and the role of the community nutritionist.
PREREQ: HEA 242, 303, 309.
416 Foodservice Systems Management (4) A
study of the organization and administration of
foodservice systems and the functions and respon-
sibilities specific to management: decision making,
planning, organizing, staffing, leading, and con-
trolling. Management of human resources, food,
materials, capital, facilities, and markets as related
to various hospitality systems will be examined.
PREREQ: ECO lOl', HEA 314, MGT 100.
419 Research Methods in Health (3) This
course will give students an introduction to
research issues in the health professions. Students
will gain an understanding of the reasons for
research, designing research studies, research tech-
niques, principles of instrumentation, data inter-
pretation, and data presentation.
420 Health Marketing and Communications
(3) The purpose of this course is to prepare stu-
dents for work experiences as a health educator.
Major emphasis will be placed on marketing and
health communication strategies. PREREQ: BIO
204, 259, 269; CHE 102; HEA 306, 342.
421 Public Health Internship (12) A practical,
full-time work experience in a hospital, public
health agency, or company, jointly supervised by
an on-site supervisor and a public health faculty
member. PREREQ: HEA 343, 419, 420, and a
cumulative GPA of 2.5 or above.
♦ 425 Independent Study (1-3) The student will
initiate a health-related research study or project
under faculty supervision.
♦ 435 Health Workshop (1-6) Special work-
shops on contemporary health problems and
issues. Topics announced at time of offering.
436 Health Care Delivery: Trends, Challenges,
and Opportunities (3) This course will provide
an overview of the organization and financing of
the current U.S. health care system, the need for
reform, and initiatives to meet the health needs of
all Americans.
438 Understanding AIDS/HIV Infection (3)
Students will learn basic information about the
disease process, transmission and risk behaviors,
treatment options, and legal and ethical issues sur-
rounding HIV infection. Primar, emphasis will
address the impact of AIDS/HIV on those with the
disease, as well as the psychosocial factors influ-
encing partners, family members, and health care
professionals. Societal responses to the AIDS/HIV
epidemic also will be interwoven throughout the
topics. Course format will include lecture and dis-
cussions, viewing of videos, interaction with guest
speakers, and individual areas of interest. No pre-
requisites needed. Open to all majors.
440 School Health Programs (3) This course
provides an overview of comprehensive school
health programs. Specific focus is on program
development, implementation, and evaluation.
PREREQ: HEA 306.
470 Advances in Respiratory Therapy I (3) A
comprehensive examination and investigation of
recent advances in respiratory therapy designed for
the registered or registo' -eligible therapist.
471 Individualized Study in Respiratory Care
(3) A course to gain didactic knowledge through
independent readings and research in a chosen
subspecialty. Practical application is stressed
through a minimum of 1 12 hours of field experi-
ence in an appropriate setting.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Histon.
College of Arts and Sciences
Department of History
506 Main Hall
610-436-2201
Richard J. Webster, Chairperson
Thomas S. Heston, Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Dzamba, Foster, Hardy, Heston, Shur, Turner,
Webster, Young
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Boes, Davidson, Hewitt, Jones,
Peters
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Gedge, Kirschenbaum, O'Connor
The student of history seeks to re-create the past (or, more precisely,
as much of it as possible) in a rational manner, not only to explain and
understand the past for its own sake, but also to identify our age with
earlier times. The student is concerned with the origins, development,
and relationships between past people and events and, from the multi-
plicity of credible and sometimes conflicting evidence, renders judg-
ments on causation and consequences. He or she seeks to achieve a
sense of the past. Among the careers open to history majors are the
law, government service, teaching, research, journalism, and business.
Indeed, a strong preparation in history can lead to possibilities in vir-
tually everj' field of endeavor.
BACHELOR OF ARTS — HISTORY
1 . General Requirements, see pages 34-36
2. Foreign Language Requirement
3. History Concentration Requirements
HIS 101 taken under general requirements;
HIS 102, 151, and 152 (nine semester hours);
HIS 300 (three semester hours)
Group 1 — United States History
HIS 325, 329, 344, 352, 354, 356, 357, 358,
359, 360, 361, 362, 364, 365, 366, 367, 368,
369, 370, 373, 380, 399, 445, 451, 455, 456,
458. 462, 474, 480
Group 2 — European History
HIS 318. 319, 320, 321. 322, 323, 324, 329,
5 1 semester hours
0-12 semester hours
33 semester hours
6 semester hours
6 semester hours
330, 331, 332, 333. 398, 415. 416, 420. 421,
422, 423, 425, 426, 427, 428, 435. 445, 447, 480
3 semester hours
1 2 semester hours
5.
Group 3 — World and Regional History 6 semester hours
HIS 301. 302. 305. 306, 308, 311, 312, 31*5,
316, 317, 318, 348, 349, 375, 380, 397,406,
407,411.412,415,445,480
History Electives
Cognate Courses
Four cognate courses selected fi^om literature,
art, or philosophy
Additional fi'ee electives to complete 128 semester hours
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION — SOCIAL
STUDIES
Concentration in History
Students interested in teaching secondary social studies may pursue
concentrations in history while earning state certification in social
studies and the bachelor of science degree. (See the description under
"Social Studies: B.S. in Education," page 127, for common require-
ments.) In addition to the history concentration, the department offers
concentrations in American culture, world cultures, and ethnic studies.
In all concentrations, students must complete HIS 300, Varieties of
History; other requirements vary according to the concentration.
History Minor
Students may obtain minor recognition on their transcript so that their
concentrated choice of free electives will be recognized.
1 . Required Courses 6 semester hours
One course between HIS 101 or 102, and
one course among HIS 150, 151, or 152
2. Electives 1 2 semester hours
Chosen under advisement from three groups:
United States, European, World and Regional
History (six semester hours in one group; three
semester hours in each of the others)
This minor may be taken as one of the minors in the bachelor of arts
or bachelor of science in liberal studies general degree program.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
HISTORY
Symbol: HIS unless otherwise shown
* 101 Histor) of Civilization I (3) Cultural ele-
ments and social institutions in the West and the
East from earliest times through the Renaissance.
Offered e\er> semester.
* 102 Histor> of Civilization II (3)
Developments in civilizations from 1500 to the
present, with emphasis on Western civilization and
its interrelationships with the non-Westem world.
Offered ever\ semester.
* 150 The American Experience (3) The histo-
r> of the United States, with emphasis on major
themes, ideas, and developments — nationalism,
sectionalism, imperialism, industrialism, and oth-
ers. Offered everv semester.
t 151 Histor> of L'nited States I (3) The social,
economic, political, and intellectual development
of the United States from the begirming of the
Colonial period through Reconstruction. Offered
everv semester.
t 152 History of United States II (3) A compre-
hensive historv of the United States from 1865 to
the present, examining the economic, political, and
cultural development of American society, and the
evolution of American foreign policy.
300 Varieties of History (3) Historical research
techniques. Methodology, historiography, and
varieties of historj'. Required of all history majors.
Offered every semester.
301 History of South Asia (3) A historical studj
of developments on the Indian subcontinent (India
and Pakistan), the course also considers those
areas of Southeast Asia (Burma and Thailand) that
have been traditionally influenced by the course of
Indian events.
# 302 Modern India (3) Social, religious, and
cultural underpinnings of modem India against a
backdrop of the subcontinent's chronological
development. Hindu and Muslim traditions dis-
cussed in terms of their own social, religious, and
historical dynamics and as examples of complexi-
ties of national integration.
305 Modern China (3) Survey of the historical
and cultural background of China. Emphasis is
given to the significance of China's modem period
and its impact on world affairs.
# 306 Chinese Civilization (3) Study of domi-
nant cultural, philosophical, and historical patterns
that have influenced the development of China as
it is today and the traditional way in which
Chinese approach their own history.
# 308 Introduction to the Islamic World (3)
Study of the religio-cultural heritage of the Islamic
world against a historical background. Selected
areas of Middle. South, and Southeast Asia will be
utilized to illustrate the flowering of Islamic arts.
architecture, and poetry. Includes geography com-
ponent. Offered in spring semester.
31 1 History of Africa to 1875 (3) A survey of
African history to 1875. providing regional cover-
age of the entire continent, and an examination of
.African oral traditions.
312 History of Africa Since 1875 (3) A survey
of African history since 1875. focusing on
European colonialism, African resistance, and con-
temporary developments.
■ 315 History of Latin America to 1825 (3)
Pre-Columbian period, colonial Latin America,
and movements for independence; Indian,
European, and African backgrounds; government,
economy, society, religion, culture, and enlighten-
ment. Interaction of diverse cultures in the New-
World. Offered e\ er\ semester.
■ 316 History of Latin America Since 1825 (3)
Latin America in the 19th and 20th centuries; lib-
eralism, conservatism, dictatorship, revolution,
socialism, industrialization, agrarian reform, cul-
tural-intellectual achievements, and international
relations. Topical approach, using indiv idual coun-
tries as case history illustrations. Offered every
semester.
■* Approved distributive requirement course
t HIS 151-152 — Approved two-semester
substitute for distributive requirement
# Approved interdisciplinary course
■ Culture Cluster
Colleae of Ans and Sciences
History
■ 317 Histon of Mexico (3) Mexico from Pre-
Columbian period to presem, including civiliza-
tions of Mayas and Aztecs. Spanisii conquest.
Colonial period, mo\ement for independence era
of Santa Ana. La Reforma, Diaz dictatorship.
Mexican Revolution, cultural-intellectual achieve-
ments, international relations, and modernization
of Mexico since the Revolution.
■ 318 The Ancient World (3) Classical Greece
and Rome with consideration of economic, social,
intellectual, and political history. Selected wfitings
of the ancients.
■ 319 Medieval Europe (3) Western Europe
from the fall of Rome to approximately 1300.
Economic, social, political, and intellectual devel-
opments in the major kingdoms of the West; the
histon of the Universal Church.
320 Renaissance and Reformation (3) Political,
economic, social, and cultural forces that emerged
in Europe from 1300 to 1650. The evolution of
modem states and the rise of the middle class.
321 Everyday Life in Early Modern Europe (3)
An examination of the daily lives of Europeans of
\ arious social backgrounds from the 1 5th to 1 8th
centuries. Topics will include dress, diet, recre-
ation, labor, and medicine.
322 Family and Women in Europe:
Renaissance to Industrial Revolution (3) Focuses
on private and public aspects of the family in vari-
ous European countries, and the role and e\ er> day
life of women of diverse social backgrounds.
Special attention is given to changes over time.
■ # 323 Austrian Civilization (3) An interdisci-
plinan study of Austrian civilization, 1848-1938.
Emphasis is placed on fin-de-siecle Vienna, not
only as its pi\otal role in Austrian culture but also
as a testing ground for modernism in the West.
■ 324 Russian History to 1917 (3) Russian his-
tory from ninth centur. Kiev to the end of the
Imperial period. Major emphasis on the continuing
religious, economic, social, and political tradition
peculiar to the Russian state. Offered in fall
semester.
325 History of Journalism (3) A historical sur-
vey of the American press from Colonial times to
the present, w ith special emphasis on the continu-
ing struggle for press freedom and the new jour-
nalistic env ironment created by the emergence of
mass media.
# 329 Gender and Peace (3) Examination of the
ways in which social and historical constructions
of gender intersect w ith perceptions and experi-
ence of w ar and peace.
■ 330 Conflicts in Modern Europe (3) Power
politics in Europe; alliances and counteralliances;
imperialism; First World War and Versailles peace
settlements; emergence of totalitarian ideologies.
Offered in fall semester.
331 20th-century Europe (3) European fascism
and communism; totalitarianism confronts liberal-
ism; interaction between domestic politics and for-
eign policy ; polarization of European politics; dis-
integration of the political institutions of the tradi-
tional state.
332 The Holocaust (3) Focuses on ethnic, nation-
alistic, economic, and religious causes of the
Holocaust, including 20th-century Nazism, racism,
and anti-Semitism; study of the Nuremburg trials.
333 European Economic History (3) European
demographic and technological change; trade
unions; agriculture; trade; the entrepreneur; distri-
bution of income and welfare from the 10th centu-
ry to the present.
■ 348 The Bible in History (3) The Bible as a
historical record. From the Pentateuch through the
prophetic literature, the .'\pocrypha, the
Pseudepigrapha, and the Dead Sea Scrolls to the
New Testament. Historical records of the ancient
Near Eastern civilizations will be compared with
Biblical sources. Offered in spring semester.
349 The Jew in History (3) Review of the 4,000
years and five civilizations that have welcomed
the Jewish people. Emphasis on the Jews in con-
temporary' society.
352 Modern American Military History (3) The
role of the American military in shaping the
course of the nation in the 20th centun'- Offered in
fall semester.
356 U.S. Environmental History (3) .\n exami-
nation of the transformation of the American land-
scape, the history of .American environmental poli-
cy, and the development of today's environmental
crisis.
357 Diplomatic History of the United States (3)
The theon and practice of .American diplomacy
from Colonial times to the present with emphasis
on the 20th century. Offered in spring semester.
360 Technology and American Life (3)
Promises and practices of American life in
response to the interaction of American forms, val-
ues, and scientific-technological change from the
Colonial period to the present.
361 Constitutional History of the United States
(3) The development of the Constitution of the
United States from the Philadelphia convention to
the present w ith emphasis on major Supreme
Court decisions.
362 Violence in America (3) A study of violence
in American society as an instrument of change
and a method of social control.
364 U.S. Urban History (3) A survey of the rise
of the American city from early Philadelphia to
the modem metropolis. The recurring themes of
growth, immigration, social mobility, city politics,
city planning, urbanism. and suburbanism.
365 Popular Culture in 20th-century America
(3) An examination of the rise of American mass
consumer culture, commercialization of leisure,
development of the mass media, and redefinition
of normal and deviant behaviors.
366 The Turbulent Sixties (3) Examination of
the stress and conflict in American politics, arts,
literature, and society of the 1960's. Offered in
spring semester.
367 American Material Culture (3) An interdis-
ciplinary study of American civilization through
the examination of its built environment and craft-
ed and manufactured artifacts from the colonial
period to the mid-twentieth century .
368 Gays and Lesbians in U.S. History (3)
Encompasses four hundred years of ga\ and les-
bian history, culture, and politics, from colonial
settlers and Native American cultures to the pre-
sent w ith emphasis on the 20th century.
369 History of the American West (3)
Exploration of the historical and mythical
American West, from pre-Columbian America to
the present.
370 American Indians (3) A suney of Indian
civilization on the continent of North America and
the confrontation of this civilization with white
culture.
373 Afro-American History (3) A suney of
African-American history from 15th century West
Africa to the present that focuses on the evolution
of African-American culture and identity, and the
struggle for freedom and racial equality .
375 A History of the Arab-Israeli Conflict (3)
This course will examine the historv of the Arab-
Israeli conflict and the factors that both encourage
and impede resolution. Consideration will also be
gi\ en to the history of the U.S. involvement in the
conflict.
380 The History of U.S. Involvement in the
Middle East (3) Examines U.S. involvement in
the Middle East in the 19th and 20th centuries.
Consideration w ill be given to religious, econom-
ic, and diplomatic activities as well as involvement
in the Arab-Israeli conflict.
♦ 397 Topics in World History (3) Topics may
vary each semester. Emphasis on student research
and discussions.
♦ 398 Topics in European History (3) Topics
may vary each semester. Emphasis on student
research and discussions.
♦ 399 Topics in U.S. History (3) Topics may
van each semester. Emphasis on student research
and discussions.
400 Seminar (3) In-depth research, study, and
discussion of a selected historical topic. Topics
will varv. Recommended for seniors. PREREQ:
HIS 300.
406 20th-century Japan (3) The course deals
with Japan's role in Asian and world affairs from
the Meiji Restoration of 1 868 through the World
War II period. Concludes with an assessment of
Japan's post- World War 11 role as an economic
power positioned to re-emerge as a major political
entity.
♦ 410 Independent Studies in History (1-3)
Research projects, reports, and readings in history .
Open to seniors only. PREREQ; Permission of
department chairperson.
411 Middle East to 1700 (3) The historical evo-
lution of the Middle East from just before the time
of Muhammad until 1700. The course seeks to
promote an understanding of the nature and rise of
the religion of Islam, the spread of Islamic civi-
lization, and the evolution of the Arab and
Ottoman empires. Offered in fall semester.
412 Middle East Since 1600 (3) The historical
evolution of the Middle East from 1600 to the pre-
sent. The course seeks to promote a historically
sound understanding of the conflicts and differ-
ences benveen Westem and Middle Eastern soci-
eties, as well as the continuing interplay of secular
and religious forces in the history of the region.
Offered in spring semester.
415 Science in History (3) This course offers an
introduction to the historical evolution of modem
science. Emphasis is placed on the life and
achievements of noted scientists against the back-
drop of their time and culture. Consideration is
also given to the impact of developing science on
the shaping of Westem values.
416 Crime and Punishment in Europe, 1450-
1789 (3) Focuses on the historical development of
criminal law, criminalization processes, court pro-
cedures, the use of judicial torture, crime rates,
personal characteristics of the sentenced criminals,
and the punishments they recei\ ed.
■ 420 Biography of Modem European Women
(3) A discussion of biography as a form of historical
writing and writing about women.
■ Culture Cluster
# .Approved interdisciplinary course
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Honors Proeram
College of Arts and Sciences
421 Histon of England to 1688 (3) The British
people and their mores, institutions, and achieve-
ments from the earliest times to the Glorious
Revolution.
422 Histort' of England Since 1688 (3) England as
a world leader during the Commercial and Industrial
Revolutions, the evolution of the democratic
process, and the emergence of liberalism followed
by the democratic welfare state. Offered in spring
semester.
■ 423 Modem Germany (3) Germany in the 19th
and 20th centuries: Napoleonic era. rise of Prussia,
nationalism and unification, imperialism and World
War I, National Socialism. World War II, and divid-
ed Germany. Offered in fall semester.
■ 425 Soviet Russia (3) Its rise and fall in light of
traditional Russian panems and the communist
experiment. Offered in spring semester.
■ 426 Historj' of Modern Italy (3) A study of
Italian unification, the Era of Liberalism, Fascism,
and post-World War II developments. Offered in
fall semester, alternate years.
■ 427 Modern France: 1789 to Present (3) The
French Revolution; Napoleon; Bourgeois France;
Third Republic; The Great War and Versailles;
Nazism and the Popular Front; the collapse of
1940; the Fourth Republic; and the DeGaulle era.
Offered in spring semester, alternate years.
428 History of Spain (3) Focuses on political,
religious, economic, and social aspects of Spain
from the Roman period to the present. Special
attention is given to the "Reconquista spirit" and
the Spanish civil war.
■ 435 European Intellectual History Since 1800
(3) A cultural historj of ideas in 19th- and early
20th-centur) Europe.
445 Oral History (3) Students select, design, and
cany out a project of original historical research,
recording broadcast-quality oral histor> interviews
with elderl> informants.
♦ 450 Internship in History (1-3)
451 Women in America (3) American women's
dail> routines, social roles, and search for rights
and identity since Colonial days. Recent goals,
values, and conflicts. Offered in fall semester.
455 American Intellectual History (3) Political
and economic thought, theology, science, philoso-
phy, and literatiu'e.
456 Reformers and Radicals: Social
Movements in American History (3) Probes the
origins and legacies of social movements in
America, varying from abolitionism and temper-
ance in the antebellum age to Afro-American.
458 History of the Cold War (3) Origins and
evolution of the Cold War w ith emphasis on the
rationale for. and objectixes of, American foreign
policy since 1945. Includes an examination of the
historical interpretations of the era.
460 Field Studies in History (3) A fully super-
vised learning experience designed to expose stu-
dents to the culture, artifacts, and research facili-
ties of a gi\en country or area.
474 American Religions (3) The changes of
American religion from the Pilgrims of New
England to the cults of California. Offered in fall
semester.
480 Computer Applications in Historical
Research (3) .Methods of historical research and
analysis based on the use of personal computers.
■ Culture Cluster
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Honors Program
131 Francis Har\'ey Green Librar)
610-436-2996
610-436-2620 (fa.x)
dcamey@wcupa.edu (e-mail)
Kevin W. Dean, Director
Elizabeth M. NoUen, Assistant Director
HONORS COUNCIL
Dena Beeghly, Literacy
Sharon Began, Biology-
Kelly Bourque, Student Representative
Diane DeVestem. Student Affairs
Sandra Fowkes Godek, Sports Medicine
Charles Hardy, History
Marsha Haug, Director of Admissions, ex-officio
Eugene Klein, Music
Anne-Marie Moscatelli, Foreign Languages
Sara Newell, Communications Studies
Frauke Schnell, Political Science
Kristin Zegers, Student Representative
Program Design
We believe that an honors education should instill in students the
desire to be active, contributing members of their societies. Our aim is
summarized best in our motto: "'To be honorable is to serve."
The aim of the Honors Program is to provide an inviting environment
for academically gifted and highly motivated students to interact and
form a learning community of peers, faculty, administrators, and staff
that will challenge and enrich the students' college experience.
Grounded in the liberal arts tradition, the Honors Program seeks
cross-disciplinary connections in order to develop students" natural
intellectual abilities and to challenge them to employ those gifts on
behalf of the larger community. For this reason, the West Chester
University Honors Program considers "honors" to be more than a
matter of strong grades. Honors implies a decision to use the gift of
knowledge as an active problem solver in both the campus communitj
and in the world. To that end, the Honors Program seeks to build
character and foster a commitment to lifelong learning that prepares
leaders for the 21st century. The Honors Council, composed of repre-
sentative faculty, staff, and students, assists the director in formulating
and making recommendations about the program.
Honors Program membership comprises students with outstanding
achievements in scholarship, community service, the arts, and/or lead-
ership. Membership in Honors is competitive with a maximum of 40
additional seats open each fall. Current membership includes students
from 44 different academic majors. Incoming first-year and transfer
students normally are invited to apply to the program if they demon-
strate at least two of the following: a) minimum high school GPA of
3.5; b) minimum SAT score of 1200; c) top 20 percent of graduating
class; d) record of achievement in high school Honors/ AP courses.
Candidates are reviewed and selected on the basis of commitment to
service, leadership potential, and fit with the program's philosophy.
Currently enrolled students, who have a cumulative grade point aver-
age of 3.25 or higher, may apply for membership through the Honors
Office. Honors seminars at the 300/400 level are open to all students
with a minimum of 3.25 GPA.
Membership in the Honors Program enables students to enhance their
strengths through a specially designed 27-hour core of cross-discipli-
nary courses that, with an additional science course, meet general edu-
cation requirements for Honors students. Cross-disciplinary means
that all courses in the core will contain information drawn fi-om a
minimum of two academic disciplines. The 27-hour Honors core
incorporates 100- and 200-leveI courses. The three courses at the 100
level, to be completed during the student's first year in the program,
focus on personal development, including physical and psychological
well being, communication, and ethics and morality in a technological
age. Courses at the 200 level, completed by the middle of the stu-
dent's third year, build upon the learner's knowledge of self and
address broader perspectives of community and social change.
Learners study significant historical and contemporary figures, literary
works, and the context in which they helped model society. Students
become aware of the economic realities that impact change and dis-
cover how educational and political structure, .science, and the fine
arts influence society. Honors certification is awarded upon comple-
tion of the core 27 hours, two upper-level, cross-disciplinary Honors
seminars, and a capstone project.
In order to be in good standing with the Honors Program, students
must maintain a 3.25 cumulative grade point average, be active in a
minimum of one campus co-curricular activity, and regularly register
for the sequence of Honors core courses and seminars. Failure to
maintain these requirements will cause the student to be placed on
College of Arts and Sciences
Interdisciplinary Programs
probation from Honors and may lead to the student's dismissal from
the program.
Program probation and dismissal follow these procedures: Once a stu-
dent in the Honors Program has earned 3 1 credit hours, his or her
cumulative grade point average will be reviewed. If the student's
average is below a 3.0, the student will be dropped from the program.
If a student's average is below a 3.25 but not below a 3.0, the student
will be placed on program probation for two semesters during which
time the student is expected to raise his or her cumulative average to a
3.25. If at the end of the two semesters the cumulative average is not
a 3.25 or higher, the student will be dismissed from the program.
Students also may be placed on probation if they are not actively par-
ticipating in a minimum of one campus co-curricular activity or if
they are not regularly registering for and completing the sequence of
Honors core courses and seminars. While the student is on program
probation, his or her rights to priority scheduling will be suspended.
No student will be eligible for Honors certification without maintain-
ing a 3.25 cumulative average by the time of completion of the
Honors Program's required elements.
Students dismissed from the Honors Program may seek reinstatement
by contacting the Honors Program director. Students may appeal the
dismissal or probationary action for extraordinary circumstances by
contacting the Honors director who will take the appeal before the
Honors Council for final decision.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
HONORS PROGRAMS
Symbol: HON
100 Self-Awareness and Development (3) Focus
on methods individuals use to develop skills in the
physical, cognitive, emotional, and social aspect of
life. A holistic approach to both physical and men-
tal aspects will be addressed. Methods for en-
hancement and maintenance of strengths will be
discussed as well as approaches to risk taking.
101 Decision Making and Public Discourse (3)
Examination of the role of ethical dialogue and
debate in public policy making of rotating topics
such as the environment or health care. Emphasis
on logic and critical thinking as key roles in iden-
tifying problems, devising solutions, and evaluat-
ing proposed policies. Consistent with the empha-
sis on the public forum, students will develop pub-
lic speaking and critical listening skills.
102 Ethics and Moral Choice in a Technological
Age (3) Approaches to ethical recommendation
and moral decision-making processes. Engagement
of the scientific approach by using case studies
from genetics, ecology, physics, chemislr>', and
computer science to allow students to confront
ways traditional views of ethics and moral deci-
sion-making apply to a contemporary world.
200 Theories and Strategies of Community
Change (3) Spectrum of approaches to social
change and significant figures who make these
changes possible. Works of historical and socio-
logical literature, including biographies and auto-
biographies of key figures, will be identified as a
basis for observation of how thinkers of the past
identified key issues and articulated solutions to
those problems.
201 Economic Themes in Literature (3)
Foundations of market and nonmarket economies
as they relate to good stewardship and civic
responsibilit>'. Fusing literature and economics, the
values and limitations of market capitalism and
command socialism will be addressed.
202 Educational Systems and Social Influence
(3) An introduction to philosophy, historv', and
sociology of American education. The evolution of
the school as an institution in a democratic soci-
ety; its relationships to issues dealing with race,
class, gender and ethnicity; the geographical impli-
cations the school has for the community and vice
versa; the degree to which school should and/or
can serve as agents for social change.
203 American Government, Democracy and
Public Opinion (3) Influence of the role of public
opinion in a democracy by examination of how
individuals form their opinions and how those
opinions influence government and public policy
making. Such areas as government structure, polit-
ical thought, and sociologic and geographic influ-
ences will be covered.
204 Science, Technology, and Environmental
Systems (3) Impact of technology and the envi-
ronment as forces of influence on communities.
The lab course will combine a historical overview
with a contemporary focus on ways the science
community is developing and regulating ideas for
the fiiture. Laboratory field experiences will
involve data collection and observation in a vari-
ety of environmental contexts (2,3).
205 Community and the Arts (3) Investigation of
the arts as agents of social change and influence.
Significant historical and contemporary works
from art, dance, music, and theatre will be identi-
fied for case analysis.
301 Seminar (3) First of two special topics
offered fall semester. Subject matter rotates and is
determined by the Honors director and the Honors
Council through competitive submission from
University faculty. Seminars are designed to be
cross-disciplinary and to have a writing emphasis.
302 Seminar (3) First of two special topics offered
spring semester. Subject matter rotates and is deter-
mined by the Honors director and the Honors
Council through competitive submission from
University faculty. Seminars are designed to be
cross-disciplinary and to have a writing emphasis.
401 Seminar (3) Second of two special topics
offered fall semester. Subject matter rotates and is
determined by the Honors director and the Honors
Council through competitive submission from
University faculty. Seminars are designed to be
cross-disciplinary and to have a writing emphasis.
402 Seminar (3) Second of two special topics
offered spring semester. Subject matter rotates and is
determined by the Honors director and the Honors
Council through competitive submission from
University faculty. Seminars are designed to be
cross-disciplinary and to have a writing emphasis.
490 Capstone Project (3) Students will identify
and investigate a problem in a community busi-
ness, nonprofit agency, or research laboratory, and
then work to solve the problem. Students will be
expected to play an active role in the problem-
solving effort and contribute a minimum often
hours each week to help solve the problem.
Students will seek interaction with the CEO,
senior officer(s), and/or senior investigators of the
business, agency, or laboratory, who will serve as
leader models for student study. While projects are
generally completed in the senior year, students
may register for this course upon completion of
the 27-hour core or by special permission of the
Honors Program director.
Interdisciplinary Programs
Richard J. Webster, Coordinator
West Chester University offers three interdisciplinary programs
leading to a bachelor of arts degree:
American Studies
Comparative Literature Studies
Women's Studies
West Chester also offers five interdisciplinary programs leading to
transcript recognition:
Ethnic Studies Peace and Conflict Studies
Latin American Studies Russian Studies
Linguistics
These programs give students the opportunity to develop a synthe-
sis of knowledge from several disciplines. Drawing upon profes-
sors from across the campus, the programs are directed by a
Committee of Interdisciplinary Programs under the aegis of the
dean of the College of Arts and Sciences. See individual programs
for course sequences.
Interdisciplinan- Programs: Comparative Literature Studies
College of Arts and Sciences
American Studies Program
412 Main Hall
610-436-2995
AMERICAN STUDIES COMMITTEE
Karin E. Gedge, History
Charles A. Hardy, History
Sterling E. Murray, Music History
C. James Trotman, English
Richard J. Webster, History. Coordinator
Students are introduced to a broad spectrum of American culture, and
are encouraged to study an area in depth and to develop career inter-
ests through concentrations in American art history, African-American
studies, historic preservation, environmental studies, journalism and
editing, and museum studies. An optional internship provides on-the-
job experience.
BACHELOR OF ARTS — AMERICAN STUDIES
1 . General Requirements, see pages 34-36 5 1 semester hours
2. Foreign Language/Culture Requirements 1 5 semester hours
3. Required Core 21-33 semester hours
AMS200(3)orAMS250(3)
AMS300(3)
AMS 400 (3) or AMS 415 (1-15)
HIS 151-152(6)
LIT 200-201 (6)
Elective Core 1 8 semester hours
Six American-topic courses are to be taken in
anthropolog> , art history, geography, historj',
literature, music history and literature, philosophy,
political science, and sociology, with no more
than two courses from one discipline.
Elective Concentration
A student must take enough courses to ensure that
a minimum of 128 semester hours are completed
successfully. Each American Studies major must
submit for approval a proposed course of study at
the beginning of the junior year. For guidance
consult the American Studies program coordinator.
Minor in American Studies
18 semester hours
For transcript recognition of an American Studies minor, a student
must take 1 8 semester hours allocated in the following areas:
American Studies (6)
American Historj', preferably HIS 151 or HIS 152 (3)
American Literature, preferably LIT 200 or LIT 201 (3)
American topics: One course from the arts, literature, or
philosophy, and one course from histor>' or social and
behavioral sciences, or other courses approved by the
adviser. (6)
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
AMERICAN STUDIES
Symbol: AMS
# 200 American Ch-ilization (3) An interdiscipli-
nar\ study of the forces, fomis, and values that have
contributed to the making of American civilization.
Several academic disciplines are drawn upon in
exploring the "Americaness" of American institu-
tions, thought, behavior, and material culture.
# 210 Mass Media and Popular Culture (3) An
exploration of the role of media in the de\elopment of
American popular culture. Particular emphasis will be
given to the transformations brought about by mass
media after 1 880 and the increasing corporate
involvement in mass media during the 20th centur>'.
# 250 Mj-ths and Modernization (3) An interdisci-
plinarj e.xploration of American civilization during
three stages of development from Columbus to the
present. Focuses on analysis of civic and popular cul-
ture to decode myths of national identity and the
media in which they are disseminated.
300 American Material Culture (3) An interdisci-
plinary study of American civilization through the
e.vamination of its built environment and crafted and
manufactured artifacts from the Colonial period to the
mid-20th century.
400 Senior Thesis or Project (3) A concluding
"statement" incorporating the interdisciplinary gener-
alist approach.
401 Independent Study (1-3) An opportunity to
pursue altemati\e study projects outside the class-
room; field work in community resources, etc.
# 41S American Studies Internship (1-15)
Cooperative, service/learning experience at a commu-
nity agency, business, or institution.
# Approved interdisciplinary course
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Comparative Literature Studies Program
210 Rosedale Ave.
610-436-2901
Kostas Myrsiades, Coordinator
PROFESSORS: K. Myrsiades, Schlau
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: L. Myrsiades, Ramanathan, Ward
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: AwTiyah
This program provides a curriculum option for students with an inter-
est in international studies by offering a broad background in
European and non- Western culture and literature.
This program is responsive to recent developments in professional
business, law, and medical schools, which stress admission of students
with humanities backgrounds or humanities complements to their sci-
entific or technical backgrounds, and it reflects the growth of profes-
sional school programs that include more options in the humanities.
More specifically, this program is designed to answer student requests
for a program that supplies a greater breadth of literature than is com-
monly offered in a language program and a greater variety than that
offered in an English department.
BACHELOR OF ARTS — COMPARATIVE LITERATURE
STUDIES
1. General Requirements, see pages 34-36 5 1 semester hours
2. Foreign Language Requirement 3-12 semester hours
3. Related Course Requirements 1 8 semester hours
Second language or minor
4. Cognate Requirements 12 semester hours
Courses related to student's major area of
concentration
5. Comparative Literature Core 15 semester hours
CLS 200, 26 1 , 3 1 0, 367, and 400
A GPA of 3.0 is required for these courses.
6. Comparative Literature Electives 1 5 semester hours
Five electives that reflect a variety of genres,
periods, traditions, approaches, and theoretical
concerns, selected from those courses listed
below. Students wishing to take courses other
than those courses listed below must have the
written approval of the Comparative Literature
Committee.
College of Arts and Sciences
Interdisciplinary Programs: Comparative Literature Studies
7. Literature in the Original Language 6 semester hours
Two courses in the literature of a language
other than English.
Minor in Comparative Literature 15 semester hours
♦Select ONE course in each of the areas listed below.
1 . Literature and the other arts
CLS200, 201,368, or 370
2. Theory, intellectual history, or literarj' criticism
CLS310or364
3. Theme, genre, or movement
CLS358, 359, 36l,or362
4. Relationship, influence, or intertextuality
CLS 304, 309, 363, 367, or 400
5. Non-Western literature or literature in a language
other than English
CLS360, 400, or411
NOTE: Not all course numbers available for each category above are
listed. Please check with the comparative literature studies coordinator
in 210 Rosedale Ave. (610-436-2901) for other possible substitutions.
Minor in Film Criticism 18 semester hours
1 . Required Course 3 semester hours
FLM 200
2. Elective Courses 1 5 semester hours
Any 15 credits selected from the following list with approval of
the adviser:
CLS 304, 363, 364, 368, 369, 400, and 410; COM 217 and 317;
EGE 404, 405; EIT 260; FLM 201, 202, 300, 301, and 400
For course descriptions, see English and Foreign Language sections in this
catalog. For related departments other than English or Foreign Languages,
consult the Handbook for Comparative Literature Studies available from the
program coordinator.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE
STUDIES
Symbol: CLS
♦ 165 Introduction to World Literature (3)
This course acquaints students with the "master-
pieces" of Western literature from classical antiq-
uit>' to the present. This course can be taken as an
alternative to LIT 165.
200 Interrelations of Comparative Literature
(3) This course investigates the relationship
between literature and art, film, philosophy, and
critical theor>'.
♦ 201 Classical Mythology in the 20th Century
(3) Classical m>1hs and their significance in
selected works of literature, film, and art.
203 African Studies (3) This course studies
African culture through literature, anthropology,
and history. It focuses on the socio-cultural and
historical contexts of African writing through the
colonial and postcolonial periods.
259 Women in Modern Fiction (3) Readings,
analysis, and discussion of works of contemporar>'
fiction that present major depictions of women b)'
authors such as Sarraute. Duras, Boll, Walker,
Kundera, Morrison, Woolf, etc.
t 260 World Literature I (3) A survey of world
literary texts from pre-classical times to 1600.
t 261 World Literature 11 (3) A survey of world
literary texts from 1600 to the present.
♦ 297 Themes in Contemporary Literature (3)
Topics to be armounced each time course is
offered.
304 Women and Film (3) An examination of the
role of women in contemporary world cinema and
the feminist film.
309 Literature Translation Workshop (3) A
writing workshop on the theory and practice of lit-
erar>' translation.
310 Contemporary Literary Criticism (3) A
survey of the major developments in European lit-
erao' criticism during the 20th century with
emphasis on the developments of the last 20 years.
■ 311 Contemporary Latin-American
Narrative (3) An examination of Latin-American
narrative (short story, novella, novel, and testimo-
nial literature). Spanish- and Portuguese-language
writers from South and Central America. Mexico,
and the Caribbean will be studied, from the period
of magical realism ( 1950's and I960's) through
the present. They may include Isabel AUende,
Jorge Amado, Miguel Angel Asturias, Jorg Luis
Borges, Gabriel Garcia MArquez, Clarice
Lispector, Elena Poniatowska, and Luis Rafael
Sanchez.
# 329 Gender and Peace (3) An examination of
the ways in which social constructions of gender
intersect with perceptions and experiences of war
and peace.
350 Computer Applications in the Humanities
(3) This course is designed to provide an infroduc-
tion to the computer and its applications in a num-
ber of humanistic disciplines (literature, history,
and writing, but some attention also will be given
to foreign languages, linguistics, music, and art).
351 African Literature (3) .A study of the repre-
sentation of Africa through the perspectives of
African and non-African writers.
# 352 Modernity/Postmodernity (3) A critical
analysis of the modernity /postmodemity debates
from the integrated perspectives of literature, phi-
losophy, history, and politics.
358 Women in Western Literature (3) An
inquiry reaching back into classical antiquity for
some prototypes of women in the literature of the
West. Readings from Aeschylus, Sophocles,
Aristophanes, Euripides, Ovid, Dante, Petrarch,
Shakespeare, Moliere, Austen, Flaubert, James,
Tolstoy, Shaw, Cather, Giraudoux. and others.
361 Modern World Drama (3) A consideration
of major 20th century plays and dramatic move-
ments that have defined modem drama.
362 World Literature: Modern Fiction (3) A
consideration of major world literature fiction
works from the begirming of the 20th century to
the present.
363 Soviet Literature and Film (3) A compara-
tive approach to selected 20th century Soviet
works of fiction, poetry, drama, and film.
364 Eastern European Literature and Film (3)
A critical and analytical approach to Eastern
European literature and film covering major move-
ments and theory since World War II.
365 African-American Film (3) This course will
study the history, form, and content of African-
American film. The films chosen are from various
genres and cover older and contemporary films.
367 Classical Mythology (3) An examination of
Greek mythology through the works of Homer,
Hesiod, the Greek tragedians, and Greek lyric poets.
U 368 Literature, Myth, and Society (3) An
examination of how the culture, mythology , and
politics of ancient Greece from Homer to Plato
determine how a period is represented through its
literary, historical, and philosophical te.xts and
how contemporary culture rewrites these texts.
369 Literature and Film (3) The interrelation-
ship between selected works of world fiction and
their film adaptations.
♦ 370 Literature and Medicine (3) A course
treating the study of literary works, film, and
selected readings from other areas (history, sci-
ence, fiction, and nonfiction) to generate an under-
standing of the relationship of human values to
medicine, illness, and issues of related importance
to physicians.
♦ 371 Law, Literature, and Communication (3)
A look at the presentational aspects of law — legal
WTiting and oral argument — its constructions in
narrative — law as literature and literature as law —
and the relationship of law to anthropology, psy-
chology, history, and sociology.
♦ 400 Comparative Literature Seminar (3)
Topics such as Beckett/Joyce, Homer/Joyce,
Greek comedy, Greek tragedy, myth, and film are
offered periodically. Required of comparative lit-
erature majors in their junior or senior year.
♦ 410 Independent Study in Comparative
Literature (3)
♦ 411 Foreign Study in Comparative
Literature (3)
FILM THEORY AND CRITICISM
Symbol: FLM
200 Introduction to Film (3) A critical and ana-
lytical approach to world cinema covering film
theory and the major film movements (Soviet
Realism, German Expressionism, Italian Neo-
Realism, French New Wave, Cinema Nuovo, New
German Cinema, and Surrealism) from the begin-
ning to present. (Group E)**
201 American Film (3) The function of cinema
in contemporary society as a socio-cultural. eco-
nomic, and political object as seen through critical
analysis of .American films. (Group E)"
300 Private Screening (I) Eight to 12 narrative film
classics per semester on a specific topic or theme.
301 Documentary Film (3) Understanding and
enjoying the social, philosophic, economic, and polit-
ical aspects of documentary film. (Group E)**
♦ Approved disfributive requirement course
♦ Approved interdisciplinary course
t Approved two-semester substitute for a
distributive requirement
♦ 1 his course may be taken again for credit.
■ Culture Cluster
** See the department handbook for group
descriptions.
lnterdisciplinar>' Programs: Latin American Studies
College of Arts and Sciences
Ethnic Studies Program
201 Old Library
610-436-2725
Bonita Freeman- Witthoft, Director and Native American
Coordinator
William 1. Guy, Assistant Director and Program Coordinator
C. James Trotman, African-American Coordinator
Stacey Schlau, Hispanic-American Coordinator
Irene G. Shur, Jewish-American Coordinator
STEERING COMMITTEE
Marshall J. Becker, Anthropology
Erminio Braidotti, Foreign Languages
Andrew E. Dirmiman, Educational Services
Stephen D. Gilmour, Foreign Languages
Charles Hardy, History
William L. Hewitt, History
Frank J. Hoffman. Philosophy
Mildred C. Joyner, Social Work
Deborah Malstedt, Psychology
Bhim Sandhu, Political Science
Richard W. Voss, Social Work
Jerome M. Williams, Foreign Languages
Robert J. Young, History
The Ethnic Studies Institute (ESI) offers a minor and a certificate to
any student, regardless of major, who satisfactorily completes 18
semester hours of work in ethnic studies. Study ma> lead to a general
certificate in ethnic studies or to a specialized certificate in one of the
following areas:
• African-American Studies
• Hispanic-American Studies
• Jewish- American Studies
• Native American Studies
For current requirements and a list of approved courses in each spe-
cialization, consult the director or assistant director of ethnic studies.
For each option currently offered there are, in addition to the relevant
ethnic studies core courses, certain cognate courses. These cognate
courses do not necessarily deal directly with ethnic group life but give
an added dimension of social and historical background.
As soon as possible, students should register their intent to earn the
minor with the director of the ESI. At the end of each semester, stu-
dents should report the ethnic-related courses completed during the
semester and the courses planned for the following semester to the
director. An updated list of courses approved for credit is available
each semester from the ESI before the advising and scheduling peri-
od. Students can use an approved ethnic-related course toward the
completion of the minor in Ethnic Studies at the same time it is
being used to fulfill their major, other minor, or elective
requirements.
Students are encouraged to attend at least two cultural ethnic events —
speakers, musical programs, art shows, theatre productions, or films —
each year.
For advising in Ethnic Studies, contact Bonita Freeman-Witthoft, 610-
436-2725, or William 1. Guy, 610-436-2698.
Minor in Holocaust Studies 18 semester hours
The program in Holocaust Studies deals not only with historical
aspects of the Holocaust, but also with moral and political issues
involved in the prevention of future holocausts.
This minor may be taken as one of the minors in the Bachelor of Arts
or Bachelor of Science in liberal studies general degree program.
For advising in Holocaust Studies, contact Dr. Irene G. Shur, 610-
436-2789. "
1 . Required Courses 9 semester hours
HIS 332, 349, and PHI 180
2. Elective Courses 9 semester hours
Any three courses selected from the following:
ANT 120; GER 221/EGE 222; HIS 423; LIT 304;
PSC 252, 322; PSY 254; SOC 335; SSC 385, 480;
or SWO 225
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ETHNIC STUDIES
Symbol: SSC
# 201 Global Perspectives (3) This course is
intended to help students develop the competen-
cies needed for the understanding of, and mean-
ingful participation in. the world issues of the
1990's.
♦ -480 Ethnic Cultures Workshop (3) This
workshop considers the histor. . traditions, customs,
and contributions to American life of various ethnic
groups. The lectures and special programs are
designed to increase the student's knowledge of the
multicultural nature of American societ)'. Projects,
speciticalK tailored to indi\ idual needs, are directed
by a facultj member of the Ethnic Studies Institute.
w Approved interdisciplinao course
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Latin-American Studies Program
309 Main Hall
610-436-2970
Erin O'Connor, Coordinator
Any student in the University, regardless of his or her area of special-
ization, may earn a minor and a letter of verification in Latin-
American studies after satisfactory completion of 1 8 semester hours
of work, distributed as follows:
Minor in Latin-American Studies
Required: Either A or B
A. 1 . Spanish or Portuguese
(Intermediate level or above)
2. Latin-American historv
18 semester hours
6 semester hours
6 semester hours
OR
B. I . Latin-American history 6 semester hours
2. Latin-American civilization and thought 6 semester hours
Electives 6 semester hours
Selected under advisement from Latin-American-oriented courses
offered by the departments of Anthropology and Sociology,
Geography and Planning, Political Science, Economics, Art, or others.
In track A, one three-credit course must be devoted to literature, art
history-, or music.
For advising, see Professor O'Connor in the Department of History.
A student should maintain a 2.5 average in area-studies courses to be
recommended for graduate work in the area-studies concentration.
College of Arts and Sciences
Interdisciplinary Programs: Peace and Conflict Studies
Linguistics Program
538 Main Hall
610-436-2269
Dennis L. Godfrey, Coordinator
CONTRIBUTING FACULTY
Diane O. Casagrande, Communication Studies
W. Stephen Croddy, Philosophy
Stephen D. Gilmour, Foreign Languages
Jane E. Jeffrey, English
John T. Kelly, English
Cheri L. Micheau, English
Garrett G. Molholt, English
Frederick R. Fatten, Foreign Languages
Paul A. StoUer, Anthropology and Sociology
Andrea Varricchio, Foreign Languages
Michael S. Weiss, Communicative Disorders
The minor in linguistics is an interdisciplinary program offered by the
departments of Anthropology and Sociology, Communicative
Disorders, Communication Studies, English, Foreign Languages, and
Philosophy. Its purpose is to provide the student with a foundation in
the analysis of the various aspects of language. Students wishing to
enter the program must consult the program coordinator. To receive
credit for the minor in linguistics, a student must complete 18 semes-
ter hours of course work. The program coordinator must approve all
courses.
18 semester hours
9 semester hours
Minor in Linguistics
1 . Required Courses
ENG/LIN 230, ENG 331 (or any other
structural grammar course), ENG 335 (or
any other historical linguistics course)
2. Electives 9 semester hours
A. Choose one of the following:
ENG 330, FRE 365, GER 365, RUS 365,
SPA 365, SPP 106, or any other approved
course in phonology or phonetics
B. Choose one of the following:
ANT/LIN 380; COM/LIN 415; ENG 339, 340;
LIN 250; PHI/LIN 330, 360; or any other
approved comparable course
C. Choose an additional course from either Group
A or B above, or choose one of the following:
COM 307; ENG 430; LAN 250; LIN 411, 412;
LIT 430, 431; PHI 190, 436; PHY 1 10; SPP
204; or any other approved linguistics course
For course descriptions, see Anthropology and Sociology (ANT),
Communicative Disorders (SPP), Communication Studies (COM),
English (ENG or LIT), Foreign Languages (LAN, LIN, FRE, GER,
RUS, or SPA), Philosophy (PHI), or Physics (PHY).
Peace and Conflict Studies Program
10 1 Main Hall
610-436-2754
Frederick R. Struckmeyer, Coordinator
ADVISORY COMMITTEE
Charles Bauerlein, English
Roger Bove, Economics and Finance
Diane Casagrande, Communications Studies
Anne Dzamba, History
Robin Garrett, Nursing and Director, Women 's Center
Harvey Greisman, Sociology
Tom Heston, History
Barbara Kauffman, Criminal Justice
Carol Radich, Elementary Education
Bhim Sandhu, Political Science
Stacey Schlau, Foreign Languages and Director, Women 's Studies
Irene Shur, History
Peace and conflict studies examines social conflict, conflict resolu-
tion, and cooperation at the group, national, and international levels.
This process involves understanding factors that contribute to peace
with justice, various functions of conflict, and processes by which
conflict may be managed. The minor fosters skills for both study and
action. Though primarily an enrichment to liberal education, this
minor is relevant to a variety of careers, both traditional and emerg-
ing. The former include law, communications, education, and govern-
ment. However, there are also many career opportunities with a wide
range of public interest and advocacy organizations.
The peace and conflict studies minor consists of 18 credit hours, some
of which also may be used to ftjlfill other degree requirements. This
minor may be taken as one of the minors in the bachelor of arts or
bachelor of science in liberal studies general degree program.
Minor in Peace and Conflict Studies 18 semester hours
1 . Required Course 3 semester hours
SSC 200 Introduction to Peace and Conflict Studies
2. Either of the following 3 semester hours
SSC 201 Global Perspectives, or PSC 316 World Order
3. Either of the following 3 semester hours
HIS/WOS 329 Gender and Peace, or
PHI 207 Philosophies of Nonviolence
4. Either of the following 3 semester hours
COM 204 Dyadic Communication, or
COM 216 Small Group Communications
5. Electives 6 semester hours
Must be from different departments or disciplines. These include
BIO 102; COM 3 12 and 499; CRJ 470; GEO 232; HIS 146, 352,
and 362; LIT 162 and 309; PHI 382; PSC 315; PSY 254; SOC
335, 341, and 376; SWO 225; WOS 315. Other courses, under
advisement, also may satisfy the elective requirement, as well as
substitute for the PSC 316 option in #2 above. (PSC 316 is not
currently offered.)
COURSE DESCRIPTION
PEACE AND CONFLICT STUDIES
Symbol: SSC
U SSC 200 Introduction to Peace and Conflict
Studies (3) An interdisciplinarv' study of the caus-
es and functions of societal conflict and processes
of controlling conflict, with major attention given
to the problem of war.
# Approved interdisciplinary course
Kinesiology
School of Health Sciences
Russian Studies Program
114 Main Hall
610-436-2585
Frederick Patton, Coordinator
This program is offered jointly by the faculty of Arts and Sciences
and the facultv of professional studies.
Any student in the University, regardless of his or her area of spe-
cialization, may earn a minor specialization in Russian studies after
satisfactory completion of 18 semester hours of work, distributed as
follows;
Minor in Russian Studies
Required: Either A or B
A. 1. Russian language (intermediate level
or above)
2. Russian history and/or politics
OR
B. 1. Russian history and/or politics
2. Russian civilization, culture
and/or politics
18 semester hours
6 semester hours
6 semester hours
6 semester hours
6 semester hours
To fulfill requirements for the Russian Studies minor, students may
choose from the following courses: ARH 405 (Russian Art), CLS
363 (Soviet Literature and Film), CLS 364 (Eastern European
Literature and Film), ERU 209 (Russian Culture — Soviet Period),
GEO 304 (The Soviet Union), HIS 324 (Russian History to 1917),
HIS 425 (Soviet Russia), PSC 246 (Soviet Politics), PSC 311 (Soviet
Foreign Policy), PSC 349 (Comparative Communism), RUS 201-
412 (Russian language courses), and RUS 310 (Russian Literature in
Translation).
Electives
6 semester hours
Selected under advisement from Russian-oriented courses offered by
the departments of Political Science, Anthropology and Sociology,
English, Art, or other departments of WCU.
For advising, see Professor Patton in the Department of Foreign
Languages.
A student should maintain a 3.0 average in area-studies courses to be
recommended for graduate work in the area-studies concentration.
Women's Studies Program — See Women's Studies
Department of Kinesiology
Emlyn Jones, Chairperson
Frances E. Cleland, Assistant Chairperson — Health and Physical
Education - Teacher Certification
W. Craig Stevens, Assistant Chairperson — Exercise Science and
Graduate Studies
Susan W. Lubking, Assistant Chairperson — Physical Education
Program
Barbara Lappano, Coordinator of Dance
Richard Yoder, Coordinator of Safety Education
PROFESSORS: Lank. Lepore, Yoder
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Bonsall, Cleland, Fry, Helion,
Koehler, Lubking. Smith, Volkwein, Williams
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Jones, Lappano, Melton, Ray.
Stevens, Thielz, Volkwein, Zetts
The Department of Kinesiology offers two programs leading to the
bachelor of science degree.
1. The B.S. in HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION-
TEACHER CERTIFICATION. This program provides preparation
for students interested in teaching health and physical education in
preschool through grade 12.
2. The B.S. in HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION— PHYSI-
CAL FITNESS is designed for students interested in the exercise
sciences. This program provides academic preparation for individ-
uals whose career focus is to plan and conduct ph> sical fitness
programs for healthy adults.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— HEALTH AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION— TEACHER CERTIFICATION
1 . General Education Requirements,
see pages 34-36
2. Physical Education Theory
KIN 100, 101, 243, 251. 310. 350, 351, 352,
353, 361, 385 or HEA 206, 451, 453, 489,
490, 492. KIL 251. and SMD 271
3. Related Requirements
COM 101; EDF 100; EDP 250; HEA 103,
201,202,304, 306, and 440
5 1 semester hours
47 semester hours
30 semester hours
4. Related Requirements that also satisfy' the
General Education Requirements
BIO 259 and 269, CHE 102, and PSY 100
5. Required Activities 10 semester hours
Select six semester hours from the following:
KIN 109, 110, 111, 113, 142, 143, 144,208"^
209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 314, 316, 318.
319, 321,322, 324, 326, and 348
Select four semester hours from the following:
KIN 112, 140, 141, and 242
6. Three extracurricular experiences prior to student teaching
7. GPA Requirement
Students must maintain a 2.5 GPA or higher to remain in good
standing in this program. Refer to the Teacher Certification section
in this catalog, pages 136-137.
8. Certification granted when Pennsylvania requirements are met
Please be advised that the required course work for a degree in health
and physical education at West Chester University consists of 143 -
146 semester hours of study. The time required to complete this
course work is four and one half to five years.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE-
SPECIALIST
-PHYSICAL FITNESS
General Education Requirements, 5 1 semester hours
see pages 34-36
Kinesiology Theory 22 semester hours
KIN 100, I'oi. 251, 351, 352, 385, 451, 453,
KIL 251, and SMD 271
Related Requirements 1 8 semester hours
COM 101, HEA 100 or KIN 245, HEA 303,
HEA elective, and MGT 100
Related Requirements that also satisfv' the 1 8 semester hours
General Education Requirements
BIO 259 and 269, CHE 102. CSC 101, and
PSY 100
Physical Fitness Specialist Program 22 semester hours
HEA 325 or KIN 475, KIN 361, 429, 431, 432.
434, 453, and SMD 454
Physical Education Activities 6 semester
Intern Experience 12 semester
hours
hours
School of Health Sciences
Kinesiolog>
8. Three extracurricular credits
9. Grade requirement of at least a C- in concentration courses
10. Student must have a 2.0 GPA for internal transfer and a 2.5 before
submitting final proposal.
AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION
Adapted Physical Activity
Required: KIL 362 and K.IN 360, 362. and 457
Driver-Safet>' Education 12 semester hours
(State Certification) Summer program only
West Chester offers certification in Driver and Traffic Safet>'
Education.
Completion of the following program will enable teachers to endorse
their teaching certificates with this area. Upon completion of course
requirements, the student must apply for the endorsement through the
office of the dean of the School of Education.
Required: Accident Causation and Prevention (KIN 355), Critical
Problems Within the Highway Transportation System (KIN 356),
High School Driver Education Program Management (KIN 450), and
Introduction to the Driving Tasks (KIN 456). NOTE: This program
meets state certification requirements for driver and traffic safety edu-
cation.
Minor in Coaching 15-18 semester hours
Those students who successfully complete the program at West
Chester earn a transcript and vvrinen endorsement from the School of
Health Sciences attesting to school administrators that recipients have
attained basic preparation for coaching.
Behavioral competencies in the theoretical foundations of coaching,
skill acquisition, and management techniques also are required.
Course offerings at the undergraduate and graduate levels are avail-
able. The program is open to any person who applied for admission
through the program adviser, Prof Thielz. Applicants should direct
inquiries to that office for a coaching minor brochure.
Minor in Dance 21 semester hours
To fulfill this program of study, all dance minor students are required
to take 21 credits in the dance curriculum. Students should follow
requirements as listed under core, technique, performance, and move-
ment education courses. Further requirements include the following:
1) involvement in the performance area for a minimum of two years,
which can be accomplished for credit as a dancer, choreographer, offi-
cer, or production assistant; 2) serving as a teaching assistant in a
Level I technique class, with an assignment firom the dance coordina-
tor; 3) recording all course work in a portfolio, which will be present-
ed to the dance coordinator at the conclusion of the course. Auditions
are not required for admittance into the program; however, each appli-
cant has the responsibility' of meeting with the dance coordinator each
semester before registration begins. Applicants must obtain and com-
plete a minor registration form through the Registrar's Office for tran-
script recognition.
Facilities
Facilities to support the programs of the department have kept pace
with a rapid increase in students and facultj. The Russell L.
Sturzebecker Health Sciences Center and field complex, located on
South Campus, provide the Universit}' with one of the nation's out-
standing facilities for education and research in health and physical
education. Among the center's notable components are its research
facilities, its multipurpose teaching stations, and a one-acre gymnasi-
um that can be divided into six, separate, pneumatically sealed gym-
nasiums. A vast complex of termis courts, and baseball, lacrosse, field
hockey, soccer, and football fields also are located on the South
Campus.
NOTE: Students who choose to fulflll their art requirement
through the dance curriculum must do so as follows:
Three Credits Course Selection
KIN 250 Introduction to the Art of
Dance
Two Credits
ION 344
KIN 345
KIN 441
KIN 446
PEA 132
PEA 133
PEA 140
PEA 232
PEA 233
One Credit
PEA 134
PEA 135
PEA 234
PEA 235
PEA 334
Course Selections
Historv of Dance
Dance Production Workshop
Choreograph)
Repertorv Performance
Modem Dance I
Jazz Dance 1
Aerobic Dance Fimess
Modem Dance II
Jazz Dance II
bourse Selections
Ballet f
Tap Dance I
Ballet II
Tap Dance II
Ballet III
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
ACTIVITY COURSES
Symbol: PEA (2) (2)
The following courses incorporate the com-
ponents of fitness with specific activities
designed to provide students with the knowl-
edge and participator) skills necessar) to
achieve and enjo\ keeping fit and well for
life. These courses also meet the physical
education activity general education require-
ment except for students whose majors have
obtained University approval for KIN cours-
es. The first number in parentheses shows
the number of class meetings per week; the
second one shows the semester hours of
credit.
101 SHJm for Fitness (2) (2)
♦ 1 15 Physical Conditioning (2) (2)
116 Personal Defense (2) (2)
117 Karate (2) (2)
120 Fitness through Badminton (2) (2)
125 Fitness through Gymnastics (2) (2)
128 Fitness through Tennis (2) (2)
130 Softball as a Lifetime Activit) (2) (2)
131 Volleyball and a Fitness Lifestyle (2) (2)
132 Modern Dance (2) (2)
133 Jazz Dance (2) (2)
136 Fitness for Life (2) (2)
137 Strength Training (2) (2)
140 Aerobic Dance (2) (2)
228 Advanced Tennis (2) (2)
233 Jazz Dance II (2) (2)
236 Developing Personal Fitness Programs (2)
This course, for nontraditional students and stu-
dents with disabilities, is designed to pro\ ide the
student with a basic understanding of the scientific
basis of physical fitness. The course is intended to
help each student in de\eloping a personal fitness
profile and subsequent program of ph\sical activi-
t> that w ill result in healthful living. The course
will make use of practical experience and actual
participation in fitness acti\ ities. Individual pro-
grams will be emphasized.
100 Basic Swimming (2) (I) (for nonswimmers)
106 Canoeing (2) (1)
107 Orienteering (2) (1)
108 Rock Climbing and Rappelling (2) (1)
109 Backpacking and Camping (2) (1)
110 Cycle Touring (2) (1)
122 Fencing (2) (1)
129 Basketball (2) (1)
134 Ballet 1(2) (1)
135 Tap Dancing (2) (1)
141 Water Fitness (2) (1)
231 Advanced Volleyball (2) (1)
234 Ballet II (2) (1)
235 Tap II (2) (1)
334 Ballet III— Pointe (2) (1)
KINESIOLOGY
SvTnbols: KIN; KIL indicates lab course.
These courses do not meet the phjsical acti\it\
general education requirement except for students
whose majors have obtained Universit>' approval
for such courses. These courses are for kinesiology
majors only, with the following exceptions: ele-
mentar)' educarion majors, earh childhood educa-
tion majors, music majors, and sports medicine
majors.
The first number in parentheses shows the number
of class meetings per w eek; the second one shows
the semester hours of credit.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Kinesiology
School of Health Sciences
100 Foundations of Health, Physical Educa-
tion, and Sport (2) (2) An introduction to the dis-
cipline and profession of health, physical educa-
tion and sport, with an emphasis on career guid-
ance. The histor\ and tradition of the field will be
traced to provide perspective for student choices
during their undergraduate education. Field e.xperi-
ences and advice will expose students to the cur-
rent opportunities and methods for achie\ ing pro-
fessional goals.
101 Introduction to Adventure-Based
Education (3) (3) A course designed for the stu-
dent to understand the adventure approach to
experiential education in various environments.
The students will have the opportunity to experi-
ence an adventure curriculum including initiatives,
problem-solving activities, and low and high ropes
course elements.
107 Music and Movement (2) (1) A course that
examines and develops the concept of music and
rhvthm through movement skills.
109 Wrestling (nine weeks) (3) (.5) The teaching
of the basic skills of the sport of wrestling.
Fundamental skills, tactics, rules, and combative,
lead-up activities for presentation to physical edu-
cation classes in the public schools.
110 Soccer (nine weeks) (3) (.5) The teaching of
the basic skills of the sport of soccer. Fundamental
skills, tactics, rules, and lead-up games are pre-
sented for all school ages.
111 Basketball (nine weeks) (3) (.5) Emphasis is
placed on fundamental skills, rules, and tactics of
the sport, accomplished through drills and game
situations.
112 Gymnastics 1 (3) (1) Apparatus skills, stimts,
tumbling, and pyramids for teaching all age levels.
113 Physical Conditioning (nine weeks) (3) (.5)
The teaching of acti\ities to help develop total
health, especially physical fitness. Circuits of exer-
cises, weight training, running, and rope jumping
are included for all ages.
140 .Aquatic Fundamentals and Emergency
Water Safet> (3) (1) Review of basic aquatic
skills. Emphasis on lifesaving practices, safetj-,
and sun ival techniques.
141 Fundamental Movement (3) (1)
Fundamental locomotor and nonlocomotor pat-
terns and rhjihmic activities with related teaching
methodolog) is included.
142 Tennis (nine weeks) (3) (.5) An explanation
of the mechanics and specific skills of tennis.
Emphasis is placed on conceptual understanding
and teaching progressions and methods.
143 Golf (nine weeks) (3) (.5) The teaching of
the basic skills of golf Class management, tech-
niques, rules, and safety procedures to present to
physical education classes.
144 Badminton (nine weeks) (3) (.5) The teach-
ing of the basic skills of badminton. Class man-
agement, techniques, rules, and safetv' procedures
to present to physical education classes.
200 Elementarv School Physical Education (3)
(2) Theoretical and practical approach for the
teaching of physical activities to elementan
school children b\ the classroom teacher.
208 Self Defense (nine weeks) (3) (.5) The teach-
ing of the basic skills of self defense. Fundamental
skills, tactics, and methods of presentation to
school-age groups.
209 Track and Field (nine weeks) (3) (.5) Prin-
ciples of running, throwing, and jumping. Modifi-
cation needed for physical education classes. Self-
testing.
210 Softball/Baseball (nine weeks) (3) (.S) The
teaching of the basic skills of Softball and baseball.
Fundamental skills, tactics, rules, and lead-up
games for presentation to all ages.
211 Field Hockey (nine weeks) (3) (.5) Basic
fiindamentals, tactics, and rules. Modified active
games. Geared to teaching physical education
classes.
212 Football (nine weeks) (3) (.5) The teaching
of basic touch (noncontact) football skills. Fun-
damental skills, tactics, rules, and lead-up games
for all school ages.
213 Lacrosse (nine weeks) (3) (.5) Basic funda-
mentals, tactics, and both women's and men's
rules secions. Modified active games. Geared to
teaching physical education classes.
214 Volleyball (nine weeks) (3) (.5) The teaching
of the basic skills of volleyball. Fundamental
skills, tactics, rules, and lead-up games for all
school ages.
215 Preparation for Teaching Dance
Technique (3) (1) Basic course offering methods
and materials for teaching dance technique.
242 Contemporary and Traditional Dance
Forms (3) (1) The purpose of this course is to pro-
vide the student w ith the appropriate methods,
materials, and skills for teaching both contempo-
rarv and traditional dance forms, including folk,
square, line, and social. Emphasis will be placed
on the secondary teaching level.
243 Preparation for Teaching Activities (3) (1)
Methods of teaching in all areas of physical educa-
tion and the development of appropriate lesson
plans for all ages. PREREQ: Four activity courses.
244 Software .Applications in Physical
Education (3) Students apply word processing
and graphics software to produce knowledge tests,
worksheets, skill checklists, certificates of merit,
and public relations handouts. Spreadsheet soft-
ware will be applied to budget and inventory pro-
jects. Grading, crossword puzzle, computer-assist-
ed instruction, and physical fitness assessment
software also will be applied. Students also will
learn e-mail.
245 Lifetime Fitness Concepts (3) (3) Designed
to provide an interdisciplinary understanding of
the relationship between lifestyle, physical fitness,
and heaUh and well-being.
246 Sport, Culture, and Society (3) (3) Current
theories and research in the area of sport and soci-
ety will be introduced. Focus of course is interdis-
ciplinary, incorporating sociological, psychologi-
cal, historical, anthropological, philosophical, and
economic prospectives. Topics include moral, ethi-
cal, racial, and gender issues in sport in relation to
the North American culture.
250 Introduction to the Art of Dance (3) The
purpose of this course is to provide the general
student with an introduction to dance as an art
form as well as relate information regarding vari-
ous aspects of dance. Topics include a brief histo-
ry of dance, dance sty les, dance in education, and
dance production.
251 Physical .Activity for Special Children (3)
(3) A course of adapted physical education.
Common childhood disabilities are studied with
emphasis on problems of a chronic nature. Modifi-
cation and adaptation of activity, plus assessment
and planning.
KIL 251 Physical Education for Special
Children (LAB) (0) A practical working experi-
ence with children and adults who have disabilities.
252 Classroom Activities for the Special Child
(3) (3) To acquaint special education majors with
concepts of appropriate physical education for stu-
dents « ith disabilities.
257 Principles and Practices of Recreation (3)
The basic principles of planning, administering,
and evaluating recreational programs for all ages
in a variety of settings and participating in suitable
recreational activities.
275 Lifeguarding (3) (2) Theory and techniques
relative to preventive lifeguarding, emergencies in
and around water, water rescues, search and recov-
ery operations, types and uses of equipment,
records and reports, health and sanitation, and
supervision of waterfront areas. Possiblity of
American Red Cross certification.
310 Preparation for Teaching Secondary
Physical Education (3) (2) Each student develops
a physical education activity unit and teaches one
lesson fi'om that unit. Further opportunities for
familiarization with curticular designs in sec-
ondary education; teaching methods sty les through
obsenation. demonstration lessons, and actual
practice are included. PREREQ: 2.5 GPA.
311 Coaching Racquet Sports (3) (3) Advanced
coaching and teaching techniques for the racquet
sports, including tennis, badminton, racquetball,
and squash.
314 Track and Field 11 (3) (2) PREREQ: KIN 209.
316 Basketball II (3) (2) PREREQ: KJN 1 1 1.
318 Lacrosse II (women's equipment) (3) (2)
Individual and team tactics and special situations.
Basic knowledge and skills needed.
319 Lacrosse 11 (men's equipment) (3) (2)
321 Volleyball II (3) (2) PREREQ: KJN 214.
322 Soccer II (3) (2) PREREQ: KIN 1 10.
323 Field Hockey II (3) (2) Individual and team
tactics and special situations. Basic knowledge
needed for coaching hockey. PREREQ: KIN 211.
324 Football 11 (3) (2) Skills, tactics, and strate-
gies for coaching contact football.
326 Wrestling 11 (3) (2) PREREQ: KIN 109.
331 Water Safety Instruction (3) (2) This course
is designed to prepare individuals to become swim
instructors. Testing during the first week includes
a 500-y ard swim, basic rescue procedures, and a
written community water safety test. Opportunity
exists to become an American Red Cross water
safety instructor.
343 Modern Dance II (3) (1) Emphasis is placed
on longer combinations and more complex, prob-
lem-solving themes.
344 History of Dance (3) (2) Evaluation of dance
as an art form in relation to man and his society.
Physiological, sociological, and psychological
implications; dance forms and types. Film and
other materials focus on parallel developments in
related arts.
♦ 345 Dance Production Workshop (3) (2)
Study of the various elements of performance and
dance production. All are integrated into a final
performance that is created and directed by the
students. Admittance is through auditions during
the fall semester.
348 Instructional Skills for Aerobic Dance
Fitness (2) (I) The purpose of this course is to
teach various dance exercises, dance movements,
and aerobic dance routines to music with the intent
of promoting cardiovascular fitness and endurance,
and improving muscle tone and coordination.
350 Health and Physical Education Practicum
(6) (3) Field-based leaching experience in K-12
health and physical educatfon. PRERQ: KIN 100,
243, and a 2.5 GPA.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
School of Health Sciences
Kinesiology
351 Evaluation in Health and Physical
Education (3) (3) Selecting, administering, scor-
ing, and evaluating tests of physical fitness, gener-
al motor ability, motor educability, and skill and
knowledge.
352 Applied Exercise Physiology (3) (3) The ap-
plication of physiological principles to physical
education, exercise, and sport. PREREQ: BIO 259
and 269.
353 Organization and Administration of
Physical Education, Health, and Athletics (3)
(3) Principles of program building in curricular
and extracurricular programs; risk management,
organizing, administering, and supervising physi-
cal education, health, intramural, and interscholas-
tic programs.
355 Accident Causation and Prevention (3) (3)
Survey of safety education. Histor), philosophy,
and psychology of accident prevention.
356 Critical Problems in the Highway Trans-
portation System (3) (3) Techniques of assessing
the knowledge, skill, and psycho-physical charac-
teristics of a beginning driver; the relation of these
to the safe operation of a motor vehicle.
360 Pathology for Special Physical Education
(2) (2) Activity for the commonly seen disabling
conditions with regard to anatomical and physio-
logical changes.
361 Kinesiology (3) (3) Basic flindamentals of
movement, articulation, and muscular actions;
analysis of the related principles of mechanics.
PREREQ: BIO 259 and 269.
362 Therapeutics for Special Physical Education
(3) (3) For students who want to specialize in adapt-
ed physical education. To improve students' under-
standing of evaluation and programming in the psy-
chomotor domain for special populations. Principles
of therapeutic exercise, and guidelines for exercise
programs for those disabilities commonly seen in
schools and fitness centers. PREREQ: BIO 259 and
269; HEA 206; KIN 251, 352, and 361; and PSY
100. Taken concurrently with KIL 362.
KIL 362 Therapeutics for Special Physical
Education Lab (3) (2) A course designed to give
students practical experience in those topics present-
ed in KTN 362. Taken concurrently with KIN 362.
369 Principles of Recreational Outdoor
Pursuits Education (3) (3) History, philosophical
background, objectives, educational strategies, cur-
riculum, safety considerations, and administration
of an adventure-based, outdoor pursuits program.
♦ 378 Field Experience (3) (3) Practical experi-
ence for the student-designed concentration. Stu-
dents must solicit approval of the appropriate
agency, develop a proposal for the on-site experi-
ence, and secure agreement from the facult)' adviser.
380 Women and Sport (3) (3) An examination
of women's participation in sport trom historical,
cultural, psychological, physical, and legal per-
spectives; emphasis placed on women in sport in
American societv' today.
385 Exercise, Play, and Development (3) (3) To
understand human development throughout the lifes-
pan from a physical, mental, social, and emotional
\ iewpoint. To understand the role that exercise and
play have in the development of the individual.
429 Electrocardiography and Stress Testing (3)
Designed to prepare the prospective fitness
instructor in exercise testing protocols as well as
how to record, label, and calculate data with
stress-testing exercise equipment and a standard,
1 2-lead electrocardiogram. PREREQ: BIO 259
and 269; KIN 352; CPR certification.
430 Planning Facilities for Athletics, Physical
Education, and Recreation (3) (3) Management
and planning of the facilities for athletics, school
physical education, and recreational programs,
playfields, playgrounds, buildings, and auxiliary
structures as well as the maintenance of these
facilities.
431 Physical Fitness Assessment and Exercise
Program (3) (3) Designed to prepare students to
assess the physical fitness levels of health) but
sedentar) adults and prescribe individualized exer-
cise programs. PREREQ: BIO 259 and 269; KIN
351, 352, and 429; EKG and stress testing; CPR
certification.
432 Exercise Techniques/Theory and Practice
(3) (3) Analysis of various exercise techniques,
and devices and systems emphasizing their use
and safety. Clinical experience in strength and
range of motion (ROM) testing and prescription.
PREREQ: BIO 259 and KIN 361.
433 Exercise and Stress Management (3) (3)
Focuses on the use of exercise in the management
of stress. The course includes exercise techniques
that may be usefiil in alleviating stress.
434 Organization and Management of Adult
Fitness Programs Clinic/Seminar (3) (3)
Designed to provide students with practical experi-
ence in organizing and managing physical fitness
programs for adults. PREREQ: BIO 259 and 269;
KIN 352 and 361.
435 Physical Fitness Specialist Internship (12)
(6) (6) Experience working in a cardiovascular
rehabilatory center or similar clinical setting under
the supervision of qualified personnel for one-half
semester. Practical experience in an adult physical
fitness center under the supervision of qualified
personnel for one-half semester. PREREQ: BIO
259 and 269; KIN 352, 361, and 431.
441 Principles of Choreography (3) (1) The art of
dance composition. Basic elements of space,
rhythms, and motion dynamics. Students design
original movement, progressing from simple to
complex solo and group forms. PREREQ: KIN 215.
443 Modern Dance HI (3) (2) Advanced-level
modem dance techniques with emphasis on all
aspects of production: accompaniments, costume,
sets, and lighting.
445 Dance/Movement for Special Groups (2)
(2) Adaptation of dance movement with emphasis
on methods, techniques, and activities suitable for
special groups (elderly, physically disabled, men-
tally retarded, and other special groups).
446 Repertory Performance (2) The purpose of
this course is to offer dance students invaluable
experience that can only be gained from perfor-
mance. To ensure maximum benefit, the objectives
are thorough studio rehearsal of dances, thorough
lighting and staging rehearsals, and well-directed
performances.
449 Learning on the Move (3) (3) A combina-
tion of preschool and primary grade movement
education activities are included to maximize chil-
dren's overall development. Preschool, nursery,
and kindergarten ages.
450 High School Driver Education Program
Management (3) (3) A sUidy of the total safety
program with emphasis on the teaching of safety.
Each student prepares a practice lesson.
451 History and Philosophy of Health and
Physical Education (2) (2) A study of past and pre-
sent concepts of physical education; philosophy and
principles of modem physical education programs.
452 Principles of Coaching (2) (2) Principles and
methods of coaching sports in the school program.
453 Motor Learning (3) (3) A study of the theo-
ries of learning in relation to the acquisition of
motor skills.
456 Introduction to the Driving Tasks (3) (3)
An advanced course to prepare students to teach
in-car driver education in the secondarj- schools.
457 Psychosocial Aspects of Physical Disability
(3) (3) A study of the psychological and social
implications of physical disabilities. PREREQ:
PSY 100 or equivalent, plus any basic course
about people with disabilities.
458 Physical Disabilities of Childhood (2) (2) A
course designed for students in special education.
Common orthopedic and neurological disabilities
of childhood, especially chronic deviations.
Emphasis is on understanding the medical aspects
and problems of rehabilitation.
465 Mechanical Analysis of Motor Skills (3) A
problem-solving approach to skill analysis using
qualitative and quantitative video and cinemato-
graphic analysis as well as elementary force-time
and accelerometry techniques. Usefiil for teachers,
trainers, coaches, and exercise professionals.
470 Leadership in Recreational Outdoor
Pursuits (3) (3) This course is designed to provide
instruction that would help persons desiring a
career in recreational outdoor pursuits education,
or develop an outdoor education or physical edu-
cation program using activities, processes, and
educational methodology in a safe and meaningfiil
manner.
473 Independent Study and Special Projects
(1-3) Provide an opportunity for selected students
to pursue areas of special interest and talent or to
take advantage of special conferences or seminars.
PREREQ: Permission of department chairperson.
475 Mental Training in Sport (3) (3)
Techniques of mental training for sport and physi-
cal activitv', including rela.xation training, concen-
tration skills, breathing regulation, positive
imagery, autogenic training, and meditation.
489 Student Teaching (6) Health and physical
education teaching situations in elementary, junior,
and senior high schools under qualified cooperating
teachers and college supervisors. PREREQ: HEA
206 or KfN 385, HEA 306, extracurricular require-
ment, updated medical examination, and a 2.5 GPA.
490 Student Teaching (6) Observation and partici-
pation in health and physical education teaching situ-
ations in elementar>-, junior, and senior high schools
under qualified cooperating teachers and college
supervisors. PREREQ: FIEA 206 or KIN 385; HEA
306; KIN 243, 350, 353; extracurricular requirement;
updated medical examination; and a 2.5 GPA.
491 Internship (3-12) Interns will perform a vari-
ety of services for the agency. It is expected that
interns will be involved in meaningfiil work pro-
jects during the placement with adequate time to
interact with their work supervisors for questions,
answers, and knowledge sharing. PREREQ:
Acceptance of final student-designed concentra-
tion proposal.
492 Principles and Practices of Teaching (2)
Deals with the professional preparation of the
health and physical education teacher certification
student. It is offered concurrently with the student
teaching experience and is designed to assist the
student in the public school setting. An examina-
tion of current problems and issues in the profes-
sion and in the schools leads to discussion of prob-
lem prevention and solution. Lectures on job pro-
curement skills are included.
♦ This course ma> be taken again for credit.
Literacy
School of Education
Liberal Studies Program
144 Main Hall
610-436-1096
James D. Fabrey, Director
In addition to programs leading to baccalaureate degrees in specific
academic fields, the University offers a degree in liberal studies. The
program is designed for either traditional or nontraditional students
who seek a general education, or who desire to build majors that cut
across traditional disciplinary lines.
A limited number of first-year students are accepted directly into the
program based on a pre-admission interview. Students not accepted
directly in their first year may select the undeclared major program.
After completing at least 32 semester hours, and after achieving a
minimum Grade Point Average of 2.0, the student may request an
interview with the director of liberal studies for the purpose of plan-
ning a curriculum in one of the three available tracks. Students may
enter the liberal studies program from other majors of the University,
or as transfers from other colleges, by the same process and by meet-
ing the same requirements. It is University policy that no student,
whether presently enrolled at West Chester or attempting to be admit-
ted from another university, is permitted to enroll in the liberal studies
program after earning 80 semester hours.
Three advisement tracks within two separate baccalaureate degrees
are available. The bachelor of arts in liberal studies — arts and sciences
track is designed principally for students who are interested in a gen-
eral education with no specific orientation toward career preparation.
Alternatively, either the bachelor of arts in liberal studies — career
preparation track, or the bachelor of science in liberal studies — sci-
ence and mathematics emphasis track will be more useful to the stu-
dent who is seeking to construct a career-centered curriculum that is
not otherwise available at West Chester University.
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN LIBERAL STUDIES — ARTS
AND SCIENCES TRACK
1 . General Requirements, see pages 34-36 5 1 semester hours
(MAT 105, 121, or a calculus course)
2. Foreign language (Students must
show competency through the 202 level.
3. Liberal studies breadth requirements
(language culture cluster, natural and computer
sciences, behavioral and social sciences,
humanities and communications, and the arts)
4. Liberal studies electives of the student's 20 semester hours
choice at the 300 and 400 level
0- 1 2 semester hours
45 semester hours
5 1 semester hours
0- 1 2 semester hours
24 semester hours
5. At least one minor offered by the College of
Arts and Sciences, the School of Music, or by
the departments of Economics, Geography, or
Political Science
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN LIBERAL STUDIES —
CAREER PREPARATION TRACK
1 . General Requirements, see pages 34-36
(MAT 105, 121, or a calculus course)
2. Foreign language (Students must
show competency through the 202 level.)
3. Liberal studies breadth requirements
(natural sciences, behavioral and social sciences,
humanities and communications, and the arts)
4. Liberal studies electives of the 30 semester hours
student's choice at the 300 and 400 level
5. At least one minor offered by a department
associated with the student's career interest
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN LIBERAL STUDIES —
SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS TRACK
1 . General Requirements, see pages 34-36 5 1 semester hours
(MAT 105, 121, or a calculus course)
2. Liberal studies breadth requirements 15 semester hours
(behavioral and social sciences, humanities and
communications, and the arts)
3. Science and mathematics cognate
requirements. Seven to nine semester hours in
any four of the following areas: biology (BIO
1 10 or above), chemistry (CHE 103 and CRL
103 or above), geology/astronomy (above
ESS 111), mathematics or computer science
(MAT 1 10 or above, or CSC 1 10 or above),
and physics (PHY 130 or above)
4. Liberal studies electives of the
student's choice at the 300 and 400 level
5. At least one minor selected from the
departments of Biology, Computer Science,
Geology and Astronomy, Mathematics, or
Physics
Students in the bachelor of arts tracks have the option of using up to
six semester hours of their liberal electives as Senior Thesis (LST
490) credits. Interested students should consult with the program
director well before earning 80 semester hours about procedures for
pursuing the senior thesis.
32 semester hours
20 semester hours
COURSE DESCRIPTION
LIBERAL STUDIES
Symbol: LSP
490 Senior Thesis (3-6) Directed research in an
interdisciplinary' subject of the arts and sciences.
For students in the bachelor of arts tracks. PRE-
REQ: Permission of the director of liberal studies.
Department of Literacy
1058 Recitation Hall
610-436-2877
Sharon B. Kletzien, Chairperson
Robert Szabo, Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSOR: Grasty-Gaines
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Beeghly, Darigan, Gill, Kletzien,
Peters, Szabo
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Caroff, Lazar
The Department of Literacy offers literacy courses required in the
early childhood, elementary education, and special education pro-
grams. Students desiring a more thorough background in reading
instruction may choose a reading minor. The department also offers
courses in college reading and study skills for any University student.
All field placements for courses are arranged in conjunction with the
Department of Early Childhood and Special Education or the
Department of Elementary Education. Students are not to solicit
placements. While student needs are considered in assigning place-
ments, no particular placement can be guaranteed. West Chester
University does not place students at religiously affiliated schools
when public school placements are available. Transportation to and
from field placements is the responsibility of the individual student.
School of Business and Public Affairs
Manaaement
Minor in Reading 21 semester hours
Required courses
ECE 310 or EDREDE 311^, ECE 325+ or EDR/EDE 312+, EDR
32 1+, EDR 420, EDR 422. and three semester hours of electives
under advisement.
+ Courses requiring prerequisites - check catalog course description below.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
LITERACY
Symbol: ECE
*310 Introduction to the Language Arts (3)
The areas of listening, speaking, and writing are
studied in depth. Knowledge, teaching, and evalu-
ative techniques are addressed. Introduction to the
reading process and the relationship of language to
reading also will be studied.
Symbol: EDE
*310 Communication Skills in the Elementary
School (3) Stud\' of teaching language skills in the
elementar. school: listening, speaking, and wilt-
ing. PREREQ: EDE 251.
Symbol: EDR
010 Developmental Reading and Study Skills (1)
A course designed to improve vocabular> and
stud) skills. Major attention is given to vocabular>
expansion, textbook reading, test taking, and meth-
ods of organizing information.
020 Intermediate Level Reading (3) The inter-
mediate le\el workshop will emphasize the devel-
opment and improvement of college-level reading
competencies. The course is designed to help the
students impro% e their reading comprehension as
well as effective study techniques and strategies.
Additionally, vocabulary- development, flexible
reading rate, and critical reading will be taught in
this course.
too College Reading and Study Skills (3) An
indi\ idualized course to develop reading and stud>
skills such as comprehension. \ ocabular. . speed,
remembering, concentration, taking notes, master-
ing a text assignment, and preparing for and taking
examinations.
110 Developing Learning Skills (1) A course that
re\iews and develops specialized learning skills
such as concentrating when studying, reading a
textbook assignment, taking notes, and preparing
for and taking examinations. Students who wish to
review their stud\ habits or who ha\ e special
needs in the area of stud> skills should enroll in
this course.
A**311 Introduction to Reading Instruction (3)
An exploratOPi course in\ estigating the reading
process, language and learning theories, and their
relation to reading. Historical scope and \ arious pro-
grams of reading are studied and evaluated. Cross-
listed as EDE 3T1. PREREQ: EDE 251 and 310.
▲*312 Reading Instruction and Practicum (6)
Focus is on master) of the teaching of de\elopmen-
tal reading. earl> reading, and prereading experi-
ences. The students learn how to plaa teach, and
evaluate reading thinking skills related to the instruc-
tion of reading in the elementarv classroom. Students
work in the public schools with small and large read-
ing groups teaching \ arious aspects of the reading
lesson. Swdents also learn how to e\ aluate pupil per-
formance and remediate minor reading problems.
Crosslisted as EDE 312. PREREQ: EDE 311.
313 Reading Instruction and Practicum in the
Secondarv' Schools (6) Focus is on the master, of
teaching reading in the middle and secondary
schools. Students will stud\ the role of the teacher
as well as learn how to sequence both develop-
mental and content area readings.
▲ 315 Developmental Reading for the
Handicapped Child (3) The focus of this course
is the stud) of the reading process and its relation
to language de\ elopment, motivation and method-
olog> for de\ elopmental reading skills, reading
programs and materials, problems in dealing with
handicapped children, and practicum in reading
instruction. Special education majors only.
Crosslisted as EDE 315.
*'321 Diagnosis and Remediation of Reading
Problems (3) Identif) ing the nature and causes of
reading disabilities; experience in helping a child
with reading problems. PREREQ: EDREDE 311
or permission of instructor. Special education
majors and reading minors only.
323 Reading for the Handicapped: Diagnosis
and Remediation (3) Reading materials, pro-
grams, evaluations, and teaching strategies for the
mentally or physically handicapped are examined
and discussed. Students develop and utilize read-
ing materials in a classroom situation. PREREQ:
Permission of instructor. Special education majors
and reading minors onh .
A*325 Teaching Reading and Field Experience
(Primarv Grades) (6) The teaching of reading and
its master, is the focus of this coarse. Students
appl) know ledge of theories and practices in super-
\ ised field placements in schools with children 5-8
years of age. Tutoring of individual children and
small groups is integrated w ith plarming and evalu-
ation of lessons and activities as w ell as remedia-
tion. Crosslisted as ECE 325. PREREQ: ECE 310.
420 Reading in the Content .\reas (3)
Understanding the reading process and the need
for reading instruction at the middle and secondar)'
school le\els. Specific skill development, reading
in the content areas, readabilit), and evaluation.
*♦ 422 Seminar in Reading (3) Intensive study
of some current, major developments in reading
related to elementar) education. Topics announced
in advance. PREREQ: Permission of instructor.
A*^ 423 Seminar in Communications Skills
(3) Intensive study of some current, major devel-
opments in communications skills (language arts)
related to elementar) education. Topics announced
in advance. Crosslisted as EDE 423. PREREQ:
Permission of instructor.
A* 458 Language Arts^eading for the Unique
Child (3) .An open-ended course to help students
understand and plan instructional programs for the
linguisticall) different, the gifted, and those with
special needs. The students will examine various
strategies, techniques, management, and viable
programs for teaching these children language arts
and reading. Crosslisted as EDE 458.
* Open to earl) childhood and elementar)
education majors or reading minors
**Open to elementar) education and special
education majors and reading minors
▲ Crosslisted course. Students completing the
EDR course may not take the ECEEDE course
for credit.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Management
312B Anderson Hall
610-436-2304
Charles McGee, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Chu, Snow
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Katsioloudes, Leach, McGee,
Selvanathan
The primarv' objective of the Department of Management is to provide
students with the skills required to manage business and public orga-
nizations effectively.
To accomplish this objective, the faculty of the Department of
Management will strive
(1) to inculcate in the student the ability to reason analytically and
critically;
(2) to make the student sensitive to the human relations aspect of
managing others;
(3) to increase the student's awareness of the concepts and terms used
in current managerial practice;
(4) to increase the student's awareness of the international dimension
of business;
(5) to increase the student's skills in written and verbal communication;
(6) to foster the student's abilit> to s>nthesize the knowledge
acquired from various disciplines in order to focus on managerial
problems.
The Department of Management offers a B.S. in business manage-
ment, \\ hich focuses on functions required to make a group of people
work effectively together as a unit. These functions include planning,
organizing, staffmg, directing, and controlling.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
1 . General Requirements, see pages 34-36 5 1 semester hours
(includes CSC 101, ECO 1 1 1*. and one math
course)
Management
School of Business and Public Affairs
2. Business and Economics Core 30 semester hours
ACC201*, 202*;BLA201*;ECO 112*,
251, 252; FIN 325; MGT 300*, 499*;
and MKT 325*
3. Other courses required by major 6 semester hours
COM 230, CSC 101, ENG 368, MAT 105 or
107 or 108 or 161 (also general requirements)
4. Major concentration 21 semester hours
MGT 313*. 321*, 341*, 431*, 441*, and 498*;
MIS 300*
5. Economic or Business Electives 9 semester hours
6. Free Electives
Minor in International Business
1 . Required Courses
2 1 semester hours
24 semester hours
1 5 semester hours
Three courses fi-om the Department of Foreign
Languages (two at the 200 level and one more
advanced foreign language)
Electives
Students may choose three courses from the list
approved by the department. See adviser for
course selection.
*A minimum grade of C must be attained in each of these courses.
9 semester hours
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MANAGEMENT
Symbol: MGT
100 (formerly 101) Introduction to Business (3)
Survey of the structure and fianction of the
American business system. Topics covered include
forms of business organization, fundamentals of
management, fundamentals of marketing, basic
accounting principles and practices, elements of
fmance, mone\ and banking, business and govern-
ment, and careers in business. Open to nonbusi-
ness majors.
300 (formerly 301) Principles of Management
(3) Introduction to the principles and fiinctions of
management. Examines the management process,
organizational theorj', planning, decision making,
motivation, and leadership in supervisory contexts.
PREREQ: ACC 201, and ECO 101 or ECO 1 1 1
and 112.
313 (formerly 408/411) Business and Society
(3) An analysis of the social, political, legal, envi-
ronmental, and ethical problems faced by business
firms. PREREQ: MGT 300.
321 (formerly 402) Organization Theory and
Behavior (3) Study of the theoretical foundations
of organization and management. The system of
roles and functional relationships. Practical appli-
cation of the theory through case analysis. PRE-
REQ: MGT 300.
333 (formerly 334) Labor Relations (3) Rise of
the American labor movement. Labor legislation.
Collective bargaining arrangements. Procedures in
settling labor disputes. Organized labor's policies
and practices. PREREQ: MGT 300.
341 (formerly 303) Production and Operations
Management (3) Methods analysis, work mea-
surement, and wage incentives. Production process
and system design. Plant location, layout, sales
forecasting, inventor)', production, and quality
control, to include statistical aspects of tolerances,
acceptance sampling, development of control
charts, PERT, and cost factors. PREREQ: CSC
101 or equivalent; ECO 1 1 1, 1 12, 251, 252; MAT
107; and MGT 300.
431 (formerly 302/331) Human Resource
Administration (3) Study of a well-planned, prop-
erly executed, and efficiently evaluated approach
to manpower recruitment, screening, usage, and
development. Case analysis and/or experiential
exercises to illustrate the concepts used. PREREQ:
MGT 300 or permission of instructor.
441 (formerly 406) Introduction to
Management Science (3) Business problems in
production, inventory, finance, marketing, and
transportation translated into application of scien-
tific methods, techniques, and tools to provide
those in control of the system with optimum solu-
tions. PREREQ: MGT 341 or permission of
instructor.
451 (formerly 407) Systems Management (3)
Application of systems theory and principles to the
operation of contemporary organizations with
emphasis on nonquantitative methods of analysis.
PREREQ: MGT 321.
471 (formerly 401) Entrepreneurship (3)
Organization of a business venture with emphasis
on risk, requirements, roles, and rewards. Students
develop a simulated venture, with oral and written
report. PREREQ: ACC 201 and 202, FfN 325,
MGT 300, MKT 325. or permission of instructor.
♦ 483 (formerly 450-451) Management Intern-
ship (3) The management internship is designed to
enhance the student's educational experience by
providing a substantive work experience in the
business world. PREREQ: Intemsfiip program
coordinator's approval.
486 Management Internship (6) The manage-
ment internship is designed to enhance the stu-
dent's educational experience by providing a sub-
stantive work experience in the business world.
PREREQ: Internship program coordinator's
approval.
487 (formerly 490) Special Topics in Manage-
ment (3) This course deals with current concepts
in management not covered by existing courses.
The course content is determined at the begirming
of each semester. PREREQ: MGT 300.
♦ 488 (formerly 410) Independent Studies in
Management (1-3) Special research projects,
reports, and readings in management. Open to
seniors only. PREREQ: Instructor's approval.
498 (formerly 400) Senior Seminar in Manage-
ment (3) Students are engaged in reading and
research on current developments in management.
Research project is required to help expand and
deepen the horizons of the participants. PREREQ:
Senior standing, MGT 300. Seniors eligible for
graduation at the end of the coming semester take
priority for registration during the preregistration
period.
499 (formerly 405) Business Policy and
Strategy (3) A capstone course for all business
majors, requiring students to integrate and apply
multidiscipiinary knowledge and skills in actively
formulating improved business strategies and
plans. Case method predominates. Written reports.
PREREQ: Senior standing in ACC, ECO, FIN,
MKT, or MGT major; prior completion of all
courses in business and economics core. Seniors
eligible for graduation at the end of the coming
semester take priorit\' for registration during the
preregistration period.
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION
SYSTEMS
Symbol: MIS
300 (formerly 200) Introduction to Manage-
ment Information Systems (3) A comprehensive
introduction to the role of information systems in
an organizational environment. This course focus-
es on transforming manual and automated data
into useful information for managerial decision
making. PREREQ: MGT 300.
451 (formerly 350) Systems Analysis and
Design (3) The course develops the necessary
skills for analysis of organizational environments
in light of information system needs, as well as the
skill to design such systems. PREREQ: MIS 300.
453 (formerly 360) Decision Support Systems (3)
This course is an advanced presentation of the role
of management information systems in the special
support needs of managers for aiding decision mak-
ing. PREREQ: MGT 44 1 , MIS 300 and 45 1 .
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
Symbol: INB
300 (formerly 301) Introduction to Internation-
al Business (3) Analysis of international business
transactions in large and small businesses, multi-
national and domestic. Functional emphasis on
multinational environment, managerial processes,
and business strategies. PREREQ: MGT 300.
469 (formerly 402) International Management
Seminar (3) Study of issues confronting execu-
tives as they plan, organize, staff, and control a
multinational organization. Lectures, case analy-
ses, and outside projects with local firms engaged
in, or entering, international business will be uti-
lized. PREREQ: fNB 300 and MGT 300.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
School of Business and Public Affairs
Marketing
Department of Marketing
312B Anderson Hall
610-436-2304
John Redington, Chairperson
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Gault, Redington, Tomkowicz
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Arsenault, Christ
The primar>' focus of the Department of Marketing is to prepare stu-
dents to compete successfully in today's fast-paced, high-tech busi-
ness environment.
To accomplish this, the faculty of the Department of Marketing will
emphasize
(1) understanding the strategies related to the design, promotion, pric-
ing, and distribution of goods and services that meet customer
needs;
(2) teaching methods that allow students to assume the role of a mar-
keting decision maker to develop an appreciation of the chal-
lenges that face today's marketers;
(3) exposing students to the latest technological developments that
are changing the way marketing is undertaken;
(4) both individual and teamwork approaches to prepare students for
the realities of the work environment;
(5) creating an understanding of the legal and ethical framework of
marketing, competition, and other business activity.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS:
1. General Requirements, see pages 34-36 51 semester hours
(Includes ECO 111*. See appropriate
curriculum guidance sheet.)
2. Business and Economics Core 30 semester hours
ACC 201*. 202*; BLA 201*; ECO 112*, 251*,
and 252; FIN 325; MOT 300*, 499*; MKT 325*
3. Other courses required by the business program 6 semester hours
CSC 101 or 115 or 141, and MAT 105* or 107*
or 108* or 161*
These courses satisfy and are included under the
general requirements.
4. Other course required 3 semester hours
GEO 325
5. Major concentration courses 1 8 semester hours
MKT 330*, 340*, 360*, 425* 440* and one
additional 300-level or above MKT* course
6. Business or Economics Electives
300-level or above courses in ACC, BLA, ECO,
FIN, INB, MIS. MGT, MKT or ENG 368.
7. Restricted Electives
Chosen in consultation with the adviser.
8. Free Electives
9 semester hours
6 semester hours
1 2 semester hours
*A minimum grade of C must be attained in each of these courses.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
LAW
Symbol: BLA
201 The Legal Environment of Business (3)
Examines the framework of the American legal
system and its impact on the environment in which
business operates. Sources of law, including con-
stitutional, statutor\'. administrative, and common
law principles, that define the relationships
between government and business; buyers and
sellers of goods and services; and employers and
employees are discussed.
302 Special Subjects in Business Law (3) In-
depth coverage of the legal topics of contracts and
sales. It is intended as a partial preparation for the
uniform Certified Public Accountant (CPA) exam-
ination and thus provides students with an ade-
quate knowledge of the most widely examined
subjects. Provides marketing students with a
detailed knowledge of the legal topics that the\
will use in their careers and co\ ers basic legal top-
ics highly useful to management majors and all
persons engaged in business.
♦ 303 Legal Problems in Business (3) Special
legal problems in business will be considered at
length, such as consumer credit regulation, insur-
ance, personal law relating to decedent's estates
and Social Security, preparation for the CPA exam-
ination, etc. This course may be taken more than
once (but not more than three times) for credit if
the subject matter of the course is not duplicated.
MARKETING
Symbol: MKT
200 Survey of Marketing (3) Examines the
impact of marketing systems in producing a stan-
dard of living in local and global economies. Topics
include the structure and functions of marketing
within an organization, the role of customers, and
the competitive, political 'legal 'regulatory, econom-
ic, social-cultural, and technological environments
in which these systems operate. May not be taken
for credit alter completion of any other marketing
course. Open to nonbusiness majors.
325 Marketing Management (3) Study of the
processes invoh ed in planning and managing mar-
keting activities in organizations. Emphasis on case
studies and applications of the decision-making
process. PREREQ: ACC 201, BLA 201, CSC 101.
ECO 1 12. 251, MAT 105 or 107 or 108 or 161.
330 (formerly 303) Consumer Behavior (3)
Foundations of consumer behavior. Market struc-
ture and consumer behavior, purchase strategy and
tactics, determinants and patterns of consumer
behavior. An integrated theor>- of consumer behav-
ior is sought. PREREQ: MKT 200 or 325 and per-
mission of instructor.
340 (formerly 321) Personal Selling (3)
Analysis of the selling process applied to sales
calls and sales strategies, communication, persua-
sion, motivation, ethics, interpersonal relation-
ships, negotiations, and professionalism. Emphasis
on case studies. PREREQ: MKT 200 or 325 and
permission of instructor
350 (formerly 322) Advertising and Sales
Promotion (3) A study of advertising and sales
promotion management with a major focus on
organization, media, strategv', campaigns, legal
control, consumer behavior, budgeting, and the
coordination of these activities with overall mar-
keting programs. PREREQ: MKT 200 or 325 and
permission of instructor.
360 (formerly 408) Marketing Research (3)
Systematic definition of marketing problems,
strategies for data collection, model building, and
interpretation of results to improve marketing
decision making and control. PREREQ: MKT 325.
404 International Marketing (3) Historical and the-
oretical background of foreign trade, world marketing
environment and world market patterns, marketing
organization in its international setting, and interna-
tional marketing management. PREREQ: MKT 325.
406 (formerly 320) Managing Sales (3) Source,
technique, and theories applied to problems encoun-
tered in managing a sales force in the areas of
administration, policy, organizational structure, per-
sonnel selection and evaluation, sales training, com-
pensation, forecasting, establishing territories and
quotas, and sales anal) sis. Emphasis on case studies.
PREREQ: MKT 340 or permission of instructor
410 Independent Studies in Marketing (1-3)
Special research projects, reports, and readings in
marketing. Open to seniors only. PREREQ:
Permission of instructor.
425 Marketing Strateg>' and Planning (3)
Application of the skills required for effective man-
agerial decision making and communication using
a team approach. Emphasis on case studies, com-
puter simulations, and the development of a mar-
keting plan; oral and w ritten presentation of results.
PREREQ: MKT 325, 360, and senior standing.
440 (formerly 400) Senior Seminar in
Marketing (3) Team research projects that require
an in-depth investigation of a current topic in mar-
keting, and the preparation and presentation of an
oral and written professional report. PREREQ:
Senior standing and 12 credits in marketing,
including MKT 325 and 360.
♦ 460 (formerly 450) Marketing Internship (3)
The marketing internship is designed to enhance
the student's educational experience by providing
a substantive work experience in the business
world. PREREQ: Permission of instructor and
department chair.
461 (formerly 451) Marketing Internship (6)
The marketing internship is designed to enhance
the student's educational experience b> providing
a substantive work experience in the business
world. PREREQ: Permission of instructor and
department chair.
490 Special Topics in Marketing (3) Special
topics in marketing not covered under existing,
regularly offered courses. PREREQ: MKT 325
and permission of instructor.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Mathematics
College of Arts and Sciences
Department of Mathematics
323 C Anderson Hall
610-436-2440
Richard Branton, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Branton, Grosshans, Kerrigan, Koh, L'Heureux,
Mandelbaum, Szymanski, Tan
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Gallitano, Gupta, Horvath,
Milliman, Morgan, Moser, Schremmer, Seybold, Wolfson
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Glidden, Johnston
The Department of Mathematics offers two programs leading to the
bachelor of arts degree in mathematics and a program leading to the
bachelor of science in education.
1. The B.A. in MATHEMATICS enables each student to receive the
basic preparation for the career of his/her choice, such as college
teaching, research, and service in industrv' and government. In all
cases, the student receives a sound preparation for graduate study
in the field of mathematics.
2. The B.A. in MATHEMATICS - COMPUTER SCIENCE offers
the student the opportimity to do in-depth study in both mathemat-
ics and computer science.
3. The B.S. in EDUCATION - MATHEMATICS focuses on a heavy
concentration in mathematics while the student earns state certifi-
cation to teach mathematics on the middle, junior high, or senior
high school levels.
Majors in all these areas should consult the appropriate department
handbook and review with their advisers current requirements listed
on the guidance record sheets.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE B.A. PROGRAMS
1 . General Requirements, see pages 34-36
2. Foreign Language Requirement (French,
German, or Russian)
3. Related Requirements
CSC 141 and PHY 170
4. Major Requirements
MAT 110, 161, 162,211,261,262,343,
411, and 421
BACHELOR OF ARTS— MATHEMATICS
1. Additional Major Requirements
MAT 232
2. Electives in Mathematics
5 1 semester hours
0- 1 2 semester hours
7 semester hours
29 semester hours
3 semester hours
5 1 semester hours
38 semester hours
27 semester hours
1 1 semester hours
9 semester hours
1 2 semester hours
Selected from upper-division mathematics courses
3. PHY 180
4 semester hours
BACHELOR OF ARTS— MATHEMATICS WTTH
COMPUTER SCIENCE CONCENTRATION
1. Additional Major Requirements 15 semester hours
CSC 142, 241, 242, and 490 (CSC 490 must be
taken as a three-credit course); MAT 425
2. Electives in Mathematics 6 semester hours
3. Electives in Computer Science 6 semester hours
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION -
MATHE\L\TICS
1 . General Requirements, see pages 34-36
2. Mathematics Requirements
MAT 110, 161, 162.211,231,261,262,343,
350 (credited to professional education), 354 ,
411, and 421
3. Professional Education Requirements
EDF 100; EDM 300; EDP 250 and 351;
EDS 306 and 41 1-412; PSY 100
4. Related Requirements
CSC 141 and PHY 170-180
5. Electives in Mathematics
Selected Irom upper-division mathematics courses
Minor in Mathematics* 18 semester hours
Baccalaureate students may receive transcript recognition for a minor
area of study in mathematics by completing four required courses and
rv\o electives selected from the approved list.
1 . Required Courses
MAT 161, 162, 211, and 261
2. Approved Electives
Any two courses in mathematics with course
numbers above 2 1 1 with the exception of those
courses with a primary focus on teacher training
or those courses restricted to students majoring in
elementary education
Minor in Elementary- School 18 semester hours
Mathematics (K-8)*
Required Courses
MAT 102, 121, 212, 233, 352, and CSC 350
*In the above minors, a student must earn a minimum grade of C- in
each course and have an average of at least 2.0 over all the courses
taken in the minor.
Advanced Placement Policy
A score of three or higher on the Mathematics Advanced Placement
Exam of the College Boards will allow a mathematics major to begin
his or her studies with MAT 162. MAT 1 10 may or may not be taken
at the discretion of the student. Students who are granted advanced
placement of 4-8 semester hours take 4-8 additional semester hours of
electives in mathematics.
1 2 semester hours
6 semester hours
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MATHEMATICS
Symbol: MAT
000 Fundamentals of Algebra (3) A preparatorj'
course to remediate basic algebraic skills. Students
scoring between 440-480 on the mathematics sec-
tion of the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) and
who do not pass the mathematics test during their
orientation program are placed in this course prior
to any other mathematics course. Credits earned in
000-leveI courses do not count towards the 1 28
hours of credit needed for graduation. The course
must be passed with a grade of C- or better, or be
repeated.
001 Fundamental Skills in Arithmetic (3) A
course designed to remediate basic arithmetic
skills and to introduce elementary algebra. In gen-
eral, students placed in MAT 001 have scored
below 440 on the math SAT and have not taken
high school algebra. Students are being prepared
to take Fundamentals of Algebra (TvIAT 000) and
must eam at least a C- to enroll in that course. A
student in MAT 00 1 does not eam credit toward
graduation for this course. Elementan and special
education majors in need of algebraic and'or arith-
metic remediation must enroll in MAT 001.
101 Mathematics for Elementar> Teachers I
(3) Sets; functions; logic; development of whole
numbers, integers, and rationals (including ratios,
proportions, and percents); number theoo ; prob-
lem solving. For early childhood, elementar> edu-
cation, and special education majors only.
102 Mathematics for Rlementar>- Teachers II
(3) Development of real numbers; geometr>; mea-
surement; probability and statistics; problem solv-
ing. For elementary education and special educa-
tion majors only. PREREQ: MAT 101.
103 Introduction to Mathematics (3) This
course is a liberal arts introduction to the nature of
mathematics. Topics are chosen from among logic,
graph theory , number theory, symmetry (group
theory), probability, statistics, infinite sets, geome-
try, game theory, and linear programming. These
topics are independent of each other and have as
prerequisite the ability to read, reason, and follow
a logical argument.
105 College Algebra and Trigonometry (3) A
unified course in algebra and trigonometry. PRE-
REQ: High school algebra.
107 College Algebra (3) A thorough treatment of
college algebra. Topics covered include the study
College of Arts and Sciences
Mathematics
of polynomial, exponential, and logarithmic tUnc-
tions, plus systems of linear equations. PREREQ:
SAT score of 450 (original scale), 480 (recentered
scale) or above, or passing a placement test, or
obtaining at least a C- in MAT 000.
108 Brief Calculus (3) An intuitive approach to
the calculus of one and several variables with
emphasis on conceptual understanding and practi-
cal application. PREREQ: MAT 107.
110 Precaiculus (3) A preparation for MAT 161,
Calculus I. Topics include polynomial and rational
functions, algebra of functions, graphs of func-
tions, transcendental functions, trigonometry ,
series, induction, and complex numbers.
121 Statistics I (3) Basic concepts of statistics.
Frequency distributions, measures of central ten-
dency and variability, probability and theoretical
distribution, significance of differences, and
hypothesis testing. For nonmathematics majors.
IMTL 121 Statistics Lab 1 (1) Introduces the stu-
dent to using and programming the computer to
solve statistical problems and to aid the student in
understanding statistical concepts.
122 Statistics II (3) Continuation of MAT 121.
Inference about the means, standard deviations and
proportions, goodness of fit, analysis of variance,
regression anaKsis, correlation, and nonparametric
tests. PREREQ: MAT 121.
151 Introduction to Discrete Mathematics (3)
Set theor\'. Boolean logic, elementary combina-
torics, proofs, simple graph theory-, and simple
probability.
161 Calculus I (4) Differential and integral calcu-
lus of real-valued functions of a single real vari-
able, with applications. PREREQ: Good working
knowledge of high school algebra and trigonome-
try demonstrated by a math SAT score of 650 or
above, or a C- or above in MAT 105 or 1 10.
162 Calculus II (4) Continuation of MAT 161
including the study of series, methods of integra-
tion, transcendental functions, and applications to
the sciences. PREREQ: MAT 161.
209 Topics in Mathematics for the Elementary
Teacher (3) Introduction to programming in
BASIC; computer uses for the classroom teacher;
descriptive statistics with applications for teach-
ing; and measurements of length, area, volume,
and temperature that focus on the SI metric system
with practice in the classroom. Additional topics in
applied mathematics will be considered. PREREQ:
MAT 102.
211 Linear Algebra (3) An introduction to linear
algebra. Topics covered include matrices, systems
of linear equations, vector spaces, linear transfor-
mation, determinants, eigenvalues, spectral theo-
rem, and triangulation.
212 Algebra for Elementary Teachers (3)
Formal structure of groups, rings, and fields with
examples from the elementan. curriculum. Topics
fiom linear algebra including matrices, determi-
nants, and linear programming. PREREQ: MAT
102.
221 Applied Statistics (3) Probabilities, discrete
and continuous probability distributions, methods of
estimation, and hypothesis testing. PREREQ: CSC
141 (or equivalent) and MAT 162 (or equivalent).
231 Foundations of Geometry (3) Geometric
foundations trom an advanced viewpoint. Topics
are chosen from euclidean and noneuclidean geo-
metries. Offered in the spring semester.
232 Differential Geometry (3) Classical differ-
ential geometry- from a modem viewpoint. Cun es
and surfaces and shape operators. Introduction to
Riemann geometry. PREREQ: MAT 262.
233 Geometry for Elementary Teachers (3)
Modem informal approach to two- and three-
dimensional geometric figures, measurement, sim-
ilarity, congmence, coordinate geometry-, and the
postulational method. PREREQ: MAT 102.
261 Calculus III (3) The calculus of several vari-
ables. Topics include polar coordinates, vectors
and three-dimensional analylic geometry, differen-
tiation of functions of several variables, multiple
integrals, and line and surface integrals. PREREQ:
MAT 161 and 162.
262 Calculus IV (3) The calculus of vector- val-
ued functions of a vector variable. Derivatives and
properties of the derivative including the chain
rule, fields and conservative fields, integration,
and Green's, Stokes', and Gauss' theorems. PRE-
REQ: MAT 261.
281 Discrete Mathematics (4) This course is
designed to provide a foundation for the mathe-
matics used in the theory and application of com-
puter science. Topics include mathematical reason-
ing, the notion of proof logic, sets, relations and
functions, counting techniques, algorithmic analy-
sis, modelling, cardinality, recursions and induc-
tion, graphs, and algebra. PREREQ: MAT 162.
321 Combinatorics and Graph Theory (3)
Introduction to set theory-, graph theory , and com-
binatorial analysis. Includes relations, cardinality,
elementary combinatorics, principles of inclusion
and exclusion, recurrence relations, zero-one
matrices, partitions, and Polya's Theorem. PRE-
REQ: CSC 101 or l4l,and'MAT262or281.
343 Differential Equations (3) The general theo-
ry of nth order, and linear ditlerential equations
including existence and uniqueness criteria and
linearity- of the solution space. General solution
techniques for variable coefficient equations,
series solutions for variable coefficient equations,
and study of systems of linear equations. PRE-
REQ: MAT 26 1 . OtTered in the spring semester.
349 Teaching Mathematics in Early Childhood
(3) Concepts, leaming aids, sy llabi, texts, and
methods in early childhood mathematical teaching.
PREREQ: MAT 101.
350 Foundations of Mathematics Education (3)
Historical overview of mathematics education with
emphasis on influential curricular programs, impli-
cations of leaming theory, significance of
research, identification of current issues, organiza-
tional alternatives for the classroom, and evalua-
tion resources. PREREQ: MAT 261. Offered in
the fall semester.
351 Teaching Mathematics in Elementary-
Schools 1 (3) Concepts, leaming aids, syllabi,
texts, and methods in elementary school mathe-
matics. PREREQ: MAT 101-102.
352 Teaching Mathematics in Elementary-
Schools II (3) Techniques for teaching children
concepts such as geometry in Uvo and three
dimensions, number sentences, graphing, ratios
and percentages, quantifiers, etc. Use of laboratory
materials will be emphasized. PREREQ: MAT
351. Offered in the spring semester.
354 Techniques of Teaching Secondary School
Mathematics (3) Techniques used in the presenta-
tion of specific mathematical concepts, associated
materials, levels of questioning, and moti\ational
devices. Scope and sequence of secondary mathe-
matics topics. Criteria for text evaluation. Preview
of student teaching. PREREQ: MAT 350. Offered
in the spring semester.
357 Teaching Mathematics to the Handicapped
(3) Methods and materials associated with the pre-
sentation of mathematics to the handicapped.
Emphasis on individualization and involving
thinking skills at the concrete level. Evaluative and
interpretive techniques are included. PREREQ:
MAT 101-102.
♦ 390 Seminar in Mathematics Education (3)
Typical topics are remedial programs, low achiev-
er programs, materials for mathematics education,
methodology in mathematics education, mathemat-
ics and the computer, theories of mathematics edu-
cation, and analysis of research in mathematics
education. PREREQ: MAT 351.
400 History- of Mathematics for Elementary
Teachers (3) History and development of elemen-
tary mathematics from primitive times to the dis-
covery of calculus. Problems of the period are
considered. PREREQ: MAT 212 and 233.
401 History of Mathematics (3) Development of
mathematics from the Baby Ionian era to the 1 8th
centurv . Some modem topics included. PREREQ;
MAT 261.
♦ 405 Special Topics in Mathematics (3)
Topics announced at the time of offering.
41 1-412 Algebra I-II (3) (3) Abstract algebra.
Algebraic systems, groups, rings, integral
domains, and fields. PREREQrMAT 261. MAT
411 must precede 412.
414 Theory of Numbers (3) Properties of inte-
gers; primes, factorization, congruences, and qua-
drauc reciprocity . PREREQ: MAT 262.
421-422 Mathematical Statistics I-II (3) (3)
Probability theory, discrete and continuous random
variables, distributions, and moment generating
functions. Statistical sampling theory, joint and
interval estimation, test of hypothesis, regression,
and correlation. PREREQ: MAT 262. MAT 421
must precede 422.
425 Numerical Analysis (3) Numerical methods for
the approximate solution of applied problems. Inter-
polation theory, cune fitting, approximate integra-
tion, and numerical solution of differential equations.
PREREQ: CSC 1 1 5 or 1 4 1 , and MAT 262.
427 Introduction to Optimization Techniques
(3) Nature of optimization problems: deterministic
and stochastic, and discrete and continuous.
Computer methods of solution, systematic and ran-
dom search, linear quadratic, dynamic program-
ming, and others. PREREQ; CSC 1 15 or 141, and
MAT 262.
432 Topology (3) Elements of point set topology.
Separation axioms. Connectedness, compacmess,
and metrizability . PREREQ: MAT 262.
441-442 Advanced Calculus I-II (3) (3) A rigor-
ous treatment of the calculus of a single real vari-
able. Topics in several real variables and an intro-
duction to Lebesque integration. PREREQ; MAT
262. MAT 441 must precede 442.
443-444 Applied Analysis I-II (3) (3) The tech-
niques of analysis applied to problems in the phys-
ical sciences. Topics include partial differential
equations, orthogonal ftinctions. complex integra-
tion, and conformal mapping. PREREQ; MAT
262. MAT 443 must precede 444.
445 Complex Variables (3) Introduction to fimc-
tions of a complex \ariable. Analylic fimctions, map-
pings, differentiation and integration, power series,
and conformal mappings. PREREQ: MAT 262.
♦ 490 Seminar in Mathematics (3) Topics in
mathematics selected for their significance and
student-instructor interest. Independent study and
student reports, oral and written. PREREQ: Senior
standing and consent of department chairperson.
493 Mathematical Modeling (3) The idea of a
mathematical model of a real situation. Techniques
and rationales of model building. Examples from
the life, physical, and social sciences. PREREQ:
MAT 262 and 343.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Music
School of Music
School of Music
1 1 Swope Hall (Office of the Dean)
610-436-2739
PROFESSORS: Bedford, Belmain, Burton, Friday, Klein,
Laudennilch, McVoy, Murray, Nelson, Newbold, Pennington,
Price, Schmidt, Sullivan, Veleta, Voois
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Ahramjian. Aliferis, Balthazar,
Blair, Chilcote, Dorminy, Grabb, Guidetti, Ludeker, Maggio,
Pandel, Price, Southall. Sprenkle, Wagner, Wyss
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Bauer, Briselli, DeVenney,
Dowdell, Manning, Lyons, Metcalf, Pippart-Brown, Richmond,
Richter, Villella, Winters
INSTRUCTORS: Cullen, Galante, McKenna, Meyer, Paulsen,
Turk
The mission of the School of Music at West Chester University is to
create a learning environment that provides the highest order of edu-
cation in ail major aspects of music, to establish a foundation for life-
long growth in music, and to offer programs and degrees that are tra-
dition based but future oriented. In pursuing this mission, we reaffirm
our commitment to diversity within the School of Music. Our faculty
members strive to be inspiring teachers as well as musical and intel-
lectual leaders. Further, we endeavor to expand the music opportuni-
ties available to all University students and to enhance the quality of
our community's musical life.
MUSIC TESTS — BACHELOR OF MUSIC
IN MUSIC EDUCATION
1. Each candidate must demonstrate skill in at least one performance
medium in which he or she excels: piano, organ, voice, classical
guitar, or a band or orchestra instrument. It is preferable, although
not required, for pianists and vocalists to perform at least part of
their audition from memory.
2. All candidates are tested in voice and piano.
3. Piano, organ, or voice majors with band or orchestra instrument
experience are urged to demonstrate their ability on their instru-
ments.
NOTE: All candidates must bring music for the vocal, piano, and
instrumental compositions they intend to perform, and should come
prepared with a song that will demonstrate vocal range and quality.
MUSIC TESTS — BACHELOR OF MUSIC IN THEORY,
COMPOSITION, PERFORMANCE, OR ELECTIVE
STUDIES IN AN OUTSIDE FIELD
Each candidate in performance must demonstrate an advanced level of
proficiency in the major area of performance as evidenced by the abil-
ity to perform compositions representing a variety of musical periods
and styles, and must show potential as a professional performer.
Memorization is required for pianists and vocalists. Each candidate in
theory, composition, or elective studies in an outside field must
demonstrate an acceptable background in a major performing area;
candidates in composition must present scores of completed composi-
tions.
NOTE: Depending on the outcome of the aural perception tests
(required of all candidates), students in any music degree program
may be required to take a remedial course in ear training (MTC 014),
which must be passed with a grade of C or better. Refer to "Repeat
Policy on Remedial Courses."
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO ALL MUSIC
PROGRAMS
1. General Requirements, see pages 34-36 38 semester hours
Basic Skills (I I semester hours)
Science (6 semester hours)
Behavioral and Social Sciences (6 semester hours)
Humanities (6 semester hours)
The Arts (3 semester hours)
Free Electives (6 semester hours)
2. Theory Requirements 20 semester hours
MTC 112, 113, 114, 115, 212, 213, 214, and 215
3. Music History Requirements 9 semester hours
MHL 210, 211, and 212
4. Recital Attendance
BACHELOR OF MUSIC— MUSIC EDUCATION
The B.M. in MUSIC EDUCATION is a balanced program of general,
specialized, and professional courses leading to qualification for a
Pennsylvania Instructional 1 Certificate to teach general, instrumental,
and choral music in the elementary and secondary schools of
Pennsylvania. The "Handbook for Students in Music — Undergraduate
Division" should be consulted for the current general and music
requirements.
1. Required Music Education Courses 23.5 semester hours
Professional qualifying test, MUE 101,
102, 201, 331, 332, 333, 335, 431, and
432
2. Other Music Requirements 36.5^2.5 semester hours
Major performing instrument, applied music
courses, conducting, music organizations,
directed electives, or repertoire classes
3. Education Courses 6 semester hours
EDA 250, EDF 100, and EDP 250
BACHELOR OF MUSIC IN THEORY, COMPOSITION,
PERFORMANCE, OR ELECTIVE STUDIES IN AN
OUTSIDE FIELD
The requirements for each concentration are listed below.
The B.M. in COMPOSITION offers comprehensive theory and com-
position courses designed to develop creative skills enabling the stu-
dent to write in an acceptable contemporary idiom and to develop an
individual style. The "Handbook for Students in Music —
Undergraduate Division" should be consulted for the current general
and music requirements.
1 . Foreign Language 6 semester hours
2. Required Composition Courses 24 semester hours
MTC 312, 313, 341, 344, 412, 413, 417;
and 342 or 346
3. Other Music Requirements 35-37 semester hours
Conducting, performance area, music
organizations, and music electives
The B.M. in THEORY offers extensive training to develop analytical
skills leading to the comprehension of the structure and form of music
of all styles and periods, and to develop acceptable writing skills. The
"Handbook for Students in Music — Undergraduate Division" should
be consulted for the current general and music requirements.
1 . Foreign Language 6 semester hours
2. Required Theory Courses 2 1 semester hours
MTC 312, 341, 342, 344, 346, 417, and 479
3. Other Music Requirements 38-40 semester hours
Conducting, performance area, music
organizations, and music electives
The B.M. in PERFORMANCE is for students who demonstrate a
high degree of ability on their chosen instrument and who desire to
concentrate on developing that ability. Majors in the program should
consult the "Handbook for Students in Music — Undergraduate
Division" for the current general and music requirements.
1. BACHELOR OF MUSIC— INSTRUMENTAL PERFORMANCE
a. Foreign Language 6 semester hours
b. Required Instrumental Courses 34-36 semester hours
Major instrument 141, 142, 241, 242,
341, 342, 441, 442; AlC 31 1, 312; band/
orchestra; and repertoire/ensemble
c. Other Music Requirements 24 semester hours
MTC 341, 344, secondary applied
music, major literature course, and music
electives
School of Music
Music Education
2. BACHELOR OF MUSIC— KEYBOARD PERFORMANCE
Option 1 (Performance)
a. Foreign Language 6 semester hours
b. Required Keyboard Courses 40 semester hours
PIA(orORG) 14L 142, 24L 242, 34L
342, 441, 442; and for pianists PL\ 405,
406, two courses from PIA 423, 424, 425,
426, or 427. and PIA 450 or 452; or for
organists ORG 351, 352, 353, 451, 452
c. Other Required Music Courses 21 semester hours
MTC 344. conducting, secondary
performance area, music organizations,
music electives, and master class
Option 2 (Performance with Pedagogy Emphasis)
a. Foreign Language 6 semester hours
b. Required Keyboard Courses 48 semester hours
PIA 141, 14i, 241, 242, 341, 342, 405.
406, 441, 442, 450. 451, 452, or 453
Two courses from PIA 423, 424. 425, 426,
or 427
c. Other Required Music Courses 1 5 semester hours
Supportive elective, conducting, secondar>'
performance area, music organizations, and
master class
3. BACHELOR OF MUSIC— VOCAL PERFORMANCE
9 semester hours
39.5 semester hours
2 1 semester hours
a. Foreign Language
b. Required Vocal Courses
vol 141, 142, 241, 242, 341. 342, 441,
andVOC 135,329,411,412,413,414,
416,424,491
c. Other Music Requirements
MTC 344. keyboard courses, music
electives. conducting courses, chorus
BACHELOR OF MUSIC— ELECTIVE STUDIES IN AN
OUTSIDE FIELD
The B.M. in MUSIC — ELECTIVE STUDIES IN AN OUTSIDE
FIELD is designed for those students who desire a genera! music
program \s hile at the same time pursuing a secondarv' interest out-
side of the School of Music. The "Handbook for Students in
Music — Undergraduate Division" should be consulted for the
current general and music requirements.
a. Foreign Language
b. Required Music Courses
Applied lessons, conducting, ensemble,
music electives
3 semester hours
36 semester hours
c. The Outside Field 24 semester hours
These courses are taken under advisement of the outside field
department chairperson. See pages 38-39 for a listing of choic-
es (in most cases, the curriculum for a minor will be used to
determine the course work for the outside field).
Minor in Music 19 semester hours
This program is geared toward liberal arts students with an interest in
music. The "Handbook for Students in Music — Undergraduate
Division" should be consulted for current requirements and placement
testing.
1. Required Courses 1 1-12 semester hours
MTC 112 and 1 14, MHL course, music
organizations, and PIA 1 8 1 and 1 82
2. Music Electives 7 semester hours
Minor in Jazz Studies 18-21 semester hours
This program is designed primarily for students current!)- enrolled in a
music degree program. Students in other degree programs will be
admitted if qualified. Students must have the permission of both their
major ad\'iser and the chairperson of the Instrumental Department.
The "Handbook for Students in Music — Undergraduate Division"
should be consulted for current requirements.
1. Required Courses 1 8 semester hours
AES 151, 152; AJZ 361. 362, 365; MHL 322;
MTC 361, 362
2. Music Electives 0-3 semester hours
APC 193; .'^EO 121; AES 151, 152
Minor in Music Histor\'
18 semester hours
This program is designed primarily for students currently enrolled in a
music degree program. Students in other degree programs will be
admitted if they qualify. Students must have the permission of both
their major adviser and the chairperson of the Department of Music
History.
Required Courses 12 semester hours
MHL 201. 210. 211.212
Anv two of the following 6 semester hours
MHL 320, 322, 323, 451, 454, 455, 458, 462,
479, 480; MHW 401^02
Certification in Music Therapy
Music majors may pursue a certification in music therapN through a
cooperative program with Immaculata College, located ten miles from
West Chester. The "Handbook for Students in Music — Undergraduate
Division" should be consulted for current requirements.
Department of Music Education
Carol A. Belmain, Chairperson
FACULTY: Burton, Ludeker, Pippart-Brown, Richmond, Viliella
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MUSIC EDUCATION
Symbol: MUE
001 Professional Qualifying Remediation (.5)
Designed to present musicianship skills for stu-
dents who have failed the Professional QualifSing
Examination.
101 Dalcroze in Music Education I (.5) A study
of integrating eurh> thmics. solfege. and impro\ i-
sation to enhance students' listening, performing,
and creating skills.
102 Dalcroze in Music Education It (.5)
Continuation of MUE 101 Dalcroze in Music
Education I. PREREQ: MUE 101.
201 Music Education Seminar (.5) A seminar
introducing the philosophical foundations of music
education and the structure of the school music
program. Requried for all music education majors
prior to MUE 331.
231 Music for the Classroom Teacher (3)
Designed to equip the elementar> classroom
teacher to participate in a music program.
Emphasis on teaching procedures and materials.
232 Music in Early Childhood (3) Designed to
equip the teacher of earl\ childhood to develop
specific concepts utilizing singing, rhythmic, and
melodic activ ities. Emphasis on listening and
movement to music.
331 Music Methods and Materials (3) The
stud\ of music and the learning process at the ele-
mentary level to include Dalcroze. Kodaly, and
OrtT. PREREQ: MUE 201.
332 Music Methods and Materials II (3) The
study of music and the learning process at the sec-
ondar\ level to include technology . listening skills,
multicultural diversity, general music programs,
and administrative skills. PREREQ: MUE 331.
333 Instrumental Methods and Materials (3)
Fundamentals underK ing the development of
instrumental programs in the public schools.
Emphasis on program organization and adminis-
tration, teaching procedures, and materials.
335 Choral Materials and Materials (2)
Designed to acquaint the student » ith a variety of
choral music suitable for school use. Program plan-
ning and rehearsal techniques are demonstrated.
\OTE: The sequence for these REQUIRED music
education courses is consecutive semesters: MUE
331 and 333 (or 335) followed by MUE 332 and
Music History and Literature
School of Music
335 (or 333 J followed by MUE 431 and 432.
Enrollment for these courses is limited on a yearly
basis and is planned at a meeting for sophomores
in the spring semester. See coordinator of profes-
sional sequence.
337 Instrumental Techniques and Materials (2)
For juniors and seniors who desire to specialize in
instrumental music. Considers rehearsal proce-
dures, effective materials, minor repairs of instru-
ments, competitions and festivals, and marching
band procedures. Offered in spring semester only.
338 Comprehensive Musicianship/Leadership
Training in Music Education (2) A course
designed to help future professionals develop lead-
ership qualities and pragmatic instructional skills.
Motivational strategies as advocated by leading
authorities will be emphasized. Content includes
visionary leadership, time management, and prin-
ciples in self-discipline, self-confidence, and prob-
lem solving. Teaching assignments will include
methodologies in comprehensive musicianship and
a variety of teacher/leader concepts.
412 Teaching Music Listening at the
Elementary Level (3) Analysis of musical con-
cepts within selected compositions with subse-
quent design of sequential teaching-learning strate-
gies for all levels. K.-12. Music majors only.
422 Music in the Middle School (3) Review and
critical analysis of music education in the middle
school: philosophies, curriculum, practices, and
personnel.
428 Music in Special Education (3) Charac-
teristics of special pupils; adaptation of teaching
techniques, materials, and curriculum. PREREQ:
MUE 231, 232, or 331.
430 Related Arts Pedagogy in Music Education
(3) Principles of related-arts teaching applicable to
musical elements, art, and creative movement,
with appropriate teaching techniques at specified
grade levels. Materials for school music programs;
basal music series, other texts and literature, and
resources in related arts. Demonstration lessons
and unit planning.
431 Student Teaching I (6) Observation and par-
ticipation in teaching vocal and instrumental music
at the elementary level. Undertaken in conjunction
with qualified cooperative teachers. Professional
conferences and visits are an integral part of the
experience. PREREQ: See MUE 432.
432 Student Teaching II (6) Observation and
teaching general, vocal, and/or instrumental music
at the secondars level. Professional conferences
and visits are an integral part of the experience.
PREREQ for MUE 431/432: Satisfy requirements
under "Admission to Teacher Education." GPA
2.5. Grades of C or better in required methods
classes and final required keyboard minor and
voice minor. Complete music theory and aurals,
music history, conducting, and all instrument
classes. Completion of 96 semester hours.
Department of Music History and Literature
Sterling E. Murray, Chairperson
FACULTY: Balthazar, Price, Schmidt, Winters
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MUSIC HISTORY
Symbol: MHL
121 Fine Arts (Music) (3) Designed for the gen-
eral requirements. An introductory course in the
history and appreciation of music from the Middle
Ages through the contemporary period. Not open
to music majors.
NOTE Other courses are available to the nonmu-
sic major for general requirements. Particularly
suitable is MHL 125.
125 Perspectives in Jazz (3) For nonmusic
majors. Guided listening to improve imderstanding
and enjoyment of jazz with emphasis on jazz her-
itages, chronological development, and sociologi-
cal considerations, culminating in an analysis of
the eclectic styles of the 1960's and 1970's. Not
open to music majors.
^ 179 Special Subjects Seminar (3) Significant
topics in music history and literature presented by
faculty members and/or visiting lecturers.
Designed for the nonmusic major who has had lit-
tle or no previous musical experience. Fulfills the
general requirements. Not open to music majors.
# 201 Form and Style in the Arts (3) Relation-
ships between the arts (music, literature, fine arts,
and dance) stressed through common principles of
form and style. Concentration on the development
of skills of critical perception through practical
application with reference to various arts. Fulfills
the interdisciplinary requirement.
210 Music History I (3) An introduction to mus-
cial style and listening techniques within a histori-
cal context: ( 1 ) an introduction to style periods,
music listening skills, concepts of form, and style
analysis in both Western and non-Western music;
(2) historical survey of music beginning with the
music of the early Church and continuing through
the end of the 16th century.
211 Music History II (3) A historical survey of
music from 1600 to 1825. Analysis of appropriate
genres, styles, forms, social contexts, aesthetics,
and performance practices will be considered.
PREREQ: MHL 210.
212 Music History III (3) A historical survey of
music from 1825 to the present. Analysis of appro-
priate genre, styles, forms, social contexts, aesteth-
ic concepts, and performance practices will be
considered. PREREQ: MHL 211.
^ 310 Collegium Musicum (1) A chamber
ensemble specializing in the use of authentic
instruments and performance techniques in the
music of the Medieval, Renaissance, and Baroque
eras. Membership by audition.
320 World Music (3) An introduction to the
study of fribal, folk, popular, and oriental music
and ethnomusicology methodology. Open to music
majors and nonmusic majors without prerequisites.
322 History of Jazz (3) A survey of the history
of jazz, including representative performers and
their music. PREREQ: MHL 212, or permission of
the chairperson.
323 Women in Music (3) A survey of the role
that women played in the history of music from
the Middle Ages to the present.
451 Music in the United States (3) Survey of the
development of music and musical styles from
1620 to the present. Analysis of styles, forms, aes-
thetic concepts, and practices. PREREQ: MHL
212, or permission of chairperson.
454 History of Opera (3) A basic course in the
origin and development of opera and its dissemi-
nation throughout the Western world. PREREQ:
MHL 212, or permission of chairperson.
455 History of Orchestral Music (3) A study of
representative orchestral works: symphonies, con-
certi, suites, overtures, and others, from the
Baroque Period to the present. PREREQ: MHL
212, or permission of chairperson.
458 Performance Practices (3) A consideration
of the special problems encountered in the stylistic
realization and performance of music from the
Medieval through the Romantic eras. Particular
attention will be focused on original sources, peri-
od instruments, and performance practices. PRE-
REQ: MHL 212, or permission of chairperson.
462 Mozart and His Works (3) A study of the
life and music of Wolfgang A. Mozart w ith special
reference to the period in which he lived. PRE-
REQ: MHL 212, or permission of chairperson.
This course is offered in Salzburg, Austria.
♦ 479 Topics in Music History I (1-3) Signifi-
cant topics presented by faculty members and/or
visiting lecturers. Designed to meet specific needs
of undergraduate music majors.
♦ 480 Topics in Music History II (1-3)
Significant topics presented by faculty members
and/or visiting lecturers. Designed to meet specific
needs of undergraduate music majors.
♦ 481 Independent Study (1)
♦ 482 Independent Study (2)
♦ 483 Independent Study (3)
♦ MHW 401-410 Workshops in Music History
( 1 -3) Participation-oriented workshops designed to
meet specific needs in music history and to devel-
op skills for practical application in teaching and
professional settings.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
# Approved interdisciplinary course
School of Music
Music: Keyboard Music
Department of Instrumental Music
Henn Grabb, Chairperson
FACULTY: Ahramjian, Briselli, Cullen, Galante, Guidetti,
Hanning, Kaderabek, Klein, Laudermilch, Lyons, McKenna,
Metcalf, Meyer, Newbold, Paulsen. Richter, Southall, Villella
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC
>nJMBERING SYSTEM
Private and class lessons given by the
Department of Instrumental Music are
shown by the following numbers, together
with the appropriate prefix:
BAR Baritone
BAS Bass
BSN Bassoon
CLT Clarinet
FLU Flute
FRH French Horn
GTR Guitar
HRP Harp
JBR Jazz Brass
JPR Jazz Percussion
JST Jazz Strings
JWW Jazz Woodwinds
OBO Oboe
PER Percussion
SAX Saxophone
TEA Tuba
TPT Trumpet
TRB Trombone
VCL Cello
VLA Viola
VLN Violin
101-402 Private instruction in minor perfor-
mance area (1)
111-412 Private instruction in major perfor-
mance area, music education program (1.5)
141-442 Private instruction in advanced per-
formance area, B.M. program (3)
INS 471^74 Advanced Instrumental Lesson
(2) (Elective)
AIM 311 Marching Band Techniques (1) A sur-
vey of the function of the total marching band and
of each component within it.
AIM 429 Special Subject Seminar (3)
AJZ 331 Electronic Instruments (2) A study of
the MIDI implementation of synthesizers, sam-
plers, sequencers, signal processors, and rhythm
processors as related to real-time performance.
♦ AJZ 361 Jazz Musicianship and Improvisa-
tion I (3) A basic course in jazz improvisation that
emphasizes the learning and discovery of improvi-
sational techniques through playing and listening.
^ AJZ 362 Jazz Musicianship and Improvisa-
tion II (3) A continuation of AJZ 361.
,^JZ 365 Jazz Ensemble Techniques (1) Tech-
niques and methods for organizing, rehearsing,
programming, and operating jazz ensembles.
♦ AWM 429 Special Subjects Seminar-Work-
shop (1-2-3) Topics in the area of instrumental
music presented by faculty members and/or visit-
ing specialists.
ALC A Literature Class A historical survey of
the music written for instnmiental solo and ensem-
ble, including current teaching materials.
ALC 312 Brass Literature 1(1)
ALC 313 Brass Literature II (1)
ALC 314 Brass Literature III (1)
ALC 322 Guitar Literature I (I)
ALC 323 Guitar Literature 11(1)
ALC 324 Guitar Literature III (1)
ALC 332 String Literature 1(1)
ALC 333 String Literature II (1)
ALC 334 String Literature III (1)
ALC 342 Woodv»ind Literature I (1)
ALC 343 Woodwind Literature II (1)
ALC 344 Woodwind Literature III (1)
ALC 352 Percussion Literature I (1)
ALC 353 Percussion Literature II (1)
ALC 354 Percussion Literature III (1)
ARC A Repertoire Class:
ARC 391 Woodwind Repertoire Class (.5)
ARC 392 Brass Repertoire Class (.5)
ARC 393 String Repertoire Class (.5)
ARC 394 Percussion Repertoire Class (.5)
AMC A Master Class Solo and ensemble instru-
mental repertoire is performed and critiqued by the
teacher and students.
♦ AMC 311-314 Master Class Brass (1)
♦ AMC 321-324 Master Class Percussion (1)
♦ AMC 331-334 Master Class Strings (1)
♦ AMC 341-344 Master Class Woodwinds (1)
ABC Brass Classes (at the beginning level) for
music education majors
ABC 191 Trumpet Class (.5)
ABC 192 French Horn Class (.5)
ABC 193 Trombone Class (.5)
APC Percussion Classes (at the beginning level)
for music education majors
APC 191 Nonpitched Percussion Class (.5)
APC 192 Pitched Percussion Class (.5)
APC 193 Drum Set Class (.5)
ASC Strings Classes (at the beginning level) for
music education majors
ASC 191 Violin A'iola Class (1)
ASC 194 Cello Class (.5)
ASC 195 Bass Class (.5)
ASC 196 Guitar Class (.5)
AW C Woodwinds Classes (at the beginning
level) for music education majors
AWC 191 Single Reed Class (.5)
AWC 192 Flute/Recorder Class (.5)
AWC 193 Double Reed Class (.5)
AWC 194 Reed Making Class (.5)
AEB An Ensemble: Band
♦ AEB 101 Elementary Band (.5)
♦ AEB 112 Marching Band Front (1)
♦ AEB 311 Marching Band (1)
♦ AEB 321 Concert Band (.5)
♦ AEB 331 Symphonic Band (.5)
♦ AEB 341 Wind Ensemble (.5)
AEO An Ensemble: Orchestra
♦ AEO 101 Elementary Orchestra (.5)
♦ .-VEO 111 Chamber Orchestra (.5)
♦ AEO 121 Studio/Pit Orchestra (.5)
♦ AEO 341 Symphony Orchestra (.5)
AES An Ensemble: Small
♦ AESlll Brass Ensemble (.5)
♦ AES 121 Percussion Ensemble (.5)
♦ AES 131 String Ensemble (.5)
♦ AES 141 Woodwind Ensemble (.5)
♦ AES 151 Jazz Ensemble
(Criterions/Statesmen) (.5)
♦ AES 152 Jazz Ensemble (Combo) (.5)
AlC A Class in Instrumental Conducting
AIC3II Instrumental Conducting I (2)
AlC 312 Instrumental Conducting II (2) PRE-
REQ: A1C311 orVOC311
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Keyboard Music
Shirley Pethes Aliferis, Chairperson
FACULTY: Bedford, Pandel, Pennington, Turk, Veleta, Voois
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
KEYBOARD MUSIC
NUMBERING SYSTEM
Private and class lessons given by the
Department of Keyboard Music are shown
by the following numbers, together with the
appropriate prefix: HAR-Harpsichord,
PIA-Piano, ORG-Organ
PIA 181 Class instruction in keyboard skills for
nonmusic majors. (1) Prior score reading ability
is not required.
PIA 182 Class instruction in keyboard skills for
nonmusic majors. (1) PREREQ: PIA 181 or pre-
viousK acquired score reading ability.
191-192 Class instruction in minor perfor-
mance area (I)
♦ 100 Private elective instruction (1)
101-402 Private instruction in minor perfor-
mance area (1)
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Music: Kevboard Music
School of Music
103-104 Private instruction in minor perfor-
mance area (1)
105-106 Private instruction in minor perfor-
mance area, elementarv education students
with a concentration in music (1)
107-109 Private instruction in a major perfor-
mance area, elementanf education students
with a concentration in music (1)
111-412 Private instruction in major perfor-
mance area, music education program (1.5)
141-442 Private instruction in advanced per-
formance area, B.M. program (3)
413 Elective credit for senior recital, accompa-
nying, or other participation in concerts or
recitals, or extra study of literature. Available
to music education seniors only during the non-
student-teaching semester by permission of the
department (1)
471-474 Advanced Keyboard Lesson (2)
(Elective)
PIA 403 Harpsichord and Continuo
Realization (1) An introduction to harpsichord
playing and the principles of continuo accompani-
ment as a Baroque style.
♦ MAK 311-314 Master Class (Keyboard) (1)
For keyboard majors. Experience in performing
memorized literature. Class members also play
two piano compositions and ensemble music for
piano and other instruments.
ORG 351 Organ Literature I (3) A survey of
literature for the organ from the 13th century to
the Baroque period; influence of the organ on the
literature.
ORG 352 Organ Literature II (3) A survey of
literature for the organ from J. S. Bach to the pre-
sent; influence of the organ on the literature.
Recordings and performances by organ majors
will be evaluated.
ORG 353 Organ Pedagogy (3) Dynamics of the
one-to-one teacher-student relationship. An in-
depth study of standard teaching materials.
Practical experience in individual instruction.
ORG 451 Accompanying (3) Performance of the
vocal and instrumental accompanying literature for
organ from all periods; performance and reading
sessions.
ORG 452 Service Playing (3) A study of prob-
lems in service playing for the organist. Included
will be hymn accompaniment, improvisation, con-
ducting from the organ, and literatiu'e for the ser-
vice.
PIA 130 Music for Piano (3) An infroductory
course in the history and appreciation of Iceyboard
literature from the 16th to the 20th century. This is
a basic course for nonmusic majors designed for the
general requirements. Not open to music majors.
PIA 135 Piano Repertoire (.5) A weekly perfor-
mance class for fu-st-year music education keyboard
majors.
^ PIA 213 Studio Lessons in Accompanying
(I) Studio instruction in accompanying for pianists
in any music program.
PIA 223 Classroom Piano Skills (.5) Class
instruction once per week in minor performance
area for vocal music education majors.
PIA 224 Classroom Piano Skills (.5) Class
instruction once per week in minor performance
area for instrumental music education majors.
PIA 233 Classroom Piano Skills (1) Class
instruction once per week in rote song harmoniza-
tion, transposition, patriotic songs, and sight read-
ing on electonic keyboards for music education
piano majors.
PIA 235 Keyboard Repertoire (.5) A weekly
performance class for sophomore music education
keyboard majors.
♦ PIA 250 Accompanying, Ensemble, and
Sight Reading (I) Class instruction in accompa-
nying, ensembles, and sight reading.
PIA 333 Improvisation and Electric Keyboards
(Minor) (!) Class instruction once per week in
improvisational skills based on popular music: for
instrumental education majors.
PIA 334 Keyboard Accompanying (Minor) (1)
Class instruction once per week in accompanying,
score reading, popular music, and sight reading for
vocal music education majors.
PIA 335 Piano Repertoire (.5) A weekly perfor-
mance class for jimior music education keyboard
majors.
PIA 336 Keyboard Accompanying (Major) (1)
Class instruction once per week in accompanying,
score reading, popular music, improvisation, and
sight reading for piano music education majors.
PIA 404 Transposition and Score Reading (2)
Emphasizing the needs of the keyboard accompa-
nist, techniques include clef reading, harmonic
analysis, interval transposition, solfege steps, and
enharmonic changes.
PIA 405 Accompanying — Vocal (3)
Performance of the vocal accompanying literatiu'e
from all periods; performance and reading sessions
in class.
PIA 406 Accompanying — Instrumental (3)
Performance of the instrumental accompanying lit-
erature from all periods; emphasis on the sonata
literature; performance and reading sessions in
class.
PIA 410 Independent Studies in Keyboard
Music (1-3) Special research projects, reports, or
readings in keyboard music. Permission of depart-
ment chairperson required.
PIA 423 Baroque Keyboard Literature (3) The
Renaissance through development of variation
form and dance suite. Performance practices, orna-
mentation, and figured bass. In-depth study of
works of Handel, Bach, and Scarlatti. Some stu-
dent performance required.
PIA 424 Classical Piano Literature (3) Origin
and development of the sonata and performance
practices of homophonic style. Music of Bach's
sons, Haydn, Mozart, and Beethoven. Some stu-
dent performance required.
PIA 425 Romantic Piano Literature (3)
Analysis of piano stjies of Schubert, Chopin,
Mendelssohn, Schumann, Liszt, Brahms. Faure,
and Tchaikovsky. Performance practices. The vir-
tuoso etude and problems of technical execution.
Some student performance required.
PIA 426 20th-century Piano Literature (3)
Seminal works and styles of this century. Albeniz,
Rachmaninoff, Debussy, Ravel, Prokofiev,
Hindemith. Schoenberg. Bartok. and American
composers. Some student performance required.
PREREQ:MTC213.
PIA 427 The Concerto (3) A chronological pre-
sentation of the development of the piano concerto
emphasizing performance practices and problems.
PREREQ:MTC213.
PIA 429 Special Subjects Seminar (1-3) Sig-
nificant topics presented by faculty members
and/or visiting lectiu'crs. Designed to meet the spe-
cific needs of undergraduate keyboard majors.
PIA 435 Piano Repertoire (.5) A weekly perfor-
mance class for senior music education keyboard
majors.
PIA 443 Keyboard Ensemble (.5) The class will
focus on a variety of ensemble experiences,
including duets and accompanying choral groups.
PIA 444 Keyboard Ensemble (.5) The class will
focus on various types of ensemble experiences,
including piano duos, performing in chamber
ensembles, and accompanying choral groups.
PIA 450 Group Piano Pedagogy I (4)
Procedures and materials for group piano instruc-
tion. Emphasis on developing comprehensive
musicianship through an interwoven study of liter-
ature, musical analysis, technique, improvisation,
ear training, harmony, transposition, and sight
reading. Includes practiciun in group piano
instruction.
PIA 451 Piano Pedagogy I (4) An in-depth study
of materials available to the studio piano teacher
for the elementary levels. Discussions include dif-
ferent methods, technique, harmony, ear training,
and sight reading. Includes practicum in individual
instruction.
PIA 452 Piano Pedagogy II (4) An in-depth
study of repertoire and materials available to the
studio piano teacher for the intermediate levels.
Discussion of related concerns such as memoriza-
tion, practice techniques, developing technique
through literatiu'e, principles of fingering, and
sight reading. Includes practicum in individual
instruction.
PIA 453 Selected Topics in Piano Pedagogy (4)
Further exploration of the goals and objectives of
piano study through presentation of selected topics
and continued practicum in individual instruction.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
School of Music
Music: Vocal and Choral Music
Department of Music Theory and Composition
James McVoy, Chairperson
FACULTY: Bauer, Maggio, Nelson. Sullivan
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MUSIC THEORY AND COMPOSITION
Symbol: MTC
014 Basic Dictation and Sight Singing (2) A
preparaton course for music majors emphasizing
basic aural perception and sight-singing skills
needed for effecti\e music study. A final grade of
C or better is a prerequisite for taking MTC 1 14.
110 Fundamentals of Music (3) A study of basic
elements of music for those without previous
musical experience. For nonmusic majors only.
112 Theory of Music I (3) Introduction to music
theory, music writing, and key board harmony.
Elements of musical form; binary and temary forms.
Primary triads and their inversions. Analysis and cre-
ative activity .
113 Theory of Music II (3) Supertonic and other
secondary triads and their inversions; diatonic sev-
enth chords; modulation; compound temary.
rondo, and variation forms. Analysis and creative
activity. PREREQ: MTC 1 12, with a grade of C-
or better.
114 Aural Activities 1 (2) Development of basic
hearing skills, chiefly through sight singing and
dictation activities based on the subject matter of
MTC 112.
115 Aural Activities II (2) Continued develop-
ment of basic hearing skills. PREREQ: MTC 1 14,
v\ith a grade of C- or better.
212 Theory of Music III (3) Diatonic and chro-
matic seventh chords and their inversions.
Modulation. Invention and ftigue, sonata-allegro
forms. Analysis and creative activity. PREREQ:
MTC 113, with a grade of C- or better.
213 Theory of Music IV (3) Harmonic and con-
trapuntal techniques of the 20th century. Form in
contemporary music. Analysis and creative activi-
ty. PREREQ: MTC 212.
214 Aural Activities III (2) Material of advanced
difficulty involving chromatic alteration, foreign
modulation, and intricate rhvlhms. PREREQ:
MTC 1 1 5, with a grade of C- or better.
215 Aural Activities IV (2) Continuation of
MTC 214 and activities involving nontonal music.
PREREQ: MTC 214.
261 Fundamentals of Jazz (2) A basic course in
jazz theory .
271 Radio and Television Music (2) Techniques
used in composing and arranging music for radio
and television; practical writing experience.
312 Composition I (3) Creative writing in the
forms, styles, and media best suited to the capabil-
ities and needs of the student. PREREQ: MTC
212.
313 Composition II (3) Further application of
MTC 312. stressing contemporary techniques.
PREREQ: MTC 312.
341 Orchestration (3) The orchestra; use of
instruments individually and in combination. PRE-
REQ: MTC 212.
342 Musical Form (3) The standard forms of
tonal and contemporary music. PREREQ: MTC
212.
344 Counterpoint I (3) The contrapuntal tech-
niques of tonal music. Chorale prelude and inven-
tion. PREREQ: MTC 212.
345 Counterpoint II (3) Advanced contrapuntal
forms including canon and fugue. PREREQ: MTC
344.
346 Techniques of Early 20th-Centurj- Music
(3) A study of compositional techniques in repre-
sentative vocal and instrumental works of the first
two decades of the century.
♦ 361 Jazz Harmony and Arranging I (3) A
basic course in jazz, popular harmony and arrang-
ing techniques, including contemporary chord
symbols and terminology, and basic voicing for
brass, reed, and rhythm sections.
♦ 362 Jazz Harmony and Arranging II (3) An
intermediate course in jazz'popular harmony and
arranging techniques, including more advanced
harmonic techniques. Writing for strings, wood-
winds, and electronic instruments is introduced.
364 Performance Practices in Contemporary
Music (3) Technical problems of understanding
new notation (e.g., graphic, proportional, multi-
phonics, microtones, metric modulation, asymmet-
rical rhythm groupings, prose scores, etc.) and
facility in performing scores that include these
techniques. PREREQ: MTC 213 or permission of
instructor.
412 Composition III (3) Composition in larger
forms. Open to composition majors only. PRE-
REQ: MTC 313.
413 Composition IV (3) Advanced composition
involving major projects in a contemporarv idiom.
PREREQ: MTC 412.
415 Serialism and Atonality (3) Compositional
procedures and theoretical concepts in atonal and
serial works of Schoenberg, Berg, Webem,
Bartok, Stravinsky, and more recent composers.
PREREQ: MTC 213.
416 Jazz Practices (2-3) Jazz historv , writing,
and performance. Survey of basic jazz literature;
fundamental techniques in arranging and improvis-
ing. PREREQ: MTC 213 or equivalent.
417 Electronic Music (3) Materials and tech-
niques of electronic music and their use in compo-
sition. Laboratory experience in the composition
of electronic music. PREREQ: MTC 312 or per-
mission of instructor.
450 Acoustics of Music (3) The study of sound;
its production, transmission, and reception.
Musical instruments, the acoustics of rooms, and
the physical basis of scales.
♦ MTC 479 Seminar in Music Theory (3)
Special topics seminar designed to meet specific
needs of undergraduate music majors.
♦ MTC 481 Independent Study (1)
♦ MTC 482 Independent Study (2)
♦ MTC 483 Independent Study (3)
♦ This course mav be taken again for credit.
Department of Vocal and Choral Music
Jane Wyss, Chairperson
FACULTY: Chilcote, DeVenney, Dorminy, Dowdell, Friday,
Sprenkle, Wagner, Wyss
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
VOCAL AND CHORAL MUSIC
NUMBERING SYSTEM
Private lessons given by the Department of
Vocal and Choral Music are shown by the
following numbers, together with this prefix;
VOI-Voice
^ 100 Private instruction for nonmusic ma-
jors. Permission of the chairperson required (1)
101-402 Private instruction in minor perfor-
mance area (1)
111-412 Private instruction in major perfor-
mance area, music education program (1.5)
141-442 Private instruction in advanced per-
formance area, B.M. program (3)
471-474 Advanced Voice Lesson (2) (Elective)
151-452 Private instruction in minor perfor-
mance area, B.A. theatre: musical theatre (1)
161-462 Private instruction in major perfor-
mance area, B.A. theatre (2)
♦ CHO 112 University Chorale (.5) A chorus
presenting a wide selection of choral music for
mixed voices. Open to all students.
♦ CHO 211 Men's Chorus (.5) A chorus pre-
senting the choral literature for male voices. Open
to all male students by audition.
♦ CHO 212 Women's Chorus (.5) A chorus
presenting the choral literature for female voices.
Open to all female students by audition.
♦ CHO 31 1 Masterworks Chorus (.5) A chorus
presenting oratorios, masses, and more difficult
mixed choral literature. Open to all students by
audition.
♦ CHO 410 Opera Chorus (1) An elective
course devoted to the training of a choral group
that participates in opera or operetta productions.
May not be used to satisfy choral requirements.
Membership by audition.
♦ CHO 41 1 Chamber Choir (.5) Small group
of singers specializing in the performance of
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Nursing
School of Health Sciences
Renaissance/Baroque, sacred, and secular litera-
ture. Membership b> audition.
♦ CH0 412 Concert Choir (.5) Devoted to
acquiring a fine technique in choral singing
through the preparation of programs for perfor-
mance. Membership by audition.
VOC 111 Madrigal Class (1) A survey of madri-
gal literature through records, tapes, and class per-
formance with emphasis on materials suitable for
use in secondan schools. Offered in fall semester
of odd-numbered years.
♦ VOC 112 Performance Preparation I (3) A
course designed to teach the student performer
how to prepare a dramatic vocal score. PREREQ:
MTC 1 1 0 or equivalent.
♦ VOC 1 13 Performance Preparation II (3) A
continuation of Performance Preparation I with
emphasis on advanced literature and interpretive
techniques. PREREQ: VOC 112.
VOC 135 IPA (.5) The study of the International
Phonetic Alphabet (IPA).
VOC 227 Literature of the Musical Theater (3)
The literature of the musical theater from
Singspiel to Broadwav musical. Changes in style
are observed and analyzed.
VOC 235 Vocal Repertoire Class (.5) A weekly
performance class for sophomore music education
vocal majors.
VOC 236 Show Choir (.5) Class instruction once
per w eek in the stud> of show choir.
VOC 31 1 Choral Conducting I (2) A practical
application of conducting and vocal techniques in
choral direction through practice in conducting a
choral group.
VOC 312 Choral Conducting II (2) Continued
development of the conducting techniques with
emphasis on conducting of pol>phonic choral
music and on the musical styles of the various
choral periods. Regularly offered in the spring
semester only. PREREQ: VOC 311.
VOC 315 English-ItaUan Diction (2) English,
Italian, and Latin diction for singers. Use of pho-
netics with application to singing of selected
songs.
VOC 329 Art Song (3) Origins and development
of the art song.
VOC 335 Vocal Repertoire Class (.5) A weekly
performance class for junior/senior music edu-
caiton vocal majors.
VOC 41 1 Master Class (Voice): Baroque
Period (1)
VOC 412 Master Class (Voice): German
Lied (I)
VOC 413 Master Class (Voice): French
Melodie(\)
VOC 414 Master Class (Voice): 20th-Centur>
Art Song (1)
VOC 416 French-German Diction (3) French
and German diction for singers. Use of phonetics
with application to singing of selected songs.
♦ VOC 421 Opera Workshop (2) The prepara-
tion of a musical production; coaching of scenes,
stage movement, and costimiing. Permission of
instructor required.
♦ VOC 424 Musico-Dramatic Production (1-
3) Major roles and'or major responsibilities in
extended productions. By audition.
VOC 426 Choral Literature (3) The develop-
ment and performance style of the choral reper-
toire.
♦ VOC 429 Special Subjects Seminar (1-3)
Significant topics presented by faculty members
and'or visiting lecturers. Designed to meet the spe-
cific needs of undergraduate music majors.
VOC 435 Vocal Repertoir Class (.5) A weekly
performance class for junior/senior music educa-
tion vocal majors.
♦ VOC 436 Vocal-Choral Music Workshop
(1-3) Specialized workshops in the area of vocal
and/or choral music. Subject to be announced at
the time of the offering.
VOC 491 Vocal Pedagogy (2) Principles and
techniques of teaching voice. PREREQ: Four
semesters of private instruction or permission of
instructor.
VOI 181 Voice Class (1) Class instruction in
singing skills for nonmusic majors. Previous voice
study not required.
VOI 182 Voice Class (1) Class instruction in
singing skills for nonmusic majors. PREREQ: VOI
181 or permission of instructor.
VOI 191 Voice Class (1) Class instruction in a
minor performance area. Open to nonmusic majors
with permission of the department chairperson.
VOI 192 Voice Class (1) Continuation of VOI
191. PREREQ: vol 191.
VOI 413 Elective credit for senior recital (I)
Available to music education seniors only during
the nonstudent-teaching semester by permission of
the department.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Nursing
105 Nursing Building
610-436-2219
Ann Coghlan Stowe, Chairperson
Susan C. Slaninka, Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Hickman, Slaninka
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Conroy, Coghlan Stowe, Devlin-
Kelly, Garrett, Mackey, Matz, Nester, Petit de Mange, Wanta
INSTRUCTORS: Tucker, Zabat
The Department of Nursing is accredited by the National League for
Nursing (61 Broadway, New York, NY 10006, 212-363-5555) and
approved by the State Board of Nursing of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania.
Admission Criteria
Applicants for nursing must have completed work equal to a standard
high school course, including a minimum of 16 units: four units of
English, three units of social studies, two units of mathematics (one of
which must be algebra), and two units of science with a related labo-
ratory course or the equivalent. A combined score of 1 000 is expected
on the SAT.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING
The bachelor of science degree program in nursing is offered by the
Department of Nursing, which is an integral part of the School of
Health Sciences. The family-centered program is based on the concept
that the person is a biopsychosocial being with basic health needs.
The Department of Nursing believes that high-quality health care is a
basic right of all people and that health care needs can be met through
the practice of the professional nurse w ho has completed a systematic
program of courses in the social and natural sciences, humanities, and
the nursing major.
Characteristics of the graduate include: 1) an awareness of, and sense
of responsibility for, social issues as they affect diverse populations;
2) leadership through professional and civic activities to advocate for
the improvement of health care; 3) accountability and competency in
utilizing the nursing process to assist clients at various levels of health
in a variety of settings; 4) collaboration, coordination, and consulta-
tion as a colleague in the interdisciplinary health team; 5) belief in
learning as a life-long process; 6) nursing theory and research to sup-
port nursing practice.
5 1 semester hours
50 semester hours
27 semester hours
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
1 . General Requirements, see pages 34-36
2. Nursing Core Requirements
NSG 212, 311-312, and 411-412; NSL 212,
31 1-312, 41 1-412; and one nursing elective
3. Cognate Requirements*
BIO 100, 204, 259, 269, and 307; CHE 103-104
and CRL 103-104 or CHE 107 and CRL 107;
CHE 230; HEA 303 ; MAT 121; PS Y 1 00. 2 1 0.
and 375; SOC 200 and 240
A total of 128 credits is required for graduation.
Academic Promotion Policy
Failures, D Grades, or NG (No Grade)
All nursing students who have a grade of D, F, or NG (no grade) in
required courses during the first and sophomore years must repeat
these courses and achieve a satisfactoty grade (C- or above) before
Some of these courses may be used to satisfy distributive requirements.
School of Health Sciences
Nursing
entering the junior-level nursing major courses. Nursing students must
have a 2.0 GPA before entering the clinical courses at the junior year.
A student must achieve a grade of C- or better in the nursing major in
the junior year for promotion to the senior year and achieve at least a
C- in the senior year for graduation. Students also must achieve at
least a C- in BIO 307, MAT 121, and PSY 375.
If a student must repeat a nursing course, a grade of C- or better in
both the theory and laboratory (clinical practicum) components must
be achieved. The theory and clinical portions of a nursing course must
be taken concurrently.
Other policies are explained in detail in the current issue of the
department handbook.
Special Requirements
Generic nursing candidates are admitted once a year, in September.
Transfer students can be admitted in spring and fall.
Nursing students are required to supply their own transportation to
clinical facilities.
Insurance. Students are required to carry liability insurance coverage
in the amount of $1, 000,000/53,000,000 during the junior and senior
year at a yearly cost of approximately $30. Students also are required
to carry health insurance.
Uniforms. Students are required to wear white uniforms to some of
the clinical experiences during the junior and senior years. Uniform
policies are presented in detail in the current issue of the department
handbook.
CPR Certification. Students enrolled in nursing courses with a clini-
cal component are required to be currently certified by the American
Red Cross, American Heart Association, or other acceptable resource
in Life Support (two-person) Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation. The
CPR course must include resuscitation of children and infants.
Calculations exam. Competency in calculation of dosages is a pre-
requisite to NSG/NSL 311. The student is required to have attained
100 percent proficiency in calculating dosages as measured by a paper
and pencil test. The nursing laboratory coordinator administers the
calculations exam in the spring semester immediately prior to
enrolling in the clinical courses.
Mosby Assess Test. All senior students must complete the Mosby
Assess Test prior to graduation. Cost is assumed by the student.
Health Requirements
Nursing candidates must meet the general health requirements of all
students at West Chester University for the first and sophomore years.
Candidates must meet the following health requirements during the
summer prior to the junior year: inoculations against diphtheria,
typhoid, tetanus, measles, poliomyelitis (a series of four), and
Hepatitis B; a complete physical examination that must include a
complete blood count, blood serology, TB skin test, urinalysis, dental
and eye examinations, and any other diagnostic tests deemed neces-
sary. Prior to their senior year, students must repeat the TB skin test
and other diagnostic tests deemed necessary.
Nursing Laboratory
The nursing laboratory in the basement of the Old Library building is
available as a resource to help the nursing student in the learning
process. There are two sections of the laboratory. One area houses a
variety of equipment that allows the student to view audio-visual
material such as filmstrips, slides, and videocassettes related to psy-
chomotor skills involved in nursing. This equipment can be used indi-
vidually or in small groups. The other section contains equipment that
allows the student to practice these skills. Computers are available in
the labs for use with various software packages.
Every student is required to use the learning laboratory at specified
times. In addition, students are expected to spend time utilizing this
resource for independent learning based on their individual needs. The
laboratory is staffed by a full-time nursing laboratory coordinator who
is a registered nurse.
Transfer Policy
Both internal and external transfer students are accepted into the nurs-
ing major each semester. The number accepted each semester is based
on the number that the department can accommodate in a sound edu-
cational experience.
Students currently enrolled at West Chester University who wish to
transfer in to the Department of Nursing should attend a transfer
information session to begin the process and subsequently submit an
application packet to the department. All application procedures must
be completed by the deadlines established by the Department of
Nursing in order for the candidate to be considered for entrance into
the nursing major.
All students who wish to transfer into the Department of Nursing
must:
1 . Show evidence of satisfactory completion (70 percent or better) in
BIO 100, 1 10, or 259, CHE 103 and CRL 103, or CHE 107 and
CRL 107, ENG 120, and PSY 100 or SOC 200; and
2. Meet with the adviser in the Department of Nursing to sign an
individualized agreement that reserves placement in clinical nurs-
ing courses during the academic year identified.
Degree Program for Registered Nurses
The department offers an innovative and flexible program for regis-
tered nurses who wish to earn a baccalaureate degree in nursing. The
Curriculum Committee of the Department of Nursing unanimously
approved the Pennsylvania Higher Education Nursing Schools
Association (PHENSA) Articulation Model for registered nurse stu-
dents in spring 1997. This model allows for transfer of nursing credits
if the student has graduated from a National League for Nursing
(NLN) accredited program in the last 10 years or has practiced nurs-
ing a minimum of 1000 hours in the last three years. Using the
PHENSA model, the following courses may be transferred in and
credit awarded:
• NSG312and411;NSL212, 312, and411 (22 credits)
• NSG 212 may be transferred in if course descriptions document
that the student has had the content.
• The RN student is required to take NSG 3 1 1 and 412, and NSL
311 and4l2.
Other requirements:
• Most RN students may also transfer in basic biology, anatomy and
physiology, chemistry, microbiology, and any other college credits
that they have.
• RN students are not required to take BIO 307 (Pathophysiology) or
PSY 375 (Abnormal Psychology), and SOC 204 (Sociology of the
Family) as the student's nursing courses and/or clinical practice
validate a knowledge base in these areas.
Detailed information about this program may be obtained from the
department office.
Licensing Eligibility in Pennsylvania
In order to be employed in professional nursing, students must apply
for a temporary practice permit through the State Board of Nursing.
Students must meet all program requirements to be eligible for the
National Council Licensure Examination (T^CLEX) upon graduation.
Passing this examination designates Registered Nurse (RN) status. In
accordance with the January 1, 1986, Professional Nursing Law (P.L.
317, No. 69), felonious acts prohibit licensing in Pennsylvania in
accordance with the following guidelines:
The State Board of Nursing in Pennsylvania shall not issue a license
of certificate to an applicant who has been:
1. Convicted** of a felonious act prohibited by the act of April 14,
1972 (P.L. 233, No. 64), known as "The Controlled Substance,
Drug, Device and Cosmetic Act," or
2. Convicted** of a felony relating to a controlled substance in a
court of law of the United States or any other state, territory, or
country unless:
a. At least 10 years have elapsed from the date of the conviction;
**Convicted includes a judgment, an admission of guilt, or a plea of nolo
contendere.
Nursing
School of Health Sciences
The applicant satisfactorily demonstrates to the board signifi-
cant progress in personal rehabilitation since the conviction
such that licensure should not create a substantial risk of ftirther
violations; and
c. The applicant otherwise satisfies the qualifications contained in
this act.
A person convicted of any felonious act may be prohibited from
licensure by the Board of Nursing at any time.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
NURSING
Symbol: NSG
109 Health Issues of Women (3) (Offered jointly
with Department of Health, as NSG'HEA 109)
This course encompasses the needs and concerns
of women as consumers in our present health care
system. It examines various biological, psycholog-
ical, and social topics related to women's health
care, including medical abuses, sexualit\', sex
roles, and women's health in the workplace. This
course is an enrichment to liberal education,
encouraging inquiry into previously neglected
areas of women and health. It is offered in the
Women's Studies Program and is open to all
University students, regardless of major, as an
elective.
110 Transcultural Health: Principles and
Practices (3) (Offered jointly with Department of
Health, as NSG'HEA 110) This course examines
the health beliefs and practices of a variety of sub-
cultural groups in the U.S. Emphasis is placed on
the application of multicultural health beliefs to
the caring process. It utilizes the cross-cultural
approach in meeting the health needs of clients
and families. It is open to all University students,
regardless of major, as an elective.
212 Nursing Theories and Concepts (4) Taken
in the sophomore year. Nursing theories and con-
cepts, conceptual frameworks, theories from other
disciplines that may apply to nursing, and the
nursing process are studied in this course. PRE-
REQ: Sophomore standing.
NSL 212 Nursing Theories and Concepts Lab
(2) (Must be taken with NSG 21 2 1 This clinical
experience includes inter\iewing skills, physical
and psychosocial assessment, vital signs measure-
ment, basic hygienic practices, body mechanics,
and infection control.
216 Adaptations in the Aged (3) The student
will have the opportunit> to form a relationship
with a healthy, elderh individual. Students will
utilize communication skills through interaction on
a one-to-one basis w ith senior citizens in a private
home setting. Students will become acquainted
with the problems of da\-to-day living and the
crises that face this population along with the
adaptive strengths and resources that are an essen-
tial part of the healthy older person's personality.
217 Loss and Grieving: What to Say, What to
Do (3) Loss, grief and/or depression are universal
experiences. Concrete measures to help oneself
and peers better cope with these experiences are
presented. Barriers that make providing comfort
and support to others difficult or uncomfortable
are identified and discussed. Effective measures
for talking with and helping those who are griev-
ing, depressed, or suicidal are presented, and each
student is assisted to develop his or her own style
in comfortably using selected approaches. Classes
will be participator\ with minimal lecture.
218 Concepts in Caring (3) The emphasis of this
course is that caring is a universal concept that can
be viewed from many disciplines. Nurses, profes-
sionals in the caring business, serve as the guides
in a creative journey connecting human caring and
the various disciplines.
219 Computers and the Health Care Delivery
System (3) This elective course will be of practi-
cal importance to any student who is interested in
the impact of computers on the health care deliv-
ery system. The course is divided into three areas:
1) an overview of the computer; 2| application of
the computer to the health care delivery system,
including the role of the health care professional
and the consumer: and, 3 ) issues pertaining to the
computer and the health care delivery system. Use
of the computer with a varietv' of applications and
CAI softw are is integrated throughout the course.
220 Care of the Inner Self (3) This course focus-
es on care of the inner self or spirit. The purpose
of the course is to prepare one to understand the
iimer self and to know how to utilize the power
within the self to maintain wellness and prevent
illness.
311 Adaptation I (5) Must be taken during junior
year, fall semester. The emphasis of this course is
on the prevention of illness and promotion of
health by assessment of the health status, appropri-
ate intervention, and evaluation of the health pro-
motion plan. The nursing process provides the
framework for promotion of wellness in a variety
of settings with clients of an\ age group. PRE-
REQ: BIO 307.
NSL 31 1 Adaptation I Laboratory (5) Clinical
experiences are provided in agencies where rela-
tively well populations have been identified, such
as schools, nurserv schools, well baby clinics, and
health maintenance clinics. NSG 31 1 and NSL 31 1
always must be taken concurrently. PREREQ: BIO
100, 204, 259, and 269; CHE 103-104 and CRL
103-104 or CHE 107 and CRL 107, CHE 230 and
404; ENG 120 and 121; NSG 212 and NSL 212;
PSY 100 and 210; and SOC 200 and 240.
312 Adaptation II (5) Must be taken during
junior year, spring semester. The emphasis of this
course is on the maintenance of health and promo-
tion of adaptive responses in clients with chronic
health problems. The nursing process is used to
assist these clients to adapt to stressors tiirough
supportive therapeutic, palliative, and preventive
measures.
NSL 312 Adaptation H Laboratory (5) Clinical
experience is pro\ ided in settings where clients
with chronic health problems have been identified.
These settings include rehabilitation centers, child
development centers, nursing homes, and acute
care settings. These environments provide flexibil-
ity for students to implement changes for clients
and acquire skills that w ill be utilized in other
nursing courses. NSG 312 and NSL 312 always
must be taken concurremlv. PREREQ: BIO 307,
NSG 31 Land NSL 311.
314 Internship (3) This course is designed to
provide nursing students with the opportunity to
enhance knowledge and skills acquired in
NSG/NSL 311-312. Students will have the oppor-
tunity to participate in the care of a group of
clients over a consecutive span of days and to
increase their awareness of the professional role.
PREREQ: Successfiil completion of NSG/NSL
311-312.
316 Coping with Cancer (3) The emphasis of
this course is on coping with clients who have
cancer. Various physiological and psychosocial
effects this disease has on clients and their fami-
lies will be examined. The course will allow stu-
dents to explore their own feelings related to can-
cer and assist them in their contacts with cancer
clients. Topics that will be discussed include deal-
ing with loss, pain, pain management, hospice
care, and communication with the cancer client.
This course is open to all students.
367 Nursing Implications of Drug Interactions
(1) The student will be introduced to essential
pharmacological principles and concepts. The
nursing process will pro\ ide the framework b>
which students will apply theoretical know ledge in
BIO 367 to situations in a varietv of health care
settings. To be taken in conjunction with BIO 367,
or after, with permission of instructor.
♦ 410 Independent Study in Nursing (3) The
student produces an independent, research-oriented
project under close facultv advisement on a nurs-
ing topic of special interest to the student.
Participation in a selected field experience is
optional. PREREQ: Permission of department
chairperson.
411 Advanced Adaptational Problems I (5)
Must be taken during senior jear, fall semester.
The emphasis of this course is on the study of
adaptive responses that create new stresses, requir-
ing additional adaptations and frequently interrupt-
ing an individual's mode of fiinctioning. The nurs-
ing process is used to assist clients in crises.
NSL 41 1 Advanced Adaptational Problems I
Laboratory (5) Clinical experience is provided in
acute care settings, in ps\ chiatric in-patient set-
tings, and in communit> health settings. NSG 411
and NSL 41 1 alwa\s must be taken concurrently.
PREREQ: MAT 121, NSG 312, NSL 312, and
PSY 375.
412 Advanced Adaptational Problems II (6)
Must be taken during senior year, spring semester.
NSG 412 is a continuation of NSG 41 1 with the
emphasis on the subconcepts of decision making
and advocacy. The nursing process is utilized
interdependently in approaching multihealth care
problems of clients. Special attention is given to
inquiry as the student correlates nursing theories
and concepts with identifiable research problems
in varied environments. Opportunity is provided in
this semester to develop organization and manage-
ment skills.
NSL 412 Advanced Adaptational Problems II
Laboralor> (5) Clinical experience is provided in
acute care settings, psychiatric inpatient settings,
and community health settings. NSG 412 and NSL
412 always must be taken concurrently. PREREQ:
NSG4irandNSL4ll.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
College of Arts and Sciences
Philosopln
Department of Philosophy
103 Main Hall
610-436-2841
Thomas Piatt, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Claghom, Croddy, Piatt, Riukas, Streveler,
Struckmeyer
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Porritt, Williams
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: Hoffman
The Department of Philosophy otTers two programs leading to the
bachelor of arts degree and, in cooperation with the faculty of teacher
education, a program leading to the bachelor of science in education.
1. The B.A. in PHILOSOPHY surveys the history of philosophy,
explores its major disciplines, and focuses on selected topics of
perennial interest. The purpose of the program is to develop the
organizational, analytic, and expressive skills required for law
school, the seminary, graduate work in philosophy, and the wide
range of careers in government, business, and industry.
2. The'e.A. in PHILOSOPHY— RELIGIOUS STUDIES is designed
for students planning on religious vocations, or as a foundation for
graduate work in religion or cross-cultural studies. The emphasis is
on individual and social expression of religion. Western and non-
Western, philosophic implications, and fine arts applications.
3. The B.S. in EDUCATION in SOCIAL STUDIES is for students
interested in pursuing a concentration in philosophy while earning
state certification to teach secondary school social studies.
Majors in the two B.A. programs should consult the department hand-
book and their adviser for current requirements.
During the first year, students planning to pursue the B.S. in education
in social studies should consult with their adviser in this department
and their professional studies adviser in secondan. education.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE B.A. PROGRAMS
1 . General Requirements, see pages 34-36 44-5 1 semester hours
2. Foreign Language/Culture Requirement 0-15 semester hours
3. Major Requirements 24 semester hours
4. Free Electives 38-60 semester hours
9 semester hours
RELIGIOUS
BACHELOR OF ARTS— PHILOSOPHY
1. Required Core Courses 15 semester hours
PHI 190, 270, 272, 412, and 499
2. Philosophy Electives
BACHELOR OF ARTS— PHILOSOPHY
STUDIES
1 . Required Courses 2 1 semester hours
PHI 102, 202, 203, 204, 271, 349, and
SOC 344
2. Elective in Religious Studies 3 semester hours
As advised
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION-
SOCIAL STUDIES: CONCENTRATION IN PHILOSOPHY
Students interested in teaching secondary school may pursue a con-
centration in philosophy while earning state certification and the bach-
elor of science in education. Required philosophy courses totaling 21
credit hours include PHI 150 or 190, PHI 174 or' 180, PHI 270 or 272,
plus 12 elective hours. PHI 204 or 205 is strongly recommended as an
elective. For remaining requirements see the descriptions under Social
Studies: B.S. in Education, page 129.
Minor Programs
Students may minor in either philosophy or religious studies. A mini-
mum of 1 8 semester hours is required. Elective courses are selected in
consultation with the student's minor adviser. Either of these minors
may be taken as a concentration in the bachelor of arts in liberal stud-
ies general degree program.
Philosophy Minor
1 . Required Courses
PHI 101, 150 or 190, 174 or 180, and 270,
271, or 272
2. Philosophy Electives (under advisement)
Religious Studies Minor
1 . Required Courses
PHI 102, 202 or 203, 204 or 205, and 349
2. Religious Studies Electives (under advisement) 6 semester hours
18 semester hours
1 2 semester hours
6 semester hours
18 semester hours
1 2 semester hours
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PHILOSOPHY
Symbol: PHI
NOTE: Only PHI 405, 436, and 499 have
prerequisites. All other philosophy courses
are nonsequential and open to all students.
Not all courses will be offered every year.
INTRODUCTORY COURSES IN
PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION
♦ 101 Introduction to Philosophy (3) The chief
problems and methods of philosophic thought,
with a survey- of some typical solutions. The place
and influence of philosophy in life today. Offered
ever>' semester.
# 102 Introduction to Religious Studies (3) The
role of religion in human life. Illustrations drawn
from various traditions, rituals, and belief patterns,
both ancient and modem.
150 Critical Thinking and Problem Solving (3)
Introduction to the principles of valid inference
and effective thinking. Problem solving; puzzles;
games; decision making; the syllogism; probabili-
t\'; logical fallacies; and creative thinking.
# 174 Principles of the Arts (3) Contrasting sys-
tems for the anah sis and e%aluation for works of
art — literature, the visual arts, and music.
* 180 Introduction to Ethics (3) Great ethical
systems of histor> and their application to personal
and social life. The right and the good; the nature
of values; and critical ethical dilemmas.
207 Philosophies of Nonviolence (3) The theor>
and practice of nonviolent action. Gandhi, Tolstoy,
and King are studied, along with lesser-knowTi fig-
ures such as Gene Sharp. Thomas Merton, and
A.J. Muste.
# SSC 200 Introduction to Peace and Conflict
Studies (3) An interdisciplinary study of the caus-
es and fiinctions of societal conflict and processes
of controlling conflict.
COURSES IN THE HISTORY OF
PHILOSOPHY
■ 270 History of Ancient Philosophy (3) A sur-
vey of the major figures of ancient philosophy,
from the pre-Socratic period through Plato, Aris-
totle, the Epicureans, and Stoics, to the Skeptics and
Neo-Platonists. Offered in fall semester.
271 History of Medieval Philosophy (3) The
history of philosophy from the early Church
fathers to the late Middle Ages. St. Augustine, St.
Thomas, mysticism. Jewish and Mohammedan
influences, humanism, and the rise of science.
■ 272 History of Modern Philosophy (3) From
Descartes to Hegel. The social, political, and sci-
entific impact of the philosophers. Offered in
spring semester.
■ 273 19th-century Philosophy (3) Hegel and
German Idealism; decisive influences on European
and American literature and thought. Survey of the
chief themes of Schopenhauer. Comte, Mill.
Spencer, Marx, Kierkegaard, Darwin, and
Nietzsche.
274 Contemporary Analytic Philosophy (3)
Philosophic trends since 1850, including the
process philosophy. Pragmatism, Positivism, and
the Analytic School.
284 American Philosophy (3) Leaders in sci-
ence, literature, religion, and government who
have shaped American thought. Philosophers of
Puritanism, the Revolution, Transcendentalism,
and native schools of Realism. Idealism, and
Pragmatism.
■ 415 Existentialism (3) The rise and develop-
ment of E.xistentialism; chief exponents; views of
man; and influence on ethics, literature, and social
action.
COURSES ON OTHER
PHILOSOPHICAL TOPICS
190 Logic (3) Introduction to symbolic logic. The
nature of logical arguments; truth-functional
propositions; validity; natural deduction; and sim-
ple quantification. Offered every semester.
♦ 201 Contemporary Issues (3) Discussion and
analysis of contemporary philosophical issues. The
topic varies from semester to semester.
♦ Approved distributive requirement course
♦ Approved interdisciplinary course
■ Culture Cluster
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Physics
College of Arts and Sciences.
# 330 (also LIN 330) Introduction to Meaning
(3) Relationship between linguistics and philoso-
phy with emphasis on meaning in language. Some
issues in the theory of meaning from both linguis-
tics and philosophy; materials from each field to
help solve these issues.
360 (also LIN 360) Philosophy of Language (3)
A discussion of our use of language in the acquisi-
tion of knowledge. We will use material from phi-
losophy, linguistics, psychology, art. music, and
literature.
# 405 Feminist Theory (3) Designed to introduce
and discuss basic questions in contemporary femi-
nist theory , the course will explore different
philosophies of feminism, including such issues as
motherhood, intersections with other theories of
oppression, and body politics. PREREQ: WOS
225 or permission of instructor.
412 Ethical Theories (3) Advanced course in
ethical theory.
413 Aesthetic Theories (3) Interpretation of
beauty and art. Effects of motivation, and prob-
lems in media and in goals. A background of
meaning for the evaluation of specific works of
painting, sculpture, music, and architecture.
414 Philosophy of Religion (3) Religion and the
religious experience as viewed b\ major Western
thinkers. The existence of God, immortality, reli-
gious knowledge, evil, miracles, and science and
religion.
422 Philosophy of Science (3) The nature of sci-
entific method and scientific theory, with reference
to presuppositions, inference, explanation, predic-
tion, applications, and verification.
436 Symbolic Logic (3) Principles and methods
of symbolic logic. Practice in determining validity
of sentential and quantificational arguments. The
algebra of classes. PREREQ: PHI 190 or permis-
sion of the instructor.
# 470 Biomedical Ethics (3) A survey of basic
ethical theories with application to contemporary
ethical issues, including rights and responsibilities,
the definition of life, and biomedical research.
480 Environmental Ethics (3) Ethical issues and
duties relating to the natural environment, animal
rights, and community issues, including overpopu-
lation, pollution, and distribution of resources.
482 Social Philosophy (3) The relation between
man and the state, especially as seen by recent
thinkers. Focus is on justice, natural rights, politi-
cal obligation, freedom, and equality.
COURSES IN RELIGION
202 Religions of the West I (3) A survey of the
thought of Christianity and Judaism to the year
500.
203 Religions of the West II (3) A survey of the
thought of Christianity, Islam, and Judaism, from
the year 500 to the present. Emphasis on theologi-
cal development, with attention to social, econom-
ic, and historical factors.
204 Philosophies and Religions of India (3) The
religious and philosophical heritage of India, from
Vedic times to the present. Examination of major
classics, such as Rig Veda, Upanishads,
Bhagavad-Gita, and Yoga-sutras; recent writers
such as Tagore, Gandhi, and Radhakrishnan.
205 Philosophies and Religions of the Far East
(3) A survey of Far Eastern philosophy, religion,
and scientific thought. Confijcianism, Taoism, and
the various schools of Mahay ana Buddhism,
including Zen, are given primary emphasis.
349 Ideas of the Bible (3) An introduction to
Biblical concepts of revelation. God. man. nature,
and redemption in light of Hebrew and Greek
thought.
414 Philosophy of Religion (3) See "Courses in
Philosophical Topics," above.
INDEPENDENT STUDIES
AND SEMINARS
♦ 410 Independent Studies (1-3)
^ 499 Philosophic Concepts and Systems (3)
An intensive study of the major works of one
philosopher, stressing themes and comparison w ith
other views. Required of all philosophy majors.
PREREQ: Six hours of philosophy and senior
standing, or permission of instructor.
# Approved interdisciplinary course
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Physical Education — See Kinesiology
Department of Physics and Pre-Engineering Program
the program provides the flexibility to develop a minor In an area of
127 Boucher Hall
610-436-2497
Harold L. Skelton, Chairperson
PROFESSOR: Smith
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Hawkes, Martens, Nicastro,
Skelton
The Department of Physics offers three imdergraduate degree pro-
grams: the bachelor of science in physics, the bachelor of science in
education, and a cooperative five-year engineering program with The
Pennsylvania State University.
For admission to the physics program, most students should have
completed, in addition to the general University requirements, one
year each of high school chemistr>' and physics, and a minimum of
three years of mathematics, including algebra and trigonometrv . Any
student with a deficiency must complete ENG 120 and MAT 161 with
grades of C- or better to be admitted to the program.
West Chester has a chapter of the national physics honor society,
Sigma Pi Sigma.
A minor program in physics also is available.
The physics programs can also be found on the Internet
(http://phy.wcupa.edu).
The Robert M. Brown Endowed Scholarship for Physics was estab-
lished in 1997 by Mr. Robert M. Brown. Partial tuition scholarships
are awarded annually to students in the physics program.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— PHYSICS
This program is designed as preparation for graduate school or careers
in government or industry . The curriculum includes a strong founda-
tion in mathematics and the humanities. A wide choice of electives in
interest.
Requirements
A. Physics: PHY 170, 180, 240, 300, 310, 320, 330, 350, 370, 420,
and 430; an additional six credits in physics must be chosen from
available electives at or above the 300 level
B. Mathematics; CSC 141; MAT 161, 162, 261, and 343
C. Chemistrv- CHE 103 and 104; CRL 103 and 104
Candidates for the B.S. in physics must satisfy a foreign language
requirement at the 102 level. The recommended languages are French,
German, or Russian.
Students must maintain a GPA of 2.0 or greater in their physics cours-
es. Transfer students must take 1 5 or more physics credits at West
Chester at the 300 level and above for graduation.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION— PHYSICS
The B.S. program in physics education provides a solid background in
physics, mathematics, and related science for a teaching career at the
secondary level and leads to certification to teach physics in the pub-
lic schools of Pennsylvania.
A. Physics Concentration Requirements
1. Physics: PHY 170, 180, 240, 300, 310, 320, 330, and 410 or
430
2. Mathematics: MAT 161, 162, 261, and MAT 343 or PHY 370
3. Sciences: CHE 103 and 104; CRL 103 and 104; SCB 350; and
an elective in astronomy, biology, and computer science
B. Professional Education Requirements (See page 129.)
Students must maintain a GPA of 2.0 or greater in their physics cours-
es. Transfer students must take nine or more physics credits at West
Chester at the 300 level and above for graduation.
College of Arts and Sciences
Phxsics and Pre-Ensineerina
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— PHYSICS/BACHELOR
OF SCIENCE— ENGINEERING
The Department of Physics offers a cooperative engineering program
with The Penns>ivania State University', requiring three years at West
Chester Universit> plus two years at The Pennsyh ania State
University for study in engineering. At the end of this period, the stu-
dent receives Uvo baccalaureate degrees: a B.S. in physics from West
Chester and a B.S. in engineering from Perm State.
Admission to The Pennsylvania State University is contingent on a
recommendation from the Department of Ph\ sics and the student hav-
ing maintained the overall average for the specific engineering major.
Most areas of engineering require a 3.0 GPA for admission at the
junior level.
Students who have completed a bachelor's degree are not eligible for
transfer to Penn State in this program.
Areas of studv in engineering are:
Aerospace Engineering Environmental Engineering
Agricultural Engineering Industrial Engineering
Ceramic Science Mechanical Engineering
Chemical Engineering Metallurgy-
Civil Engineering Mining Engineering
Computer Engineering Nuclear Engineering
Electrical Engineering Petroleum and Natural Gas
Engineering Science Engineering
Physics Concentration Requirements
A. Physics: PHY 1 15. 1 16. 170. 180. 240. 260. 300, 310, 320, and
370: an additional six credits in physics at or above the 300 level
must be chosen, depending on the engineering area selected
B. Mathematics: CSC 141; MAT 161. 162. 261. and 343
C. Chemistrv: CHE 103 and 104: CRL 103 and 104
In addition, students intending to enroll in chemical engineering must
have CHE 231 and 232; in mining engineering. ESL 201. and ESS
101 and 302; and in petroleum and natural gas engineering. ESL 201.
and ESS 101 and 203. Students intending to enroll in aerospace, elec-
trical, or nuclear engineering must take PHY 370 and PHY 420.
Minor in Physics 19 semester hours
The program can be used as technical preparation to complement
work in other scientific or nonscientific areas, e.g., business majors
interested in careers in technologicalh oriented industries, majors
interested in technical or scientific sales, English majors interested in
technical writing, or social science majors interested in the area of
energy and the environment.
Required: PHY 130 and 140, or PHY 170 and 180: also PHY 240. In
addition, students must select eight credits of ph>sics courses at the
300 level or above, chosen under advisement with the Department of
Physics. Transfer students must take a minimum of six credits at West
Chester at the 300 level or above. A 2.0 GP.-^ or better must be main-
tained in all physics courses.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PHYSICS
Symbol; PHY
(3,2) represents three hours of lecture and two
hours of lab.
♦ 100 Elements of Physical Science (3) A study
of motion. energ>, light, and some aspects of mod-
em physics.
♦ 105 Structure of the Universe (3) A sur\ey of
phenomena and objects in the uni\ erse from the
ver\ smallest distance scales to the grandest in the
cosmos. Includes a historical consideration of the
developments of modem theories of the physical
world.
115 Engineering Graphics I (1) Use and prepa-
ration of engineering drawings. Topics include the
use of instruments, linework. geometric construc-
tion, lettering, four t\ pes of projections, dimen-
sioning, and sections.
116 Engineering Graphics II (1) A continuation
of PHY 1 15. to include topics such as layout,
detail, and assembK drawings, developments, aux-
iliarv drawings, \arious t>pes of drafting, machine
tool processes, and computer drafting. PREREQ:
PHY 115.
+ 130 General Physics I (4) An introductory,
noncalculus, physics course. Mechanics of solids
and fluids, wave motion, heat and temperature,
thermodjTiamics, and kinetic theory. (3,2) PRE-
REQ: Algebra and trigonomeOy.
+ 140 General Physics II (4) An extension of
PHY 130. Electricity' and magnetism, geometrical
and physical optics, and modem physics. (3,2)
PREREQ: PHY 130.
+ 170 Physics I (4) .^n introductory laboratoiy-
based course. Includes mechanics, kinetic theor>,
waves, heat, and thermodynamics. The laboratory
emphasizes error analysis, the writing of technical
reports, and data analysis using computers. PRE-
REQ: MAT 161.
+ 180 Physics II (4) A continuation of PHY 170.
Includes electricity and magnetism, geometrical
and phy sical optics, electronics, and modem
physics. PREREQ: PHY 1 70. Concurrent with
MAT 162.
240 Introduction to Modem Physics (3) An
atomic \iew of electricity and radiation, atomic the-
ory, special relativity theor\. X-ra\s, radioacti\ it) ,
nuclear fission, and introductory quantum mechan-
ics. PREREQ: MAT 162, and PHY 140 or 180.
260 Engineering Statics (3) Composition and
resolution of forces. equi\ alent force s\ stems,
equilibrium of particles and rigid bodies, centroids
and center of gravity, analysis of simple structures,
internal forces in beams, friction, moments and
products in inertia, and methods of virtual work.
PREREQ: MAT 162. and PHY 130 or 170.
300 Mechanics (3) Particle kinematics, dv'namics.
energy, and momentum considerations; oscilla-
tions; central force motion; accelerated reference
frames; rigid bod\ mechanics; Lagrangian
mechanics. PREREQ: PREREQ: MAT 162, and
PHY 140 or 180.
310 Intermediate Physics Laboratory' I (2) A
laboratory' course to familiarize students with labo-
ratory equipment and methods by performing a
series of classical and modem physics experi-
ments. The results of these are reported through
both oral presentations and written reports. CON-
CURRENT: PHY 240.
320 Intermediate Physics Laboratory II (2) A
continuation of PHY 310. but including an intro-
duction to writing scientific proposals and the use
of computers for data acquisition. Students are
required to propose and complete an experiment of
their own design as one part of this course. PRE-
REQ: CSC 141. PHY 310.
330 Electronics I (3) Emphasis is divided
bet\\een theory and experiment. The course begins
with a brief review of resistise and RC voltage
dividers. Electronic circuits studied include basic
operational amplifiers, timers, instrumentation
amplifiers, logic circuits, flip flops, counters, and
timers. (2,2) PREREQ: MAT 161. PHY 140 or
180, or permission of instructor.
340 Fundamentals of Radioisotope Techniques
(3) Biological, chemical, environmental, and phys-
ical effects of nuclear radiation. Radiation detec-
tion instrumentation and radio tracer methodology'.
(2,2) PREREQ: CHE 104, and PHY 140 or 180.
350 Heat and Thermodynamics (3) Equations of
state, first and second law s of thermod\ namics,
ideal and real gases, entropy . and statistical
mechanics. PREREQ or CONCLTIRENT: MAT
262. PHY 240.
370 Mathematical Physics (3) Selected topics in
mathematics applied to problems in ph\ sics. ordi-
nary differential equations, vector calculus. Fourier
analysis, matri.v algebra, and eigenvalue problems.
PREREQ: MAT 261. and PH^'^MO or 180.
400 .Anal> tical Dynamics (3) Wave propagation.
Lagrange's equations and Hamilton's principle,
rigid body motion, and special relati\ it)'. PRE-
REQ: MAT 343 and PHY 300.
410 Optics (3) Geometrical and physical optics.
Reflection and refraction at surfaces, lenses, inter-
ference and diffraction, and polarization. PRE-
REQ: PHY 140 or 180. PREREQ or CONCUR-
RENT: MAT 262.
420 Atomic Physics and Quantum Mechanics
(3) Fundamental concepts of quanuim mechanics
with application to atomic phvsics. Topics covered
are Bohr model, Schrodinger equation w ith appli-
cations, perturbation theory . helium atom, and
scattering theory . PREREQ: PHY 240 and 300,
and MAT 343 or PHY 370.
430 Electricity and .Magnetism (3) Electrostatics
of point charges and extended charge distributions,
fields in dielectrics, and magnetic fields due to
steady currents. .Ampere's Law and induced emfs.
Topics in electromagnetic waves as time permits.
PREREQ: PHY 300'^ and MAT 343 or PHY 370.
440 Microcomputer Electronics (3) Laborator)
stud\ of special circuits, integrated circuits, micro-
computers, and microcomputer interface applica-
tions. PREREQ: PHY 330. and MAT 343 or PHY
370.
450 Advanced Physics Laboratory I (1) A
course to familiarize students with contemporary'
laboratory' equipment and methods.
460 Advanced Physics Laboratory II (1) A con-
tinuation of PHY 450.
'* .Approved distributive requirement course.
+ PHY 1 70- 1 80 and PHY 1 30- 1 40 - Approved two-
semester substitute.
Political Science
School of Business and Public Affairs
♦ 470 Seminar in Physics (1) Oral and written
reports on appro\ ed topics. Variation in topics
from year to year, depending on the interest and
needs of students.
♦ 480 Special Topics (1-3) Topics of special
interest to be presented once or twice. PREREQ:
To be specified by the instructor. Course may be
repeated b\ student for credit any number of times
when different topics are presented.
^ 490 Introduction to Research (1-9) Specific
problems in consultation with the faculty ad\'iser.
PREREQ: Permission of instructor.
# SCB 210 The Origin of Life and the Universe
(3) An interdisciplinary course that presents the
theory and evidence for the first three minutes of
the uni\erse, and formation of the stars, gala.xies,
planets, organic molecules, and the genetic basis
of organic evolution. PREREQ: High school or
college courses in at least two sciences.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
# .Approved interdisciplinary course.
Department of Political Science
106 Rub\ Jones Hall
610-436-2743
John C. Shea, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Marbach, Milne, Shea
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Bums, Burton, lacono, Polsky,
Sandhu, Schnell
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Bemotsky, Loedel
The department offers a bachelor of arts degree in political science
with three concentrations and a bachelor of science in education in
social studies. The objective is to provide programs tailored to each
student's career goals and still to allow a wide range of options after
graduation. All three B.A. programs are intended for students with an
interest in government and public service, journalism, and the law.
1. The B.A.— POLITICAL SCIENCE is a general liberal arts program
e.xposing the student to the broad areas of political science, including
American government, international relations, comparative govern-
ment, public administration, political behavior, and political theory.
2. The B.A.— POLITICAL SCIENCE/PUBLIC MANAGEMENT is
for students who plan a career in public service. It includes relevant
courses from the geography and planning area.
3. B.A.— POLITICAL SCIENCE/INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
is for students with a primary interest in international affairs and
includes relevant cognates in several disciplines.
4. B.S.ED.— SOCLAL STUDIES offers concentrations in general
social studies, geography, and political science.
The department also sponsors pre-law advising, the Law Society, and
the Political Science Club.
I. Bachelor of Arts — Core for All Concentrarions
A. Required
PSC 1 00 American Government 3 semester hours
PSC 200 Foundations of Political Science 3 semester hours
PSC 213 International Relations 3 semester hours
PSC 230 Introduction to Political Philosophy 3 semester hours
PSC 240 Introduction to Comparative 3 semester hours
Politics or PMG 202 Elements of
Public Administration
PSC 400, 40 1 , or 402 Senior Project or 3 semester hours
Senior Seminar
Total 1 8 semester hours
B. Recommended for all students with 3 semester hours
an interest in graduate studies
PSC 399 Senior Symposium
II. Bachelor of Arts General Concentration
\. General Requirements, see pages 34-36 51 semester hours
B. Foreign Language/Culture Cluster 0-15 semester hours
C. Political Science Core (see above) 1 8 semester hours
D. An additional course fi-om the behavior 3 semester hours
or American government category,
which includes PSC 252, 256, 301, 322,
323, 324, 329, 350, 355, 356, and 359
E. An additional course from the 3 semester hours
comparative group, including
9 semester hours
9 semester hours
42^5 semester hours
1 8 semester hours
3 semester hours
6 semester hours
6 semester hours
1 5 semester hours
PSC 246, 340, 341, 342, 343, 348,
and 349
F. Nine additional hours of PMG or
PSC courses at the 200 level or above
G. Cognates distributed as follows:
1. GEO 101 or 103
2. Either HIS 150, 151, or 152
3. Either ECO 101, 111, 112;
PSY 100:orSOC200
Total (including cognates)
III. Bachelor of Arts — International Relations Concentration
A. General Requirements, see pages 34-36* 5 1 semester hours
B. Foreign Language (must be 0- 1 2 semester hours
completed through the 202 level)
C. Political Science Core (see above)
D. PSC 217 .American Foreign Policy
E. Two additional comparative courses,
chosen from among PSC 246, 340, 341,
342, 343, 348, and 349
F. Two additional international relations
courses, chosen from among PSC 311,
312, 316, 317, 318, 319, and 414
G. Additional and cognate courses under
the following rules:
1. GEO 101 or 103
2. HIS 101, 102, 150, 151, or 152
3. Nine additional hours selected with
advanced approval of adviser. You
may count up to six additional
language hours.
Total
IV. Bachelor of Arts — Public Management Concentration
A. General Requirements, see pages 34-36* 51 semester hours
B. Foreign Language/Culture Cluster 0-15 semester hours
C. Political Science Core (see above) 18 semester hours
D. Specific Concentration Requirements 15 semester hours
GEO 214 (3)
PMG 201 or 204 (3)
PMG 202 Elements of Public Admistration
(taken as part of Political Science Core) (3)
PMG 372 (3)
PMG 375 (3)
An additional plaiming course
(under advisement) (3)
E. Three additional political science
courses chosen from either PMG
201 or PSC 204 (if not taken
above), PMG 369, PMG 373, PSC
356 or PMG 412 (9)
Total 42 semester hours
F. Recommended for Public Management 15 semester hours
students
45 semester hours
Students in the International Relations concentration are encouraged to take
PSC 240; students in the Public Management concentration are required to
take PMG 202.
School of Business and Public Affairs
Political Science
COM 208 and 230, HIS 150 or 152,
PSY 254, and an economics course
V. B.S.Ed. Social Studies — Political Science Concentration
A. General Requirements, see pages 34-36* 5 1 semester hours
B. Required Courses 6 semester hours
PSC 100 and PSC 200
C. Elective Courses 15 semester hours
Comprehensive Social Studies
Certification Core (choose 12 semester
hours):
ANT 102 or 103, ECO 101 or 1 1 1 or 112,
GEO 101 or 103. HIS 101, 102, 151, 152,
PSC 100, PSY 100, SOC 200 or 240
One course from selection in department
advising book
D. Required Education Courses 30 semester hours
EDF 100**, EDM 300**, EDP 250**,
ED? 351**, EDS 306**, EDS 41 1/412,
SSC331**
Additional Requirements for Student Teaching and
Certification
An overall GPA of 2.50 or better; a GPA of 2.50 or better in all histo-
ry and social science courses
Minor in Political Science 18 semester hours
Students may minor in general political science or in one of the sub-
fields such as international relations. Students take PSC 1 00 plus five
courses in a concentrated area, or (at least two) areas under depart-
mental advisement.
This minor may be taken as one of the minors in the bachelor of arts
or bachelor of science in liberal studies general degree program.
Minor in Public Management 18 semester hours
Students take PMG 202 and PSC 100 plus four additional courses in
public administration under department advisement. This minor may
be taken as one of the minors in the bachelor of arts or bachelor of
science liberal studies general degree program.
** A minimum grade of C- is required in each of these courses and an overall
GPA of 2. 50.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Symbol: PSC, unless otherwise indicated
♦ 100 American Government and Politics (3)
Devoted to understanding how the system works:
political action, elections, interest groups, civil lib-
erties. Congress, the presidency, and the courts are
among the topics considered. Seeks to provide a
framework in terms of which process and current
issues become meaningful. Offered each semester.
* 101 Political Issues Today (3) Uses the issues
of our time as vehicles to an understanding of the
political process. Emphasis is on American politics
but in a world-wide perspective. Topics considered
may include economic, race, gender, and civil lib-
erty issues among others.
200 Foundations of Political Science (3)
Incorporates techniques for analyzing political
questions logically and systematically, and intro-
duces basic research design and methodological
and library usage skills appropriate to the political
science discipline. Required course for B.A.
majors in political science, public administration,
and international relations, and the B.S. in
Education with a political science concentration.
Optional course for minors in political science,
public administration, and international relations.
PREREQ: PSC 100. Cannot be used to meet
University general education requirements.
Offered each semester.
# 204 Introduction to Urban Studies (3) An
examination of the breadth of urban studies from
the perspectives of many social science disci-
plines. Philadelphia is emphasized as an object of
perception, as a place of life and livelihood, and as
an example of continual change in the urban envi-
ronment. PREREQ; ENG 121.
■k 213 International Relations (3) Politics
among nations, including politics carried on
through intemational organizations. Examines
power politics, techniques of diplomacy, and
methods of current intemational organizations.
Special attention to U.S. interests and policies.
Offered each semester.
217 American Foreign Policy (3) Cultural, polit-
ical, economic, and psychological influences on
policy; process of decision making. Special atten-
tion to a few policy areas such as relations with
allied, underdeveloped, revolutionary, or
Communist countries. Possible response to threats
of war, population growth, resource shortages, and
pollution may be examined.
230 Introduction to Political Thought (3) Great
political thinkers of Western civilization from
Plato to the present. Historical background of
Western thought and its relevance to the present
political world.
240 Introduction to Comparative Politics (3)
An introduction to the comparative study of politi-
cal systems at various stages of cultural, social,
economic, and political development.
■ 246 Soviet Pohtics (3) Marxism-Leninism, the
functioning of the political system, and its domina-
tion of all areas of Soviet life. Some brief attention
to the conduct of Soviet foreign policy.
252 Civil Liberties and Civil Rights (3) A sur-
vey of the sources of civil liberties and civil rights
in the United States with an inquiry into contem-
porary problems and their solutions through statu-
tory and constitutional developments.
256 Energy and the Political Process (3)
Stresses the process of policy making and imple-
mentation in the field of energy. Emphasis also is
given to foreign policy and natural security impli-
cations.
301 Women in Politics (3) The role of women in
politics is surveyed. Considerations include the rela-
tionship between the sexes as it impacts politics.
31 1 Soviet and Post-Soviet Foreign Policy (3)
Emphasis on Soviet-American relations since 1945
and a comparison of the two societies. Topics
treated include the influence of Marxism, Great
Russian nationalism, and historical experience on
Soviet foreign relations. PREREQ: PSC 213 or
246 or permission of instructor.
312 Politics of Modern Nationalism (3) An
analysis of political processes in the former Soviet
Union and lEastem Europe, Western Europe, and
the Middle East. The role of nationalism in these
countries after the demise of communism. The rise
of nationalism in the Middle East and Western
Europe.
317 Contemporary International Relations (3)
Recent issues and problems with special emphasis
on superpower behavior around the world. Also,
third world revolutions, intemational terrorism,
human rights, intemational lav\ and the United
Nations, and the changing international economic
order.
318 International Political Economy (3) The
focus is the politics of intemational economic rela-
tions. Alternative analytical and theoretical per-
spectives will be examined for their value in help-
ing to understand and evaluate the historical devel-
opments and current operation of the global econ-
omy. Special attention is given to system gover-
nance (intemational regimes such as the World
Trade Organization and the Intemational Monetary
Fund) and the ability of the nations of the world to
provide stability to the intemational political econ-
omy. The primary objective of this course is to
develop analytical and theoretical skills in the
application of various intemational political econ-
omy perspectives (liberalism, mercantilism,
Marxism/structuralism) which examine the interre-
lationship between states and markets.
319 Middle Eastern Politics (3) Topics include
the Arab-Israeli conflict, the politics of the Persian
Gulf the role of OPEC, and the superpower con-
flict in the region.
322 Public Opinion, Propaganda, and Political
Behavior (3) The dynamics of opinion formation
and change, and the role of public opinion in poli-
cy formation. Political socialization, survey
research and political socialization, survey
research, and propaganda techniques also are con-
sidered.
323 Racial and Ethnic Politics (3) This course
examines the relationship behveen racial and eth-
nic groups' political behavior and the American
political system's response to them in terms of its
public policies.
324 American Political Parties (3) Patterns,
functions, and history of the American political
party system at national, state, and local levels.
Theoretical and empirical studies of political inter-
est groups, public opinion, and voting behavior.
329 Judicial Behav ior (3) A behavioral approach
to the law. with specific reference to conceptual,
methodological, and ideological considerations.
Depending on the availability of information, role-
playing simulations will be used with students por-
traying judges and attorneys.
339 Contemporary Political Thought (3) Consi-
deration of major political thinkers since Marx,
including Berlin, Rawls, Dworkin, Nozick, and
rational choice theorists.
■ 340 Latin-American Culture and Politics (3)
Comparative analysis of contemporary Latin-
♦ Approved distributive requirement course
# Approved interdisciplinary course
■ Culture Cluster
Pre-Medical Program
College of Arts and Sciences
American systems. Political cultures, decision
making, ideologies, and political processes.
Emphasis is on Me.\ico and Central America.
Offered each semester.
■ 342 Government and Cultures of Western
Europe (3) Primary attention focuses on France,
Germany, and Great Britain; secondan attention is
on other European systems. Political cultures, pop-
ular participation, political parties, and formal
institutions of government.
343 Culture and Politics of Asia (3) Study of
cultural, philosophical, and political systems of
modem Asia with special emphasis on China,
Japan, and India.
348 African Culture and Politics (3) The political
nature and practices of individuals, organizations,
and governments of Black Africa are examined in
the cultural context of the contemporary indepen-
dent period. PREREQ: PSC 100 or equivalent.
350 American Constitutional Law (3) The
development of the American constitutional sys-
tem as reflected in leading decisions of the United
States Supreme Court. Emphasis on national pow-
ers, federalism, and the Bill of Rights. PREREQ:
PSC 1 00 or permission of instructor.
355 Congressional Politics (3) Deals with the
internal and exiemal factors that influence
Congressional behavior, including the roles of
constituents, pressure groups, parties, the commit-
tee system, rules, and the leadership. Their rela-
tionships to the president and court structure and
their impact on electoral politics also are consid-
ered. Comparisons with state legislatures.
356 American Public Policy (3) Policy forma-
tion and execution. Policy areas considered vary
from semester to semester. May include role-play-
ing. PREREQ: PSC 100 or 101 or permission of
instructor.
359 The American Presidency (3) In-depth
analysis of the nature and significance of the
American presidency, including constitutional
development, presidential roles and customs, the
recruitment process, the executive branch, and the
politics of the presidency.
399 Political Science Symposium (3) Nature of
research in political science. Construction of a
research design. Extensive reading in an area of
political science. Offered each semester.
HBI 400, 401, 402 Harrisburg Internship
Seminar (15) A full-semester internship in
Pennsylvania state government. Student intern is
placed in cabinet-level or legislative office.
Placement (9 cr.); Policy Research Project (3 cr.);
Policy Seminar (3 cr.). The internship is open to
any junior or senior student, regardless of major,
who has a minimum GPA of 3.5. Stipend
involved.
400 Senior Seminar in Political Science (3)
Research in political science. Methodology, bibli-
ography, and presentation, both oral and wxitten.
The research paper for the seminar must be
acceptable as a required departmental senior
research paper.
401 Senior Project in Political Science (3)
Execution of the research design constructed in
PSC 399. Involves completion of a major senior
paper under supervision of a staff member.
Extensive independent effort.
402 Seminar in International Relations (3)
Theme centered with capstone paper. Senior I.R.
majors only.
410 Independent Studies in Political Science (1-
3) Research projects, reports, and readings in
political science. Open to seniors only. PREREQ:
Permission of instructor.
^ 412 Internship in Political Science (3-15)
Upper-level student field placement learning.
Short-term, 3- to 6-hour experiences in political
settings under faculty advisement; and 9- to 1 5-
hour placements in state, federal, local government
or public service agencies. Learning contracts and
faculty advisement create a whole experience from
exposure to government administration and poli-
tics. Offered each semester.
414 International Theory (3) General theory
applied to specific case studies. Advanced readings.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
POLITICAL SCIENCE/PUBLIC
MANAGEMENT
Symbol: PMG
201 State and Local Government (3)
Examination of the organization, ftmctions, and
politics of state and local government, including
analysis of politics in states, counties, cities, and
towns in urban, suburban, and rural areas.
Intergovernmental relations in education, trans-
portation, and welfare policy are examined. PRE-
REQ: PSC 100.
202 Elements of Public Administration (3)
Considers public administration in the United
States as a process of implementing public policy.
Uses case studies and projects with texts focusing
on organizational theory, human behavior and
motivation, budgeting, personnel, and administra-
tive responsibility . Offered each semester.
372 Organization and Management (3)
Introduction to public and nonprofit organization
management. Broad coverage of key elements of
organizational functions and structure for potential
managers. Uses both macro sociological and micro
psychological levels of analysis. Case studies inte-
grated into conceptual frameworks.
373 American Intergovernmental Relations (3)
Designed to familiarize students with the complex
network of conflict, cooperation, and interdepen-
dence among national, state, and local govenunent
units. Topic areas, among others, include an analy-
sis of the continuing evolution of American feder-
alism, an examination of this relationship from
state and city government perspectives, and a
description of specific intergovernmental fiscal
programs and policies.
375 Public Fiscal Management (3) Introductory
course to public fiscal management applicable to
local, state, and national levels of government.
Focus on the three major aspects of fiscal manage-
ment: public services in a free market/mixed econ-
omy; revenue/taxation theory and practice; and
governmental budgeting systems and concepts.
PREREQ: PMG 202, and one prior course in eco-
nomics recommended.
^ 412 Internship in Public Management (3-15)
Same as PSC 412, but for students with public
management concentration. PREREQ: PMG 364.
Offered each semester.
■ Culture Cluster
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Social Studies With Concentrations in Political Science
Students interested in teaching secondary school social studies
may pursue a concentration in political science while earning state
certification and the bachelor of science in education degree. See
the description of the social studies program on page 127.
Pre-Medical Program
121 Boucher Hall
610-436-2978/3277
Elise Triano, Director
Melissa Betz Cichowicz. Assistant Director
COMMITTEE MEMBERS
Melissa Betz Cichowicz, Chemistry
Blaise Frost, Chemistry
Andrew Goudy, Chemistry
Linda Myrsiades, English
Anthony Nicastro, Physics
Thomas Piatt, Philosophy
Leslie Slusher, Biology
Elise Triano, Biology
Richard Woodruff, Biology
The Pre-Medical Program prepares undergraduate and post-baccalau-
reate students for application to the health professional schools of
medicine, dentistry , and veterinary medicine, and for careers in bio-
medical research. Supervised by a Pre-Medical Committee, the pro-
gram consists of an individualized selection of course work, personal
counseling and academic support, and optional junior-year biomedical
research at a medical school or research institute. For highly select
School of Education
Professional and Secondary Education
undergraduates and post-baccalaureates, medical school admission
assurance programs are available in affiliation with MCP Hahnemann
School of Medicine, the Perm State University College of Medicine,
Temple University School of Medicine, and the Philadelphia College
of Osteopathic Medicine. Students with majors other than chemistry-
biology (pre-medicai) are required to have two advisers — one from
their major field and one from the Pre-Medical Committee.
Because of the intense competition for health professional school
admission, only academically talented and highly motivated students
should apply to the Pre-Medical Program. Applicants are selected on
the basis of their potential for achievement in the program. Students in
the program are expected to maintain a minimum 3.20 Grade Point
Average and the high standards of performance necessary for health
professional school admission.
It is essential for incoming students contemplating a medical career to
register with the Pre-Medical Office immediately upon matriculation
at the University. Similarly, it is essential for students who at some
later time develop an interest in a medical career to register with the
Pre-Medical Office. Students who fail to consult with the Pre-Medical
Office prior to taking the Medical College Admissions Test (MCAT)
or who fail to report the results of any MCAT exam to the Pre-
Medical Office forfeit the privilege of receiving a Pre-Medical
Committee letter of evaluation when they apply to medical school.
All West Chester students who wish to apply to a health professional
school should ask their professors to forward letters of evaluation to
the Pre-Medical Committee and should process their applications
through the committee. The committee will send a composite letter of
evaluation to the professional school. Except for special circum-
stances, no letters of recommendation should be sent directly to pro-
fessional schools.
Further information is available in the Pre-Medical Office, Room 121
Boucher Hall.
CONCENTRATION AND CORE REQUIREMENTS FOR
CHEMISTRY-BIOLOGY (PRE-MEDICAL) CURRICULUM
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — CHEMISTRY-BIOLOGY
(PRE-MEDICAL)
1. General Requirements, see pages 34-36 29 semester hours
Includes six semester hours of English composition
2. Biology 24 semester hours
BIO 110, 217, 220, 230, 357, 448, and 468
3. Chemistry 3 1 semester hours
CHE 103/105, 104/106, 231, 232, 321, 345,
418, and 471/476
CRL 103/105, 104/106, 231, and 471
4A. Internship Track 1 8 semester hours
CHE 450
One 3-credit biology or chemistry
concentration elective
4B. Nonintemship Track 1 5 semester hours
CRL 321, CHE 477
BIO 490 or CHE 491
Three 3-credit concentration electives
5. Supporting Courses 19 semester hours
MAT 121, 161
MAT 162 or MAT 122 and one 1 -credit
concentration elective
PHY 130/170 and 140/180
6. Free Electives 7-10 semester hours
See also Chemistry.
Department of Professional and Secondary Education
207 Recitation Hall
610-436-2958
Yi-Ming Hsu, Chairperson \
Cynthia Haggard, Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Hsu, Hynes
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: K. Brown, Haggard, Holingjak,
Welsh
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Bolton, Kinslow, Kurzinsky,
Mastrilli
The bachelor of science in education, which prepares the student for
teaching in the secondary schools, may be earned with an academic
specialization in biology, chemistry, communication, earth and space
science, English, French, general science, German, Latin, mathemat-
ics, physics, Russian, Spanish, or social studies (which includes con-
centrations in anthropology, economics, geography, history, philoso-
phy, political science, psychology, or sociology).
Satisfactory completion of a secondary curriculum also will qualify
the student for a Pennsylvania Instructional I Certificate, which is
valid for six years of teaching the specified subject in approved sec-
ondary schools in Pennsylvania. The student must choose one academ-
ic field of specialization.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION
1. General Requirements, see pages 34-36 51 semester hours
2. Professional Education Requirements 30 semester hours
Secondary Education
EDF 100, EDM 300, EDP 250 and 351, EDS 306, Teaching
Skills/Methods (taken in academic department of subject special-
ization), EDS 4 1 1 /4 1 2
3. Secondary teaching certification is given in specific subject areas.
Therefore, specialization in one of the teaching fields listed below
is required for graduation in secondary education. The minimum
number of semester hours required for each field is listed in this
catalog under the appropriate academic department. These hours
will satisfy the Level 1 Certification requirements in Pennsylvania.
Secondary Areas of Certification
Biology English Mathematics
Chemistry French Physics
Communication General Science Russian
Earth and Space German Social Studies
Science Latin Spanish
Students in the secondary education program must confer regularly
with their professional studies adviser in the Department of
Professional and Secondary Education, as well as with the academic
adviser assigned by their respective academic department. Prospective
students may obtain information on the secondary education program
fi-om the Teacher Education Center located in 251 F.H. Green Library
(610-436-3090). The certification of all students whose goal is the
bachelor of science in education is the responsibility of the certifica-
tion officer of the School of Education.
Student Teaching Eligibility
To be eligible for student teaching in secondary education (EDS 41 1-
412), the student must have fulfilled the following requirements:
1 . Completed the following three courses; ENG 121, MAT above 000,
PSY 100.
2. Completed the following six courses with at least a C (2.0): EDF
100, EDM 300, EDP 250, EDP 351, EDS 306, and methods or
teaching skills course in the area of specialization offered in the
appropriate academic department.
3. Completed any test and/or other requirements set by the appropri-
ate academic department.
Professional and Secondarv Education: Environmental Education
School of Education
4, Completed a minimum of 96 semester hours with a Grade Point
Average of at least 2.5, including a minimum grade of C in all
education courses.
Fulfilled the requirements for full admission to teacher education
status described on page 137.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
FOUNDATIONS
Symbol: EDF
100 School and Societj' (3) An introduction to
the nature, function, scope, organization, adminis-
tration, and support of the public school in
American societj .
350 The Professional and Student Personnel
Services (3) An introduction to nonadjunctive ser-
vices in education. PREREQ: EDP 250.
360 The Learner in Nonschool Settings (3)
Emphasis in the course will be placed on intra-
and interpersonal de\elopment, facilitati\e growth
and adjustment, and dysfunction as they may
impact the nonschool educator or trainer.
364 Systems-Based Educational Services (3)
This course introduces the student to general sys-
tems (social) theory, focusing on the elements,
dynamics, and operations of a system that must be
considered in developing educational activities and
programs for that system. The student will learn
strategies of s\ stems anahsis and intervention
through the investigation of such topics as needs
assessment, objective-based programming, organi-
zational development, and program evaluation.
412 Internship in Nonschool Settings (3) The
internship experience is designed for upper-level
education students who are interested in using and
transferring existing discipline and pedagogical
skills in nonschool settings. A regularly scheduled
practicum will be held for all internships.
^ 498 Workshop in Educational Foundations
(3)
EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Symbol: EDP
*249 Adolescent Development (3) This course
focuses on the emotional, social, intellectual,
moral, physical, and self-concept factors shaping
human behavior with emphasis on adolescent
behavior.
*250 Educational Psychology (3) A study of
learning in relation to the physical, social, emo-
tional, and intellectual aspects of personality.
351 Evaluation and Measurement (3) A survey of
testing materials and procedures with emphasis on
interpretation and application. PREREQ: EDP 250.
SECONDARY EDUCATION
Symbol: EDS
306 Principles of Teaching and Field
Experience in Secondary Education (3) Methods
and strategies of teaching in secondary schools
will be the core of the course. Implications of
classroom management, learning, and other related
problems will be discussed. Students will observe
in a classroom for nine weeks. PREREQ: EDF 100
and permission of department chairperson. Before
registering for EDS 306, students must contact the
Teacher Education Center located in 251 F.H.
Green Librar\' (610-436-3090).
♦ 410 Independent Study (1-3) Special topics
or projects initiated by the students that will
enable them to do extensive and intensive study in
an area of secondary education. PREREQ:
Permission of department chairperson.
411-412 Student Teaching (6) (6) Observadon
and participation in teaching and all other activi-
ties related to the teacher's work in the area of the
student's specialization. PREREQ: 96 semester
hours including all professional education courses.
Students must have at least a 2.5 cumulative aver-
age and at least a grade of C (2.0) in all secondary
education and professional education courses.
Offered in fall and spring semesters.
SECONDARY EDUCATION/SPECIAL
EDUCATION
Symbol: EDX
306 Principles of Teaching and Field Expe-
rience in Special Education (3) Methods and
strategies of teaching in public education.
Implications of classroom management, learning,
and other related problems will be discussed.
Students will observe in a classroom for nine
weeks.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
* EDP 249 and EDP 250 are offered by the
Department of Counseling and Educational
Psvchologv.
Environmental Education Program
Thomas Mastinlli, Coordinator
Environmental Education Certification Program
This interdisciplinary program enables teacher-education majors to
secure certification to teach and administer environmental education
programs. The certification is K-12, and the student must be
enrolled in or have completed a teacher-certification program in
an area other than environmental education. The curriculum is a
mixture of existing courses from the physical, social, and behavioral
sciences as well as courses specifically designed for the environmen-
tal educator. Students are required to complete all of the cognate
requirements in section A and all of the core courses in section B.
Students wishing to explore this program should consult with the
coordinator of environmental education.
Certification Program
1 . General Education Cognates
BIO 100 or 1 10; CHE 100 or 102, or
CHE 103-104/CRL 103-104; ESS 101,
GEO 102, and 9 semester hours
in the behavioral and social sciences
2. Environmental Core Courses
BIO 172 or 270, EDO 300, EDO 450,
IND 1 10 or SCE 320, and BIO 102 or
ENV 102 or ESS 102
3. Recommended Electives
EDO 420, EDO 498, and ESS 480
45-55 semester hours
21-31 semester hours
1 6 semester hours
8 semester hours
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION
Symbol: EDO
300 Environmental History, Theory, and
Practice (3) This course is intended as an
overview and introduction to the field of environ-
mental education. Historical antecedents, including
nature education, outdoor education, and conserva-
tion education, as well as philosophies and
methodologies appropriate for a basic understand-
ing of environmental education, will be analyzed,
with emphasis on compliance with curriculum reg-
ulations in Pennsylvania. Sources of support for
environmental education in the form of profession-
al organizations, resources, and funding mecha-
nisms will be identified.
420 Organization and Administration of Out-
door Education (3) Basic concepts of outdoor
education, the role of outdoor education in the
school program, and the initiation and administra-
tion of outdoor education.
450 Environmental Education Design,
Delivery, and Field Experience (3) This course is
designed to facilitate the infusion of environmental
education into the traditional classroom and pre-
pare teachers to use a variety of settings for envi-
ronmental education teaching opportunities.
Emphasis will be placed on teaching techniques
closely identified with curriculum development
goals and objectives for environmental education
including the use of case studies, addressing con-
troversial issues, and strategies for the develop-
ment of ecological literacy and critical thinking
skills. The student also will have a field placement
that will provide an opportunity to put environ-
mental education theory into practice.
498 Workshop in Environmental Education (3)
Generally these will be one-week workshops to
provide environmental educators with training
and/'or skills in specific programs, topics, or activi-
ties related to environmental education.
College of Arts and Sciences
Ps\choloe\
Department of Psychology
Peoples Building
610-436-2945
Sandra Kerr, Chairperson
Philip Duncan, Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Crawford, Duncan, Kumar, Moore, Morse,
PoUak, J. Porter, L. Porter, Treadwell
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Bloom, Bonifazi, Mahlstedt,
J. McConatha, M. Renner
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Gans, Kerr, C. Renner,
Rieser-Danner. Wren, Yorges
ADJUNCT PROFESSOR: Pekala
The Department of Psychology offers bachelor's degrees in two areas
of concentration.
1 . The B.A. in PSYCHOLOGY prepares the student to understand
those variables, such as heredity, learning, and the environment,
which shape and change behavior. Careers are possible in clinics,
guidance centers, industrv', hospitals, schools, and government.
Students should consult their advisers concerning recommended
preparations for specific career goals. This program also will pre-
pare the student for postgraduate study.
2. The B.S. in EDUCATION program prepares students to teach psy-
chology and the social sciences in the secondar>' schools.
BACHELOR OF ARTS— PSYCHOLOGY
1 . General Education Requirements, 5 1 semester hours
see pages 34-36
Includes PSY 100. MAT 103 or higher MAT
course is required. BIO 100 and CSC 101 are
strongly recommended for partial completion
of the science requirement.
2. Foreign Language Culture Requirement, 0-15 semester hours
see page 37
3. Department Requirements 37-42 semester hours
A. Required Psychology Courses (29-30 semester hours)
PSY 245. 246, and 400. Students must
choose three courses from Group I, three
courses from Group II, and one course from
Group III.
Group I
PSY 254. 257. 365. 375, or either
382/384 (but not both)
Group II
PSY 335, 350, 363, 464, or 475
Group III
PSY 266. 336, 386. 410. 441, 466, or 470
B. Psychology Electives (8-12 semester hours)
Four additional courses, selected from
among any of the departmental offerings.
4. Department Free Electives (to complete 128 semester hours)
These electives are in addition to the nine
semester hours of electives listed under the
General Education Requirements and ma\' be
selected from among any of the University's
course offerings.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION-
SOCIAL STUDIES: PSYCHOLOGY
Psychologv Requirements 18 semester hours
PSY 245.154, 257, 375, 400, and 464
See description under "Social Studies: B.S. in
Education." page 127.
Minor in Psychology' 18 semester hours
The minor in psychology is designed for students of any major and is
tailored to the specific educational goals of each student. After taking
PSY 100, the student will choose 15 additional hours of PSY courses
in consultation with the Department of Psychology's minor adviser.
Minimum Grade Requirement
Beginning in the fall of 1996 all newly declared psychology majors
and minors must earn a grade of C- or better in PSY 100 and all other
PSY courses that fulfill departmental requirements. PSY courses used
as general education free electives are exempt from this policy.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PSYCHOLOGY
Symbol: PSY
♦ 100 Introduction to Psycholog>' (3) Introduc-
tion to the scientitic study of behavior. The multi-
ple bases of human behavior with emphasis on the
learning process. Basic concepts, principles, and
methodolog)'. Students may be required to become
familiar with an ongoing research stud\ in ps>-
cholog) as an out-of-class assignment.
210 Developmental Psychology : Lifespan (3) A
sur\ev of research findings and theoretical issues
related to de\ elopmental processes from the prena-
tal phase to senescence. PREREQ: PSY 100.
Majors are ad\ ised to take PSY 382 and or PSY
384 rather than PSY 210.
245 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences (3)
Descriptive and inferential statistical concepts and
techniques and their application to the collection,
analysis, and interpretation of behavioral data.
Computer-assisted computation procedures will be
employed.
246 Research Methods in Psychology (3)
Critical examination of research methods in psy-
chology, including experimental and quasi-experi-
mental designs, correlational methods, and sur\ey
methods. Students w ill receive practical experi-
ence in the design, implementation, analysis, and
interpretation of data, and in preparation of written
reports for research projects. PREREQ: PSY 245.
254 Social Psychology (3) The study of the ways
in which the indi\ idual is affected by the actual,
imagined, or implied presence of others. PRE-
REQ: PSY 100.
257 Theories of Personality (3) A course in per-
sonality that examines the theories and writings of
Freud. Jung. Adler. Fromm. Erikson. Rogers, and
other major personalis theorists. PREREQ: PSY
100.
265 Industrial/Organizational Psychology (3) A
basic course for business majors and others inter-
ested in the psychology of the workplace.
Emphasis on the theoretical de\elopments in psy-
chology as these relate to the study of people in
organizations and industry .
325 Psychological Testing and Measurement
(3) Principles of psychological measurement
including standardization, scale transformation,
reliability, validitv. and item analysis. Use of tests
for the solution of problems in industrial, clinical,
and educational settings. PREREQ: PSY 100.
327 Behavior Modification (3) A sur\ey of the
principles and practices employ ed in inducing
behavioral changes in clinic, institution, agency.
and school settings. PREREQ: PSY 100.
335 Animal Behavior (3) The evolution and
adaptiveness of behavior. Emphasis on physiologi-
cal, genetic, and learning processes underK ing
animal behavior. PREREQ: PSY 100. or BIO 100
or 110. or permission of instructor.
336 Animal Behavior Laboratory (2)
Laboratory exercises and experiments in the prin-
ciples of animal behavior and comparative psy-
chology. PREREQ: Concurrent enrollment in (or
pre\ ious completion of) PSY 335.
350 Motivation (3) A study of drives, motives,
and emotions as determinants of behavior.
Physiological and social aspects of moti\ation will
be explored with some attention given to patholog-
ical factors. PREREQ: PSY 100.^
362 History and Systems of Psychology (3) An
integrated over\iew of the history of psychology
as well as the s\ stems, theories, and fiindaniental
issues w ith which psychologists have concerned
themselves in the past, recent, and current stages
of the science. PREREQ: PSY 100; PHllOl rec-
ommended.
363 Psychology of Learning (3) Basic laws and
theories of learning. PREREQ: PSY 100.
365 Psychology of Women (3) A study of the
behavior and experience of women. Biological,
cultural, interpersonal, and intrapersonal determi-
nants of women's actions, thoughts, and feelings
will be explored. PREREQ: PSY 100.
366 Learning Laboratory (2) Laboratory exer-
cises and experiments in the principles of animal
behavior and comparative psychology . PREREQ:
Successful completion or concurrent enrollment in
PSY 335.
375 Abnormal Psychology (3) The nature and
manifestations of normality and abnormality, men-
tal mechanisms and symptoms. ps\ choneuroses,
"k Approved distributive requirement course
Social Studies
School of Education
psychoses, the psychopathic personality, and men-
tal deficiency. PREREQ: PSY 100.
382 Developmental Psychology of Infancy,
Childhood and Adolescence (3) Study of the nor-
mal child from conception to puberty . Emphasis
on current theoretical issues involved in the effects
of early experience and environment. PREREQ;
PSY 100.
384 Developmental Psychology of Adulthood
and Aging (3) Study of psychological develop-
ment during the mature years up to and including
death and dying. PREREQ: PSY 100.
390 Principles of Counseling and
Psychotherapy (3) A review of theoretical
assumptions underpinning various approaches to
counseling and psychotherapy with particular ref-
erence to comparative outcome data. PREREQ:
PSY 257 or 375.
400 Senior Seminar in Psychology (3) In-depth
study of advanced topics in psychology. Students
will prepare and present written and oral presenta-
tions describing and analyzing current issues in
psycholog)'. Required of all psychology majors.
Offered spring and fall semesters.
♦ 410 Research in Psychology (1-3) Special
research projects, reports, and readings in psychol-
ogy. Open to seniors only. PREREQ: Permission
of department chairperson.
413 Psychodrama I (3) This class is designed as
an introductory course, integrating theory and
practice of psychodrama as a psychotherapeutic
modality. Emphasis is placed on imderstanding the
basic psychodramatic and sociometric techniques
from a theoretical perspective with emphasis
placed on how to use these basic techniques in
applied situations. PREREQ: Permission of
instructor.
430 Human Sexual Behavior (3) An intensive
study of those variables under which human sexu-
al behavior fijnctions. Research from sociological
and medical studies is integrated with psychologi-
cal knowledge. PREREQ: PSY 100.
441 Field Experience in Psychology I (3) A
work-study program in an educational or mental
health facility under joint supervision of the
instructor and the staff psychologist of the field
institution. Permission of instructor required.
442 Field Experience in Psychology II (3)
Continuation of PSY 441.
443 Psychology of Group Processes (3) An
exploration of the dynamics of interpersonal
behavior in small groups. Theory applied to prac-
tice in class. PREREQ: PSY 100; permission of
instructor recommended.
445 Organizational Development (3) The study
of human behavior in task group and organization-
al contexts. PREREQ: PSY 100; PSY 254 or 265
recommended.
447 Human Intimacy (3) A study of processes
and factors in establishing, maintaining, and termi-
nating relationships via the use of group methods.
PREREQ: PSY 100 and permission of instructor.
464 Physiological Psychology (3) Anatomical,,
endocrinological, and physiological processes
underlying behavior, including motivation, emotion,
learning, and memory. Special attention is given to
the biological bases and treatments of mental ill-
ness. PREREQ: PSY 100, or BIO 100 or 1 10 rec-
ommended. Offered fall and spring semesters.
470 Sensory and Perceptual Processes (3) A
study of how we process sensory information and
perceive our environments. PREREQ: PSY 100.
475 Cognitive Psychology (3) Basic research and
application in memory and information processing.
PREREQ: PSY 100; PSY 363 recommended.
480 Neuropsychological Rehabilitation (3) The
theory and practice of cogniti\e rehabilitation in
patients with brain injur>' and disease. Topics
include findings from both basic and clinical
research. Methods of cognitive rehabilitation are
presented with an emphasis on operant procedures.
PREREQ: PSY 327 or 464.
481 Eating Disorders (3) An in-depth study of
anorexia nervosa, bulimia nervosa, and other variants
of disordered eating. PREREQ: PSY 257 or 375.
^ 490 Topical Seminar in Psychology (1-3)
Special topics in psychology not offered under
existing, regularly offered courses. PREREQ:
Consent of instructor or chairperson recommended.
♦ This course may be taken again with the approval
of the Department of Psychology chairperson.
Social Studies Program
For additional information consult the major department or the
Secondary Education Advisement Center.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION-
COMPREHENSIVE SOCIAL STUDIES
The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania grants a comprehensive social
studies certificate entitling the holder to teach social studies in public
school. Preparation combines an introduction to all of the social sci-
ence disciplines with either a concentration in one discipline, or an
interdisciplinary concentration.
COMMON REQUIREMENTS
1 . General Requirements, see pages 34-36
2. Professional Education, see page 129
3. Social Science Requirements
ANT 102 or 103; ECO 101 or 1 1 1 or 1 12;
GEO 101 or 103; HIS 101, 102. 151. and
152; PSC 100 or 101 or 213; PSY 100; SOC
200 or 240; plus 6-9 semester hours and a
concentration chosen fi-om A, B, C, or D below.
4. All students are required to take SSC 33 1
the semester before student teaching.
NOTE; Some of the requirements in concentrations B, C, and D
below may be met by courses that fulfill the social science require-
ments.
A. Concentration in a Social Science 21 semester hours
Discipline
In the discipline of the student's choice;
anthropology, geography, history, philoso-
5 1 semester hours
30 semester hours
24-30 semester hours
33 semester hours
30 semester hours
phy, political science, psychology, or soci-
ology. See department of concentration for
advising.
B. Concentration in American Culture
See Department of History for advising.
American Studies Core (24 semester hours)
American Studies Electives and Social
Science Requirements (9 semester hours)
C. Concentration in World Cultures
Consult with any of the following depart-
ments for advising: Anthropology and
Sociology, History, or Political Science.
Seminar (3 semester hours)
European Tradition (9 semester hours)
Non-European Tradition (9 semester hours)
Topical and Thematic Approaches (9
semester hours)
D. Concentration in Ethnic Studies
See the Department of History for advising.
History Courses ( 1 5 semester hours)
Social Science Electives and Requirements
(9 semester hours)
Humanities Electives (6 semester hours)
A 2.5 cumulative average in the social sciences and a 2.5 overall aver-
age is a prerequisite for student teaching.
30 semester hours
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
COMPREHENSIVE SOCIAL STUDIES
SSC 331 Teaching Social Studies in Secondary
Schools (3) Methods and materials of teaching
social studies for prospective secondary school
teachers. Emphasis is on combining educational
theory with social studies content for effective
teaching. Exercises and practical application.
Enrollment is restricted to students who will be
student leaching tlie next semester. Permission to
waive this polic> may be granted by the chairper-
son. Department of Historj.
School of Business and Public Affairs
Social Work
Department of Social Work
206 McCoy Center
610-436-2527
Mildred C. Joyner, Chairperson
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Joyner, O'Neal, Ortiz, Siegel
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Bean, Coffey, Hicks, Hodgins,
Voss, Wieder
The social work program is accredited on the baccalaureate level as a
professional degree in social work by the Council on Social Work
Education.
This mission of the Department of Social Work at West Chester
University is to develop the knowledge, values, and skills in students
to enable them to function effectively as beginning generalist social
workers. Students develop knowledge of the social welfare needs of a
complex urban and rural environment. Students promote ethical think-
ing, are life-long learners, and evaluate their skills continuously.
Students are also prepared for graduate social work education. The
student applies theory to practice in varied field experiences in the
junior and senior years.
The objectives of the Department of Social Work are:
1 . To develop from a systems perspective competence in begirming
generalist practice skills with individuals, families, groups, organi-
zations, communities, and larger societal systems;
2. To demonstrate attitudes and behavior consistent with the values
of the social work profession;
3. To develop sensitivity in students regarding issues of equality,
social justice, and empowerment, and to apply sensitivity to all
levels of practice;
4. To maximize self-awareness, growth, and the ability to evaluate
one's own practice through personalized and professional educa-
tion.
There is a continuing evaluation process on all students in the pro-
gram each year. All students are expected to demonstrate attitudes and
behavior consistent with the values and ethics of professional social
work and the National Association of Social Work (NASW) Social
Work Code of Ethics.
Policy for Social Work Majors
Majors are required to meet with their social work adviser to plan an
integrative course of study, to select courses prior to scheduling, to
discuss career opportunities, and to keep abreast of departmental
activities. Handbooks are provided to help students be aware of
requirements and procedures in the department. Social work majors
should be aware of social work prerequisite courses and must see
their adviser before registering for classes.
Academic Promotion Policy
Social work students who have a grade of D, F, or NG (no grade) in
required courses must repeat these courses and achieve a satisfactory
grade before entering the junior field placement. Not achieving at
least a C- in social work required courses is considered grounds for
dismissal from the social work program.
Department-Related Activities
The Social Work Club is a student organization that involves depart-
ment faculty and resources. The activities of this organization are
open to all students. The honor society. Phi Alpha, is sponsored by the
Department of Social Work and is the Chi Gamma Chapter of the
National Social Work Honor Society. Eligibility requires an overall
GPA of 3.0 and 3.5 in required social work courses. For more infor-
mation, see the Student Activities and Service Organization sections
of the catalog.
Transfer Students
Transfer credit will be granted for first-year- and sophomore- level
courses if (a) the course descriptions are equivalent and (b) the grades
are C or above in social work related courses. All required courses in
professional social work education that are required by the Council on
Social Work Education must be taken in an accredited social work
program. Transfer students can be admitted in September or January.
(Exception: students transferring from a social work program that is
accredited by CSWE.)
Internal transfer students (undeclared majors and change of majors)
who desire admission to the Department of Social Work may apply
after meeting with the department chairperson. Students must have a
cumulative GPA of 2.25 for up to 64 earned credits, and a 2.5 for 65
or more earned credits, plus an interview and completion of a change
of major form to gain admittance into the program.
Students transferring from various colleges and universities who
desire admission to the Department of Social Work may apply only
with a GPA of 2.25 for up to 64 earned credits, and a 2.5 for 65 or
more earned credits. This policy is in the process of being revised.
Please see the department chair.
Department Field Placements and Volunteer Experiences
Social work students do volunteer experience in the second semester
of their first year. During the second semester of the junior year and
in both semesters of the senior year, students will be placed in various
social work agencies (see partial listing of social work field place-
ments).
Students must have completed SWO 200, 220, 225, 300, 320, 332,
and 350 with a cumulative average of 3.0 before they register to take
the Junior Field Placement in the spring semester.
INSURANCE. Students are also required to carry liability insurance
coverage in the amount of $1,000,000/3,000,000 during the second
semester of their junior and the entire senior year at a yearly cost of
approximately $30. Students who have cars must submit a copy of
their insurance to the director of field placement. Students may join
NASW and become a member of a national social work organization
and receive liability insurance at a reduced rate. Students should apply
for child abuse clearance and state police background check in the fall
semester of their junior year for various field placement considera-
tions.
Social Work Field Placements
Students have been placed with the following organizations to fulfill
their field experience requirements:
Chester County Children, Youth, and Families
Delaware Count>' Children and Youth
State of Delaware Division of Family, Youth, and Children
West Chester Area School District
Kennett Square Area School District
Coatesville Area School District
University of Pennsylvania Health System
Crozer Chester Medical Center
Phoenixville Hospital
A.I. DuPont Institute, Ronald McDonald House
Presbyterian Medical Center
National Hospital for Kids in Crisis
Pottstown Medical Center
Chester County Juvenile Probation
Delaware County Adult Probation and Parole
Philadelphia Prison System
First Step of Chester County
Terry Psychiatric Center of Delaware
Mirmont Treatment Center
Help Counseling Drug and Alcohol Program
Ferris School of Delaware
Libertal
Marion Adoptions
Intercultural Family Services
Safe Harbor of West Chester
Family Services of Chester County
Home of the Sparrow
Crosslands
Sunrise Assisted Living
Social Work
School of Business and Public Affairs
Community Human Relations Board
Belmont Center for Comprehensive Treatment
Veteran's Administration of Coatesville
BACHELOR OF ARTS— SOCIAL WORK
1
26 semester hours
30 semester hours
General Requirements, see pages 34-36
A cumulative GPA of 2.0 is required for
these courses:
ENG 120 and 121, LIT 165
Foreign Language Culture Cluster
Physical Activity
2. Required Liberal Arts Foimdation
A cumulative GPA of 2.5 is required for
these courses:
ANT 102, BIO 100, ECO 101, GEO 103,
HIS 101 or 102 or 150. MAT 103 or 121,
PHI 180, PSC 100, PSY 100, SOC 200 or 240
3. Presocial Work Courses
A cumulative GP.^ of 3.0 is required for
these courses:
SWO 200. 220, 225, 300
4. Professional Social Work Courses
A cumulative GPA of 3.0 is required for
these courses:
SWO 320, 321, 332, 350, 351, 375, 395, 431, 432, 450, 451, 495,
and 496
Junior and Senior Level Students
Continued matriculation at the professional level of the baccalaureate
program requires that all students:
a. Maintain an overall GPA of 2.0 or better in the general educa-
tion requirements.
1 2 semester hours
45 semester hours
b. Maintain an overall GPA of 2.5 in the required additional liber-
al arts cognate foundation courses: CSC 101 and nine hours of
advised electives.
c. Adhere to field practice requirements in accordance with the
Undergraduate Social Field Work Manual.
d. Comply with the NASW Code of Ethics.
Transfer Students
Students from other colleges and universities who desire to transfer to
the West Chester Universit>' baccalaureate social work program
should apply through the Universit> s Office of .Admissions, which
will coordinate the credit evaluation of social work courses with the
baccalaureate social work program director. Transfer students are
required to make application for candidacy.
A transfer credit analysis listing all transfer credits accepted by the
Universit>' will be sent to the Department of Social Work and also
directly to the student. The B.S.W. program director may accept
social work transfer credits from CSWTE-accredited undergraduate
social work programs.
The field practice and seminar are concurrent courses in the WCU
undergraduate social work program; therefore, the> are not transfer-
able. The policies and requirements for the field practice are explained
in the Baccalaureate Program Field Instruction Manual. All other
social work courses not meeting the requirements of the program may
be accepted as SWO 1 99 course credit hours.
Note: The Department of Social Work offers presocial work courses
in the summer to help transfer studems begin as juniors when they
enter West Chester University in the fall. It is crucial that all transfer
students be advised by the undergraduate program chair before the
first session of summer school.
Minor in Social Work 18 semester hours
The minor in social work has been placed in moratorium for three
years beginning with the fall 1998 semester.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
SOCLU. W ORK
Symbol: SWO
PRIMARILY FOR FIRST-YEAR STUDENTS
AND SOPHOMORES
200 Introduction to Social Welfare (3) Current
social problems and the influence of societal val-
ues on tlieir definition and the structures devised
to meet them. Two hours per week of volunteer
experience in a social agency is required.
220 Introduction to Generalist Practice (3)
Students are provided background knowledge and
skills to function professionally in society . The
course adopts the psychological perspective that links
self-concept and its development w ith group behav-
ior, the function of social reality, and social role.
222 Human Senice Professionals and the Law
(3) A study of legislation and case law affecting
social welfare programs for the development of an
understanding of legal reasoning and key areas of
legal knowledge. Offered every other year.
# 225 Race Relations (3) Emphasis is placed on
racial awareness by examining racial, ethnic, and
cultural differences of minority groups in the
United States. Offered fall and spring semesters.
B.A. COURSES FOR SOCIAL WORK
MAJORS AND OTHER UPPERCLASS
STUDENTS
300 Family Systems I (3) Introduction to select-
ed items in systems analysis, emphasizing applica-
tion to understanding family systems and the orga-
nizational framework of human behavior. Offered
spring semester only.
320 Generalist Social Work Practice I (3) The
theory and application of the generalist model and
the problem-solving method to direct practice with
individuals and families.
321 Generalist Social Work Practice II (3) A
continuation of the application of the generalist
model and problem-solving method to direct prac-
tice with groups, organizations, and communities.
332 Social Welfare Policies and Services (3)
The history of social welfare in the United States,
and an overview of major fields of social work
practice with emphasis on legislation and policy
formulation. Offered fall semester only.
350 Human Behavior in Social Environment I
(3) Examination of life stages of early childhood
tlirough adolescence. Offered fall semester only .
351 Human Behavior in Social Environment II
(3) Continuation of SWO 350. Focus on middle
adulthood to aging. Offered spring semester only.
421 Mental Health and Social Work Practice
(3) The scope of mental health services and specif-
ic practice skills for social work with mentally dis-
turbed or retarded clients only. Offered every other
year.
423 Special Skills in Child Protective Services
(3) Emphasis is placed on understanding child
abuse and neglect, assessment of persons in crises,
and treatment for the abused and neglected child
in today's society. Offered every other year.
431 Methods of Social Inquiry (3) Fundamentals
of problem identification, research design, sampling.
obser\ ation, data collection and reduction, and non-
statistical analysis. Offered fall semester only.
432 Advanced Social Welfare Policies and
Services (3) A theoretical framework for the
analysis, formulation, implementation, and change
of social policy, governmental guidelines, and
social legislation. Offered spring semester only.
COURSES FOR SOCIAL WORK
MAJORS ONLY
375 Field Placement (3) Junior-year field e;q)eri-
ence for the social work major. Offered spring
semester only.
395 Junior Seminar .\ practice seminar designed
to relate to the student's field placement. Offered
spring semester only.
^ 410 Independent Studies in Social Work (1-
3) Special research projects or practices in social
work. Juniors and seniors only . PREREQ:
Permission of department chairperson. Offered
fall, spring, and summer semesters.
♦ 450-451 Field Experience I-II (6) (6) Super-
vised work experience in a social agency. Seniors
only. Offered fall and spring semesters.
490 Seminar in Social Work (3) In-depth topics
in social work otTered to complement the under-
graduate program's field practicum and not
offered in required courses.
♦ 495 Senior Seminar in Social Work (3)
Integration of field and classroom experiences in
discassing the application of the generalist model
to the helping process. Offered fall semester.
496 Social Work Process Seminar (3) Seminar
on the social work process designed to relate to
the second semester field experience. Offered
spring semester.
n Approved interdisciplinary course
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
School of Health Sciences
Sports Medicine
Department of Sports Medicine
216 Sturzebecker Health Sciences Center
610-436-3293
Neil Curtis, Chairperson
Carolyn C. Jimenez, Coordinator of Athletic Training Education
Sandra Fowkes Godek, Coordinator of Sports Medicine Services
PROFESSOR: Godek
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: Curtis
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Fowkes Godek, Taylor
INSTRUCTORS: Jimenez, Norris
ADJUNCT PROFESSOR: Ziegler
The Department of Sports Medicine offers three programs of study for
students interested in careers in athletic training.
1. The B.S. in ATHLETIC TRAINING prepares students to achieve
certification ft-om the National Athletic Trainers Association Board
of Certification, Inc. (NATABOC). Students completing this major
also are eligible for entry-level athletic training positions, as well
as graduate study in such fields as physical therapy, exercise phys-
iology, biomechanics, and sports medicine.
Applicants should have a combined SAT score of 1070 and rank in
the top 20 percent of their high school class. Qualified students are
required to participate in an interview with department faculty
prior to admission.
2. The AREA of SPECIALIZATION is designed for students
enrolled in other programs of study, such as teacher certification.
These students will complete courses in subjects fundamental to
athletic training and will be eligible for certification by the
NATABOC, Inc. Applicants must complete the following prereq-
uisite courses prior to consideration: BIO 259, 269; KIN 352, 361;
SMD 100, 204, 272; and SML 361. Admission is extremely com-
petitive and dependent on the number of available clinical opportu-
nities. Successful completion of prerequisite courses does not guar-
antee acceptance.
3. The SUMMER COURSE WORK in ATHLETIC TRAINING is
designed for students who are undergraduates at institutions that
do not have an accredited athletic training education program or
post-graduate students seeking certification as an athletic trainer.
Students in this program complete 14 credits of course work fun-
damental to the profession of athletic training during the summer
sessions.
Pre-Physical Therapy
A student may follow several academic paths to prepare for a profes-
sional physical therapy program. There is no official pre-physical
therapy curriculum at West Chester University. Students who are
interested in preparing for a professional physical therapy school may
meet the prerequisites either through the College of Arts and Sciences
by enrolling in the Department of Biology, or through the School of
Health Sciences by enrolling in the Department of Sports Medicine.
Students also may elect to take their undergraduate degree in the
College of Arts and Sciences in the liberal studies science and mathe-
matics track with a biology minor. Students interested in pre-physical
therapy should contact either Dr. Neil Curtis in Sports Medicine or
Dr. Judith Greenamyer in Biology.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— ATHLETIC TRAINING
(Includes the Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health
Education Programs [CAAHEP] accredited athletic training education
program)
1 . General Education Requirements, 5 1 semester hours
see pages 34-36
2. Athletic Training courses 35 semester hours
SMD 100, 204, 272, 410, 41 1, 412, 413, 414, 415,
416, 417, 418, 454, and SML 361, 410, and 41 1
3. Related Requirements 43 semester hours
BIO 259 and 269; COM 101 or 208; HEA 201,
202, and 303; HEA 206 or KIN 385; KIN 352,
361,452, and 453
An advanced psychology and advanced biology elective and three
credit hours of physical activity
4. Related Requirements that also satisfy the 27 semester hours
General Education Requirements
BIO 1 10, CHE 103 and 104, CRL 103 and 104,
MAT 105 or 121, PHY 130 and 140, and PSY 100
Other courses in chemistry, physics, mathematics,
and biology may be substituted with approval of
program director.
5. Clinical Experience
Clinical experiences are provided in a number of high school, col-
lege, and university settings under the supervision of a certified
athletic trainer. Due to potential scheduling conflicts, athletic train-
ing students may be excluded fi'om playing varsity sports during
their four semesters of clinical experience. Students enrolled in
SMD 415-418 must have current certification in CPR and first aid,
be vaccinated with hepatitis B vaccination or sign a vaccine decli-
nation, and have professional liabilify coverage. Students must
supply their own transportation to clinical sites. Students in clinical
assignments are required to wear specified uniforms.
6. Students must earn a minimum grade of C in the following cours-
es. In order to be recommended for the NATA Certification Exam,
students must have a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 in the fol-
lowing courses:
BIO 259, 269; HEA 303; KIN 352, 361; SMD 204, 272, 410, 411,
412, 413, 414, 415, 416, 417, 418, 454; SML 361, 410, 41 1
AREA OF SPECIALIZATION
IN ATHLETIC TRAINING 51 semester hours
(Includes the CAAHEP-accredited athletic training program)
Required: HEA 201, 202, 206, 303; KIN 452, 453; PSY 100; SMD
100, 204, 272, 410, 411, 412, 413, 414, 415, 416, 417, 418, 454; and
SML 410, 411
In addition, students must comply with items five and six in the
requirement for the Bachelor of Science — Athletic Training, above.
SUMMER COURSE WORK
IN ATHLETIC TRAINING 14 semester hours
(This is NOT an accredited athletic training education program.)
Many students take the summer courses that are a part of the athletic
training education program. The students are either undergraduates at
colleges where there is no accredited education program in athletic
training, or they are graduate students seeking to qualify for the
national certification exam. The course work offered in the summer
will consist of those subjects that are fundamental to the profession of
athletic training, i.e., SMD 410 and SML 410, SMD 41 1 and SML
411, and SMD 412 and 413. A total of 14 credits will be offered.
Students interested in taking the summer session of courses should
contact the coordinator of athletic training education. West Chester
University, West Chester, PA 19383.
Facilities
Offices, classrooms, and laboratories for the Department of Sports
Medicine are housed in the Russell L. Sturzebecker Health Sciences
Center. Clinical experience is offered in two athletic training rooms
on campus, one located in Hollinger Fieldhouse and the recently
expanded facility located in the Sturzebecker Health Sciences Center.
The athletic training rooms offer students the opportunity to work
with state-of-the-art equipment, including numerous electrical modali-
ties, Cybex isokinetic dynamometers, and the latest in propriorecep-
tive apparatus. In addition, the department maintains a close working
relationship with the Human Performance Laboratory of the
Department of Kinesiology.
Teaching Certification Programs
School of Education
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
SPORTS MEDICINE
Course Symbols: SMD; SML indicates a lab
course. The first number in parentheses is
the number of class hours per week; the sec-
ond number indicates hours of credit.
100 Foundations of Sports Medicine (i) (1) An
overview of the professions in the discipline of
sports medicine.
200 Understanding Your Sports Injury (3)
Prepares physically active individuals to under-
stand the principles of prevention, recognition,
management, and rehabilitation of injuries and ill-
ness commonly associated with sports- and fit-
ness-oriented activities. {Nonathletic training
majors only.)
204 First Aid for Health Professionals (3)
Prepares health professionals to meet emergencies
requiring first aid. Includes "First Responder"
training.
211 First Aid for Children (1) Safety procedures
and cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) for early
childhood and elementan education majors.
271 First Aid and Athletic Training (3) (2) A
course designed to quality students in First Aid
and CPR, and to introduce the principles of athlet-
ic injury prevention and management. For noruna-
jors only.
272 Athletic Training Techniques (3) (2) A
course designed to develop athletic training skills
for beginning athletic training students. Offered
fall and spring semesters. PREREQ: SMD 271 or
SMD 204.
SML 361 Surface Anatomy Laboratory (2) (1)
Orientation to major anatomical landmarks and
underlying structures. Required of athletic training
majors. Offered fall and spring semesters. PRE-
REQ: BIO 259 and 269, KfN 361, or concurrent
with KIN 361.
410 Therapeutic Modalities for Athletic
Training (3) (3) Physical agents used in athletic
training are presented with regard to the physics,
physiological effects, indications, contraindica-
tions, and progression. Offered spring and summer
semesters only. PREREQ: KIN 352 and 361.
Athletic training majors only.
SML 410 Therapeutic Modalities for Athletic
Training Lab (2) (I) Lab experiences in the
application of physical agents presented in SMD
410. Offered spring and summer semesters only.
PREREQ: SMD 410, or concurrently with SMD
410. Athletic training majors only.
41 1 Therapeutic Exercise for Athletic Training
(3) (3) The principles, objectives, indications, con-
traindications, and progression of various exercise
programs used in the rehabilitation of athletic
injuries are presented. Offered summer and fall
semesters only. PREREQ: KfN 352 and 361, and
SML 361. Athletic training majors only.
SML 41 1 Therapeutic Exercise for Athletic
Training Lab (2) (1) Lab e.xperiences in the
application of exercises presented in SMD 411.
Offered summer and fall semesters only. PRE-
REQ: SMD 41 1, or concurrently with SMD 411.
Athletic training majors only.
412 Pathology and Evaluation of Athletic
Injury/Illness I (3) (3) A presentation of the
pathology of injuries to the extremities commonly
seen in athletics and the techniques for their evalu-
ation. Offered summer and fall semesters only.
PREREQ: KIN 352 and 361, and SML 361.
Athletic training majors only.
413 Pathology and Evaluation of Athletic
Injury/Illness II (3) (3) A continuation of SMD
4 1 2 with emphasis on the head, neck, and trunk.
PREREQ: SMD 412. Offered summer and spring
semesters only. Athletic training majors only .
414 History, Organization, and Administration
of Athletic Training (2) (2) A presentation of the
historical and current perspectives of athletic train-
ing, including techniques for organizing and
administering athletic training programs. Offered
fall semester only. PREREQ: SMD 272. Athletic
training majors only .
415 Athletic Injury Management I (2) (2)
Clinical experience of 200 or more hours with spe-
cific behavioral objectives in the management of
illness, injuries of the lower extremity, and equip-
ment fit. Offered fall semester only. PREREQ:
SMD 41! and 412, and SML 411. Adiletic train-
ing majors only.
416 Athletic Injury Management II (2) (2)
Clinical experience of 200 or more hours with spe-
cific behavioral objectives in athletic equipment
selection and fit, and injuries, illnesses, and condi-
tions as recommended by NATA guidelines.
Offered spring semester only. PREREQ: SMD 410
and 413, and SML 410 and 41 1. Athletic trainmg
majors only.
417 Athletic Injury Management III (2) (2)
Clinical experience of 200 or more hours plus spe-
cific behavioral objectives for the management of
neurological conditions and conditions of the head,
neck, spine, and trunk, plus group discussions of
clinical situations. Offered fall semester only.
PREREQ: SMD 410, 41 1. 413, and 416; and SML
410 and 411. Athletic training majors only.
418 Athletic Injury Management IV (3) (3)
Clinical experience of 200 or more hours and par-
ticipation in critical reviews of sports medicine
research combined with seminars which afford
interaction with various medical and paramedical
practitioners. Offered spring semester only. PRE-
REQ: SMD 410, 411, 412, and 413; and SML 410
and 411. Athletic training majors only.
454 Theories and Practices of Conditioning
and Training (3) (3) Application of principles of
physiology, psychology, and kinesiology for the
design and use of conditioning programs for vari-
ous sports. PREREQ: KIN 352 and 361.
Teaching Certification Programs
The primary mission of the teacher education programs at West
Chester University is the preparation and continuing development of
educational professionals in order to meet the needs of diverse student
populations in the public schools and other education environments
tliroughout the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
We are committed to excellence in teacher education which utilizes
innovative curriculum designs and fosters collaborative effort in the
schools and community.
We are committed to preparing exemplary professionals to assume
their roles and responsibilities as educators in a muhicultural, global
society; to pursue personal and professional development opportuni-
ties; to support the continuing improvement of our schools; to assume
leadership; and to participate in the education community.
West Chester University offers 20 undergraduate certification pro-
grams and two endorsement areas for students who wish to prepare
themselves to be certified teachers. These programs, which are
described more fully in the departmental listings, include:
Department Program and Degree
Anthropology-Sociology BSED: Social Studies-
Biology
Chemistry
Communication Studies
Anthropology
Social Studies-
Sociology
BSED:
Biology
BSED:
Chemistrv
BSED:
Communication
Early Childhood and Special
BSED:
Early Childhood
Education
Special Education
Elementary Education
BSED:
Elementary Education
English
BSED:
English
Foreign Languages
BSED:
French, German, Latin,
Russian, Spanish
Geology and Astronomy
BSED:
Earth-Space Science
Certification only: General
Science
Geography and Planning
BSED:
Social Studies-
Geography
Health
BS:
Heahh Education
History
BSED:
Social Studies- History
American Cuhures
Ethnic Studies
World Cultures
Kinesiology
BS:
Health and Physical
Education
Endorsement Certification:
Driver Education
Mathematics
BSED:
Mathematics
Music Education
BS:
Music Education:
Vocal, Choral,
General,
Instrumental
School of Education
Teaching Certification Programs
Physics
Political Science
Professional and Secondary
Education
Psychology
Philosophy BSED: Social Studies-
Philosophy
BSED: Physics
BSED: Social Studies-
Political Science
Endorsement Certification:
Environmental Education
BSED: Social Studies-
Psychology
ADMISSION TO TEACHER EDUCATION
All students seeking a bachelor of science in education degree
(including health education, health and physical education, and music
education) must formally apply for admission to teacher education. In
order to complete the degree in eight semesters of full-time study, stu-
dents should apply for admission before completion of 63 semester
hours of course work. Minimum criteria for admission to teacher edu-
cation include the following;
1. A cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all prior college/university course
work. Undergraduates with a cumulative GPA of 2.5 or higher are
eligible for admission to teacher education upon completion of 45
semester hours of course work;
2. Passing scores as established by the Pennsylvania Department of
Education on the Communication Skills and General Knowledge
Examinations of the Praxis II Series; Professional Assessments for
Beginning Teachers; and
3. Recommendation by the department of the student's major.
(Department recommendation may be contingent upon completion
of additional and/or more rigorous requirements than the minimum
described above.)
Only students admitted to teacher education are eligible to enroll in
upper-division professional educational course work. Each program
will designate, for its own majors, the advanced professional courses
that only students admitted to teacher education are eligible to take.
Students admitted to teacher education must maintain the GPA
required for admission in order to continue taking advanced profes-
sional education course work.* Please note that some programs
require students to have a GPA higher than 2.5 in their major to stu-
dent teach.
Note: The new policy for teacher education admission becomes effec-
tive January 17, 2000. Beginning in the spring 2000 semester, appli-
cants for admission into teacher education are required, upon comple-
tion of 45 to 64 credits, to have a GPA of 2.5 or higher, passing
scores on the Communication Skills and General Knowledge
Examinations of the PRAXIS 11 Series, and the recommendation of
the relevant department to be eligible to continue taking advanced
professional course work.
STUDENT TEACHING
Student teaching is the concluding experience of the teacher education
program. Students majoring in early childhood, elementary, sec-
ondary, and special education must file applications to student teach
with the Teacher Education Center. Students majoring in communica-
tive disorders, health education, health and physical education, and
music education must file applications with their departments.
To be eligible to complete a student teaching experience, candidates
must have completed the course requirements, must have a cumulative
grade point average of 2.50 or higher, and must have satisfied the
requirements for full admission to teacher education. The criteria for
student teaching approval occasionally change. Students should con-
tact their departments for the requirements. A student must earn an
academic grade of C or better in both student teaching assignments
and graduate with a cumulative 2.5 GPA or higher to qualify for a
Pennsylvania Teaching Certificate. Students receiving a grade of C- or
lower in either or both student teaching assignments will not be eligi-
ble for a teaching certificate.
Students are assigned a student teaching placement in schools with
which the University has a formal agreement.
TEACHING CERTIFICATES
It is the student's responsibility to apply for a Pennsylvania Certificate
through the University's Certification Office. It is recommended that
students apply as soon as requirements have been met.
The Certification Office verifies that all requirements have been met
prior to submitting a recommendation for certification to the
Pennsylvania Department of Education.
Applicants for the certificate generally must be citizens of the United
States. A noncitizen must have declared the intent to become a citizen
of the United States. For more information, contact the University's
Certification Office.
Application forms and information about certification are available
from the Certification Office in the School of Education.
Postbaccalaureate students who wish to obtain teaching certification
should consult with the Teacher Education Center located in the
Francis Harvey Green Library.
THE PRAXIS SERIES NATIONAL TEACHER
EXAMINATIONS
Professional Assessments for Beginning Teachers
Applicants for an initial Pennsylvania Instructional Level 1 Certificate
must pass the Praxis 11 Series Professional Assessments for Beginning
Teachers in Communication Skills, including listening, writing, and
reading; General Knowledge, including social sciences, literature and
fine arts, math, and science; Principles of Learning and Teaching
(either K-6 or 7-12), and a major area test speciality. General
Knowledge and Communication Skills should be taken at the comple-
tion of the sophomore year as part of the requirements for admission
to teacher education. The Principles of Learning and Teaching and
major specialization area tests should be taken near the end of the
senior year after all requirements have been completed. West Chester
University has been designated as a test center. Tests will be adminis-
tered six times a year.
INSTRUCTIONAL I CERTIFICATE
A student who completes one of the University's teacher education
curricula receives his or her degree from the University and may qual-
ify for an Instructional I Certificate, which is issued by the
Pennsylvania Department of Education. This certificate is valid for six
years of teaching in Pennsylvania. Recommendation for the certificate
is made by the certifying officer of the University.
INSTRUCTIONAL II CERTIFICATE
This certificate requires three years of successful teaching in Pennsyl-
vania under the Instructional I Certificate, successftil completion of an
Induction Plan approved by the Pennsylvania Department of
Education, and the satisfactory completion of 24 semester hours of
additional work completed at a baccalaureate granting institution, after
issuance of the baccalaureate degree. This certificate is a permanent
license to teach in Pennsylvania.
All or part of the educational requirements for this credential may be
obtained through approved, in-service programs.
Certification in additional subject areas may be obtained by complet-
ing requirements for that area. Students should consult the department
in which they seek certification for information and an evaluation of
their credits.
* Contact your program adviser for a list of advanced professional
education course work available only to students admitted to teacher
education.
Theatre Arts
College of Arts and Sciences
Department of Theatre Arts
G-18E.0. Bull Center
610-436-3463
Jay H. Berkowitz, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: B>tnar, Hashimoto-Sinclair, Rovine
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Berkowitz, Jacobson
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: Murphy
INSTRUCTOR: Saddoris
The Department of Theatre Arts offers a bachelor of arts program
which combines the foundation of a liberal arts education with the
creative skills needed by the developing theatre artist. In addition, the
department cooperates with the Department of Communication
Studies in its bachelor of science in education which qualifies gradu-
ates to meet the state of Pennsylvania requirements for teacher certifi-
cation in communication. Students who are majors in the program
ma> choose a minor in theatre to meet the certification requirements.
Students with an academic major or minor in the department are
required to meet with a departmental faculty adviser to develop their
curricular plans, select courses prior to scheduling, discuss career
options, and to be aware of cocurricular opportunities. Handbooks are
provided to entering students for their use as a guide to the develop-
ment of their academic programs.
Department Student Activities
University Theatre, United States Institute for Theatre Technology,
and Alpha Psi Omega are student organizations that involve students,
majors, and nonmajors in theatre-related activities. For more informa-
tion see the "Student Affairs" section of the catalog.
Department Apprenticeships
Although not required, professional apprenticeship experiences are
a\'ailable to qualified theatre majors. Students and their placements
are screened by the department to assure mutual satisfaction for all
parties involved. For details, students should see the department chair-
person.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS IN
THEATRE
5 1 semester hours
39 semester hours
1 . General Education Requirements,
see pages 34-36
2. Core Requirements (all concentrations)
THA 103, 104, 1 13, 210, 213, 215, 301,
305, 306, 307, 309, and six semesters of
one-credit THA 200
3. Concentration Requirements 23-26 semester hours
a. Performance (Acting and Directing) ( 1 8 semester hours)
THA 102, 202, 203, 209, and 401;
VOC 227
5-8 semester hours as advised
b. Musical Theatre (19 semester hours)
MTC 110; THA 203; VOC 1 12, 1 13,
and 227; vol 191; and three
one-credit voice classes
4-7 semester hours as advised
c. Technical Production — Costumes ( 1 8 semester hours)
ART 106; THA 302, 304, 308, and 316
Select one: ART 111; THA 310, 399, or 404
5-8 semester hours as advised
d. General (23-26 semester hours)
THA 102, 202, 203, 209, 302, 303, 304,
308, 310, 316, 399, 400, 401, 404, 499,
or any Unviersity course as approved
by adviser.
4. Foreign Language Options, 0- 1 5 semester hours
see page 37
Bachelor of Science in Education: Theatre Emphasis
(See Department of Communication Studies.)
Minor in Theatre Arts 19 semester hours
THA 103, 104, 113, 200, 210, 215 or 316, and 301
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
THEATRE
Symbol: THA
100 Theatre Practice (3 credits for nonmajors)
Laboratory experience in technical aspects of play
productions. Open to all students.
101 Introduction to Theatre (3) A survey of the-
atre as a humanity by exploring how theatre
reflects its time and country. This course teaches
the student what to listen for and what to look for
when attending a live theatre performance. Fulfills
general education arts requirement.
102 Voice for the Performer (3) The goal of
vocal training is the understanding of the individ-
ual voice. Voice training seeks to uncover the
potential for a naturally produced vocal sound
with all its capabilities and limitations.
103 Acting I (3) The first part of a one-year
course designed to introduce the basic skills and
techniques needed by the developing actor to cre-
ate successfiilly a character for performance on
stage. Fulfills general education arts requirement.
104 Stagecraft (3) Planning, construction, paint-
ing, rigging, and shitting of scenery . Management
of all operations backstage. Laboratory required.
113 Script Analysis I (3) To promote the devel-
opment of the student's analytical faculties in the
research for a staged production. The course con-
tent focuses on modem and post-modem theatre,
including multicultural and feminist plays. Fulfills
general education arts requirement.
150 Summer Theatre Workshop (3) A combi-
nation of classroom instruction and applied pro-
duction techniques for student interns working
with the department's Summer Theatre program.
Available to flrst-year'sophomore-le\el students
and to qualified high school seniors. PREREQ:
interview and permission of the department.
200 Theatre Practicum: Majors (1) This course
is designed to provide theatre arts majors and
minors the opportunities to participate in and learn
skills directlv related to specific areas of theatrical
production PREREQ; THA 104.
202 Dialects (3) Dialects and regionalisms for the
stage.
203 Acting II (3) Second part of a course
designed to introduce the basic skills and tech-
niques needed to create a role on the stage.
Emphasis on character development.
207 Children's Theatre (3) Production of chil-
dren's theatre for stage and television. Course ele-
ments will include script analysis and production
values, publicity, and tour preparation. Students
enrolled in the course v\ill create a complete pro-
duction.
209 Creative Drama (3) Theory and practice in
creative techniques of expression and dramatic
forms to be used as a teaching and recreational
device for children and adults.
210 Stage Makeup I (3) Theory and practice in
design and application of various types of makeup
for the stage. Laboratory required.
213 Script Analysis II (3) To introduce students
to the unique problems of interpreting dramatic
texts from the classical periods of theatre history
for contemporary stage production.
215 Costume Construction (3) Theory and prac-
tice in theatrical costuming including organization,
construction, drafting, dyeing, painting, and
wardrobe management. Laboratory required.
301 Directing I (3) An introduction of the theo-
ries and techniques of stage direction with empha-
sis on prerehearsal planning, play selection, script
analysis and promptbooks, casting and blocking.
PREREQ: THA 103. 104, and 1 13.
302 Scene Construction and Rigging (3) This
course develops a familiarity with scenic construc-
tion techniques and materials. Practical solutions
to technical problems are discussed. Other topics
include theatre safety, technical drawing, and bud-
geting. This course is a requirement for technical
majors but an elective for all other theatre majors.
PREREQ: THA 104.
303 Acting III (3) A course for the advanced stu-
dent actor who w ishes in-depth work and study in
character building and analysis. Extended scene
work and audition materials also will be stressed.
PREREQ: THA 203.
304 Scene Design (3) This course identifies and
explores the processes in\olved in creating a
scenic space that is both practical and expressive.
Skills in set design, representational painting,
scenic drafting, and script interpretation are devel-
oped. PREREQ: ART 106. THA 104, 308, or per-
mission of instructor
305 Stage Lighting (3) Exploration of lighting as
a means of artistic communication in the theatre.
College of Arts and Sciences
Women's Studies
The course covers the aesthetics, tools, technolo-
g), and the graphic methods used to light a pla\ .
Special topics in lighting for other performing arts
will be discussed. PREREQ: ART 106, THa''104,
308.
306 Historj of Theatre 1 (3) The development of
theatre from the ancient Greeks to the 17th centu-
r>. PREREQ: THA 1 13 or THA 213.
307 Histor> of Theatre II (3) The development
of theatre from the 1 7th centur> until the Modem
Period in the late 19th centurv.' PREREQ: THA
113 or THA 213.
308 Graphics for the Stage (3) An exploration
of graphic solutions used in the \arious stages of
planning and executing a setting for the theaffe.
Scenic design, stage technician drafting tech-
niques, and perspecti\ e techniques used exclusive-
ly in the theatre. PREREQ: THA 104.
309 Trends in Contemporani Theatre (3) The
theatre artists, structures, and social milieu whose
collective interaction can be referred to as contem-
porary theatre. The creative work being done in
.America, England, Poland, South Africa, and other
nations will form the core of the course.
310 Stage Makeup II (3) Theory, development,
and application of theatrical makeup according to
the play, its period, the style of production, the
actor, and the character. Students must have previ-
ous knowledge of the basic two- and three-dimen-
sional makeup devices. PREREQ: TRA 210.
316 Costume History and Design (3) The histo-
ry of European and American costume and its
application to the period production. The process
of designing costumes in various styles will be
explored. Students are required to design costumes
for periods studied. PREREQ: ART 106, THA
215, TH,\ 308, or permission of instructor.
317 History of Theatre III (3) The development
of theatre from the late 19th century (the Modem
Period) through the present. The major theatrical
movements of the United States, England, France,
Germany, Spain, and Russia w ill be covered.
♦ 399 Directed Studies in Theatre (1-3)
Research, creative projects, reports, and readings
in theatre. Students must apply to ad\ isers one
semester in advance of registration. PREREQ:
THA 102, 103, 104, and 1 13 or permission of
instructor.
♦ 400 Professional .Apprenticeship (3-15) This
course pro\ ides a structured and supen ised work
experience in theatre. Students must submit an
application to the department chairperson for per-
mission.
401 Directing II (3) Play direction as a creative
aspect of stage production w ith emphasis on
exploration of concept, techniques of rehearsing a
play and working w ith actors, and the role and
fimction of the stage manager. PREREQ: THA
301.
403 Advanced Theatre Practicum (3) A produc-
tion seminar for advanced arts students that will
culminate in a public performance. Under the
mentorship of a faculty professional, the class will
work as an ensemble that takes the production
process form the determinants of a production's
performance potential to its final public presenta-
tion.
404 CAD for the Stage (3) To develop the stu-
dent's ability in utilizing the AutoCAD Release 14
envirormient to draft and plot scenic designs and
technical drawings for the theatre. PREREQ: THA
308.
♦ 499 Theatre Seminar (3) Intensive examina-
tion of a selected area of study in theatre. Topics
will be announced in advance.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Women's Studies Program
211 Main Hall
610-436-2464
Stacey Schlau, Director
STEERING COMMITTEE
Helen Berger, Sociologx'
Lorraine Bemotsky, Political Science
Marita Boes, History
Jean Piper-Bunon, Library Services
Diane Casagrande, Communication Studies
Virginia DaCosta, Art
Aiime Dzamba, History
Celia Esplugas, Foreign Languages
Robin Garrett, Nursing; director. Women 's Center
Karin Gedge, History
Anne Herzog, English
Jane Jeffrey, English
Elizabeth Larsen, English
Deborah Mahlstedt, Psychology
Mar>' McCuI lough. Communication Studies
Vicki McGinley, Early Childhood and Special Education
Lynette McGrath, English
Ruth Porritt, Philosophy
Geetha Ramanathan, English
Arlene Rengert, Geography and Planning
Frauke Schnell, Political Science
Karin Volkwein, Kinesiology
The Women's Studies Program consists of an interrelated group of
courses offered in a wide variety of academic disciplines. The pro-
gram operates under the supervision of the Women's Studies Steering
Committee. This program is envisaged both as an enrichment to liber-
al education and as a preprofessional field. The social transformation
thai is taking place in society and in intellectual life is making study
in this area an asset in many arenas.
The aim of the program is to integrate the perception and experience
of women into the curriculum and to encourage inquiry into previous-
ly neglected areas, such as women's history, women's literature and
art, psychology of women, and women's position in society.
Women's Studies Courses
ARH419
CLS 304
CLS 358
CLS 359
ECO 303
HEA'NSG 109
HIS/CLS/'WOS 329
HIS 420
Women in .^rt: Madonna or Model?
Women and Film
Women in Western Literature
Women in Modem Fiction
Economic Role of Women
Health Issues of Women
Gender and Peace
Biography of Modem European Women
HIS 451 Women in America
KIN 380 Women and Sport
LIT 204 Black Women Writers of America
LIT 245 Medieval Women's Culture
LIT 274 Feminist Poetry
PHI 201 Contemporary Issues: Women and Creativity
PSC 301 Women in Politics
PSY 365 Psychology of Women
SOC 346 Sociology of Gender
WOS 225 Women Today: Introduction to W omen's
Studies
WOS 3 1 5 Third World Women
WOS 320 Independent Study
WOS 325 Special Topics in Women's Studies
WOS 400 Internship
WOS/PHI 405 Feminist Theory
WOS 410 Senior Colloquium
WOS 415 Senior Project
These courses are open to all students who have any required prereq-
uisite as free electives under general requirements. With the permis-
sion of their departments, students also may take these courses as
electives within their major or minor programs.
Women's Studies
College of Arts and Sciences
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN WOMEN'S STUDIES
1 . General Education Requirements, 5 1 semester hours
see pages 34-36. Foreign Language Culture
Cluster ma>' be used.
2. Required Courses 9 semester hours
WOS 225, WOS 405, and either WOS 410 or 415
WOS 400 is strongly encouraged.
3. Electives 36 semester hours
Other courses may be chosen from the list of women's studies
offerings. Additional courses may be applied to the major, under
advisement. At least six major courses must be completed at the
300-400 level.
Minor in Women's Studies 18 semester hours
Required Courses 6 semester hours
WOS 225 and either WOS/PHI 405 and 410 or 415
Other courses may be chosen from the list of Women's Studies offer-
ings. No more than two courses may be taken in a single department.
Additional courses may be applied to the minor, under advisement.
For advising in Women's Studies, contact Dr. Stacey Schlau, 211
Main Hall.
Descriptions of WOS courses in Women's Studies appear below. See
departmental listings for all other courses.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
WOMEN'S STUDIES
Symbol: WOS
# 225 Women Today: An Introduction to
Women's Studies (3) An interdisciplinarv course
designed to enable students to analyze various
kinds of statements on women, to question the
implications of changing cultural patterns, and to
sample first-hand efforts for change. Satisfies
interdisciplinarv' requirement. Offered every
semester.
# 315 Third- World Women (3) This course will
examine the nature of women's lives in the Third
World, focusing on topics such as family, educa-
tion, health, de\elopment policies, and political
change. Geographic areas studied include Africa,
Asia, Latin America, and the Middle East. Offered
spring semester, odd-numbered years.
# 320 Independent Study (3) Independent
research and study for upper-division students.
Topic to be approved by super\'ising faculty- mem-
ber. PREREQ: WOS 225. Offered as needed.
♦ 325 Special Topics in Women's Studies (3)
Selected (and changing) topics, e.g.. Ethnic
Women; Women and Work; Love and Sexuality.
Offered as projected enrollments warrant.
# 329 Gender and Peace (3) An e.xamination of
the ways in which social constructions of gender
intersect with perceptions and the experience of
war. Offered fall semesters.
♦ 400 Internship (3) This course is designed to
allow students the opportunity' to put into practice,
outside the academic setting, the knowledge
regarding women's experiences gained in other
courses. Some possible sites might be a women's
health clinic, a business, a newspaper, a social ser-
vice agency, or an electoral campaign. There will
be both an on-site and a faculty supervisor. PRE-
REQ: WOS 225 and two other Women's Studies
courses. Offered as needed.
# 405 Feminist Theory (3) Designed to introduce
and discuss basic questions in contemporary femi-
nist theory , the course will explore different
philosophies of feminism and include such issues
as motherhood, intersections with other theories of
oppression, and body politics. Offered spring
semester, even-numbered years. PREREQ: WOS
225 or permission of the instructor.
♦ 410 Senior Colloquium (3) Sample topics
include global feminism, mothering, the experi-
ences of women of color, and feminist Utopias.
Offered as needed. PREREQ: WOS 225 and two
other Women's Studies courses.
♦ 415 Senior Project (3) Preparation of research
in any area of women's studies, to be decided by
student and adviser. Supen ision includes exercises
in method and bibliography. Usually, a lengthy
research paper will be the final result. Offered as
needed. PREREQ: WOS 225 and Uvo other
Women's Studies courses.
ft Approved interdisciplinary course
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
Thomas J. Ridge, Governor
State System of Higher Education
James H. McCormick, Chancellor
F. Eugene Dixon, Jr., Chair
Kim E., Lyttle, Vice Chair
R. Benjamin Wiley, Vice Chair
Syed R. Ali-Zaidi
Muriel Berman
Zachery I. Cattell
Jeffrey W. Coy
Board of Governors
Daniel P. Elby
Charles A. Gomulka
Eugene W. Hickok, Jr.
Joy C. Leonard
Shelby A. Linton
F. Joseph Loeper
Rocco A. Ortenzio
Thomas J. Ridge
B. Michael Schaul
Jere W. Schuler
Patrick J. Stapleton
John K. Thomburgh
Christine J. Toretti
West Chester University Council of Trustees
Bernard J. Carrozza, Chair Newtown Square
Carol Aichele Malvern
Barry C. Dozor Broomall
Laurence Harmelin, Vice Chair West Chester
Johanna K. Havlick Newtown Square
William E. Hughes, Sr., Secretary.
J. Curtis Joyner
James H. McCormick, ex-officio....
Jessie Pincus
Jermifer Thoma
.West Chester
.West Chester
Harrisburg
.West Chester
Malvern
Board of Directors
West Chester University Foundation
Donald J. Diffenbaugh '34, President Mrs. John B. Hannum
Charles E. Swope, Vice President Johanna K. Havlick '27
Emilie K. Asplundh '27, Secretary
David L. Peirce, Executive Director and Treasurer
William H. Boucher '48
Albert E. Filano
Mrs. Guy Fry
W. E. Mullestein
Whitman A. Rice '39
Leslie B. Schramm
Elinor Z. Taylor '43
WCU Alumni Association Board of Directors
Ronald B. Chaffee
Linda Chaffee Chemosky
Barry C. Dozor (Council of Trustees liaison)
Janice Weir Etshied
Blaise F. Frost (faculty liaison)
Johanna Kuder Havlick
Karl Helicker
Joseph F. Kienle 111
Herb Lee
Anne Webster Luttrell
Edward J. McMearty
Anthony J. Meluskey, Jr.
Richard Merion
Larry Miller
Michelle A. Mont
John F. Murphy
Kathy Caulfield Plaugher
Delores Young Randolph
Debbie Seller Rhodunda
Luther B. Sowers
Garrick L. Weaver
Terry P. Weyant
W. Richard Whitlock
Donald L. Wright
West Chester University of Pennsylvania is a member of the
Pennsylvania State System of Higher Education.
Administration
President Dr. Madeleine Wing Adler
Executive Assistant to the President Mr. Lawrence A. Dowdy
Director, Research and Planning (Interim) Dr. Samuel Moore
Director, Social Equity Ms. Luz Gomez
Vice President for Academic Affairs/Provost Dr. Linda L. Lamwers
Dean, College of Arts and Sciences Dr. David R. Buchanan
Associate Dean, College of Arts and Sciences Dr. Jennie Skerl
Dean, School of Business and Public Affairs Dr. Christopher M. Florentine
Dean, School of Education Dr. Tony W. Johnson
Dean, School of Health Sciences Dr. Donald E. Barr
Dean, School of Music Dr. Timothy V. Blair
Associate Provost Dr. Karen L. Schmid
Director of Academic Programs and Services Dr. David D. Tukey
Director. Academic Advising Center Dr. Ronn Jenkins
Director, Academic Development Program Dr. Peter Kyper
Assistant Vice President of Enrollment Services Dr. Alan Seidman
Director, Admissions Ms. Marsha L. Haug
Registrar Dr. Daniel Winicur
Director, Financial Aid Mr. Dana C. Parker
Director, Librarv Ser\ ices Mr. Frank Q. Helms
Associate Vice President for Information Services Dr. Sharon H. Ennis
Executive Director, Academic Computing Sersices Mr. Adel Barimani
Director, Administrative Computing (Interim) Ms. Carol Clark
Director of the Business Technology Center Dr. Thomas A. Egan
Dean, Graduate Studies and Sponsored Research Dr. Gary H. Knock
Associate Dean, Sponsored Resarch Dr. Paul E. Meyers
Director, Graduate Student Services and Recruitment Ms. Karen Morelli
Vice President for Administrative and Fiscal Affairs Dr. Joseph D. Hamel
Associate Vice President for Human Resource Services Mr. William H. Schweitzer
Executive Director, Facilities Administration Mr. Stephen Quigley
Director, Physical Plant (Interim) Mr. Greg Cuprak
Director, Support Services Mr. Royston Gathings
Director, Facilities Planning and Construction (Interim) Ms. Kathy Comisiak
University Architect Mr. Teny Gebhard
Director, Campus Facility Projects (Interim) Ms. Romi Mallik
Director, Environmental Health and Safety Ms. Gail Fellows
Director, Space Management and Calendar Mrs. Barbara (Babs) Winicur
Director, Public Safet> Mr. Michael Bicking
Director, Fiscal Affairs Ms. Amy W. Boland
Director, University Services Mr. William Peoples
Chief Accountant Mr. John Taylor
Bursar (Director, Student Financial Services) Mr. Daniel Pauletti
Director, Budget Mr. Paul Bylaska
Internal Review Mr. Richard GrifFmg
Contacts and Grants Business Manager Mr. Robert Halon
Vice President for .Advancement (Interim) Mr. Armand A. Battisti
Associate Vice President for Advancement Mr. Armand A. Battisti
Director, Alumni and Special Events Ms. Carole Murray
Director, Cultural Affairs Mr. John Rhein
Director, Annual Giving Ms. Jan Buzbee
Director, Corporate and Foundation Relations Ms. Susan Vanscovich
Director, Planned Giving Ms. Norma Cla>'ton
Director, Public Relations and Marketing Ms. Mary Anderson
Director, Publications and Printing Services Ms. Cynthia A. Bednar
Manager, Graphics and Printing Mr. W. Tyson Cooper
Vice President for Student Affairs Dr. Paul Oliaro
Associate Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students Dr. Matthew Bricketto
Assistant Vice President for Student Affairs Ms. Diane DeVestem
Assistant Vice President for Student Affairs/Residence Life and Housing Mr. Thomas Puree
Director, Athletics Dr. Edward Matejkovic
Director, Career Development Center Ms. Elizabeth Giangiulio
Director, Children's Center Ms. Sandra Jones
Director, Counseling and Psychological Services Department Dr. Thomas Spierling
Director, Greek Life and Student Organizations Mr. Charles Warner
Director, Health Center Ms. Maryann Hammond
Assistant Dean of Students, Judicial Affairs and Comraimity Development Ms. Nicole McClenic
Director, Multicultural Affairs Mr. Jerome Hutson
Director, New Student Programs Mr. Joseph Giuflxe
Director, Student Development and Wellness Programs Ms. Jacqueline Hodes
Director, Recreation and Leisure Programs Dr. Stephen Gambino
Director. Service Learning and Volimteer Programs Mrs. Margaret Tripp
Director, Sykes Union Mr. David Timmann
Director, Women's Center Ms. Robin Garrett
Student Services Incorporated, Executive Director Ms. Mell Josephs
Student Services Incorporated, Director, Student Programming Mr. Stephen McKieman
Student Services Incorporated, Director, Student Activities Ms. Sueann Robbins
Faculty
Spring 1999
MADELEINE WING ADLER (1992) President
B.A., Northwestern University: M.A., Ph.D.,
University' of Wisconsin
LINDA L. LAMWERS (1995) Vice President for
Academic Affairs/Provost
B.A., Douglass College; M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers
University
.lOSEPH D. HAMEL (1985) Vice President for
Administrative and Fiscal Affairs
B.B.A., LeMoyne College; M.B.A., Syracuse
University; Ed.D., Widener University
PAUL M. OLIARO (1993) Vice President for
Student Affairs
B.A., St. Mary's College; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan
State University
ARMAND A. BATTISTI (1993) Interim Vice
President for Advancement
B.S., Elmira College; M.P.S., Alfred University
DAVID H. BUCHANAN (1994) Dean. College of
Arts and Sciences
B.S., Case Institute of Technology ; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin
CHRISTOPHER M. FIORENTINO (1985) Dean.
School of Business and Public Affairs
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Temple University
TONY W. JOHNSON (1997) Dean School of
Education
B.A. Western Carolina University; M.A., Ph.D.,
George Peabody College for Teachers
DONALD E. BARR ( 1997) Dean. School of
Health Sciences
B.S., Colorado State University; Ed.M, Ph.D., State
University of New York at Buffalo
TIMOTHY V. BLAIR (1992) Dean. School of
Music
B.Mus., Susquehanna University; M.M., The New
England Conservatory of Music; D.M.A., Catholic
University of America
GARY H. KNOCK (1996) Dean. Graduate Studies
and Sponsored Research
B.S., M.S., University of Wisconsin; Ed.D., Indiana
University
KAREN L. SCHMID (1997) Associate Provost
B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., Southern
Illinois University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota
THOMAS J. AHLBORN (1967) .Associate
Professor of Computer Science
B.S., California University; M.A., Kent State
University; M.S., University of Delaware
NASEER AHMAD (1987) Associate Professor of
Chemistry
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., D.Sc, Aligarh Muslim University
SYLVIA MOSS AHRAMJIAN (1976) Associate
Professor of Instrumental Music
B.Mus., Juilliard School of Music; M.M., Indiana
University, Bloomington
SHIRLEY PETHES ALIFERIS (1968)
Chairperson, Department of Keyboard Music:
Associate Professor
A.R.C.T., Royal Conservatory of Music of
Toronto; Artist, Diploma, University of Toronto;
M.Mus., Indiana University
THOMAS ANDREWS (1997) Assistant Professor
of Economics
B.S., West Chester University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Temple University
PAUL M. ARSENAULT (1998) Assistant
Professor of Marketing
M.S., Marietta College; M.B.A., Wake Forest
University; Ph.D., Temple University
NANCY N. ARTUS (1998) Assistant Professor of
Biolog\'
B.A., Humboldt State University; M.S.,
Washington State University; Ph.D., Michigan
State University
BARBARA ATCHESON (\991) Assistant
Professor of Communicative Disorders
B.S., M.S., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D.,
University of Washington
CHRISTIAN K. AWUYAH (\9%9) Associate
Professor of English
B.A., University of Ghana; M.A., University of
Guelph; Ph.D., University of Alberta
JOHN H. BAKER (1974) Chairperson.
Department of Art: .Associate Professor
B.A., West Chester University; M.F.A., University
of Delaware
LYNDA A. BALOCHE (1989) Chairperson.
Elementary) Education: Professor
B.A., Trenton State College; Ed.D., Temple
University
SCOTT BALTHAZAR (1991) /(Mociare Professor
of Music History and Literature
B.A., Amherst College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
JUDITH BKKOn (\91 A) Psychologist. Counseling
Center: Professor
B.A., M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., York
University, Toronto
ROGER BARTH (1985) Associate Professor of
Chemistry
B.A., La Salle University; M.A., Ph.D., Johns
Hopkins University
AMY M. BAUER (1998) Assistant Professor of
Music Theory and Composition
B.M., St. Norbert College; M.M. University of
Wisconsin - Madison; Ph.D., Yale University
CHARLES R. BAUERLEIN (1988) Assistant
Professor of English
B.A., Loyola University of the South; M.A.,
Pennsylvania State University
NADINE M. BEAN ( 1 998) Assistant Professor of
Social Work
B.A., M.S.S.A., Ph.D., Case Western Reserve
University
MARSHALL J. BECKER (1968) Professor of
Anthropology
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Permsylvania
ROBERT M. BEDFORD (1966) Professor of
Keyboard Music
B.Mus., M.S., The Juilliard School; D.M.A.,
Catholic University of America
DENA G. BEEGHLY (1992) Associate Professor
of Literacy
B.S., S. Connecticut State University; M.Ed.,
Ed.D., University of Georgia
SHARON BEGAN (1992) Associate Professor of
Biology
B.S., Kutztown University; M.S., East Tennessee
State University; Ph.D., Southern Illinois
University at Carbondale
CAROL A. BELMAIN (1971) Chairperson Music
Education; Professor
B.S., M.S., Ithaca College; D.M.A., Temple
University
JULIE A. BELOCK (1998) Assistant Professor of
Mathematics
B.S. Lafayette College; M.S.T., Boston College;
M.S., Ph.D., Lehigh University
JOHN T. BENESKI (1986) Professor of Biology
A.A., Southwestern College; B.A., M.A., Humboldt
State University; Ph.D., Washington State
University
CYNTHIA D. BENZING (1988) Chairperson.
Department of Economics and Finance: Professor
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.B.A.,
Ph.D., Drexel University
HELEN A. BERGER ( 1 99 1 ) Associate Professor
of Sociology
B.A., Brooklyn College; M.A., Sussex University
(England); Ph.D., New York University
JAY H. BERKOWITZ (1969) Chairperson.
Department of Theatre Arts: Associate Professor
B.S., M.A., Temple University
R. LORRAINE BERNOTSKY (1996) .issistant
Professor of Political Science
B.A., Messiah College; M.A., Temple LIniversity;
D.Phil., University of Oxford
DEBRA BILL-HARVEY {]99%) Assistant
Professor of Health
B.A., Central Connecticut State University; M.P.H.,
University of North Carolina; Ph.D., Temple
University
RICHARD E. BLAKE (1975) Professor of Art
B.F.A., Tyler School of Art of Temple University
ARVID J. BLOOM (1988) Associate Professor of
Psychology'
B.A., Wesleyan University; M.S., Ph.D., Colorado
State University
MARITA R. BOES (\99\) Associate Professor of
History
B.A., M.A., Hunter College; Ph.D., City University
of New York
Faculty
GAIL G. K. BOLLIN (1990) Associate Professor
of Elementary Education
B.A., St. Bonaventure University; M.A., Purdue
University; Ph.D., University of Delaware
DAVID L. BOLTON {\99\) Assistant Professor of
Professional and Secondary,' Education
B.A., Seminar Marionhoehe (Germany); M.A.,
Andrews University; Ph.D., Florida State
University
DEANNE L. ZOTTER BONIFAZI (1991)
Associate Professor of Psychology'
B.A., Bloomsburg University; M.A., Ph.D., Kent
State University
DALE R. BONSALL ( 1969) Associate Professor
ofKinesiolog}'
B.S., West Chester University; M.Ed., Western
Mar> land College
ROGER E. BOVE (1984) Associate Professor of
Economics and Finance
B.A., Harvard College; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard
University
BETTY FINCH BOYLE 0972} Assistant
Professor of Health
B.S., Ball State University; M.Ed., West Chester
University
ERMINIO BRAIDOTTl (1978) Professor of
Foreign Languages
B.A., Youngstown State University; M.A.,
Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of
Permsylvania
RICHARD G. BRANTON (1962) Chairperson,
Department of Mathematics; Professor
B.S., West Chester University; M.S., University of
Delaware; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
LINDA S. BREUNIG (1978) Instructor.
Educational Services
B.S., M.A.. West Chester University
MARY P. BREWSTER (1993) Associate Professor
of Criminal Justice
B.A., St. Joseph's College; M.A., Fordham
University; Ph.D., Rutgers University
PATRICIA BRODERICK (1995) Assistant Professor
of Counseling and Educational Psychology
B.A., Alvemia College; M.A., Villanova
University; Ph.D.. Temple University
STEVEN L. BROITMAN (1987) Associate
Professor of Biology
B.S., State University of New York at Stony
Brook; M.Ed., University of Massachusetts; M.A.,
Ph.D., Princeton University
MICHAEL W. BROOKS ( 1971 ) Professor of
English
B.A., Antioch College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Toronto
CHRISTOPHER P. BROWN (1997) Assistant
Professor of Geography and Planning
B.A., San Diego State University; M.A., Michigan
State University; Ph.D., University of California,
Santa Barbara and San Diego State University
(joint program )
DEBORAH S. BROWN (1992) Professor of
Counseling and Educational Psychology
B.S., West Chester University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Delaware
DAVID F. BROWt^ (I99i) Associate Professor of
Elementary Education
B.S., M.S., Northern Illinois University; Ed.D.,
Universitv of Tennessee
KJMBERLEE S. BROWN (1993) Associate
Professor of Professional and Secondary Education
B.Ed., Temple University; M.Ed., West Chester
University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ROGER J. BROWN (1968) Assistant Professor of
Foreign Languages
B.S., West Chester University
JOSEPH BROWNE (1966) Professor of English
Diplome En Philosophic, St. Jerome's College
(University of Ottawa); B.S., St. Joseph's
University (Pa.); M.A., Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
WILLIAM F. BURNS (1964) Associate Professor
of Political Science
B.A., Allegheny College; M.A., Case Western
Reserve University
MARY ANNE BURNS-DUFFY (1969)
Chairperson. Department of Library Services:
Assistant Professor
A.B., Immaculata College; M.S.L.S., Drexel
University
A. WAYNE BURTON (1965) Associate Professor
of Political Science
B.A., Brigham Young Uitiversity; M.A., University
of Pennsylvania
J. BRYAN BURTON (199\) Professor of Music
Education
B.M., West Texas State University; M.A., Western
State College of Colorado; D.M.E., University of
Southern Mississippi
JEAN PIPER BURTON (1993) Assistant Professor
of Library Services
B.S., Valley City University of North Dakota;
M.L.S., Vanderbilt University
RICHARD M. BUSCH (1990) Associate Professor
of Geology
A.B., Franklin and Marshall College; M.A.,
Temple University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
CHERELYN BUSH (1996) Assistant Professor of
English
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University
ROBERT E. BYTNAR (1975) Professor of
Theatre Arts
B.S.Ed., California University ; M.A., West
Virginia University; M.F.A., University of
Pittsburgh
WEI WEI CAI ( 1 996) Assistant Professor of
Elementary Education
B.A., Beijing Teachers College; M.A., Bloomsburg
University ; Ed.D., Indiana University of
Pennsylvania
SUSAN F. CAROFF (1995) Assistant Professor of
Literacy
B.A., University of Pittsburgh; M.Ed., The Citadel;
Ph.D., Purdue University
LYNN CARSON ( 1 99 1 ) Associate Professor of
Health
B.A., Neumann College; M.S., St. Josephs
University; Ph.D., Temple University
DIANE O. CASAGRANDE (1968) Professor of
Communication Studies
A.B., Wayne State University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Temple University
LOUIS A. CASCIATO (1963) Associate Professor
of Earth Sciences
B.S., St. Joseph's College (Pa.); M.S., Villanova
University
GIOVANNI CASOTTI (1996) Assistant Professor
of Biology
B.A., Ph.D., Murdoch University (Australia)
KATHRYN S. CHILCOTE (1989) Associate
Professor of Vocal and Choral Music
B.A., M.M., University of the Pacific; D.M.A.,
University of Oregon
PAUL F. CHRIST ( 1 994) Assistant Professor of
Marketing
B.B.A., M.B.A.; Temple University; Ph.D., Drexel
University
HUNG M. CHU (1976) Professor of Management
B.S., St. Joseph's College (Ind.); M.B.A., Northern
Illinois University ; Ph.D., Louisiana State
University
MELISSA CICHOWICZ (1986) Associate
Professor of Chemistry
B.S., St. Joseph's College; Ph.D., University of
Maryland
BETHANN CINELLI (1987) Professor of Health
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed.,
Temple University; D.Ed., Pennsylvania State
University
GEORGE S. CLAGHORN (1963) Professor of
Philosophy
B.A., University of Chattanooga; Ph.D., University
of Pennsylvania
FRANCES E. CLEL AND ( 1 994) Associate
Professor of Kinesiology
B.S., Purdue University; M.S., P.E.D., Indiana
University
DARLA SPENCE COFFEY (1998) Assistant
Professor of Social Work
B.S.W., Eastern College; M.S.W., University of
Pennsylvania
ANN COGHLAN-STOWE (1984) Chairperson.
Department of Nursing: Assistant Professor
B.S.N., M.S.N., University of Pennsylvania;
Diploma in Nursing, Thomas Jefferson University
KATHERINE A. CONROY (1983) Assistant
Professor of Nursing
B.S., Rutgers — The State Universit)-; M.S., Boston
University
IDNA CORBETT ( 1 992) Associate Professor of
Educational Services
B.A., Goshen College; M.A., Michigan State
University; Ed.D., Temple University
JON A. CO WEN ( 1967) Assistant Professor of
Sociolog}'
B.A., University of Massachusetts; A.M.,
University of Pennsylvania
W. STEPHEN CRODDY (1969) Professor of
Philosophy
B.A., University of Southern California; M.A.,
Temple University; Ph.D., Brown University
DAVID CULLEN (1993) Instructor of
Instrumental Music
B.M., Hartford School of Music
NEIL CURTIS (1993) Chairperson. Department of
Sports Medicine: Associate Professor
B.S., Boston University; M.S., University of
Arizona; Ed.M., Ed.D., Columbia University
VIRGINIA M. DA COSTA (1998) Assistant
Professor of Art
B.A., State University of New York at Albany:
M.A., California State University at Long Beach;
Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara
DANIEL DARIGAN (1992) Associate Professor of
Literacy
B.S., M.S., Northern Illinois University; Ph.D.,
University of Oregon
Faculty
LAWRENCE R. DAVIDSON (1989) Associate
Professor of History
B.A., Rutgers — The State Uni\ei^it> ; M.A.,
Georgetown Uni\ersit> ; Ph.D., Universitj' of
Alberta
KEVIN W. DEAN (1991 ) Professor of
Communication Studies
B.S., Bowling Green Universit>'; M.A., Miami
Universit\ of Ohio; Ph.D., Universit>' of Marjland
PHILIP M. DeMOSS (1972) Professor of
Economics and Finance
B.A., Park College; M.A., Ph.D., Kansas State
Universitj'
DAVID P. DeVENNEY (\996) Assistant Professor
of I ocal and Choral Music
B.M., Iowa State Universit>; M.M., Universitj' of
Wisconsin-Madison; D.M.A., Conservatory of
Music, Universit> of Cincinnati
KATHLEEN DEVLIN-KELLY (1976) Assistant
Professor ofSursing
B.S.N., Georgetown University; M.S.N., Boston
Universit>'
ANDREW E. DINNIMAN (1972) Professor of
Educational Sen ices
B.A., Universitj of Connecticut; M.A., Universit)
of Maryland; Ed.D., Pennsyhania State University
W. LARRY DOVMRiY (\9n) Associate
Professor of I 'ncal and Choral Music
B.Mus., Jacksonville University ; M.M., Florida
State University ; D.M., Indiana University
CHRISTINE CARLTON DOWDELL ( 1 996)
Assistant Professor of I 'ocal and Choral Music
B.M., M.M., Illinois University; Ed.D., Columbia
LIni\ersit\
GEORGE PULLMAN DRAKE, JR. (1994)
Assistant Professor of Early Childhood and Special
Education
B.S., West Virginia University ; M.Ed., Trenton
State College; Ph.D., University of Virginia
MARTHA DROBNAK (1992) Associate Professor
of Elementary Education
A.B., Grove City College; M.Ed., University of
Pittsburgh; Ed.D., Nova University
PHILLIP K. DUNCAN (1983) Professor of
Psychology
B.A., Wittenberg University ; M..\., Western
Michigan University; Ph.D., University of Florida
A. SCOTT DUNLAP (1967) Associate Professor
of Elementary Education
B.A., King's College (N.Y.); M.Div., Eastern
Baptist Theological Seminary
KEVIN C. DUNLEAVY (1979) Assistant
Professor of Economics and Finance
B.A., University of Delaware; Ph.D., Duke
University
ANNE DZAMBA (1968) Professor ofHistori-
B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., University of
Delaware
T. OBINKARAM ECHEWA (1986) Professor of
English
B.S., University of Notre Dame; M.S., Columbia
University; M.A., University of Permsylvania;
Ph.D., S\racuse University
HOWARD EDELMAN ( 198 1 ) Assistant Professor
of Computer Science
B.S., City University of New York; M.S.,
University of Delaware
JAMES EGAN ( 1 989) Associate Professor of
Elementary Education
B.S., M.S., Ed.D., S\racuse University
THOMAS EGAN (1968) Director. Center for the
Study of Connectivity and Databases: Professor of
Educational Services
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University; Ed.D.,
University of Pennsylvania
PAUL R. EMMONS (1985) Assistant Professor of
Library Senices
B. Mus., Lawrence University of Wisconsin; M.M.,
M.S., University of Illinois
RICHARD G. EPSTEIN ( 1991 ) Professor of
Computer Science
B.A., George Washington University; M.S.E.,
University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Temple
University
JORGE ESCORCIA (1968) Associate Professor of
Foreign Languages
Lie, Universidad Pedagogica del Caribe; M.A.,
Boston University
CELIA ESPLUGAS (1990) Associate Professor of
Foreign Languages
B.A.. Teacher's College, Argentina; M.Ed.,
Bowling Green State University ; Ph.D., University
of Toledo
JAMES D. FABREY (1975) Director. Liberal
Studies Program: Professor of Computer Science
A.B., Cornell University; Ph.D., Massachusetts
Institute of Technology
G. WINFIELD FAIRCHILD (1983) Professor of
Biology
B.A.. Hamilton College; M.S., Ph.D., University of
Michigan
JAMES S. f A.LCOHE {\99\) Assistant Professor
of Chemistry
B.S., Uni\ ersitx of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University
of Delaware
GEORGE FASIC (1988) Assistant Professor of
Geography and Planning
B.S.. Pennsyhania State University; M.S.,
Columbia Uni\ersity
JOHN J. FENTON ( 1980) Professor of Chemistry
B.A.. Catholic University of America; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota
JUDITH S. FINKEL (1968) Chairperson.
Department of Early Childhood and Special
Education: .Associate Professor
B.S., Temple Universit\ ; M.Ed., West Chester
University; Ph.D., Union Graduate School
FRANK E. FISH (1980) Professor of Biology
B.A., State UniNersit\ of New York at Oswego;
M.S., Ph.D., Michigan State University
ANDREA R. FISHMAN (1990) Director.
Pennsylvania Writing and Literature Project:
.Associate Professor of English
B.A., Dickinson College; M.Ed., Shippensburg
Uni\ersit\; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ROBERT P. FLETCHER (1992) .Associate
Professor of English
B.A., University of California; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of California, Los Angeles
KEVFN E. FLYNN (1998) Assistant Professor of
.Accounting
M.S., Drexel University
ANITA K. FOEMAN ( 1991 ) Professor of
Communication Studies
B.H., Defiance College; M.A., Ph.D., Temple
University
WILLIAM D. FORDYCE (1968) Associate
Professor of English
A.B., A.M.T., A.M., Ph.D., Harvard Universit\
CLAUDE R. FOSTER, JR. (1967) Professor of
History'
B.A., Eastern College; B.D., The Reformed
Episcopal Seminary; M.A., Uni\ersity of Delaware;
Th.M., Crozer Theological Seminar\ ; Zeugnis fiier
deutsche Sprache und Kultur, University of
Freiburg; Ph.D., University of Pennsj Ivania
SANDRA FOWKES-GODEK (\99\) Assistant
Professor of Sports Medicine
B.S., Penns\ h ania State University; M.S.,
University of Colorado
ALAN W. FRANCE (1989) Professor of English
B.A., Troy State University ; M.A.. Stephen F.
Austin State University ; Ph.D., Rice University;
Ph.D., Te.\as Christian University
BONITA FREEM.^N-W1TTH0FT (1974)
.Associate Professor of .Anthropology
B.A., University of Maine; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Pennsylvania
RAYMOND FRIDAY (1969) Professor of Vocal
and Choral Music
B.S., West Chester University; M.Mus., Oberlin
College; Diploma, Academy of Vocal Arts; Ph.D.,
New York University
BLAISE F. FROST (1989) Associate Professor of
Chemistry
B.A., Yankton College; M.S., Ph.D.. University of
South Dakota
FRANK F. FRY, JR. (1993) Associate Professor of
Kinesiology
B.S., West Chester University; M.Ed., Colorado
State University; D.PE., Springfield College
ANGELO F. GADALETO (1986) Chairperson.
Department of Counseling and Educational
Psychology': Professor
B.A., Rider College; M.Ed., University of
Delaware; Ph.D., University of Virginia
GLORIA GAL ANTE (1993) Instructor of
Instrumental .Music
B.S., West Chester University
CLYDE J. GALBRAITH (1974) Chairperson.
Department of .Accounting: .Assistant Professor
B.S., M.B.A., Drexel University; C.P.A.,"
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
GAIL M. GALLITANO (1992) .Associate
Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Monmouth College; M.S., Farleigh Dickinson
University ; M.A., M.Ed., Ed.D., Coliunbia
Uni\ersity
SUSAN CANS (1997) Assistant Professor of
Psychology
B.A., New York University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago
CONSTANCE GARCIA-BARRIO (1990)
.Associate Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., West Chester University; M.A., Temple
University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ROBIN GARRETT (1978) Director. Women's
Center: Assistant Professor ofSursing
B.S.N., Case Western Reserve University; M.S.N.,
University of Pennsyhania
JOHN GAULT (1991 ) Associate Professor of
Marketing
B.S., U.S. Naval Academy; M.B.A., University of
Pennsy Ivania; Ph.D., Drexel University
KARIN E. GEDGE (1997) Assistant Professor of
History
B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., State University
of New York at Brockport; Ph.D., Yale Uni\ersity
Faculu
JAMAL GHOROGHCHIAN (1986) Chairperson,
Department of Chemistry : Professor
B.S., University of Moshad (Iran); M.S.. Ph.D..
University of Southampton (U.K.)
ELIZABETH A. GIANGIULIO (1972) Director.
Career Development Center: Associate Professor
of Educational Services
B.S., West Chester University; M.Ed., University
of Arizona
JAMES THOMAS GILL (1995) Associate
Professor of Literacy
B.A., Randolph Macon College; M.Ed., Ed.D.,
University of Virginia
STEPHEN D. GILMOUR (1979) Assistant
Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., M.A., Indiana University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota
PETER J. GLIDDEN ( 1 995) Assistant Professor of
Mathematics
B.A., College of Wooster; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia
University
JOSEPH J. GODEK III (1972) Professor of Sports
Medicine
B.S., University of Delaware; M.S., West Chester
University
DENMS GODFREY (1987) Associate Professor of
English
B.A., University of Northern Iowa; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Michigan
STEVEN C. GOOD ( 1 996) Assistant Professor of
Geology
B.A., Augustana College; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Colorado
FELIX E. GOODSON (1998) Assistant Professor
of Chemistry
A.B., Princeton University; Ph.D.. University of
California. Berkeley
ANDREW J. GOUDY (1977) Professor of
Chemistry
B.S., M.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania;
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
RONALD L. GOUGHER (1969) Associate
Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., Muhlenberg College; M.A., Lehigh
University
HENRY GRABB ( 1992) Chairperson. Department
of Ir^trumental Music: .Associate Professor
B.A., University of Central Florida; M.M.,
Northwestern University of Illinois; D.M., Florida
State University
CHARLES W. GRASSEL {\<)e%) Associate
Professor of Geography
B.S., West Chester University; M.S., University of
Pennsylvania
PATRICIA E. GRASTY-GAINES (1970)
Professor of Literacy
B.S., West Chester University; M.Ed., Ed.D.,
Temple University
PAUL D. GREEN {\91\) Professor of English
A.B., Temple University; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard
University
JUDITH J. GREENAMYER (1988) Assistant
Professor of Biology
M.S., University of California; D.V.M., Ohio State
University
HARVEY C. GREISMAN (1979) Professor of
Sociology
B.A., State University of New York at New Paltz;
M.A.. Ph.D., Syracuse University
SHIRLEY R. GRICE (1972) Assistant Professor oj
Educational Services
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University; Ed.D.,
Temple University
FRANK GROSSHANS (1975) Professor of
Mathematics
B.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of
Chicago
TERRY E. GUIDETTI (1966) Associate Professor
of Instrumental Music
B.Mus., M.Mus., Northwestern University
SHIV K. GUPTA (1985) Associate Professor of
Mathematics
B.S., M.S.. Delhi University ; M.S., University of
Wisconsin; Ph.D., Case Western Resene
University
WTLLIAM I. GUY (1974) Instructor of
Educational Services
A.B., Temple University
CYNTHIA S. HAGGARD O990) Associate
Professor of Professional and Secondary Education
B.A., M.A., Ed. D., Indiana University
JAMES W. HAMILTON (1989) Assistant
Professor of Management
B.S., University of Wisconsin; M.B.A.,
Northeastern University
CHRIS L. HANNING ( 1995) Assistant Professor
of Instrumental Music
B.A., B.A., University of South Florida; M.M.,
University of Akron; D.M.A., University of
Colorado
CHARLES A. HARDY III ( 1990) Professor of
History
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Temple University
JEFFREY E. HARRIS (1983) Associate Professor
of Health
B.A., University of California, San Diego; D.H.Sc,
M.P.H., Loma Linda University
YOKO HASHIMOTO-SINCLAIR (1969)
Professor of Theatre Arts
B.A., M.A., Aoyama Gakuin University (Japan);
M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan
SYLVIA HAVILAND (1988) Instructor of
Philosophy
B.A., Goddard College; M.A., West Chester
University
ROBERT W. HAWKES (1962) Associate
Professor of Physics
B.S., West Chester University; M.S., Permsylvania
State University
ARTHUR T. HEGVIK (1975) Associate Professor
of Instrumental Music
B.M., M.M., University of Michigan
JOHN G. HELION (1990) Associate Professor of
Kinesiology'
B.S„ State University of New York; M.A., Ed.M..
Ed.D., Columbia University
FRANK Q. HELMS (1966) Director. Library
Services: Associate Professor
B.A., University of Delaware; M.L.S.. Rutgers —
The State University
ANNE F. HERZOG (1993) Associate Professor of
English
B.A., College of Holy Cross; M.A., Georgetown
University; Ph.D., Rutgers University
THOMAS J. HESTON ( 1 975) Professor of History
A.B., Gettysburg College; M.A., Ph.D., Case
Western Reserve Universits'
WILLIAM L. HEWITT (1992) Associate Professor
of History
B.A., M.A., Adams State College; Ph.D..
University of Wyoming
JANET S. HICKMAN (1992) Associate Professor
of Nursing
B.S.N. , University of Bridgeport; M.S.N. , Northern
Illinois University ; Ed.D., Temple University
CAROL J. HICKS (1999) Assistant Professor of
Social Work
B.A., Lincoln University; M.S.W., Smith College
MARK HICKMAN (1998) Assistant Professor of
Communication Studies
B.A., Marshall University; M.A., Miami University
of Ohio
ALLAN B. HILL (1997) Assistant Professor of
Educational Services
B.A., M.A., Temple University
STEPHANIE L. HINSON (1992) Assistant
Professor of Counseling and Educational Psychology
A.B., Princeton University; M.Ed.. Ed.D.,
University of Virginia
CHERYL HODGINS (1979) Assistant Professor of
Social Work
B.A., University of New Hampshire; M.S.W.,
University of Texas
FRANK HOFFMAN ( 1 990) Assistant Professor of
Philosophy
A.B., University of Missouri; M.A., University of
Hawaii; Ph.D., University of London
JOHN HOLINGJAK, JR. (\965) Associate
Professor of Professional and Secondary Education
B.S., Kutztown University ; Ed.M., Temple
University
BELLE HOLLON (1987) .Assistant Professor
of Art
B.F.A., Philadelphia College of Art; M.F.A.,
University of Wisconsin
JOZSEF HORVATH ( 1 988) Associate Professor of
Mathematics
B.Sc. Tel Aviv University; M.Sc. University of
British Columbia; Ph.D., Yale University
YI-MING HSU (1975) Chairperson. Department of
Professional and Secondary' Education: Professor
B.A. National Taiwan University : M.A., University
of Oregon; D.Ed., University of Georgia
JOHN L. HYNES (1990) Professor of Professional
and Secondary' Education
B.A., State University of New York at Albany;
M.A., State University of New York at
Binghamton; Ph.D.. State University of New York
at Albany
LAWRENCE V. lACONO (1966) Associate
Professor of Political Science
B.S., St. Joseph's College (Pa.); M.Ed., West
Chester University
CAROL ISAACSON-BRISELLI (\9%i) Assistant
Professor of Instrumental Music
B.A., State University of New York; M.M., Temple
University
WILLIAM J. JACOBSON (1988) Associate
Professor of Theatre Arts
B.A., Eckerd College; M.F.A., Brandeis University
TAMMY C. JAMES ( 1 994 ) As.iistant Professor of
Health
B.S., M.E., Ph.D., Kent State University
JANE E. JEFFREY (\99\) Associate Professor of
English
B.A., Memphis State; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Iowa
Faculty
RONN M. JENKINS (1972) Chairperson,
Department of Educational Services; Associate
Professor
B.S., West Chester University; M.S.. Bucknell
University; Ed.D.. University of Pennsylvania
ELAINE B. .lENKS ( 1992) Associate Professor of
Communication Studies
B.A., University of Marvland; M.A., Gannon
University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
CAROLYN CONSUELO JIMENEZ (1994)
Instructor of Sports Medicine
B.A., Colorado College; M.S., University of
Arizona
ALLEN H. JOHNSON (1974) Associate Professor
of Geology
B.S., Universit)' of Illinois; M.S., University of
Arizona; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University
DEIDRE ANN JOHNSON ( 1 99 1 ) ,4iioc/ofe
Professor of English
B.A., Knox College; M.A.. Eastern Michigan;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota
CLIFFORD A. JOHNSTON (1992) Assistant
Professor of Mathematics
B.S.E., Mansfield Universitj of Pennsylvania;
M.A., Ph.D., Temple University
EMLYN H. JONES (1968) Chairperson.
Department of Kinesiology: Assistant Professor
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester Universitj'
JAMES A. JONES (1992) Associate Professor of
History
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Delaware
MILDRED C. JOYNER (1981) Chairperson.
Department of Social Work: Associate Professor
B.S.W., Central State University; M.S.W., Howard
University
WALLACE J. KAHN (1977) Professor of
Counseling and Educational Psychology
B.S., Bloonisburg University; M.Ed., A.G.S.,
Ph.D., University of Marjland
MARIOS I. KATSIOLOUDES (\99%) Associate
Professor of Management
B.A., Deree-Pierce College; M.A., University of
Bridgeport; M.C.P., University of Pennsylvania;
Ph.D., Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania
BARBARA A. KAUFFMAN (1987) Instructor of
Criminal Justice
B.S„ Pennsylvania State Universitj'; M.S.,
University of Pennsylvania; J.D., Temple
University School of Law
JANE KEEFER (1997) Assistant Professor of
Library Services
B.S., University of Florida; M.L., University of
Washington-Seattle; Ph.D., Universitj' of Illinois
NELSON W. KEITH (1989) Professor of
Sociology
M.A., Ph.D., Rutgers — The State Universitj ;
Barrister-at-law, The Honourable Societj' of the
Inner Temple (U.K.)
JAMES T. KELLEHER (1968) Professor of
English
B.A., Widener College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
JOHN T. KELLY (1969) Associate Professor of
English
B.S., St. Louis University; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Oklahoma
JOHN P. KENT (1972) Professor of English
B.A., Southampton University (U.K.); M.A., Ph.D.,
Universiu of Illinois
SANDRA L. KERR (1994) Chairperson.
Department of Psychology : Assistant Professor
B.A., Boston College; M.A.. Ph.D.. State
Universitj' of New York at Stony Brook
JOHN J. KERRIGAN (1972) Professor of
Mathematics
B.S., West Chester Universitj ; M.A., Villanova
I'niversity; D.Ed., Temple LIni\ersity
JOHN A. KINSLOW (1998) Assistant Professor of
Professional and Secondary Education
B.A., Antioch University; M.Ed.. Ph.D., Temple
University
LISA A. KIRSCHENBAUM (1996) Assistant
Professor oj History
A.B., Brown University; M.A., Ph.D., Universitj of
California, Berkeley
EUGENE KLEIN (1967) Professor of Instrumental
Music
B.M.E., Temple University; M.M.E.. Indiana
University
SHARON B. KLETZIEN (1991) Chairperson.
Department of Literacy': Associate Professor
B.A., West Texas State Universitj'; M.A.,
American University ; Ph.D., Temple University
ROBERT M. KLINE (\99\) Associate Professor of
Computer Science
B.A., Millersville University; Ph.D., Washington
Universitj'
DENNIS R. KLINZING (1976) Chairperson.
Department of Communication Studies; Professor
B.S., Clarion University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State Universitj
MAUREEN T. KNABB ( 1 986) Associate
Professor of Biology
B.S., St. Joseph's Universitj; Ph.D.. Universitj' of
Virginia
KAREN M. KOEHLER (1987) Associate
Professor of Kinesiology'
B.S.. The King's College; M.A.. Northern
Michigan Universitj; Ed.D.. University of North
Carolina-Greensboro
MAREILE A. KOENIG (1990) Associate
Professor of Communicative Disorders
B.S., M.S., Southern Illinois Universitj-; Ph.D.,
Universitj' of Illinois
SEBASTIAN S. KOH (1970) Professor of
Mathematics
B.S., National Taiwan Universitj'; M.A.. Wayne
State Universitj; Ph.D., Universitj' of California,
Berkeley
KEVIN A. KOURY ( 1997) .issistanl Professor of
Early Childhood and Special Education
B.S., West Virginia Wesleyan College; M.A.,
Ed.D., West Virginia University
V. KRISHNA KUMAR ( 1 977) Professor of
Psychology
B.S., Osmania University (India); M.S., Indian
Agricultural Research Institute; M.S., Ph.D.,
Universitj' of Wisconsin-Madison
ROBERT S. KURZINSKY (1970).4jj7.stanr
Professor of Professional and Secondary Education
B.S., Bloomsburg University; M.Ed., West Chester
University; Ed.D., Nova University
PETER T. KYPER (1987) Associate Professor of
Educational Services
B.A., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D.. Auburn
University
WILLIAM LALICKbR(1995) Assistant Professor
of English
B.A., Loyola Marymount University; M.A.. Ph.D.,
University of Washington
MARGARETE J. LANDWEHR (1992) Associate
Professor of Foreign Languages
B.S., Georgetown University; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard
University
MONITA LANK (1970) Professor of Kinesiology
A.B., M.A., Wichita State University; Ph.D.,
University of Iowa
BARBARA J. LAPPANO (1970) A.^sistant
Professor of Kinesiology
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University
ELIZABETH LARSEN (1984) Professor of
English
B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee
RANDALL E. LASALLE (1998) Associate
Professor of .iccounting
B.S., Universitj' of Delaware; M.S., University of
Baltimore; Ph.D.. Drexel University
VICTOR LASUCHIN (1970) Associate Professor
of Art
B.F.A., M.F.A., Universitj' of Permsylvania
KENNETH L. LAUDERMILCH (1968) Professor
of Instrumental Music
B.S., Lebanon Valley College; M.Mus., New
England Conservatory of Music; D.M.A., Catholic
University of America
ALtHlER LAZAR (1994) Assistant Professor of
Literacy
B.S., Emerson College; M.A.T., Simmons College;
Ph.D., Universitj of Pennsylvania
EVAN A. LEACH (1993) Associate Professor of
Management
B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., West
Chester Universitj'; M.A., Ph.D., Yale University
HERBERT LEE (1968) Associate Professor of
Educational Ser\nces
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University
PATRICIA LENKOWSKI (,\<)95) Assistant
Professor of Library Services
B.A., Glassboro State College; M.S.. Drexel
University; M.Ed., Widener University
MONICA P. LEPORE (1983) Professor of
Kinesiology
B.S., College of Mount Saint Vincent; M.S.,
Universitj' of Wisconsin; Ed.D.. New York
University
DAVID G. LEVASSEUR (1997) Assistant
Professor of Communication Studies
B.A.. M.A.. Universitj of Marj land-College Park;
Ph.D.. Universitj' of Kansas
JAMES P. LEWANDOWSKI (\99\) Associate
Professor of Geography and Planning
B.A., M.A., University of Toledo; Ph.D., Ohio
State University
JAMES E. L'HEUREUX (1969) Professor of
Mathematics
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Louisiana State University
PETER H. LOEDEL (1996) Assistant Professor of
Political Science
B.A., B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Universitj' of California,
Santa Barbara
SUSAN W. LUBKING (1978) Associate Professor
of Kinesiology
B.S., Ursinus College; M.Ed.. Ed.D., Temple
University
PATRICK W. LUCK (1973) Associate Professor
of Sociology
B.A., University of Vermont: M.A.. Ph.D..
Universitj of Connecticut
Faculty
COLLEEN T. LUDEKER (\990) Associate
Professor ofMiisic Education
B.M.E., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.M.,
DePauw University; Ed.D., West Virginia
University'
TIMOTHY LUTZ (1998) Assistant Professor of
Geology
B.A., Wesleyan University; Ph.D., University' of
Pennsylvania
GLENN LYONS (1984) Assistant Professor of
Instrumental Xfusic
B.A., Harpur College; M. Mus., Peabody
Conservatory of Music of Johns Hopkins
University
CHARLOTTE MACKEY (1998) Assistant
Professor of Nursing
B.S.N., Eastern College; M.S.N., Widener
University
ROBERT C. MAGGIO ( 1 99 1 ) Associate Professor
of Music Theory and Composition
B.A., Yale University; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
MARY ANN O. MAGGITTI (1970) Associate
Professor of Early Childhood and Special Education
B.A., Emannuel College; M.S., Central Connecticut
State College; Ph.D., Temple University'
JOHN P. NLA.HER (1986) Instructor of Health
B.S., St. Peter's College; M.P.H., Harvard
University'; M.D., State University of New York,
Downstate Medical Center
DEBORAH MAHLSTEDT (1988) Associate
Professor of Psychology
B.S., State University of New York at Rockport;
M.Ed., Ph.D., Temple University
PAUL L. MALTBY ( 1 99 1 ) Associate Professor of
English
B.A., Thames Polylechnic; M.A., London
Universitv ; Ph.D., Sussex University
ELI M. MANDELBAUM (1964) Professor of
Mathematics
B.A., Temple University; M.A., Ph.D., University'
of Pennsylvania
JOHN A. MANGRAVITE (1976) Professor of
Chemistry
B.S., St. Peter's College; Ph.D., University of New
Hampshire
ROBERT J. MARBACH (1976) Professor of
Political Science
B.A., La Salle University; M.A., Ph.D.. Temple
University'
MICHAEL F. MARTENS (1985) /l55oc/are
Professor of Physics
B.A., Gettysburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University'
of Delaware
THOMAS M. UASJULU (\<)<)5) Assistant
Professor of Professional and Secondary' Education
B.S., M.Ed., PennsN Ivania State University'; Ed.D.,
University of Pittsburgh
EDWARD M. MATEJKOVIC (1995) Athletic
Director: Chairperson, Department of Athletics:
Associate Professor
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University; Ed.D.,
Temple University
CAROL R. MATZ (1973) Assistant Professor of
Nursing
B.S., Albright College; M.S., University of
Mar>'land
GEORGE W. MAXIM (1972) Professor of
Elementary Education
B.S., M.Ed., Mansfield University; Ph.D..
Pennsylvania State University'
GUSTAVE N. MBUY (1985) Associate Professor
of Biology
B.A., University of California; M.M., Ph.D.,
University' of Cincinnati
CHRISTINA W. McCAWLEY (\91\) Associate
Professor of Library Services
B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University'; M.S.L.S.,
Catholic University of America; Ph.D., Drexel
University
DWIGHT L. McCAWLEY (\97\) Professor of
English
B.A., M.A., University of Tennessee; Ph.D.,
University of Illinois
DOUGLAS McCONATHA (1988) Professor of
Sociology
B.S.. University of Alabama; M.A., University' of
Atlanta; Ph.D., University of Utah; M.P.H., Yale
University'
JASMIN T. McCONATHA (1990) Associate
Professor of Psychology
B.A., University of Utali; M.S., Jacksonville State
University; Ph.D., University of Georgia
RALPH CARL McCOY (\996) Assistant Professor
of Theatre Arts
B.A., Emorv College; M.F.A., North Carolina
School of the Arts
MARY McCULLOUGH (1977) Professor of
Communication Studies
B.A.. B.S.. Millersville University-; M.S.W.,
University of North Carolina; Ph.D., Temple
University
CHARLES H. McGEE (1987) Chairperson.
Department of Management: Associate Professor
B.A., University' of California. Santa Barbara;
M.A., University of Southern California; Ph.D.,
Northwestern University
VICKI A. McGINLEY ( 1 997) Assistant Professor
of Early Childhood and Special Education
B.A., University' of Pittsburgh; M.A., Ph.D.,
Temple University'
L'VTMETTE F. McGRATH (1968) Professor of
English
B.A., University of Sydney; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Illinois
LARRY McKENNA (1986) Instructor of
Instrumental Music
JAMES E. McVOY (1979) Chairperson,
Department of Music Theory and Composition:
Professor
B.M., Syracuse University; M.M., Ph.D., Eastman
School of Music
SHERI A. MELTON (1998) Assistant Professor of
Kinesiology
B.A., Loyola University; M.Ed., University' of New
Orleans; Ph.D., Louisiana State University
MICHELLE MERRIWEATHER (1998) Assistant
Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Stale University of New York at Albany;
B.S., M.S.Ed.. Old Dominion University; Ph.D.,
American University
LISBETH MERZ (1985) Associate Professor.
Counseling Center
B.A., Chestnut Hill College; M.A., Villanova
University; Psy.D., Hahnemann University
OWEN METCALF (1989) Assistant Professor of
Music
B.M., M.M., University of Colorado; D.M., Indiana
University
HAROLD W. METZ (1977) Associate Professor of
Criminal Justice
A.B., Glenville State College; M.Ed., Ohio
University; Ed.D., West Virginia University'
KARTN MEYER (1996) Instructor of Instrumental
Music
B.M., Temple University'
CHER'VT L. MICHEAU (1990) Associate
Professor of English
B.S.Ed., Millersville University; M.A, Middlebur>'
College; M.A.. University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D.,
University' of Pennsylvania
ELAINE R. MILITO (\9%\) Associate Professor of
Computer Science
B.S., State University of New York at Stony
Brook; M.A., City University' of New York,
Queens College; Ph.D., Penns\ Ivania State
University
LAURIE MILLER (1998) Assistant Professor of
Health
B.S., Indiana University'; M.P.H., Ph.D., Temple
University
FRANK E. MILLIMAN (\9m) Associate
Professor of Mathematics
B.N.S., College of Holy Cross; A.B.. Hobart
College; A.M., Colimibia University
JAMES S. MILNE (1969) Professor of Political
Science
B.S., KutztowTi University; M.A., Villanova
University; Ph.D., Temple University
DANIEL MOHAN (1980) Associate Professor of
Economics and Finance
B.S., B.A., Monmouth College; M.B.A., Bucknell
University; M.A.. Ph.D., Rutgers — The State
University
GARRETT G. MOLHOLT (1987) Associate
Professor of English
B.A., M.A., M.A., Ph.D., University' of
Wisconsin-Madison
ROBERT MOMYER ( 1 986) Assistant Professor of
Instructional Media
B.S., Philadelphia College of Art; M.Ed., Lehigh
University'
SAMUEL F. MOORE (1979) Professor of
Psychology
B.A., YoungstowTi State College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University' of Cincinnati
EDMUNDO MORALES (1989) Chairperson.
Department of .Anthropology and Sociology:
Professor of Sociology
B.A., Richmond College; M.A., New York
University; Ph.D., City University of New York
MICHAELJ. MORAN(1981)/>ro/eiioro/
Chemistry
B.S., St. Joseph's College; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
WALENA C. MORSE (1968) Professor of
Psychology
A.B., Duke University; M.A., Ph.D.. Br%n Mawr
College
ANNE-MARIE L. MOSCATELLl(l99l)
Associate Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., Fordham University; M.A., Ph.D., Bryn
Mawr College
JOSEPH G. MOSER (1966) Associate Professor of
.Mathematics
B.S., Rose Pol> technic Institute: M.S.. Purdue
UniversitN'
Faculty
CHARLES H. MOTT (1988) Projessor of
Accounting
U.S., UniversiW of Connecticut; M.B.A.,
Universitj of Hartford; Ph.D.. American
Universit>; C.P.A.
JAMES L. MURPHY [199&) Assistant Professor of
Theatre Arts
B.A., Potsdam College; M.F.A., Yale University
MARTIN MURPHY (1966) Associate Professor of
Anthropology
A.'B., A.M., University of Michigan
STERLING E. MURRAY (1972) Chairperson.
Department of Music History and Literature:
Professor
B.Mus., University of Maryland; A.M., Ph.D.,
Universit) of Michigan
ROGER W. MUSTALISH ( 1978) Chairperson.
Department of Health: Professor
A.B., University of Pennsylvania; M.S., Michigan
State University; M.P.H., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota
KOSTAS MYRSIADES (1969) Professor of
English
B.A., University of Iowa; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana
University'
LINDA S. MYRSIADES (1990) Associate
Professor of English
B.A., Beaver College; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana
University
ALI NAGGAR (1977) Professor of Accounting
B.Com., Cairo University; M.B.A., Long Island
University; Ph.D., University of Oklahoma
TAHANY NAGGAR (1977) Professor of
Economics and Finance
B.Com., Rigadh University; M.A., Long Island
University; Ph.D., University of Oklahoma
CAROL M. NAPIERKOWSKI (1989) A.^sociate
Professor of Counseling and Educational
Psychology
B.A.. Temple University; M.A., Villanova
University; Ph.D., University of Connecticut
REGINALD NEALY (1986) Assistant Professor of
Criminal Justice
A.A., Pennsylvania State Police Academy; B.S.,
Pennsylvania State University; M.S., Lincoln
University
MARY E. NEHLIG (1967) Assistant Director
Library Serx'ices: Associate Professor
A.B., Wilson College; M.S.L.S., Drexel University
LARRY A. NELSON ( 1 97 1 ) Professor of Music
Theory and Composition
B.Mus., University of Denver; M.Mus., Southern
Illinois University; Ph.D., Michigan State
University
PATRICIA A. NESTER ( 1984) Assistant Professor
of Nursing
B.S.N., M.S.N., Medical School of Georgia;
Diploma in Nursing, Gastonia Memorial Hospital
JANA L. NESTLERODE (1986) Chairperson.
Department of Criminal Justice: Professor
B.A., Pennsylvania State University ; J.D., Widener
University
EMILY T. NEWBOLD (1970) Professor of
Instrumental Music
B.Mus.. Eastman School of Music; M.Mus.,
Temple University; D.M.A., Combs College
JOHN T. NEWCOMB (1990) Associate Professor
of English
A.B., Davidson College; M.A., Ph.D., Duke
University
SARA E. NEWELL (1989) Associate Professor of
Communication Studies
A.A., Clark College; B.A., Western Washington
University; M.S., University of Wyoming; Ph.D.,
University of Utah
ANTHONY J. NICASTRO (1990) Associate
Professor of Physics
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Delaware
ELIZABETH NOLLEN (1986) Instructor of
English
B.A., Ohio University; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana
University
ISAAC B. NORRIS (1986) Instructor of Sports
Medicine
B.S., West Chester University; M.A., University of
Maryland
ROBERT P. NYE (1968) Professor of Health
A.B., Gettysburg College; M.Ed., West Chester
University; Ed.D., Temple University
ERIN O'CONNOR (1998) Assistant Professor of
History
B.A., Brandeis University; Ph.D., Boston College
GWENELLE S. O'NEAL (1998) Associate
Professor of Social Work
B.A., Spelman College; M.S.W., New York
University; D.S.W., Columbia University
BRIAN F. O'NEILL (1998) Assistant Professor of
Criminal Justice
B.A., University of Pittsburgh; M.S.W.. Mary wood
College
C. JACK ORR (1986) Professor of Communication
Studies
B.A., Messiah College; B.D., Eastern Baptist
Theological Seminary ; M.A., Northwestern
University; Ph.D., Temple University
LARRY P. ORTIZ ( 1996) Associate Professor of
Social Work
B.A., M.S.W., Western Michigan University;
Ph.D., State University of New York at Buffalo
TERRIE OZELIS (1994) Assistant Professor of
Early Childhood and Special Education
B.A., Eastern Michigan University; M.S., National
Louis University; Ed.D., Northern Illinois
University
PRAXITELES PAmiEl 0912) Associate
Professor of Keyboard Music
B.Mus., M.S., The Juilliard School
RICHARD D. PARSONS (1990) Professor of
Counseling and Educational Psychology
B.A., Villanova University; M.A., Ph.D., Temple
University
SHEILA PATTERSON (1992) Associate Professor
of Health
B.S., Mankato State; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois
University
FREDERICK R. PATTON (1981 ) Professor of
Foreign Languages
B.A., M.Ed., Temple University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania
MARTFN PAT WELL (1994) Assistant Professor of
Educational Services
B.A., Manhattan College; M.S., Marist College;
Ed.D., Boston University
PETER PAULSEN (1989) Instructor of Music
B.M., West Chester University
REBECCA PAULY (1987) Professor of Foreign
Languages
B.A., Smith College; M.A., University of
California, Berkeley; D.M.L., Middlebury College
MICHAEL V. PEARSON (1988) Associate
Professor of Communication Studies
B.A., lona College; M.A., William Patterson
College; Ph.D., Temple University
MICHAEL A. PEICH (1968) Professor of English
B.A., Wartburg College; M.A., University of
Pennsylvania
ROBERT A. PELOSO (1993) Instructor of
Computer Science
B.E.S., Johns Hopkins University; M.S., Carnegie
Mellon University
ROBERT E. PENNINGTON (1966) Professor of
Keyboard Music
B.Mus., M.Mus.. D.Mus., Northwestern University
nJLIE A. PERONE (1990) Assistant Professor of
Counseling
B.S., M.A., M.P.A., Ohio State University; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland
G. KING PERRY (1983) Instructor of Computer
Science
B.S., M.Ed., Bloomsburg University
RUBY A. PETERS (1988) Associate Professor of
Literacy
B.S., Cheyney University; M.S.Ed., Temple
University
W. BENNETT PETERS (1973) Associate
Professor of History
B.A., Pomona College; M.A., California State
University, San Francisco; Ph.D., University of
California, Santa Barbara
ELIZABETH PETIT de MANGE (1996) Assistant
Professor of Nursing
B.S.N., Thomas Jefferson University; M.S.N.,
Widener Uni\ersity
PATRICIA A. PFLIEGER ( 1988) Assistant
Professor of English
B.A., University of Missouri; M.A., Eastern
Michigan University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota
JANE T. PIPPART ( 1 987) Assistant Professor of
Music Education
B.S., West Chester University; M.Ed., Holy Names
College
THOMAS W. PLATT (1968) Chairperson.
Department of Philosophy: Professor
B.A., Washington and Jefferson College; M.A.,
University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
JOAN POLKA (1990) Assistant Professor of
Counseling Services
B.A., Holy Family College; M.A., West Chester
University
EDWARD 1. POLLAK (1977) Professor of
Psychology
B.A., State University of New York at
Binghamton; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Connecticut
YURY POLSKY (1989) Associate Professor of
Political Science
B.A., M.A., University of Moscow; Ph.D.,
University of Michigan
RUTH PORRITT (\99l) Associate Professor of
Philosophy
B.A., John Carroll University; Ph.D., Purdue
University
JACK PORTER (1968) Professor of Psychology
B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., Temple University
Facults'
LOUIS H. PORTER (1974) Professor of
Psychology'
B.A., Ohio University; M.A., Ph.D., Howard
Universit)'
MARTHA A. POTVIN (1985) Chairperson.
Department of Biology: Professor
B.S., University of Connecticut; M.S., Michigan
State Universit>; Ph.D., University' of Nebraska
CHARLES PRICE (1990) Professor of Music
History and Literature
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Stanford Universit)'
CATHERINE M. PRUDHOE (1992).4.sioc/ote
Professor of Early Childhood and Special
Education
B.S., M.S., Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D.,
University of Delaware
CAROL A. RADICH (1972) Professor of
Elementary Education
B.A., Glassboro State College; M.Ed., Ph.D..
University' of Maryland
GEETHA RAMAN ATHAN (1987) Associate
Professor of English
M.A., University of Bombay; A.M., University of
Illinois; Ph.D., University of Illinois at
Urbana-Champaign
JUDITH D. RAY (1978) Assistant Professor of
Kinesiology
A.B.E. of Harris Teachers College; M.A.Ed.,
Washington University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota
JOHN T. REDINGTON ( 1992) Chairperson.
Department of Marketing: Associate Professor
B.S., M.B.A., Temple University; Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University
THOMAS G. REED (1967) Assistant Professor of
Communication Studies
B.S., West Chester University; Ph.D., Union of
Experimental Colleges and Universities
HELEN G. REID (1975) Associate Professor of
Chemistry
B.A., B.S., Texas Woman's University; Ph.D.,
University of New Orleans
MARTIN S. REMLAND {\99\) Associate
Professor of Communication Studies
B.A., Western Illinois University; M.A., Central
Michigan University; Ph.D., Southern Illinois
University
ARLENE C. RENGERT (1976) Chairperson.
Department of Geography and Planning; Professor
of Geography
A.B., Indiana University; M.A., The Ohio State
University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
CATHERINE HACKETT RENNER (1995)
Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., Nazareth College of Rochester; M.S., Ph.D.,
Ohio University
MICHAEL J. RENNER (1992) Associate Professor
of Psychology
B.A., Boise State University; M.S., University of
Oklahoma; Ph.D., University of California,
Berkeley
JOEL M. RESSNER (\9S4) Associate Professor of
Chemistry
B.S., Lehigh University; M.Sc, University of
Sussex; Ph.D., Lehigh University; D.A., Ball State
University
C. FLOYD RICHMOND (1989) ^5m<anr
Professor of Music Education
B.A., M.M., Delta State University; D.A., Ball
State University
JANE RICHTER (1986) Assistant Professor of
Music
B.S., M.M., Temple University; D.M.A., Combs
College
LORETTA RIESER-DANNER (1997) Assistain
Professor of Psychology
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D.,
University of Texas at Austin
STANLEY RIUKAS (1968) Professor of
Philosophy
A.B., Classical Gymnasium (Lithuania); Ph.B.,
Ph.L., Loyola University; Ph.D., New York
University
RONALD F. ROMIG (1967) Professor of Biology
B.S., Bloomsburg University; M.Ed., Ph.D.,
University of Delaware
WILLIAM D. ROSENZWEIG (1989) As.iistant
Professor of Biology
B.S., St. Johns University ; M.S., Long Island
University; Ph.D., New York University
SALLY A. ROSS (1988) Associate Professor of
Social Work
B.A., Central State University; M.S,W., University
of Pennsylvania
JOHN P. ROSSO (1998) Instructor of Foreign
Languages
B.A., Haverford College; M.A., University of
Pennsylvania
HARVEY ROVINE (1992) Professor ofneatre
Arts
B.S., Towson State University; M.A., University of
Central Florida; Ph.D., University of Illinois
NANCY J. RUMFIELD (1986) Assistant Professor
of Art
B.F.A., Moore College of Art; M.S., West Chester
University; Ph.D., Nova Southeastern University
C. RUTH SABOL (1986) Chairperson.
Department of English: Associate Professor
B.Ed., M.Ed., Seattle University; Ph.D., University
of Wisconsin-Madison
ELBERT M. SADDLER (1985) Psychologist.
Counseling Center: .Associate Professor
A.B., Rutgers — The State University; M.Ed.,
Ph.D., Temple University
JANE WESTON SADDORIS ( 1971 ) Instructor of
Theatre .Arts
B.S., West Chester University; M.A. in Education,
Villanova University
MICHEL H. SAGE (1994) Assistant Professor of
Foreign Languages
M.A., San Diego University; Ph.D., University of
California, Berkeley
BHIM SANDHU (1978) Associate Professor of
Political Science
B.A., Punjab University (India); M.A., University
of Texas; Ph.D., University of Missouri
GOPAL SANKARAN (1989) Professor of Health
B.S., M.B., Maulanaazad Medical College (India);
M.D., All India Institute of Medical Sciences;
M.P.H., Dr. P.M., University of California,
Berkeley
FRANK SAUERS (1986) Instructor of English
B.A., Villanova University; M.A., Purdue
University: Ph.D., University of Colorado
JUDITH A. SCHEFFLER (1985) Assistant
Chairperson. Department of English: Associate
Professor
A.B., Muhlenburg College; M.A., Purdue
University; M.A.. Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
MARGARET SCFnFF (1990) Assistant Professor
of .Art
B.F.A., KutztowTi University; M.F.A., Syracuse
University
STACEY SCHLAU (1985) Director. Women S
Studies Program: Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., M.A., Queens College; Ph.D., City
University of New York
LISELOTTE M. SCHMIDT (1970) Professor of
Music History and Literature
B.Mus., Converse College; M..^., New York
University; M.Mus., Manhattan School of Music;
Ed.D., Columbia University ; Fulbright Scholar
(University of Munich, Germany, 1957-58)
FRAUKE I. SCHNELL (1992) .Associate Professor
of Political Science
B.A., University of Tuebingen, Germany; M.A.,
Ph.D., State University of New York at Stony
Brook
R. GERALD SCHOELKOPF (1969) Assistant
Professor of Library Services
B.A., Villanova University; M.S.L.S., McGill
University
FRANCOISE E. SCHREMMER (1979) .Associate
Professor of Mathematics
Propedeuitque de Mathematique, Maitrise de
Mathematique, D.E.S., University of Paris; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Permsylvania
PAUL SEAVER (1992) A.'ssistant Professor of
Foreign Languages
B.S., Kent State University; M.A., University of
Connecticut; Ph.D., University of Maryland
RANI G. SELVANATHAN (1986) As.mciate
Professor of Management
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Delhi (India);
Ph.D., University of Paris
GUS V. SERMAS (1971) Professor of. Art
B.A., Baylor University; B.F.A., B.S., University
of Texas; M.F.A., University of Wisconsin
LEIGH S. SHAFFER (1980) Professor of
Anthropology and Sociology
B.S., M.S., Wichita State University; Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University
JOHN C. SHEA (1967) Chairperson, Department
of Political Science: Professor
B.A., Allegheny College; M.A., University of
Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
MAURA J. SHEEHAN (1980) Professor of Health
B.S., Lowell Technological Institute; M.S.,
University of Lowell; Sc.D., University of
Pittsburgh
CAROL SHLOSS (1987) Professor of English
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A.T., Harvard
University; Ph.D., Brandeis University
CHARLES V. SHORTEN (1989) Associate
Professor of Health
B.S., M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State
University; Ph.D., Clemson University
IRENE G. SHUR (1956) Professor of History
B.S., Ohio Slate University; M.Ed., University of
Delaware; Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
DAVID 1. SIEGEL (1990) Associate Professor of
Social Work
B.A., Brooklyn College; M.S.W., University of
Michigan; D.S.W., Columbia University
HAROLD L. SKELTON (1968) Chairperson.
Department of Physics: Associate Professor
B.S., Case Institute of Technology; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Delaware
Faculty
SUSAN C. SLAIMINKA (1975) Professor of
Nursing
B.S.N., Villanova University; M.S.N., University-
of Pennsylvania: Ed.D., Temple University
FRANCES A. SLOSTAD (1996) Assistant
Professor of Elementary Education
B.S., West Chester Universit> ; M.A., Villanova
University; Ed.D., Immaculata University
LESLIE B. SLUSHER (\9<)\) Associate Professor
ofBiolog}^
B.S.. North Carolina State University; Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University
ARTHUR R. SMITH (1984) Associate Professor of
Geology and Astronomy
A.B., M.S., Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
CARL M. SMITH (\97\) Assistant Professor of
Accounting
B.B.A., M.B.A., Temple Universit)'; C.P.A.,
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
FRANK A. SMITH (1964) Professor of Physics
B.S., Villanova University; M.A., Ed.D., Temple
University
LUANNE SMITH ( 1 989) Associate Professor of
English
B.A., Universitv of Kentuck>-; M.A., Murray State
University; M.F.A., Pennsylvania State Universitv-
PAUL K. SMITH (1985) Associate Professor of
Kinesiology
B.S.. M.S., Florida State Universit>-; Ph.D.,
Southern Illinois Universit)'
ROBERTA SNOW (1989) Associate Professor of
Management
B.A., M.A., Syracuse University; Ph.D., University
of Pennsylvania
H. LEE SOUTHALL (1967) Associate Professor of
Instrumental Music
B.S., West Chester Universitj ; M.A.. Trenton State
College
ALICE J. SPEH (1989) Associate Professor of
Foreign Languages
A.B., Brown University; M.A., Ph.D., Brv-n MawT
College
THOMAS W. SPIERLING (1972) Director.
Counseling Center: Professor
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University
LYNN KELL SPRADLIN (1995) Assistant
Professor of Counseling and Educational
Psychology
B.A., University of Kentucky; M.Ed., Ed.D.,
University of Louisville
DAVID A. SPRENKLE (1987) Associate
Professor of local and Choral Music
B.S., M.M., West Chester Universitv-; D.M.A.,
University of Mao'land
ELIZABETH LEEANN SROGl ( 1991 ) Associate
Professor of Geology and Astronomy
B.S., Yale University; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
TIMOTHY K. STARN (1996) Assistant Professor
of Chemistry
B.S., Ph.D., Indiana University
W. CRAIG STEVENS ( 1992) Assistant Professor
of Kinesiology
B.A., Johns Hopkins Universitv; M.S., Springfield
College; Ph.D., Temple Universit)-
LESLIE STEVENSON, JR. (1972) Psychologist.
Counseling Center: Associate Professor
B.S., M.S., University of Utah
JOSEPH A. STIGORA (1973) Professor of
Communicative Disorders
B.S., Bloomsburg University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Bowling Green University
JOHN STOLAR (1988) Professor of Geology- and
Astronomy
B.S., Shippensburg University; M.Ed., West
Chester University; Ed.D., Pennsylvania State
University
PAUL STOLLER (1980) Professor of
.Anthropology and Sociology
B.A., University of Pittsburgh; M.S., Georgetown
Universitv; Ph.D., Universitv- of Texas at Austin
CLEAVONNE STRATTON (1983) Associate
Professor of Communicative Disorders
B.A., Miles College; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State
University
PAUL A. STREVELER (1970) Professor of
Philosophy
B.A., St. John's Universitv' (Minn.); Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin
FREDERICK R. STRUCKMEYER (1966)
Professor of Philosophy
B.A., King's College (N.Y.); A.M., Ph.D., Boston
University
ELENA F. STUART (1977) Chairperson.
Department of Communicative Disorders; Assistant
Professor
B.A., Emerson College; M.S., Purdue University
JAMES D. SULLIVAN (1967) Professor of Music
Theory and Composition
B.S., West Chester University- M.A., Ph.D.,
Eastman School of Music
RICHARD H. SWAIN (1994) Assistant Professor
of Library Services
B.A., Oakland University; M.Phil., M.A., Yale
Universitv-; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan
PATRICK J.M. SYLVESTER (1968) Professor of
Economics and Finance
B.A., St. Francis Xavier University (Canada);
M.A., University of New Brunswick (Canada);
M.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Bryn
Mawr College
ROBERT J. SZABO (1974) .Associate Professor of
Literacy
B.S., Kutztown University; M.Ed., Ed.D., Lehigh
University
WACLAW SZ"VTV1ANSKI (1985) Professor of
Mathematics
M.A., Jagiellonian University (Poland); Ph.D.,
D.Sc, Polish Academy of Sciences
JOHN C. TACHOVSKY (1970) Frq/exior of
Geography
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University; Ph.D.,
University of Cincinnati
LIN TAN (1989) Professor of Mathematics
B.S., M.A., Zhejian University; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of California, Los Angeles
BRADLEY E. TA'VTOR (1973) Assistant
Professor of Kinesiology
B.S., M.Ed., Temple University
CHRISTOPHER J. TEUTSCH (1989) Assistant
Professor of English
M.A., Jagiellonian University (Poland); Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee
SANDRA J. THIELZ ( 1 973) Assistant Professor of
Kinesiology
B.S., Southern Connecticut State College; M.Ed.,
West Chester Universitv
DIANA P. THOMAS (1995) Assistant Professor of
Library Sen'ices
B.A., University- of Maryland, M.B.A., Cornell
University; M.A.. University of Chicago
WESLEY W. THOMAS (1979) Professor of
Geography
B.S., University of Maine; M.S., West Chester
University; Ph.D., University of Cincinnati
PHILIP A. THOMPSEN (1997) Assistant
Professor of Communication Studies
B.S., Northern Arizona University; M.S.,
Universitv- of Southwestern Louisiana
HARRY TIEBOUT III (1992) Associate Professor
of Biology
B.A., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of
Florida
VICTORL^ TISCHIO (1998) Assistant Professor
of English
B.S., M.A., Southern Connecticut State University;
Ph.D., State University of New York at Albany
THOMAS W. TOLIN (1992) Assistant Professor
of Economics and Finance
B.A., University of Southwestern Louisiana; Ph.D.,
University of Houston
SANDRA M. TOMKOWICZ (1993) Associate
Professor of Marketing (Legal Studies)
B.S.. La Salle University; J.D., University of
Pennsylvania
JOHN R. TOWNSEND ( 1 998) Assistant Professor
of Chemistry
B.A., University of Delaware; M.S., Ph.D., Cornell
Universit>'
THOMAS TREAD WELL (1968) Professor of
Psychology
B.A., Morris Harvey College; M.S., University of
Bridgeport; Moreno Institute, New York; (Certified
Psychodramatist, T.E.P.); Ed.D., Temple University
ELISE A. TRL\NO (1985) Director. Pre-Medical
Program: .Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Gettysburg Universitj-; Ph.D., Thomas
Jefferson Universit>'
C. JAMES TROTMAN (1979) Professor of
English
B.A., M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University; Ed.D.,
Columbia University
MICHELLE L. TUCKER (1988) Instructor of
Nursing
B.S., Michigan State University; M.S.N.,
University- of Michigan
GORDON TURK (1993) Instructor of Keyboard
Music
B.M., The Curtis Institute; M.M., D.M.A.,
Manhattan School of Music
JOHN J. TURNER, JR. (1965) Professor of History
A.B., Muhlenberg College; M.A., University of
Rhode Island; Ph.D., Columbia Universitv-
DONNA L. USHER (\99\) Associate Professor of
Art
B.F.A., B.S., Moore College of Art; M.F.A.,
University of Delaware
MARIA VAN LIEW ( 1 998) Assistant Professor of
Foreign Languages
B.A., Clark University; Ph.D., University of
California, San Diego
ANDREA VARRICCHIO (1986) Associate
Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., Chestnut Hill College; M.A., Middlebuiy
College; Ph.D., Temple University
Faculty
CARLA LEE VERDERAME (1998) Assistant
Professor of English
A.B., Smith College; M.A.T., Brovvn University;
Ph.D., University of Michigan
RICHARD K. VELETA ( \9(>5) Professor of
Keyboard Music
B.Mus., M.Mus., D.Mus., Northwestern University
JOHN VILLELLA (1986) Assistant Professor of
Instrumental Music
B.S., M.M., West Chester University; Ed.D.,
Widener University
KARIN A.E. VOLKWEIN (1992) Associate
Professor of Kinesiology
Staatsexamen, University of Marburg, Germany;
Ph.D., University of Tennessee
JACQUES C. VOOIS (1969) Professor of
Keyboard Music
B.Mus., Oberlin College; M.Mus., Manhattan
School of Music; D.M.A.. Peabody Conservator, of
Music of Johns Hopkins University
RICHARD W. VOSS (1996) Assistant Professor of
Social Work
B.A., St. Fidelis College; M.S.W., Fordham
University; D.P.C., Loyola College
RUSSELL H. VREELAND (1989) Assistant
Professor of Biology
B.S., M.S., Rutgers — The State University; Ph.D..
University of Nebraska
JACK WABER (1976) Professor of Biology
B.A., Hope College (Mich.); Ph.D., University of
Hawaii
G. ALAN WAGNER (1967) Associate Professor of
Vocal and Choral Music
B.Mus., Northwestern University ; M.F.A.,
Carnegie Mellon University
SANDRA WALZ ( 1 997) Assistant Professor of Health
B.S., M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D..
Kansas State University
CHERYL L. WANKO (1993) Associate Professor
of English
B.A., New York University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University
BARBARA BROWN WANTA (1983) Assistant
Professor of Nursing
B.S.N., University of Pennsylvania; M.S., Oxford
University (U.K.); M.S.N., University of
Pennsylvania
JOHN W. WARD (1961 ) Associate Professor of
English
A.B., M.A., Miami University; Ph.D., University of
Delaware
JOHN W. WEAVER (1973) Chairperson.
Department of Computer Science: Professor
B.A., Eastern Mennonite University; M.A.,
University of Delaware; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins
University
RICHARD J. WEBSTER (1967) Chairperson.
Department of History: Coordinator, American
Studies: Professor of History
A.B., Lafayette College; M.A., University of
Delaware; A.M., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
MICHAEL S. WEISS (1978) Professor of
Communicative Disorders
B.A., Long Island University; M.S., Ph.D.. Purdue
University
JOAN M. WELCH (1990) Associate Professor of
Geography and Planning
B.a", St. Cloud State University; M.A., Ph.D..
Boston University
LESLEY A. WELSH (\99\) Associate Professor of
Professional and Secondary Education
B.A., Eastern Connecticut State University; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Connecticut
LINWOOD J. WHITE (1968) Associate Professor
of Art
B.F.A., Maryland Institute College of Art; M.F.A..
University of Pennsylvania
SUSANNE WIEDER ( 1 988) Assistant Professor of
Social Work
A.A., Potomac State College; B.A., Fairmont State
College; M.S.W., Smith College
EDWIN L. WILLIAMS (1968) /I.Moc/o;e Professor
of Philosophy
B.A., West Chester University
JEROME M. WILLIAMS (1985) Chairperson
Department of Foreign Languages: Professor
B.A., Haverford College; M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D.,
Yale University
JOHN G. WILLIAMS (1992) Associate Professor
of Kinesiology
B.Ed., University of Nottingham, U.K.; M.Ed.,
University of Bath, U.K.; Ph.D.. University of
London, U.K.
THOMAS WINTERS (1988) Assistant Professor
of Music History and Literature
B.A., Bucknell University; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Pennsylvania
C. GIL WISWALL (1985) Chairperson.
Department of Geology and Astronomy: Professor
B.A., Colgate University; M.S., Ph.D., University
of Montana
PAUL WOLFSON (1978) Associate Professor of
Mathematics
A.B., Columbia University; M.S., Ph.D., University
of Chicago
RICHARD I. WOODRUFF (1966) Professor of
Biology
B.S., Ursinus College; M.Ed., West Chester
University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
FRANCES H. WREN (1989) Assistant Professor
of Psychology
B.A., West Chester University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Temple University
RICHARD W. fiY ATX (\9%9) Associate
Professor of Computer Science
B.A., B.S., M.A., University of Melbourne; Ph.D.,
University of California, Berkeley; M.Sc, State
University of New York at Buffalo
JANE A. WYSS (1990) Chairperson. Department
of Vocal and Choral Music: Associate Professor
B.M., M.M., D.M.A., University of Texas at Austin
URSULE YATES (1986) Instructor of English
B.A., Rutgers — The State University; M.A.,
Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College
DANIEL J. YEH (1968) Associate Professor of
Library Services
B.A., National Taiwan University; M.S.L.S.,
Drexel University
RICHARD B. YODER (1962) Professor of
Kinesiolog}'
B.S., West Chester University; M.A., Villanova
University
STEFANI YORGES ( 1 996) Assistant Professor of
Psychology
B.A., Hastings College; M.S.. Ph.D.. Purdue
University
ROBERT J. YOUNG (1965) Professor of History
B.S.. University of Pennsylvania
EDEN ZABAT (1997) Instructor of Nursing
B.S.N., Pennsylvania State University; M.S.N.,
Villanova University
RAYMOND ZETTS (1997) Assistant Professor of
Kinesiology'
B.A., Texas Lutheran College; M.A., Southwest
Texas State University; Ed.D., University of
Georgia-Athens
MARTIN ZLOTOWSKI (1973) Associate
Professor of Early Childhood and Special
Education
A.B., New York University; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan
State University
ANTHONY W. ZUMPETTA (1988).-lM/5ran/
Professor of .Anthropology and Sociology'
B.A., Edinboro University; M.A., Ed.D., Indiana
University of Pennsylvania
Adjunct Faculty
DOUGLAS ALBRIGHT Department of Health
B.S., West Chester University; M.E.D., Cabrini
College
DAVID K. COHOON Department of Mathematics
B.S., Massachusetts Institute of lechnology; M.S.,
Ph.D., Purdue University; David Ross Research
Associateship at Institut Henri Poincare
ROY W. CUBBLER Department of Health
B.S., Widener University
PATTI L. CURRAN Department of Health
B.S., Widener University
GAIL M. FELLOWS Department of Health
B.S., University of Arizona; M.S., West Chester
University
MELISSA M. FURIO Department of Health
B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.G.,
Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Science
PHYLLIS GO TKIN Department of Biology
B.S., University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Beaver
College; Ph.D., Pacific Western University
CARYN LENNON Department of Biology
B.S., Quinnipiac College
N. BLAIR LEROY Department of Health
B.A., Yale University; M.D., Cornell University
Medical College
EDWIN T. LURCOTT Department of Geology and
Astronomy
B.S., Syracuse University
HELEN E. MARTIN Department of Counselor.
Secondary, and Professional Education
B.A., Kings College, N.Y.; M.A., West Chester
LIniversity
C. DANIEL MOSER Department of Kinesiology
B.S., M.A.. Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D.,
Temple University
WILLIAM K. NATALE Department of Biology
A.B., Oberlin College; M.D., University of
Pittsburgh
RONALD J. PEKALA Department of Psychology
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D.,
Michigan State University
RICHARD RUPKALVIS Department of Biology
B.S., Illinois Benedictine College; M.D., Rush
Medical College
SHARON STRAUSS Department of Biology
B.S., Kutztown State College
Faculty
EDWARD THERKAUF Department of Health
B.S., Princeton University; M.D., Columbia
College of Physicians and Surgeons
MICHAEL J. WARHOL Department of Biology
A.B., Princeton University; M.D., University of
Pittsburgh
SUSAN WIX Department of Health
B.S., West Chester University; M.S., Eastern
College
RICHARD W. ZIEGLER Department of Sports
Medicine
B.A., Princeton University; M.D., Jefferson
Medical College, Thomas Jefferson University
Emeriti
♦ALEXANDER ANTONOWICH, Music Education
♦ELEANOR ASHKENAZ, Chemistry
♦DOROTHY D. BAILEY, English
♦HAROLD W. BENDA, Dean of Education
Emeritus
BERNICE BERNATZ, Dean of Women Emerita
ROBERT BERNHARDT, Biology
F. ROBERT BIELSKl, Geography and Planning
WALTER R.. BLAIR, Educational Services
♦JAMES A. BINNEY, English
MARY M. BLISS, Biolog)'
JUSTO B. BRAVO, Chemistry
WALTER E. BUECHELE, JR., Counselor.
Secondary, and Professional Education
ROBERT E. CARLSON, History
♦PAUL E. CARSON, Music
NONA E. CHERN, Childhood Studies and
Reading
K. ELEANOR CHRISTENSEN, Childhood Studies
and Reading
CARMELA L. CINQUTNA, Biology
MARY E. CLEARY, Education
♦JOHN W. CLOKEY, Dean of Arts and Letters
Emeritus
BARBARA J. COATES, Physical Education
BERNARD B. COHEN, Psychology
♦FAYE A. COLLICOTT, Librarian
GERALDINE C. CONBEER, Librarian
STELLA CONAWAY, Vocal and Choral Music
EDWIN B. COTTRELL, Health and Physical
Education
♦GEORGE R. CRESSMAN, Education
GEORGANN CULLEN, Biology
♦KATHERTNE M. DEN WORTH, Education
RAYMOND A. DOYLE, History
MARC L. DURAND, Chemistry
♦MARK M, EVANS, Director of Student Teaching
♦MARION FARNHAM, An
RUTH FELDMAN, Psychology
ALBERT E. FILANO, Vice President for
Academic Affairs Emeritus and Mathematical
Sciences
BYRON Y. FLECK, Dean of Social Sciences
Emeritus
♦THOMAS J. FRANCELLA, CriminalJustice
HOWARD FREEMAN, Counseling
JOHN FURLOW, Physical Education
CHARLES GANGEMI, Keyboard Music
CHARLOTTE M. GOOD, Education
'ROBERT B. GORDON, Sciences
♦ANNE M. GOSHEN, Psychology
♦MIRIAM S. GOTTLIEB, Music
SEYMOUR S. GREENBERG, Geology
♦THELMA J. GREENWOOD, Biology
MADELYN GUTWIRTH, Foreign Languages
SAUNDRA M. HALL, Theatre Arts
♦H. THEODORE HALLMAN, .4rt
JOAN HASSELQUIST, Childhood Studies and
Reading
JACK GARDNER HAWTHORNE, Art
♦CHARLES W. HEATHCOTE, Social Sciences
♦THOMAS J. HEIM, Social Sciences
WALTER J. HIPPLE, Philosophy
♦PHILIP P. HOGGARD, Education
PATRICIA CARLEY JOHNSON, History
PAMELA JUDSON-RHODES (HEMPHILL), Art
CAROLYN B. KEEFE, Communication Studies
♦W. GLENN KILLINGER, Dean of Men Emeritus
CHARLOTTE E. KING, Childhood Studies and
Reading
MARY L. KLINE, Nursing
♦CARRIE C. KULP, Education
♦GEORGE LANGDON, Geography and Planning
♦MURIEL LEACH, Health and Physical Education
MELVIN M. LORBACK, Physical Education
♦GRACE D. MCCARTHY, English
♦EMIL H. MESSIKOMER, Dean Emeritus
♦LLOYD C. MITCHELL, Dean of Music Emeritus
WILLIAM M. MOREHOUSE, Theatre Arts
SHIRLEY A. MUNGER, Music
♦DOROTHY R. NOWACK, Health
BERNARD S. OLDSEY, English
WILLIAM R. OVERLEASE, Biology
JACK A. OWENS, Health and Physical Education
RUTH PETKOFSKY, Childhood Studies and
Reading
♦DOROTHY RAMSEY, English
GEORGE F. REED, Geology and Astronomy
N. RUTH REED, Health
RUSSELL K. RICKERT, Physics and Dean of
Sciences and Mathematics
WALTER NATHANIEL RIDLEY, Education
ALFRED D. ROBERTS, Foreign Languages
♦B. PAUL ROSS, Education
PHILIP B. RUDNICK, Chemistry
♦HELEN RUSSELL, Library Science
GLENN W. SAMUELSON, Anthropology^ and
Sociology
HAROLD R. SANDS, Psychology
HARRY SCHALK, History
♦GERTRUDE K. SCHMIDT, Music
JANE E. SHEPPARD, Vocal and Choral Music
CAROLYN G. SIMMENDINGER, An
W. CLYDE SKILLEN, Biology
♦KENNETH C. SLAGLE, Dean of Arts and
Sciences Emeritus
PHILIP D. SMITH, JR., Foreign Languages
♦CHARLES A. SPRENKLE, Dean of Music
Emeritus
RUTH S. STANLEY, Mathematical Sciences
R. GODFREY STUDENMUND, Education
RUSSELL L. STURZEBECKER, Dean of Health
and Physical Education Emeritus
JANE B. SWAN, History
ROY D. SWEET, Vocal and Choral Music
♦EARL F. SYKES, President Emeritus
ELINOR Z. TAYLOR, Physical Education and
Dean of Administration
♦JOSEPH M. THORSON, Business .Administration
♦WILLARD J. TREZISE, Biolog)'
♦EDWARD T. TWARDOWSKI, Health and
Physical Education
♦S. ELIZABETH TYSON, English
JOY VANDEVER, Music Education
♦EARLE C. WATERS, Health and Physical
Education
SOL WEISS, Mathematical Sciences
THEODORA L. WEST, English
BENJAMIN WHITTEN, Keyboard Music
ARDIS M. WILLIAMS, Chemistry
LOIS M. WILLIAMS, Music
HARRY WILKINSON, Music
LLOYD C. WILKINSON, Physical Education
♦JOSEPHINE E. WILSON, English
JAMES J. WRIGHT, Music Theory and
Composition
EDWIN L. YOUMANS, Dean of Health and
Physical Education Emeritus
CARLOS R. ZIEGLER, Childhood Studies and
Reading
♦EDWARD ZIMMER, Music
CORNELIA ZIMMERMAN, Childhood Studies
and Reading
' Deceased
Faculty
Honorary Degrees
1984
ANDREW WYETH, Doctor of Humane Letters
1993
EMILIE KESSEL ASPLUNDH, Doctor of Public
Service
CONSTANCE E. CLAYTON, Doctor of Public
Service
1994
DAVID P. ROSELLE, Doctor of Law
CHARLES E. SWOPE, Doctor of Public Service
1995
WILLIAM A. BOUCHER, Doctor of Public
Service
1996
CURT WELDON. Doctor of Public Ser\'ice
ELINOR Z. TAYLOR, Doctor of Public Service
1997
JACOB LAWRENCE, Doctor of Fine Arts
1998
CHAIM POTOK, Doctor of Humane Letters
MARLON WASHINGTON, Doctor of Public
Service
1999
PASQUALE W. "PAT" CROCE, Doctor of Public
Service
CLIFFORD E. DeBAPTISTE, Doctor of Law
President's Medallion for Service
1986
EMILIE KESSEL ASPLUNDH
JANICE WEIR ETSHIED
W. GLENN KILLINGER
1987
THOMAS B. CHAMBERS
T. FRANK GANNON
WILLIAM E. HUGHES
MICHAEL J. JONES
SARA L. SCHMID
KURT STRAUSS
1989
ATSUSHI MINOHHARA
MASAYOSHI TANAKA
1990
CLIFFORD E. DeBAPTISTE
1991
MORGAN DO WD
ADELYENE KELLY
ALVY KELLY
1992
STANLEY J. YAROSEWICK
1993
ALBERT E. FILANO
1994
JAMES L, LARSON
F. JOSEPH LOEPER
1995
CARLOS R. ZIEGLER
1997
RAY M. MINCARELLI, JR.
ROSANNE D. MINCARELLI
1998
HENRY A. JORDAN, M.D.
BARBARA M. JORDAN
Trustees Achievement Awards
1985
FRANK GROSSHANS
CHARLES C. SOUFAS, JR.
1986
RICHARD W. FIELDS
1987
MARSHALL J. BECKER
WACLAW SZYMANSKI
1989
CHRISTOPHER BUCKLEY
LARRY A. NELSON
1990
PAUL STOLLER
1992
MARY E. CRAWFORD
1995
RICHARD E. BLAKE
FRANK E. FISH
1996
JEROME M. WILLIAMS
1997
STERLING E. MURRAY
1998
KOSTAS MYRSIADES
Distinguished Teaching Chairs
1982-1983
FRANK A. SMITH
JANE B. SWAN
Merit Awards
1982-1983
DIANE O. CASAGRANDE
MARY A. KEETZ
JANE E. SHEPPARD
CHARLES H. STUART
1983-1984
ELIZABETH A. GIANGIULIO
KOSTAS MYRSIADES
LOIS WILLIAMS
1984-1985
FRANK E. MILLIMAN
RUTH I. WEIDNER
1986-1987
G. WINFIELD FAIRCHILD
KOSTAS MYRSIADES
1987-1988
WALLACE J. KAHN
STERLING E, MURRAY
ARLENE C. RENGERT
1988-1989
PAMELA HEMPHILL
1989-1990
MADELYN GUTWIRTH
JOAN HASSELQUIST
1990-1991
BENJAMIN WHITTEN
1991-1992
CHRISTOPHER BUCKLEY
1992-1993
WILLIAM TOROP
1993-1994
LOUIS CASCIATO
1995-1996
T. OBINKARAM ECHEWA
PHILIP RUDNICK
1996-1997
RICHARD E. BLAKE
REBECCA PAULY
ELISE A. TRIANO
1997-1998
H. JAMES BURGWYN
JASMIN T. MCCONATHA
Academic Calendar
Lindback Distinguished Teaching Award
1998
ERMINIO BRAIDOTTI
Irving Hersch Cohen Faculty Merit Award
1990 1994
DOROTHY NOWACK RICHARD VELETA
1991
GEORGE CLAGHORN
1993
JUDITH FINKEL
1995
DEBORAH MAHLSTEDT
1997
IRENE G. SHUR
1998
DIANE O. CASAGRANDE
Distinguished Faculty Awards
1974-1975
THOMAS A. EGAN, Teaching
E. RILEY HOLMAN, Teaching
MICHAEL A. PEICH. Teaching
1975-1976
WALTER E. BUECHELE, JR., Service
CARMELA L. CINQUINA, Sen'ice
PHILLIP B. DONLEY, Service
GEORGE W. MAXIM, Teaching
EDWARD N. NORRIS, Service
PHILIP D. SMITH. JR., Teaching
WILLIAM TOROP, Teaching
1976-1977
ROBERT E. BYTNAR, Service
ANDREW E. DINNIMAN, 5erv/ce
IRENE G. SHUR, Teaching
RUSSELL L. STURZEBECKER, Service
1977-1978
MARC L. DURAND and ROBERT F. FOERY
(Joint Project), Service
BERNARD S. OLDSEY, Senice
GEORGE F. REED, Teaching
RICHARD I. WOODRUFF, Teaching
1978-1979
ROBERT E. CARLSON, Service
JOHN J. TURNER, JR., Teaching
C. RALPH VERNO, Teaching
ROBERT H. WEISS, Service
1979-1980
CAROLYN B. KEEFE, Teaching
JOHN A. MANGRAVITE, Teaching
PHILIP D. SMITH, JR., Service
NORBERT C. SOLDON, Service
1980-1981
LOUIS A, CASCIATO, Teaching
PHILIP B. RUDNICK, Service
FRANK A. SMITH, JR., Teaching
JANE B. SWAN, Teaching
JOSEPH M. THORSON, Serx'ice
ACADEMIC CALENDAR 1999-2000
FALL SEMESTER 1999
August 28 and 29
August 30
September 6
September 1 1
September 20
October 5
November 24
November 29
December 10
December 11-12
December 13-18
December 19
December 19
Residence halls open
Classes begin - 8 a.m.
Late Registration and Drop/Add
Labor Day - no classes
Rosh Hashanah'
Yom Kippur'
University Festival (no regular classes)
Thanksgiving recess begins - 8 a.m.
Thanksgiving recess ends - 8 a.m
Last day of classes
Reading days
Examination period
Commencement
Fall semester ends
SUMMER SESSIONS 1999
May 24 - June 28
July 6 - August 9
August 16-27
First Five- Week Session
Second Five- Week Session
Third Three- Week Session
SPRING SEMESTER 2000
January
17
Classes begin - 8 a.m.
Late Registration and Drop/Add
January 17
Martin Luther King, Jr. Day - classes
are in session
March 3
Spring break begins - 5 p.m.
March 13
Spring break ends - 8 a.m.
April 20
Passover'
April 21
Good Friday'
April 28
Last day of classes
April 29-30
Reading days
May 1-6
Examination period
May 7
Commencement
May 7
Spring semester ends
May 24
July 6 -
August
'Although the Universit>' will be in session, no e.vaminations are to be administered on these major Christian and Jewish holy days. All members of the academic
community are also expected to be considerate of and provide appropriate accommodations to students of other faiths when assignments, exams, and other course
requirements fall on the major holy days of their religions.
Campus Map
* SHUTTLE BUS STOP
STUDENT*
FACULTY/STAFF*
FACULTY/STAFF/STUDENT<
BOROUGH OF WEST CHESTER
PARKING METER OR PERMIT
VISITOR
©-(§) EMERGENCY PHONES
"University decal required. Lot restrictions designated by posted
signs, which takes precedent over published materials.
Parking decals and enforcement subject to change as posted
A separate map designating parking for the handicapped is
available at Public Safety in the Peoples Maintenance Building.
Map prepared by Facilities Planning and Construction Division.
Borough of West Chester
I nrusr |j^«jt__MnBTM
Chester County
Index
Academic
Affairs, 28-33
Calendar, 155
Classitkation, See Student Standing
Development Program. 29
Dishonesty Policy, 43-44
Foimdations, 35
Passport, 8
Policies, Exception to, 48
Policies and Procedures, 37^9
Renewal Policy, 45
Standards: Probation and Dismissal,
Maintenance of, 44^5
Acceptance Fee, 1 1
Accommodations, ii
Accounting, Department of, 53
Accreditation, ii
Activities, 26-28
ADA Policy and Accommodations, ii, 49
Adding a Course, 39
Adjunct Faculty, 152-153
Administration, 142
Admission
Requirements, 7-8
to Teacher Education, 136-137
to West Chester University, 7-9
Admissions Staff, 9
Adult Studies, 32
Advanced Placement Program, 46
Affirmative Action Policy, ii
African-American Studies, See Ethnic
Studies Program
Air Force ROTC, 32, 76
Alumni Association, 28
American Studies Program, 100
Anthropology and Sociology,
Department of 53-55
Anticipated Time for Degree
Completion, 47
Appeals to Fee and Refund Policies, 1 1
Applicable Catalog Year, 34
Application
Fee, 1 1
for Admission, 7
Armed Services Programs, 32-33
Armed Services Reserve Officer Candidate
Program (ROC), 32
Army ROTC, 32, 75-76
Art
Collections, 6
Department of, 56-58
Astronomy, See Geology and Astronomy
Athlete Absence Policy, 41
Athletic Training, See Sports Medicine
Athletic Program, Intercollegiate, 28
Attendance Policy, 41
Audit Fee, 1 1
Auditing Privileges, 40
Awards, See Scholarships and Awards
Baccalaureate Degree Requirements, 34-37
Biology, Department of 58-61
Board of
Directors, Alumni Association, 141
Directors, West Chester University
Foundation, 141
Governors, 141
Bookstore, 22
Bus Transportation on Campus, 22
Calendar, Academic, 1 55
Campus
and Facilities, 4-6
Description of, 4-5
Map, 156
Career Planning and Placement Services, 22
Catalog Year, Applicable, 34
Center for Adult Studies, 32
Certification
Admission for, 9
Teaching, 136-137
Changing Majors, 39
Chemistry, Department of, 61-64
Chemistry-Biology, See Biology,
Chemistry, Pre-Medical Program
Children's Center, 22-23
Class Load, See Full-time status
Classification
Degree - Definitions, 37
of Students, 21
CLEP, 32
Closing, Storm, Policy for, 6
Coaching, See Kinesiology
College Level Examination Program
(CLEP), 32
College Literature, 33
Commencement Fee, 1 1
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, 141
Communicable Diseases (immunization for
student teachers), 24
Communication Studies,
Department of, 64-66
Communications Directory, ii
Communicative Disorders,
Department of 66-67
Community Development, 24
Commuters, See Off-Campus Students
Comparative Literature Studies Program,
100-101, 5eea/5o English
Computer Science, Department of 67-68
Computing Services, See Information
Services
Continuing Education, See Adult Studies
Correspondence Courses Policy, 46
Council of Trustees, 141
Counseling and Educational Psychology,
Department of 69
Counseling and Psychological Services
Department, 23
Counseling Center, 23
Course
Audit Fee, 1 1
Prefixes, Guide to, 52
Creative Writing, See English
Credit By Examination, 40
Fee, 1 1
Criminal Justice, Department of 69-7 1
Cumulative Grade Point Average, 42
Required for Graduation, 47
Cut Policy, 41
Damage Fee, 1 1
Dance, See Kinesiology
Darlington Herbarium, 5
Daycare, See Children's Center
Deadline for Application, 7
Dean's List, 44
Deferred Payment Policy, 10
Degree
Classification - Definitions, 37
Completion, 47
Programs,
Graduate, 33
Undergraduate, 5 1
Requirements, 34-37, See also
Individual Program Listings
Dental Hygiene, See Health
Description of the Campus, 4
Dining Accommodations, 21-22, See also
Meal Fee
Directions to the University, 4
Directory Information - Rights and Privacy
Actof 1974, 47-48
Disabilities
Services for Students with, 3 1
Students with, 8
Discussion List, 33
Dishonesty Policy, Student
Academic, 43-44
Dismissal, Academic, 44^5
Distributive Requirements, 35
Double Major, 38
Driver Education, See Kinesiology
Dropping a Course, 39
Dual Degrees, 38
and Majors, 34
Early Admission, 7
Early Childhood and Special Education,
Department of 71-73
Earth Science, See Geology and Astronomy
Economics and Finance,
Department of 73-74
Educational Psychology, See Counseling
and Educational Psychology
Educational Services
Department of, 75
Fee, 9
Elementary Education,
Department of 77-78
Emeriti, 153
Index
Engineering, See Physics
English, Department of, 78-82
Enrollment, 3
Environmental
Education Program, 1 30
Health, See Department of Health
Programs, 30
Ethnic Studies Program, 102
Evening Studies, See Aduh Studies
Exception to Academic Policies, 48
Excused Absences Policy for University-
Sanctioned Events, 4 1
Exemption from Final Examinations, 41
Experiential Learning Credits, 46-47
Faculty-, 143-155
Faculty Awards, 154-155
Family Educational Rights and Privacy
Act, 48-49
Federal
Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students
(PLUS), 13
Pell Grant, 13
Perkins Loan Program, 13
Stafford Loan Program, 1 3
Supplemental Educational Opportunity
Grant (FSEOG), 13
Work Study Program, 1 3
Fees and Expenses, 9-11
Field Experiences, School Assignments, 38
Film Theory and Criticism, See
Comparative Literature
Final Examination, Exemption from, 41
Finance, See Economics and Finance
Financial Aid, 12-20
Foreign
Culture Clusters, 37
Language and Culture
Requirements, 36-37
Languages, Department of, 83-87
Students, See International Students
Former Students, Readmission of, 9
Francis Harvey Green Library, 6
Fraternities, 27
Frederick Douglass
Institute, 3
Society, 3^
French, See Foreign Languages
Full-Time Status, 37
GI Bill, See Veterans Affairs
General
Education Requirements, 34-36
Fee, 9
Geography and Planning,
Department of, 87-89
German, See Foreign Languages
Geology
and Astronomy, Department of, 89-92
Museum, 5
Grade Point Average, Cumulative
(GPA), 42
Grade
Appeals, 42-43
Changes, 42
Reports, 4 1
Grading System, 4 1
Graduate
Credit (for Undergraduates), 40-41
Studies, 33
Graduation
Fee, See Commencement Fee
Honors, 47
Responsibility for satisfying
requirements, 34
Requirements, 47
Grants, 13
Greek
Letter Organizations, 27
Life, 23
See also Foreign Languages
Green Library, 6
Guaranteed Student Loan, See Federal
Stafford Loan Program
Guide to the Catalog, 52
Health
and Physical Education, See Kinesiology
and Physical Education Majors Fees, 1 1
Center Fee, 9
Department of, 92-95
Services, 23-24
Hebrew, See Foreign Languages
Hispanic-American Studies, See Ethnic
Studies Program
Historical Properties, 6
History
Department of, 96-98
of the University, 3
Honor Societies, 27
Honors
Graduation, 47
Program, 28-29, 98-99
Housing
Assignments, 21
Deposit, 1 1
Fee, 9-10
Off-Campus, 22
On-Campus, 2 1
Refunds, 1 1
How to Reach West Chester, 4
Identification Card Fee, 1 1
Independent Study, 40
Individualized Instruction, 40
Infirmary, See Health Services
Information Sciences, See Computer
Science
Information Services, 5
Institute for Women, 4
Instructional
I Certificate, 137
II Certificate, 137
Instrument Rental Fee, 1 1
Instrumental Music,
Department of, 1 1 7
Insurance
Programs, 23
Requirements for International
Students, 8
Intention to Graduate, Required Notice, 47
Intercollegiate Athletic Program, 28
Interdisciplinary
Programs, 99-104
Requirement, 36
International Education, 29
International Students, 8
Insurance Requirements, 8
Services Fee, 10
Internships, 31-32
Introducing West Chester University, 3-4
Italian, See Foreign Languages
Jewish-American Studies, See Ethnic
Studies Program
Journal of the Hellenic Diaspora, 33
Journal of College Student Retention. 33
Journalism, See English
Judicial Affairs and Community
Development, 24
Junior Year Abroad Program, 84, See also
International Education
Key to Symbols, 5 1
Keyboard Music, Department of, 1 1 7-1 1 8
Kinesiology, Department of, 104-107
Languages, See Foreign Languages
Late Registration Fee, 1 1
Latin, See Foreign Languages
Latin- American Studies Program, 102
Learning Assistance and Resource
Center, 30-31
Liability Insurance Requirement for
Students in Nursing, 121
Liberal Studies Program, 108
Library
Francis Harvey Green, 6
Music, 6
Life Learning Experience, See Experiential
Learning Credits
Linguistics Program, 103
Literacy, Department of 108-109
Literature, See English
Loans, 13
Location of the University, 4
Lost Key Replacement Fee, 1 1
Mail Service, 24
Majors, Changing, 39
See also Individual Programs of Study
Management, Department of, 109-1 10
Map of
the Campus, 1 56
Chester County, 158
West Chester Borough, 157
Marketing, Department of 1 1 1
Married Students (Housing), 21
Mathematics, Department of 112-113
Meal
Fee, 10
Plans, See Dining Accommodations
Refunds, 1 1
Media Organizations, Student, 27
Military Science, 75-76
Minor Fields of Study, 38-39
Mission of the University, title page
Index
Multicultural Affairs, 24
Music
Education, Department of, 115-116
Histor)' and Literature,
Department of, 116
Instrument Rental Fees, 1 1
Instrumental, Department of, 117
Keyboard, Department of 117-118
Library, 6
School of 114-120
Theorj' and Composition,
Department of 1 1 9
Vocal and Choral, Department
of 119-120
Musical Organizations, 27
Name Changes, 48
National
Student Exchange Program, 29
Teacher Examination, 137
Native-American Studies, See Ethnic
Studies
New Student Programs, 24
Noncredit Courses, See Adult Studies
Nondegree Student Application Fee, 1 1
Nondegree Students, 37, See also Adult
Studies
Nondiscrimination Policy, ii
Notice of Intention to Graduate, 47
Nursing, Department of, 120-122
Observatorj', 5
Off-Campus
and Commuter Services, 22
Housing, 22
Students, 2 1
Office of the Associate Provost, 50
On-Campus Housing, 21
Organizations, 26-27
Orientation Programs (New Student
Programs), 24
Outdoor Education, See Kinesiology
Overloads, 38
Overseas Study, See International
Education
Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students,
Federal (PLUS), 13
Parking
Decal, See Vehicle Registration
Fees, 1 1
Pass/Fail Policy, 40
Passport, Academic, 8
Payment of Fees, 1 0
Peace and Conflict Studies Program, 103
Pell Grant, Federal, 13
Pennsylvania State System Visiting Student
Program, 29-30
Perkins Loan Program, Federal, 1 3
Philosophy, Department of 123-124
Physical
Education, Department of. See
Kinesiology
Education LIniforms (Fees), 1 1
Examinations, 8, 23-24
Fitness, See Kinesiology
Physics, Department of 124-126
Placement, 22
Credentials Fee, 1 1
Planetarium, 5
Planning, See Geography and Planning
Political Science, Department of 126-128
Portfolio Assessment Fee, 1 1
Portuguese, See Foreign Languages
Post Office, See Mail Service
Praxis Series Professional Assessments. 137
Pre-Engineering, 30, 124-125
Pre-Law, 30, See also Political Science
Pre-Medical Program, 30, 128-129
Pre-Professional Study, 30
Pre-Theology, 30, See also Philosophy
Probation, Academic, 44^5
Professional
and Secondary Education,
Department of 129-130
Education Requirements, 129
Organizations, 26
Proficiency (English and mathematics), 35
Programs
Graduate, 33
of Study and Course Offerings, 52
Undergraduate, 51
Psychological Services, 23
Psychology, Department of 131-132
Public
Health, See Department of Health
Management, 126-128
Safety, 24-25
Publications and Media Organizations
(Student), 27
Quad, The, 11
Radio Station, See Station WCUR
Reading, See Literacy
Readmission
of Dismissed Students, 45
of Former Students, 9
Readmitted Students (Housing), 21
Recreation and/or Outdoor Education, See
Kinesiology
Recreation and Leisure Programs, ll-li
Reflind Policy, 1 1
Religion, See Philosophy
Religious Organizations, 26-27
Renewal Policy, Academic, 45
Repeat Course Procedure, 40
Repeating Courses, 39^0
Required Notice of Intention to
Graduate, 47
Requirements
for Admission, 7-8
for the Baccalaureate Degree, 34-37
for General Education, 34-36
for Graduation, 47
Residence Life and Housing, 21-22
Resident
Credit Requirement, 47
Students, 2 1
Respiratory Therapy, See Health
Responsibility (for satisfying graduation
requirements), 34
Rights and Privacy Act, 47^8
Robert B. Gordon Natural Area for
Environmental Studies, 5-6
ROTC Programs, 32-33, 75-76
Russian, See Foreign Languages
Russian Studies Program, 104
Safety Education, See Kinesiology
Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT 1 ), 7
Scholarly Publications, 33
Scholarships and Awards, 13-20
School Assignments for Field Experiences,
38
School Health, See Health
Second Degrees, 8-9, 38
Secondary Education, See Professional and
Secondary Education
Security, See Public Safety
Serpentine. The, 27
Service Learning and Volunteer
Programs, 25
Service Organizations, 27
Services for Students with Disabilities, 31
Sexual Harassment Policy, ii
Short-Term Emergency Loan, 1 3
Snow Days, See Storm Closing Policy
Social Studies Program, 132
With Concentrations in Political
Science, 128
Social Work, Department of 133-134
Sociology, See Anthropology and
Sociology
Sororities, 27
Spanish, See Foreign Languages
Special Collections, See Francis Harvey
Green Library
Special Education, See Early Childhood and
Special Education
Speech
and Hearing Clinic, 6
Pathology, See Communicative
Disorders
Sports, See Intercollegiate Athletic Program
Sports Medicine, Department of 135-136
SSI, 25
Fee, 9
Stafford Loan Program, Federal, 1 3
State
Grants, 13
System of Higher Education, 141
Station WCUR, 27
Status, Full-Time, 37
Storm Closing Policy, 6
Structure of Academic Affairs, 50
Student
Academic Dishonesty Policy, 43-44
Activities, 26-28
Affairs, 21-28
Athlete Absence Policy, 41
Attendance Policy, 41
Class Load, See Full-Time Status
Consumer Rights and
Responsibilities, 12-13
Government, See SSI
Name Changes, 48
Newspaper, See The Quad
Organizations, 26-27
Services, Incorporated (SSI), 25
Fee, 9
Index
Standing, 37
Teaching, 136-137
Teaching Eligibilltv', 72, 129
Union Expansion Fee, 9
Summer Sessions, 32
Supplemental Educational Opportunitx-
Grant, Federal (FSEOG), 13
Sykes Union Building, 25
Taking Courses
Off Campus, 45-46
Out of Sequence, 39
Teacher Education, Admission to, 136-137
Teaching
Certificates, 137
Certification Programs, 136-137
Theatre Arts, Department of, 138-139
Toxicology, See Chemistry
Transfer
of Credit, 46
Students, 7-8
Students (Housing), 2 1
Transcript Fee, 1 1
Transcripts, 47
Tuition, 9
Tutoring Center, See Learning Assistance
and Resource Center
Uncollectible Check Policy, 10-1 1
Undeclared Major Program, 30
Undergraduate Programs, 5 1
United States Marine Corps Platoon
Leaders Class, 32
Values Statement, title page
Vehicle Registration, 25
Veterans Affairs, 32
Visiting Student Program, 29-30
Vocal and Choral Music,
Department of, 119-120
Volunteer Programs, 25
WCUR, 27
Wellness Center, 25
West Chester Borough, Map of. 157
West Chester, How to Reach, 4
Withdrawal/Enrollment Change and Aid, 12
Withdrawal from the University, 39
Withdrawals from Housing, 2 1
Withdrawing from a Course, 39
Women's
Center, 25
Studies Program, 139-140
Work Study Program, Federal, 1 3
Writing
Emphasis Courses, 35-36
Program, 3 1
See also English
Yearbook, See The Serpentine
Department Telephone Numbers
College of Arts and Sciences (610) 436-3521
Anthropology/Sociology 436-2556
Art 436-2755
Biology 436-2538
Chemistry 436-263 1
Communication Studies 436-2500
Computer Science 436-2204
English 436-2822
Foreign Languages 436-2700
Geology and Astronomy 436-2727
History 436-2201
Mathematics 436-2440
Philosophy 436-2841
Physics 436-2497
Psychology 436-2945
Theatre Arts 436-3463
School of Business and Public Affairs 436-2930
Accounting 436-2236
Criminal Justice 436-2647
Economics and Finance 436-2217
Geography and Planning 436-2343
Management 436-2304
Marketing 436-2304
Political Science 436-2743
Social Work 436-2527
School of Education 436-2321
Counseling and Educational Psychology 436-2559
Early Childhood and Special Education 436-2579
Elementary Education 436-2944
Literacy 436-2877
Professional and Secondary Education 436-2958
School of Health Sciences 436-2825
Communicative Disorders 436-3401
Health 436-2931
Kinesiology 436-2260
Nursing 436-2219
Sports Medicine 436-3293
School of Music 436-2739
History/Literature 436-2739
Instrumental Music 436-2739
Keyboard Music 436-2739
Music Education 436-2739
Theory and Composition 436-2739
Vocal and Choral 436-2739
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11